Nl HARVARD UNIVERSITY mm LIBRARY OF THE Museum of Comparative Zoology TRANSACTIONS OF THE SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOLUME 15 1968-1969 Printed from the W. W. Whitney Publication Endowment COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION KURT K. BOHNSACK JOSEPH R. JEHL, JR. BAYLOR BROOKS RICHARD P. PHILLIPS JOHN A. COMSTOCK, M.D. ARNOLD ROSS EDWARD CREUTZ CHARLES YORK CARL L. HUBBS HERBERT F. YORK MUS. COMP. ZOCL. LIBRARY OEC 1 ! 1969 HARVARD UNiVERsj-nj CONTENTS 1. Geographic and seasonal variation in Smith's longspur, Calcarius pictus. By Joseph R. Jehl, Jr. 8 January 1968 1-6 2. New Panamic nudibranchs (Gastropoda; Opisthobranchia) from the Gulf of California. By James R. Lance. 8 January 1968 7-20 3. Thermal relations, distribution, and habitat of Cnemidophorus labialis (Sauria: Teiidae). By Dennis L. Bostic. 5 June 1968 21-30 4. Castela polyandra, a new species in a new section; union of Holacantha with Castela (Simaroubaceae). By Reid Moran and Richard Felger. 5 June 1968 31-40 5. Recent data on summer birds of the Chiricahua Mountains area, southeast- ern Arizona. By J. David Ligon and Russell P. Balda. 5 June 1968 41-50 6. A biological survey of Bahia de los Angeles, Gulf of California, Mexico. I. General account. By J. Laurens Barnard and John R. Grady. 17 June 1968 51-66 7. A biological survey of Bahia de los Angeles, Gulf of California, Mexico. II. Benthic polychaetous annelids. By Donald J. Reish. 17 June 1968 67-106 8. A biological survey of Bahia de los Angeles, Gulf of California, Mexico. III. Benthic Mollusca. By Eugene V. Coan. 25 September 1968 107-132 9. Type specimens of birds in the San Diego Natural History Museum. By Joseph R. Jehl, Jr. 25 September 1968 133-139 10. Geographic variation in the cling fish, Gobiesox eugrammus Briggs. By David W. Greenfield and James W. Wiley. 25 September 1968 141-147 1 1 . Five new taxa of Haplopappus (Compositae) from Baja California, Mexico. By Reid Moran. 12 February 1969 149-164 12. Fossil grouse of the genus Dendragapus. By Joseph R. Jehl, Jr. 12 Februarv 1969 165-174 13. A biological survey of Bahia de los Angeles, Gulf of California, Mexico. IV. Benthic Amphipoda (Crustacea). By J. Laurens Barnard. 27 June 1969 .... 175-228 14. A recent molluscan fauna from the Caribbean coast of southeastern Pan- ama. By George E. Radwin. 27 June 1969 229-236 15. Studies on the Tetraclitidae (Cirripedia: Thoracica): Revision of Tetraclita. By Arnold Ross. 22 September 1969 237-251 16. Type specimens of mammals in the San Diego Natural History Museum. By Suzanne I. Bond. 3 October 1969 252-263 17. Twelve new dicots from Baja California, Mexico. By Reid Moran. 15 Octo- ber 1969 265-295 18. Observations on a young pygmy killer whale (Feresa attenuata Gray) from the eastern tropical Pacific Ocean. Bv William F. Perrin and Carl L. Hubbs. 24 November 1969 297-308 LIBRARY JAN 25 HARVARD UNIVERSITY GEOGRAPHIC AND SEASONAL VARIATION IN SMITHS LONGSPUR, CALCARIUS PICTUS JOSEPH R. JEHL, JR. TRANSACTIONS OF THE SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15, NO. 1, 8JANUARY 1968 LIBRARY GEOGRAPHIC AND SEASONAL VARIATION IN SMITH'S LONGSPUR, CALCARIUS PICTUS Joseph R. Jehl, Jr. JAN 25 HARVARD UNIVERSITY ABSTRACT Color differences that have been used to define races of Smith's Longspur result from seasonal wear and fading of the breeding plumage. There is no demonstrable geographic variation in this species. Smith's Longspur (Calcarius pictns) is an endemic species of the Nearctic sub- arctic avifauna (Johansen, 1963) that breeds from north-central Alaska eastward to Cape Henrietta Maria, Ontario (A.O.U., 1957; Gabrielson and Lincoln, 1959; Godfrey, 1966; Kemsies, 1961); apparently a small population breeds in northwestern British Columbia (Rand, 1948; Weeden, 1960). Owing to insufficient data from Alaska and central Canada, the breeding distribution of this species cannot be mapped accurately. The map (Fig. 1) is based on the assumption that throughout its range, as at Churchill, Manitoba (Jehl, Ms.), Smith's Longspur breeds primarily in the narrow belt of tundra bordering the treeline {i.e., the forest-tundra of Johansen, 1963). In a recent study, Kemsies (1961) argued that three subspecies of Smith's Long- spur should be recognized. The approximate ranges of these races are shown in Figure 1. According to Kemsies, males in breeding plumage from north-central Alaska (C. p. roiveorum) are browner dorsally and deeper orange ventrally than males of the nomi- Figure 1. Presumed breeding range of Smith's Longspur. The distribution of races recognized by Kemsies (1961) is indicated. the : San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 1 5 nate race, which breeds from extreme northeastern Alaska to the northeastern corner of Manitoba. Males from the Hudson Bay Coast of Ontario (C. p. mersi) are blacker dorsally and paler ventrally than nominate pictus. Thus, from west to east male Smith's Longspurs exhibit increasing blackness of the dorsum but increasing paleness of the venter. The apparently well-marked racial differences are clearly illustrated in Kemsies' Figure 1 (1961: 144). Females show parallel though less conspicuous clinal variation. In the summers of 1965, 1966, and 1967, I studied the breeding biology of Smith's Longspur at Churchill, Manitoba (Jehl, Ms.). Specimens collected for data on repro- ductive biology and feeding habits were taken without conscious selection throughout the summer, except that in 1966 and 1967 I selected for territorial or known breeding birds. I made no attempt to sample plumage variation present in the population at any one time, nor to collect birds that appeared to be migrating. Since Churchill is in the eastern half of the range of C. p. pictus, I was surprised to discover breeding birds fitting the description of each of the alleged races in my sample. Further study showed that variation in the Churchill population is clearly attributable to seasonal wear and fading of the breeding plumage. Birds collected in the first days of June are brightly colored and can be referred to roweorum; throughout most of June pictus predominates; by late June the first mersi appear and by mid-July the entire population is dark-backed and pale-bellied. The seasonal variation in males is shown in Figure 2 (cf. Kemsies' Fig. 1; 1961: 144). The specimens illustrate approxi- mately average plumage coloration and wear in the population at the time they were collected. I emphasize that they represent breeding birds. There is no possibility that birds taken in June were migrants to Alaska, where nesting commences earlier than at Churchill (Irving, 1960: 124-125), or that the July birds were post-breeding wan- derers from Ontario. Females do not show such extreme seasonal variation, presumably because of their reduced activity during incubation. A re-examination of Kemsies' data suggests that he was misled by biased sampling and inadequate material, and that seasonal rather than geographic variation accounts for the differences he recognized. For example, 14 of the 15 Alaskan specimens that he assigned to roweorum were collected between 27 May and 9 June (type collected 4 June), when birds are still in relatively unworn plumage. The entire series of mersi from Ontario (45 specimens) was collected between 22 June and 10 August (type collected 31 July); most of these specimens can be expected to show advanced stages of wear and fading. Inadequate samples plus seasonal variation could also explain several of Kemsies' additional, and otherwise puzzling, findings. 1. I he existence of three well-marked races along a narrow belt of tundra that is not interrupted by any obvious barriers to gene flow. 2. The small breeding ranges of roueorum and mersi. 3. The opposite trends in clinal variation of dorsal and ventral coloration noted above. 4. The abundance of roueorum during migration. Kemsies referred 5/ of 66 speci- mens collected south of the breeding grounds in April and May to roueorum and the remainder to pictus. If those assigned to roueorum are other than freshly molted in- s difficult to explain the far greater abundance of the race with the much needing grounds, especially since Gabrielson and Lincoln (1959: 818) state that Smith's longspurs are not common in Alaska. ate numbers of roweorum also occur in fall. Of 24 specimens taken breeding grounds between 15 August and 30 October, Kemsies assigned "?, 3 to pictus, even though he gave no criteria by which the races could bc distingt the nonbreeding plumage! If he assumed that roweorum would be 1968 Jehl: Variation in Smith's Longspur Figure 2. Seasonal plumage variation in male Smith's Longspurs collected at Churchill, Manitoba. Top and bottom, left to right: 2 June 1966; 9 June 1967; 11 June 1966; 16 June 1965; 25 June 1966; 1 July 1966; 11 July 1966. 4 San Diego Society or Natural History Vol. 15 brow [km- at .ill seasons, he would have consequently assigned most of the fresh-plumaged birds to that race. 5. The virtual absence of mersi away from the breeding grounds. Kemsies lists only one migrant specimen of mersi (Hamilton, Kansas, 21 March 1914). Since the breeding range of this subspecies is approximately as large as that of roweorum, and since mersi would appear to be relatively common on the Ontario coast (26 specimens collected in 1948, alone), the relative disproportion is especially notable. 6. The relative abundance of the races in Ohio. Smith's Longspurs do not nor- mally occur east of Ohio and one would predict that many, perhaps most, of the spring migrants in that state would be referrable to the easternmost breeding population. Yet, /5 of the 20 specimens listed by Kemsies taken between 19 March and 24 April are assigned to roweorum and the remainder are classified as pictus. However, if the alleged geographic variation is seasonal, the racial identifications and the absence of mersi are not surprising, for at this season birds are molting into fresh plumage and are unworn. Through the courtesy of the curators acknowledged below, I have been able to examine most of the specimens from the breeding grounds on which Kemsies based his descriptions, and to compare them with seasonally comparable material from Churchill. Specimens examined (see Appendix) included 19 from Alaska, including the type of you corn in, 21 from the Northwest Territories, 3 5 from Churchill, and 3 8 from the Ontario coast, including the entire series of mersi paratypes. Of these 6 5 per cent had been examined previously by Kemsies. My study confirmed that seasonal variation was the basis for Kemsies' conclusions. All specimens from Churchill and those that Kemsies had assigned to pictus were indistinguishable from those assigned to roweorum or mersi, provided they acre compared with specimens taken at the same stage of the breed- ing cycle and acre in a comparable stage of wear. Moreover, even some slightly worn specimens of roweorum from Alaska (e.g., U. S. National Museum no. 454878, Summit, Alaska, 3 June 1952) were inseparable from relatively unworn specimens of mersi (e.g., Royal Ontario Mus. Zool. no. 93 5 57, 20 mi. S. Cape Henrietta Maria, 14 July 1948). Furthermore, I found no differences between several juveniles from Churchill and one from the Ontario coast, or between Churchill birds in fresh non-breeding plumage and a specimen from Alkavik, NWT, previously assigned to roweorum. Ontario birds in non-breeding plumage and Alaskan juveniles were not available. Kemsies' data did not indicate geographic size variation in this species. I also found no differences between Churchill and Alaskan birds (Table 1); unworn specimens from Ontario were not available for comparison. The wing and tail measurements of Churchill males taken in late July average nearly 2 mm shorter than those collected in early June. To reduce possible error, the dimensions of males collected after 20 June were not in- cluded in Table 1. TABLE 1 Ml ASURIMl-NTS OF SMITH'S LONGSPURS1 I uposed Oilmen Wing (Chord) Tail Tarsus No. Range and Mean No. Range and Mean No. Range and Mean No. Range and Mean Churchill males IS 9.9-11.7 (10.6) II 88-94 (91.8) n 59-67 (63.7) 18 20-22 (20.9) Alaskan males \\ 9.9-11.4 (10.6) 13 87-95 (92.2) 12 57-65 (62.5) 13 20-23.5 (20.9) Churchill females 9 9.9-11.4 (10.4) 9 84-90 (87.5) 9 57-60 (58.8) 9 20-23.5 (20.9) Alaska females 4 9.7-10.3 (10.0) 6 87-91 (88.4) 6 58-62 (60.0) 6 20-21.5 (20.6) 'Oilmen measured to n iresr 0.1 mm, tarsus to nearest 0.5 mm, wing and tail to nearest 1 mm. Wing and tail measurements from Churchill males collected after 20 June are omitted (see text for explanation). All Alaskan specimens were collected on or before 20 June. 1968 Jehl: Variation in Smith's Longspur > In summary, Smith's Longspur shows no taxonomically recognizable geographic variation in either plumage coloration or size. Therefore, acceptance of the proposed races must be withheld. Acknowledgments I am grateful to the Frank M. Chapman Fund of the American Museum of Natural History, The University of Michigan, the National Science Foundation, and the San Diego Society of Natural History for supporting my field work at Churchill, Manitoba. The following persons kindly made specimens available for study: Richard C. Banks and Richard L. Zusi, United States National Museum; Jon C. Barlow, Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology; Tom J. Cade, Cornell University; W. Earl Godfrey, National Museum of Canada; Kenneth C. Parkes, Carnegie Museum. W. Earl Godfrey, Harrison B. Tordoff and D. J. T. Hussell offered helpful suggestions on the manuscript. Literature Cited American Ornithologists' Union 1957. Check-list of North American birds. Fifth ed. Gabrielson, I. N., and F. C. Lincoln 195 9. The birds of Alaska. Stackpole Co., Harrisburg, Penna., and Wildlife Management Inst., Washington, D.C. Godfrey, W. E. 1966. The birds of Canada. Nat. Mus. Canada Bull. 203. Irving, L. 1960. Birds of Anaktuvuk Pass, Kobuk, and Old Crow. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 217. Jehl, J. R, Jr. Ms. The breeding biology of Smith's Longspur, Calcarius pictu\. Johansen, H. 1963. Zoogeographical aspects of the birds of the subarctic. Proc. XIII Intern. Ornithol. Cong.: 1117-1123. Kemsies, E. 1961. Subspeciation in the Smith's Longspur, Calcarius pictus. Canad. Field-Nat. 75: 143-149. Rand, A. L. 1949. Distributional notes on Canadian birds. Canad. Field-Nat. 62: 175-180. Weeden, R. B. 1960. The birds of Chilkat Pass, British Columbia. Canad. Field-Nat. 74: 119-129. Manuscript Received 23 October 1967 Appendix Specimens Examined ALASKA. Anaktuvuk Pass (8): June 3, 4 (3), 5, 8, 19, 20. Summit (2): June 3, 9. Giant Creek (1): June 2. Tolugak Creek (7): May 27, 28 (2), 29, June 4, 5, 9. Contact Creek (1): June 20. MAC- KENZIE DISTRICT, NWT. Fort Good Hope (3): May 31. Fort Simpson (16): May 18, 20 (10), 21 (2), 25 (2), 26. Aklavik (2): May 26, August 19. MANITOBA. Churchill (35): June 2 (2), 4 (3), 9 (4), 11 (3), 13, 16 (3), 18, 2 5, 3 0, July 1, 9, 11 (2), 13 (2), 15, 16 (2), 22, 24, August 12 (2), 25, 26 (2). ONTARIO. Little Cape (9): July 2 9, 31 (5), August 1 (3). Fort Severn (6): June 2 2 (2). 27 (2), July 1, 14. Winisk (1): June 30. 54 mi. below Hawley Lake (1): June 22. W.icliee Creek (1): June 25. Cape Henrietta Maria (19): July 2 (2), 3 (3), 5 (3), 7, 9 (2), 12 (2), 14 (6). 20 mi. S. Cape Henrietta Maria (1): July 14. /ARD UNIVERSITY NEW PANAMIC NUDIBRANCHS (GASTROPODA; OPISTHOBRANCH1A) FROM THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA JAMES R. LANCE TRANSACTIONS OF THE SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15, NO. 2, 8 JANUARY 1968 L ":Y JAN? HARVARD UNIVERSITY Plate 1. Ncmbrotha hubbsi, sp. nov. Kodachrome by Wesley M. Farmer. Acanthodoris stohleri, sp. nov. Ektachrome by Walter E. Harvey es K. Lance. NEW PANAMIC NUDIBRANCHS (GASTROPODA: OPISTHOBRANCHIA) FROM THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA James R. Lance1 ABSTRACT Three new species of shell-less euthyneuran mollusks from the northern part of the Panamic faunal province are described. These are: Chromodorh faycac sp. now, Acanthodoris stohlcri sp. nov. and Nembrotha hubbsi sp. nov. The last taxon represents the first record for this genus in the eastern Pacific. Other northeastern Pacific species of the treated genera are compared and dis- cussed. Anatomical details and geographic ranges are provided. Although some 1600 species of mollusks have been reported from the Panamic faunal province (Keen, 1958: 7), only 20 species of nudibranchs (Order Nudibranchia) are known from the region. This small number of species reflects a general disinterest of malacologists in observing and collecting shell-less mollusks and, in part, the inaccessi- bility of the region, rather than a paucity of material. Expeditions to the Gulf of Cali- fornia undertaken between 1962 and 1967, by the San Diego Natural History Museum, the Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History, and the writer, have collected large numbers of these animals. These collections apparently include many new species, of which three are described below. Numerous individuals of each species from different geographic localities have been compared and color transparencies have been made of the animals in life. The illustrations portray typical individuals from the obtained samples. The systematic treatment follows Odhner's (1939) revision. Species Accounts Family Dorididae Subfamily Chromodoridinae Chromodoris fayeae sp. nov. Type material. — Holotype: California Academy of Sciences, Department of In- vertebrate Zoology no. 314. Collected 6 March 1966 in the rocky, lower intertidal region at Santa Cruz, Nayarit, Mexico (approximately ten miles south of San Bias); 21°30'N, 105°16'W. Paratypes: Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History nos. 19669 (two specimens collected 6 March 1966) and 2 5 000 (15 specimens collected 4 February 1967). Description. — The largest specimen measured 47 mm long and 1 1 mm broad while crawling actively. The notum is moderately expanded in front and behind, nar- rower in the middle and completely covers the foot except posteriorly where the pointed tail protrudes (Fig. 1). The notal surface is soft and smooth, its margins entire when the animal is gliding, but it may become crenulate when the animal is irritated. The vertical sides of the body are completely covered by the notum, and are not partially exposed as in HypscloJoris californiensis (Bergh, 1879). The spectacular color pattern of C. fayeae at once distinguishes it from all other described northeastern Pacific opisthobranchs. The general ground color is pure white, not the colorless translucency of many other species. Three distinct, uninterrupted lines of contrasting color occur around the notal brim: an inner band of opaque white, which contrasts with the pellucid white of the body, a central line of vivid red, and a !Stazione Zoologica di Napoli. Present address: 746 Agate St., San Diego, California 92109. San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Fig. 1 10mm Fig. 2 Fig. 3 1968 Lance: New Panamic Nudibranchs 5 marginal edging of brilliant yellow. This same pattern is repeated around the foot mar- gins. It is most intense posteriorly and gradually fades anteriorly and disappears at about the level of the rhinophores. The inner and outer surfaces of the distal portions of the branchial stems are red. The perfoliate regions of the rhinophores are colored a similar but darker red, especially on their anterior and posterior axial ridges. Some preserved specimens retained a faint trace of red after one year in 70 per cent isopropyl alcohol, but this was lost after the second year. The opaque white and yellow bands faded two months after preservation. Anteriorly the foot is expanded and produced into sharp corners (Fig. 2). Its frontal margin is rounded, deeply bilabiate and entire, not notched. The lateral margins are nearly parallel except posteriorly, where they converge to form a pointed tail with a low dorsomedian crest. The anterolateral corners of the head are produced into short, digitform tentacles, between which the mouth appears as a longitudinal slit (Fig. 2a, b). The rhinophores are completely retractile into chambers which bear sheaths with low, smooth margins. These sensory organs are relatively short but deeply perfoliate with 21 lamellae (in a 36 mm specimen) joined by a longitudinal septum on both the anterior and posterior faces. The elegantly developed branchiae are simply pinnate, although some of the anterior primary stems may bifurcate distally. They are completely retractile within a cavitv bearing a low, smooth margin and are disposed in an arc with enrolled extremities similar to those described and figured by Eliot (1904) for several species of Indo- Pacific chromodorids. The 24 to 32 branchiae gradually decrease in size toward the extremities of the enrolled arc. Except for momentary periods of quiescence, these ap- pendages are continually in motion. The movement of each branchium is a rapid twitching from side to side and is entirely unlike the rhythmical circulatory pulsations observed in the respiratory appendages of many other cryptobranch dorids. Eliot (1904) has reported similar branchial motion for Chromodorh annulata, C. runcinata, C. tryoni and Casella atromarginata. Gohar and Aboul-Ela (1957) have observed sideward vibra- tions in Chromodor'n pitlchclla and C. annulata from the Red Sea. Such a respiratory adaptation is obviously advantageous to organisms inhabiting waters low in dissolved oxygen. The labial armature consists of a horn-colored, circular band of minute rodlets arranged in an irregular series. Each rodlet is flexed near its midpoint (from nearly straight to about 90°) and terminates in a bifid cusp (Fig. 3b). From above, only the bifid hooks and portions of their supporting rods are evident (Fig. 3a). Bergh (1905, pi. 16) figures similar labial elements for a number of Indo-Pacific chromodorids. The radula is broad and deeply grooved medially. The teeth and basal membrane are colorless in freshly killed individuals. The radular formula from a typical specimen is 129 x 42. 1. 42. An average dental row consists of a dwarf but robust rachidian tooth with a blunt cusp (Fig. 4a) flanked on each side by a series of unicuspidate lateral teeth that very gradually increase in size outward (Figs. 4b,c,d). The inner laterals bear a linear series of 6 to 8 denticles on the outer sides of the cusps and fewer on the inner. The denticles decrease in number outward and become obsolete at about the level of the 3 0th tooth. The outermost laterals are smooth hamate hooks with elongated bases. White, stellate spicules of two principal size classes were found imbedded in the Figures 1-5. Chromodor'n fayeae. 1. Dorsal aspect of animal in life. 2. Anteroventr.il aspect of animal in life: a. oral tentacle; b. mouth; c. upper foot lip; d. lower foot lip; e. foot; f. hyponotum. 3. Elements of the labial armature: a. top view of exposed por- tion of elements in situ; b. lateral view of three typical elements freed from matrix. 4. Representative teeth from left side of 60th row of radula: a. rachidian; b. 1st lateral; c. 2nd lateral; d. outermost tooth (42nd). 5. Representative spicules from innermost layers of notal epidermal tissue; the two size classes are illustrated. 6 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 inner epiderm.il layers of the notum in freshly killed specimens (Fig. 5). They were concentrated in a loose band circumscribing the margins of the body cavity. The larger elements attained a maximum diameter of 140/t while the smaller were about half that size. No trace of a penial armature was found. Distribution. — This species has been taken on the open Pacific coast of mainland Mexico and from several localities within the Gulf of California: (1) Bahia San Luis Gonzaga, 23 September 1962, 1 specimen; (2) Isla Angel de la Guarda, 1957, 7 speci- mens; (3) Isla Santa Cruz, 26 June 1964, 9 specimens; (4) Mazatlan (yacht club cove), 20 December 1961, 2 specimens; (5) Santa Cruz, Nayarit (type locality), 6 March 1966, 4 specimens; 4 February 1967, 16 specimens; (6) Tentacatita, Jalisco, 6 February 1963, 1 specimen. Vertical distribution of the animals ranged from lower intertidal to 37 feet. Name. — The specific patronym fayeae was chosen to honor Faye B. Howard, Re- search Associate in Conchology, Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History, in recog- nition of her many outstanding contributions to our knowledge of Panamic mollusks. Discussion. — Following the opinions of Odhner (1957: 250-253), Gohar and Aboul-Ela (1957: 204), Marcus and Marcus (1960: 901), Burn (1962: 152), Farmer (1963: 81) and Marcus and Burch (1965: 247-248), I reject the generic name Glosso- doris Ehrenberg, 1831, in favor of Chromodoris Alder and Hancock, 1855, for species of Chromodoridinae with unicuspidate lateral teeth, and Hypselodoris Stimpson, 185 5, for those bearing bicuspidate ones. This choice is necessary because the radula of Ehren- berg's Glossodoris has never been examined. For a review of this controversy see Odhner (1957). According to these views the present species must be assigned to Chromodoris on the basis of its gross morphology, dwarf rachidian, and unicuspidate radular teeth. Marcus (1965: 272-273) observed that elements of the labial armature, which gen- erally consist of rodlets, either simple or terminating in a bifid hook, or are scale-like platelets, are of taxonomic significance in the Chromodoridinae. Thus, the flexed rodlets with terminal bifid hooks of the present species further substantiate its generic assignment. This is the third endemic chromodorid described from the Panamic region. Family Gymnodorididae Nembrotha hubbsi sp. nov. (Plate 1) Type material. — Holotype: California Academy of Sciences, Department of In- vertebrate Zoology no. 315. Collected 21 April 1962 at a depth of 10 m near Isla la Ventana, Bahia de Los Angeles, Baja California, Mexico; 28°55'N., 113°32'W. Paratypes: California Academy of Sciences, Department of Invertebrate Zoology no. 316 (one specimen); Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History no. 23705 (one specimen). Collecting data for paratypes same as holotype. Description. -- Dimensions of actively crawling individuals observed by Farmer and Sloan were: length, 38, 32, 21, 25, 19 mm; width, 9, 9, 4, 4, 3 mm; height, 11, I I, 3.5, 6, 4 mm, respectively. However, one preserved specimen from Isla la Ventana measured 5 4 mm in length, indicating that live animals may grow to be at least 60-70 mm long. I he general body shape is limaciform, rounded in front, highest in the cardiac region and tapering to a pointed tail. The surface is smooth, not furnished with tubercles, papillae, or extra-branchial processes. The head region is provided with a 1 frontal veil which passes around the anterolateral corners and becomes obsolete ibout i Ik- level of the rhinophores. Distinct pallia! ridges are not present. striking coloration of this species at once separates it from all other north- tuu idibranchs. The background color is a deep yellow ochre. Five longi- 1968 Lance: New Panamic Nuoibranchs tudinal cerulean blue stripes of varying width, bordered on each side by a narrow line of intense blue-black or black, occur on each side of the body and extend for most of the length. A similar stripe arises medially in the head region, passes back between the rhinophores, is interrupted in the branchial region, and continues posteriorly. Most of the lines converge on the tip of the tail. The inner surfaces of the branchiae arc dark blue-black; their outer faces a deep yellow ochre with a blue line running up the pri- mary stem. The rhinophores are dark blue-black. The general color pattern is retained after five years in 70 per cent alcohol. The prominent rhinophores are perfoliate and retractile within chambers bear- ing low, smooth, upstanding sheaths. The number of rhinophoral lamellae was not determined. There is a circlet of 5 branchiae located medially on the posterior slope of the cardiac hump. As in other gymnodorids, the branchiae are not retractile within a subepidermal chamber but are highly contractile. Due to maceration, the configuration of the finer structures of the branchiae could not be determined. The radular morphology was determined from one of the larger specimens (41 mm preserved). The formula at the level of the 10th row was 3 5 x 3-4. 1. 1. 1. 3-4. The rachidian teeth (Fig. 6a) consist of thickened arched bases with the extremities de- rachidians reported for other species of Nembrotha (Eales, 1938: 96; Marcus, 1956: 47). veloped into upstanding subequal prongs, and are much more robust than the delicate A well developed central cusp, as in N. gracilis Bergh, 1877 (pi. 56) and N. rubro- papulosa Bergh, 190 5 (pi. 18) is lacking in N. hubbsi. The prominent first laterals are U-shaped with asymetrical extremities terminating in a pair of long sharp points (Fig. 6b). The outer side of the shoulder bears a grooved process which apparently hinges with the first marginal plate. The 3 to 4 marginal plates are greatly reduced irregular triangles and decrease in size outwards (Fig. 6c, d, e, f). The attached bases of the rachidians and first laterals, and upper portions of the outer marginal plates are a dark yellowish-brown; the free portions are colorless. A labial cuticle was not found. Mr. Farmer (personal communication) has observed this species swimming in an aquarium by undulating its body from side to side in a manner similar to that of Flabellinopsis iodinia (Cooper, 1862). Distribution. — To date this species has been collected only in the northern part of the Gulf of California. Five specimens were obtained by Prof. Hubbs and party from: (1) Isla la Ventana (type locality), 3 specimens; (2) reef betwen Isla la Ventana — ■■■! '.■'■ I I I l i Figure 6. Nembrotha hubbsi. Typical teeth from 10th row of radula: a. rachidian; b. 1st lateral; c-f. marginals. 8 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 1 5 and [sla Cabeza de Caballo, 1 specimen; (3) Punta Que Malo, 1 specimen. All localities are within Bahia de los Angeles. Additional material was collected by Wesley Farmer and John Sloan in May, 1962, and March, 1963, at Isla Cerralvo, Bahia de los Angeles, and Puerto Refugio on Isla Angel de la Guarda. I have also tentatively identified this species from color motion pictures taken in the La Paz area during a recent California Academy of Sciences expedition to the Gulf of California. Name. — The specific name bubbsi was chosen to honor Prof. Carl L. Hubbs of the Scripps Institution of Oceanography, who first brought this elegent animal to my attention. Discussion. — Bergh (1877) erected the genus Nembrotha to accommodate a number of colorful, limaciform gymnodorids from the western Pacific, principally the Philippine Sea. This genus differs from the related Gymnodoris Stimpson, 18 5 5 (—Trevelyana Keelart, 1858) by possessing rachidian teeth, reduced number of laterals, tower gills, and absence of a prostatic portion of the vas deferens. This last character, however, applies only at the specific level as a prostate has been demonstrated to occur in N. lineolata (see Eales, 1938: 97) and N. nigerrima (see Macnae, 1957: 361). Burn (1962: 98) erected Tambja for those species of Ncmbrotba bearing a rachidian tooth in the form of a simple rectangular plate, bifid first lateral, a highly reduced number (3 to 4) of marginal teeth, and a pair of short extra-branchial processes. This last character, however, is neither figured nor described for Tambja sagamiana (=N. sagamiana Baba, 195 5) contrary to Burn's (loc. cit.) statement. The radula of N. bubbsi is most similar to that of N. gracilis Bergh, 1877 (pi. 56) and N. rubro papulosa Bergh, 1905 (pi. 18), but may be readily distinguished by the different configuration of the rachidian, lateral, and marginal teeth. Also, the color pattern is entirely different. Until a comprehensive review of the genus is undertaken, I prefer to assign the present species to Ncmbrotba (sensu lato) . This species is the first eastern Pacific representative of this colorful tropical genus. Family Onchidorididae Acanthodoris stohleri sp. nov. (Plate 2) Type material. — Holotype: California Academy of Sciences, Department of In- vertebrate Zoology no. 307. Paratype: no. 308 at the same institution. Both specimens collected at Bahia San Luis Gonzaga (inner side of Isla Willard), Baja California, Mexico (20° 48'N., 114° 25'W.) on 5 February 1966 by Mr. Gale Sphon. Description. — The largest specimen obtained from all collections measured, in life, 21 mm long and 11 mm broad. Average individuals were smaller: 14.5 mm long and 7.5 mm broad. I he body is typically acanthodoridiform; subovate, broader in front than behind (Fig. 7). The mid-dorsal region is somewhat arched and bordered all around by a wide, flat notal brim. A moderate number of upstanding, slender papillae, more or less equidis- tant from each other, cover the notum except around the margin. Although taller and shorter ones are intermingled, the latter occur more abundantly toward the margins. In the color plate, the papillae are highly contracted. I lie color pattern immediately distinguishes A. stobleri from all other described thodoricK. In gross dorsal aspect, the notum is black with a wide, cherry-red mar- not, il papillae, rhinophore sheaths and rhinophores are of a similar but more use shade of red. In detail the rhinophores are tipped distally with a highly contrast- ^hite pigment that also occurs sparingly as flecks on some of the notal lae, branchiae, oral veil, at the junction of the foot and hyponotum, and on the s mostly colorless except for a few longitudinal streaks of black most specimens the base of each papilla is surrounded by a colorless variation in intensity and relative abundance of the pigments were 1968 Lance: New Panamic Nudibranchs Fig. 7 Figure 7. Acanthodoris stohlcri. Dorsal aspect of animal in life. observed but the over-all pattern and basic colors were constant. Specimens preserved one year in 70 per cent isopropyl alcohol retained most of the black and red pigments. In ventral aspects (Fig. 8) the foot is about two-thirds the width of the notum and protrudes posteriorly as a rounded, flat tail. Its anterior margin is weakly bilabiate with the upper lip barely discernible (Fig. 8c). The margins are entire, not notched. The broad head region is produced into a semicircular veil with unilabiate margins and is very slightly wider than the greatest width of the foot (Fig. 8b). The anterolateral corners are expanded into blunt triangles. As in other members of the genus, the retractile rhinophores are elongate and deeply perfoliate. In life they are directed forward and outward. About two-thirds of the length of each rhinophore is occupied by the conspicuous club, which bears 18 to 22 transverse lamellae joined anteriorly by a longitudinal septum. The rhinophore stalks are slightly inflated at their bases and the entire organs are capable of being retracted within upstanding sheaths which usually bear 1 to 4 elongate papillae similar in shape and length to those on the notum. Each rhinophore terminates distally in a knob free of lamellae. The 6 to 7 bipinnate branchiae are separate at their bases and are contractile, but not retractile, within a subnotal chamber. They decrease in size posteriorly. Conspicuous white globular glands occur within the bases of the primary branchial stems. Unlike other acanthodorids for which data are available, the present species does not bear notal papillae within the area circumscribed by the branchial circlet. The anal opening occurs atop a conspicuous excretory papilla within the branchial arc. Under ten power magnifi- cation, rhythmically beating cillia may be observed on the inner distal face of the anal tube. 10 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Fig. 8 0.05mm Fig 10 Fig. 11 1968 Lance: New Panamic Nudibranchs 1] The labial disc is characteristic in shape, cuticular and mostly transparent (Fig. 9a). In a 14 mm specimen it measured 1.5 mm long. The margin joining the two halves is serrate. The upper portion of each component gives rise to a triangular area supported along its median margin by an elongated chitinous rod (Figs. 9a, b). The triangles are composed of rows of minute, horn-colored elements with bluntly denticulate distal margins (Fig. 9c). Each element is attached to the basement membrane by an imbedded, thickened base. The radula is narrow, colorless, and 2 mm long in in average live specimen of 14 mm. The formula is 34 x 4. 1.0. 1. 4. The denticulation is similar to that of other acanthodorids: the first lateral is a large, erect hamate hook arising from a thickened base and bears 2 to 3 inconspicuous denticles about half way along the cusp (Fig. 10a). The four marginals (Fig. 10b) are wedge-shaped, greatly reduced, and decrease in size outwards. The spicules, although few in number, are relatively large, attaining a length of 1.0 mm in a 14 mm live specimen. They are simple, thick rods with slightly nodulose surfaces and tapering ends and occur singly, not forming bundles or a reticulum (Fig. 11a, b). The greatest concentration is radially oriented around the notal margins, but they do not attain the edge thus leaving the brim free (Fig. 8e). Similar but smaller spicules are found scattered in the mid-dorsal integument and rhinophore bases. The penis bears a series of spines, but details of the armature and other aspects of the reproductive system have not been determined. Several individuals of the large collection made at Punta Diggs on 12 February 1967, and transported to Scripps Institution of Oceanography, deposited nidosomes (egg masses) on the aquarium walls within a few days after capture. Apparently the animals were undergoing a spawning cycle since many individuals were in a coital position when collected. Nidosomes, presumably belonging to this species, were common under or near stones harboring the nudibranchs. No evidence of reproductive activity of speci- mens collected during other seasons has been observed either in the field or in the aquarium. The nidosome, as in many doridiform nudibranchs assumes the shape of a white ribbon, loosely coiled counterclockwise, attached by one edge to the substratum. The attached and free margins are of equal length resulting in erect, vertical sides. In general shape it resembles that of AcanthoJoris nanaimoensis as figured by Hurst (1967: 2 57) except, curiously, her illustration depicts a dextrally-oriented spiral. Of the nine nidosomes deposited, the simplest consisted of a single convolution, the largest of approximately two whorls. The pure white egg capsules contained a single egg each and were deposited in vertical rows within the colorless, jelly-like matrix. A typical nidosome measured 9 mm at its greatest diameter and 2.8 mm in height. No attempt was made to observe embryological development. Distribution. — This species has been collected only within a very restricted geo- graphical area along the northeastern shores of the Baja peninsula: (1) Bahia Percebu (about 15 miles south of San Felipe), 12 February 1965, 9 specimens; 26 November 1965, 1 specimen; (2) Punta Diggs, 12 February 1967, 37 specimens (egg masses present); (3) Puertecitos, 26 November 1964, 3 specimens, 19 March 1965, 7 speci- Figures 8-11. AcanthoJoris stohlcri. 8. Anteroventral aspect of animal in life: a. mouth; b. oral veil; c. anterior foot margin; d. pigment streak; e. spicule (imbedded in hyponotum) ; f. foot; g. hyponotum; h. dorsal papilla. 9. Labial armature and ele- ments: a. lateral aspect of the paired membranous plates; b. frontal view of primary supporting ribs and attached triangular basis anchoring labial elements; c. detail of elements. 10. Three half-rows from middle of radula: a. denticulate first lateral; b. the four successive marginals. 11. Spiculation: a. spicules from notal margain; b. detail of spicule surface. 12 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 mens (egg masses present); (4) Bahia San Luis Gonzaga (type locality), 5 February 1966, 3 specimens. All animals occurred under stones in the lower intertidal region. Nunn-, — The specific name stohleri was chosen to honor Dr. Rudolf Stohler of the University of California at Berkeley, in recognition of his indefatigable efforts in developing the journal "The Yeliger" into one of the major international publications in malacology. Discussion. — Acanthodoris Gray, 1850, is distinguished from the related suctorian phanerobranch genera Akiodoris Bergh, 1879, Adalaria Bergh, 1878, and Onchidoris Blainville, 18 16, by the presence of numerous soft notal papillae, a body broader in front than behind, elongate rhinophores, upstanding papillated rhinophore sheaths, and a characteristic radula. Only the first two genera bear an armed penis. In addition to its unique color pattern, Acanthodoris stohleri may be distinguished from other members of the genus by the absence of notal papillae within the branchial circlet, and the presence, on the rhinophore sheath margins, of papillae similar to those on the notum. Acanthodoris stohleri is the first named subtropical representative of this common temperate and subarctic genus. Acknowledgments I am grateful to the San Diego Natural History Museum and the Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History for the many courtesies extended to me, and to Faye B. Howard, Gale G. Sphon, Fay Henry Wolfson, Allan J. Sloan, and Helen Dushane for providing me with specimens and distributional data. I would especially like to thank Wesley M. Farmer for his data on the new species of Nembrotha. The San Diego Society of Natural History kindly provided me with facilities at the Vermilion Sea Field Station and funds for the color plate, so expertly executed by Dr. and Mrs. G Dallas Hanna and Maurice Giles of the California Academy of Sciences. SUMARIO Las recientes colecciones de moluscos Opistobranquios obtenidas en las zonas de mareas del Golfo de California, comprenden varios Nudibranquios nuevos. Hasta la fecha, se habian observado en las zonas calidas del Pacifico oriental, solamente 29 especies correspondientes a estos animates sin concha; de modo que estas colecciones indican, que dichas poblaciones son mas abundantes y diversas, por lo menos en la parte septentrional de la provincia Panamica. En el presente trabajo se describen tres especies nuevas de Nudibranquios. 1. Chromodoris fayeae sp. nov. Dorido grande, bianco, con bordes de tonalidades brillantes en rojo y amarillo. Se han observado estos animales en muchas localidades del Golfo de California. Se trata del tercer Chromodorido descripto, que es endemico en la region Panamica. 2. Nembrotha hubbsi sp. nov. Animales de color brillante, ocre amarillento con listas azules. Su distribucion abarca por lo menos las regiones septentrionales y meriodionales del Golfo, Esta especie viene a ser la primera que representa este genero tropical de vivos colores, en el Pacifico oriental. 3. Acanthodoris stohleri sp. nov. Dorido pequeno, negruzco, con el borde del dorso de color rojo. Se encontro solamente en una zona restringida (entre Bahia Percebu y Bahia San Luis Gonzaga) en las costas nordeste del Golfo. Se trata del primer repre- subtropical de un genero que es comun en las zonas templadas y subarticas. Literature Cited Bada, k. thobranchia of Sagami Bay: Supplement. Iwanami Shoten, Tokyo. 194 p; 20 pis.; 5 6 text figs. R. he Untersuchungcn; //; C. Semper: Reisen im Archipel der Philippincn 11: 429- pls. 54-57. 1968 Lance: New Panamic Nudibranchs 13 1878. Ibid., 14: 603-645; pis. 66-68. 1879. Gattung nordischer Doriden. Arch. Naturgcsch., 45(1): 3 54. 1879. On the nudibranchiate gasteropod Mollusca of the North Pacific ocean, with special reference to those of Alaska. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 31: 71-132; pis. 1-8. 1880. On the nudibranchiate gasteropod Mollusca . . . Part II. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 32: 40-127; pis. 9-16. 1905. Die Opisthobranchiata. Siboga Reports 50: 1-248; pis. 1-20. Blainville, H. M. D. 18 16. Prodome d'une nouvelle distribution systematique du regne animal. Bull. Soc. Philom., Paris (unpaginated) . Burn, R. 1962. Descriptions of Victorian nudibranchiate Mollusca, with a comprehensive review of the Eolidacea. Mem. Nat. Mus. Melbourne No. 25: 95-128; figs. 1-24. Cooper, J. G. 1862. Some genera and species of California Mollusca. Proc. Calif. Acad. Nat. Sci., 2: 202-207. Eales, B. 193 8. A systematic and anatomical account of the Opisthobranchia. John Murray Exped. Sci. Rep., 5 (4): 77-122; figs. 1-28; pi. 1. Ehrenberg, C. G. 1831. Symbolae Physicae animalia evertebrata exclusis Insectis. Berlin. (Not seen). Eliot, C. E. 1904. On some nudibranchs from East Africa and Zanzibar. Pt. 4. Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1(2): 380-406; pis. 23-24. Farmer, W. M. 1963. Two new opisthobranch mollusks from Baja California. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 13(6): 81-84; fig. 1; pi. 1. Gohar, H. A. F., and I. A. Aboul-Ela 1957. The development of three chromodorids. Publ. Mar. Bio. Sta. Al-Ghardaqa Red Sea. No. 9: 203-228; pis. 1-5. Gray, J. E. 1850. Figures of molluscan animals, hi Guide to the systematic distribution of Mollusca in the British Museum. Pt. 1. London, 18 57. (Not seen). Hurst, A. 1967. The egg masses and veligers of thirty northeast Pacific opisthobranchs. Veliger 9 (3): 255-287; figs. 1-31; pis. 26-38. Keelart, F. E. 185 8. Description of a new Ceylonese nudibranch. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3 (1): 2 57. Keen, A. M. 1958. Sea shells of tropical west America. Stanford Univ. Press, Stanford, Calif, xi + 624 pp.; illus. Macnae, W. 1957. The families Polyceridae and Goniodorididae (Mollusca, Nudibranchiata) in southern Africa. Trans. Roy. Soc. South Africa 35 (4): 341-372; pis. 17-18. Marcus, Ernst 195 6. Notes on Opisthobranchia. Bol. Inst. Oceanografico 7 (1-2) 31-79; pis. 1-8 (published 1958). 1965. Some Opisthobranchia from Micronesia. Malacologia 3 (2): 263-286; figs. 1-43. Marcus, Ernst, and J. B. Burch 1965. Marine euthyneuran Gastropoda from Eniwetok atoll, western Pacific. Malacologia 3 (2): 235-262; figs. 1-43. Marcus, Ernst, and Eveline Marcus 1960. Opisthobranchia aus dem Rotcn Meer and von den Malediven. Akad. Wiss. Lit. Main/, Math. Natur. Kl., 1959 (12): 871-934; figs. 1-86. Odhner, N. H. J. 193 9. Opisthobranchiate Mollusca from the western and northern coast of Norway. Kg. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr., No. 1: 1-93; figs. 1-5 9. 1957. ChromoJoris contra Glossodorh. A systematic controversy. Proc. Malacol. Soc. London 32 (6): 250-253. Stimpson, W. 185 5. Descriptions of some of the new marine Invertebr.ua from the Chinese and Japanese Seas. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 7: 378-389. Manuscript Received: 22 June 1967 JlJn 1 8 me THERMAL RELATIONS, DISTRIBUTION, AND HABITAT OF CNEMIDOPHORUS LAB1ALIS (SAURIA: TEIIDAE) DENNIS L. BOSTIC TRANSACTIONS OF THE SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15, NO. 3, 5 JUNE 1968 THERMAL RELATIONS, DISTRIBUTION, AND HABITAT OF CNEMIDOPHOKUS LABIALIS (SAURIA: TEIIDAE) Dennis L. Bostic Abstract. Cnemidophorus labialis, a lizard endemic to Baja California, Mexico, was studied in 1966 and 1967. This species inhabits a narrow coastal strip of Sonoran Desert from Punta San Jose south to Miller's landing, an area subject to frequent northwest winds, fog, predominantly winter rainfall, and summer temperatures similar to those of San Diego, California. It is usually encountered in areas of sparse but varied vegetation and well-drained soil. Its range may be restricted by the oc- currence of C. hyperythrus. The normal activity range (NAR) of C. labialis is 30- 42C. Its mean body temperature is 37. 2C, nearly 1C lower than any previously reported for Cnemidophorus. The small size and low body temperature of this lizard may reflect thermal adaptation to its coastal habitat. There were no statistically significant differences between the MBTs of males and females, or of adults and immatures; nor were their important seasonal or daily variations. Body tempera- tures were more closely correlated with substrate than air temperatures. Diurnal activity began between 0800 and 1000 and at soil temperatures of 32C; peak activity occurred between 1000 and 1300. Completely overcast skies, strong steady winds, and prolonged precipitation interrupted activity. Adults enter hibernation from late July through September, immatures in December. Active individuals were first observed in March. Resumen. Cnemidophorus labialis, lagarto endemico de Baja California, Mexico, ha sido estudiado durante 1966 y 1967. Esta especie habita una estrecha banda costera del desierto de Sonora, desde Punta San Jose en el Sur, hasta el desembarco de Miller (Miller's Landing) ; en una zona afectada por vientos frecuentes del Noroeste, nieblas, lluvias invernales dominantes, y temperaturas estivales similares a las de San Diego, California. Estos animales se encuentran usualmente en re- giones de escasa, pero variada vegetacion y en terrenos con buen drenaje. Su distribucion esta posi- blemente restringida por la presencia de C. hypcrythrus. La amplitud normal de actividad (NAR) de C. labialis abarca de los 30°C a los 40°C. La temperatura media del cuerpo es de 37.2 C, casi un grado menos que las observadas previamente para Cnemidophorus. La talla pequena de estc lagarto y la temperatura baja del cuerpo podi.in indicar una adaptacion termica a su habitat costero. No- se presentan diferencias de significado estadistico, en la temperatura media del cuerpo (MBT) de machos y hembras, o entre individuos adultos y jovenes; ni tampoco variaciones importantes, ya sea estacionales o diarias. La temperatura del cuerpo podria relacionarse mas directamente con la tem- peratura del substrato que con la del aire. La actividad diurna se inicia entre las 0800 y 1000 horas, cuando la temperatura del suelo es de 32CC; y la maxima actividad entre las 1000 a las 13000 horas. La actividad de estos animales se interrumpe cuando el cielo esta cubierto, y con vientos y precipi- taciones fuertes y persistentes. Los adultos entran en hibernacion de finales de Julio a Septiembre, y los jovenes en Diciembre. En Marzo empiezan a observarse individuos en actividad. Cowles and Bogert (1944) and Bogert (1949) pointed out that diurnal species of lizards maintain body temperatures at characteristic levels relatively independent of air and substratum temperatures primarily by behavioral means, and that the ability to maintain these temperatures is essential for survival. They demonstrated that species in the same genus have similar body temperatures even though they exist in markedly dif- ferent environments and, conversely, that lizards of different genera maintain different temperature levels although they occur within the same habitat. Interpretations of these San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans., 15 (3): 21-30, J Jim 9 22 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. IS species differences, and temperature responses of reptiles in general, have been reviewed from historical, behavioral, ecological and physiological standpoints by Schmidt-Nielsen and Dawson (1964). The present study was undertaken to determine the thermal relations of Cnemido- phorus labialis (Baja California Striped Whiptail). C. labialis, endemic to Baja Califor- nia, Mexico, is the only member of the sexlineatus species group inhabiting the peninsula, and because it inhabits a relatively inaccessible strip of coastline it is the least known member of the group. During this study additional data on the distribution and habitat of C. labialis were gathered. Methods During the spring, summer, and fall of 1966 and 1967, the body temperatures (BT's) of HO C. labialis were recorded in the field, and under a variety of ambient conditions, throughout much of the species' known range in Baja California Del Norte, Mexico. Individuals were collected by shooting them with six-inch rubber bands. A Schultheiss rapid equilibrium thermometer was used to record BT's. The thermometer was inserted at least one centimeter into the lizard's cloaca within five seconds after capture, and was read (to the nearest 0.2C) when the mercury column reached equi- librium. When recording BT's, I wore a cloth glove to minimize heat conduction to or from my hand. BT's were not taken for lizards which had been chased, showed evidence of internal bleeding, were mutilated, or showed abnormal behavioral patterns due to the observer's presence. Other temperatures usually recorded at the site of capture were air temperature (4- 5 mm above substratum) and substral temperature (3mm beneath the surface). The bulb of the thermometer was shaded for air temperature readings. Soil temperature above SOC was recorded as SOC +. Additional data frequently recorded for each capture included time (Standard), per cent cloud cover, wind velocity (Beaufort wind scale), sex, snout-vent length (SVL), and behavior of lizard prior to capture (e.g. basking, foraging). The more important terms as summarized by Brattstrom (1965) and used throughout this paper are: voluntary minimum (theoretically the lowest body tempera- ture voluntarily tolerated; in practice, the lowest body temperature recorded of an active individual); voluntary maximum (theoretically the highest body temperature voluntarily tolerated; in practice, the highest recorded body temperature of an active individual) ; normal activity range (the range of body temperatures from the voluntary minimum to the voluntary maximum) ; bashing range (the range of body temperatures within the normal activity range for basking individuals); mean body temperature (the mean of body temperatures within the normal activity range). The term "significant" is used throughout to denote a statistical difference at the 95 'y confidence level. All mean body temperatures (MBT's) have been rounded off to the nearest 0.1C. Distribution Based on data furnished by Belding, collector of the type series of C. labialis, Stcjcgner (1890) recorded the type locality as Cerros (=Cedros) Island. However, C. labialis has not subsequently been collected on Cedros, despite several visits by her- petologists; and Savage (1954) suggests that the type specimens were collected at Bahia San Quintin on the peninsular mainland, where Belding also collected. If Savage Ls correct, the only published localities for C. labialis are Arroyo Seco (Bostic, 1966a), Bahia San Quintin (Burt, 1931; Tevis, 1944; Walker, 1966; Lowe, Wright and Norris, 1968 Bostic: Cnemidophorus labialis 23 " ,J tNSENADA ARROYO SANTO TOMAS SANTO TOMAS PUNTA DE SAN JOSE SAN VICENTE ERENDIRA ARROYO SECO 8 PUNTA COLNETT 9 CAMALU SAN QUINTAN EL SOCORRO EL CONSUELO EL ROSARIO MILLER'S LANDING VIZCAINO DESERT BAJA CALIFORNIA \— I t-H 1=3 100 IhhM -l l - ■ . I . . , Figure 1. The recorded distribution of Cnemidophorus labialis in Baja California, Mexico. Collecting sites and general localities are indicated by X and O, respectively. 24 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 1966), Socorro (Murray, 1955; Lowe et al., 1966; El Consuelo (Walker, 1966) and Miller's Landing (Tevis, 1944; Duellman and Zweifel, 1962; Lowe et al., 1966) (Fig. 1). I have also collected specimens at Punta San Jose, Erendira, Punta Colnett, Camulu, and Socorro (Fig. 1). All collecting localities, excluding Miller's Landing and El Consuelo, fall within the vegetative parameter Shreve (1936) termed the Chaparral — Sonoran ecotone (the region between Arroyo Santo Tomas and 20 miles north of El Rosario). If the ecotone is not delimited, this area (based on the dominant forms and composition of the flora and fauna) is Sonoran Desert (Short and Crossin, 1967). Miller's Landing and El Con- suelo occur within the Central Desert phytogeographic area (Wiggins, 1960), and Shreve's and Wiggins' (1964) rrAgave-Franseria" Region. The dominant coastal vege- tation, several species of Agave, Franseria chenopodifolia, Yucca valida, Opuntia cholla and Dudleya spp., is sparse and widely spaced (Wiggins, 1960). Punta San Jose, approximately seven miles south of the Arroyo Santo Tomas, is the northernmost recorded locality for C. labialis. This general area probably represents the true northern limit for the species. Farther north, the coastal terrain is rugged and mountainous, in direct contrast to the flat coastal terraces and plains to the south that are inhabited by whiptails. Arroyo Seco, (approximately ten miles from the coast) is the most inland capture locality for C. labialis. This area is on the fringe of the coastal cloud cover and fog. I suspect that the eastern and southern distributional limits of C. labialis probably con- form to coastal areas subject to much fog, frequent northwest winds, predominately winter (November to April) rainfall distribution, and a summer temperature similar to that of San Diego, California. These environmental conditions, excluding precipita- tion distribution, prevail along the west coast of Baja California as far south as the Magdalena Plains (Aschmann, 19 59). I consider the environmental conditions that occur throughout the recorded range of C. labialis suboptimal for C. hypcrythrus, the only other small Cnemidophorus with which it is sympatric. C. hyperythrus is most frequently observed in the coastal foothill region, where the duration and intensity of solar radiation is greater, and the frequency and duration of coastal cloud cover and fog less. In the narrow belt of sympatry these species are regularly observed, but in disproportionate numbers. For example, at Camalu only five of the 150 Cnemidophorus collected were C. hypcrythrus. At Arroyo Seco, the habitat preferences of the two species differed. C. labialis occupied only the sandy fringe of the coastal sage-scrub community preferred by C. hypcrythrus, and was most com- monly collected in the bordering, sandy-bottomed arroyo where C. hypcrythrus was absent. C. hyperythrus was present in the surrounding areas of Agave and gravelly soil, but C. labialis was absent. The southernmost capture locality, Miller's Landing, is 18 5 mies south of El Con- suelo. Duellman and Zweifel (1962) stated that this distribution gap is undoubtedly related to the course of the main road which turns inland at Socorro ( 1 1 miles N. of El Consuelo) and does not closely approach the coast to the south until Miller's Land- ing. The southernmost known locality of C. labialis coincides with the northern limit of the Vizcaino Desert (Fig. 1). Here, through the Magdalena Plains region, coastal precipitation is not predictable, and is primarily a summer (May to October) phe- nomenon (Aschmann, 1959). The presence of C. hypcrythrus in this area may also affect the southward spread of C. labialis, but this is still unstudied. Habitat Sand dunes (Tevis, 1944), a sandy plain with scattered Agave (Murray, 1955), and a humid coastal prairie (Walker, 1966) have been recorded as habitats for 1968 Bostic: Cnemidophorus labialis 2 5 C. labialis. During 1963-64, I found C. labialis abundant at Arroyo Seco (a wide sandy- bottomed river bed) and in the bordering coastal sage-scrub community. Following the torrential rains of 196 5 and the concomitant flooding of the arroyo, the population was considerably reduced. The dominant plants of the river bed were Pluchea sericea, Juncus sp., and Franseria chenopodifolia. Less conspicuous plants included Eriogonum spp., Isomeris arborca and Mesembrianthemum chrystalinum. C. labialis was frequently ob- served in or near Mesembrianthemum at most collecting localities. In sandy soils of the coastal areas Mesembrianthemum appeared to be perennial. C. labialis was present, though scarce, on gravelly and sandy substrata at the coastal terrace sites of Punta de San Jose, Erendira, Punta Colnett, and El Socorro (Fig. 1). The dominant vegetation at these localities included Agave shauii and Euphorbia misera. Also present but less conspicuous were Rosa minutiflora, Atriplex sp., Opuntia sp., Machaerocercus gummosus, Myrtillocactus cochal, Dudleya spp., Mesem- brianthemum, and numerous annuals. At Camulu, an agricultural community on the Llano de Hamulu, whiptails arc unusually abundant. This nearly flat plain borders the Pacific for approximately 30 miles from near San Telmo to Santo Domingo, and is delimited a few miles inland by the foothills of the interior mountains. The soil is fine and compacted, but well drained. Franseria chenopodifolia and Agave shauii are the dominant plants. Less conspicuous were Euphorbia misera, Opuntia serpentina, O. echinocarpa, Mammilaria dioca, Ber- gerocactus emoryi, Myrtillocactus cochal, Mesembrianthemum, and Atriplex sp. C. labialis exhibited a clumped pattern of local distribution at all collecting sites. This was particularly evident at Camalu and Arroyo Seco, where the majority of col- lecting occurred. A similar pattern of distribution was reported by Tevis (1944) and Walker (1966). It appeared that this pattern was correlated with the availability of suitable egg laying sites (areas covered with a variety of annuals, with light sandy soil exposed to direct solar radiation in the morning and afternoon), and adjacent shrub cover. The vegetational cover was not dense nor unvaried (i.e., predominately Agave). Dense cover does not satisfy their thermal requirements and homogeneous vegetation, probably owing to the sparse leaf litter, does not offer a varied food supply. Such sites are relatively sparse, and in the Camulu, Arroyo Seco, and Bahia San Quintin areas are becoming scarcer because of agricultural activity. Thermal Relations Temperature Preferences. — The normal activity range (NAR) for C. labialis is 30C to 42C (Table 1). This NAR includes the low, often isolated BT's of lizards con- sidered by Cowles and Bogert (1944) to be "basking" in order to resume "normal activity." I consider the "basking range," unless quantitatively measured (basking duration), to be arbitrary (Bostic, 1966b). C. labialis was frequently observed foraging at temperatures throughout the NAR. Similarly, lizards which basked for short periods had BTs between 30C - 39C. The voluntary minimum temperature tolerated is 1-4C lower than those reported by Fitch (1958), Carpenter (1961), McCoy (1965), and Bostic (1966b) for other species of Cnemidophorus. These investigators included the low BT's of active in- dividuals in their calculation of the NAR. The voluntary maximum of 42C is similar to those values previously recorded for Cnemidophorus. The previously recorded high and low mean body temperatures of Cnemidophorus are 41. 3C for C. tigris (Bogert, 1949) and 38C for C. sexlineatus (Carpenter, 1961). respectively. This variability, in part, reflects the omission of "basking range" BT's from the NAR. 26 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 TABLE 1 A Summary of Published Data on Temperature Relations in Cnemidophorus Species Group Species Normal Activity Range (NAR) X ± NAR SE N Critical Thermal Maximum (CTM) X N CTM Authority Lemniscatus C. lemniscatus 34.6-42.3 39.0 31 45.2-46.6 46.2 Brattstrom, 1965 C. lemniscatus 34.5-41.0 38.5 13 Brattstrom, 1965 Hyperythrus c. ceralbensis 37.4-42.5 40.35 23 Soule, 1963 c. hyperythrus beldingi 3 3.4-42.2 38. 5± .14 138 Bostic, 1966b c. hyperythrus hyperythrus 38.3-46.6 3 9.9± .25 14 Soule, 1963 Tessellatus c. tigris 37.4-43.5 41. 3± .24 33 Bogert, 1949 c. tigris 3 5.0-44.6 40.4 47 Brattstrom, 1965 c. tigris 46.0 1 Cole, 1943 c. tigris septentrional 34.0-43.0 tit 3 9.8 88 McCoy, 1965 Sexlineatm c. gularis 37.8-41.0 3 8.9 3 Brattstrom, 1965 c. lahialis 30.0-42.0 37. 2± .26 136 This paper c. sexlineatus 32.0-43.0 3 8.0 Carpenter, 1961 c. sexlineatus 34.6-41.5 39.5 45 Fitch, 195 6 c. sexlineatus 38.5-43.0 41. 0± .47 Bogert, 1949 c. sexlineatus 31.0-44.0 40.0-41 .0 100 Fitch, 195 8 The MBT of C. lahialis is 37. 2C (SE = 0.201; SD = 2.35), which is 0.8-1.3C lower than the MBT's of other Cnemidophorus calculated in a similar manner (see Carpenter, 1961; Bostic, 1966b). This low MBT may reflect thermal adaptation to the fog and cloud shrouded coastal habitat of C. lahialis. The favorable volume to surface ratio of this small lizard may also aid in thermal adaptation. Walker (1966) reported "that only C. hyperythrus espiritensis (maximum SVL 59.5mm) of Isla Espiritu Santo, Gulf of California, is of smaller size than C. labialh" However, I examined a male C. hyperythrus espiritensis (SDSNH no. 528 52) which has a SVL of 64mm. There was no significant difference between the MBT's of male and female C. lahialis. The MBT for 77 males and 59 females was respectively 37. 2C (SE = 0.25 5; SD^2.24) and 37.1C (SE = 0.268; SD = 2.06). Bogert (1949) found no intersexual differences in the MBT's of C. sexlineatus or C. tigris and Bostic (1966b) found no significant differences in the MBT's of male and female C. hyperythrus beldingi. Body temperature variability among species of Cnemidophorus is apparently not due to dif- ferences in sex. The MBT of 14 juveniles (SVL < 40mm) is 36. 3C (SE = 0.363; SD = 1.36), which is 0.9C lower than that of 37. 2C (SE = 0.201; SD = 2.35) recorded for adults. This difference may be biologically important, although it is not statistically significant. The ability of juveniles to function optimally at a lower MBT than adults would be advantageous. Juveniles hatch in August and are active through December, when soil and air temperatures are low; adults begin hibernating in July. The high correlation ~ 0.85) between juvenile BT's and soil temperature reported by Hardy (1962) for C. sexlineatus suggests such an advantage. Concomitantly, competition between adults 1968 Bostic: Cnemidophorus labialis 27 a. Q O 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 0 0 o » U 0 0 8 0 0 n 0 w 0 0 0 0 0 8o °0 0 0 00 0 S°o° ° w 0 0 u g 0 0 0 0 0 „° 0 0 0 °^ 0 o 0U 2 0 8 000 0 ° 0 0° o °/o 0 / / / 8"° 6V "°8 q 8 ° °° ° 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 AIR TEMPERATURE C Figure 2. Scatter diagram comparing body temperatures of 13 5 Cnemidophorus labialis with air temperatures 4- 5 mm. above the substrate. The dashed lines connect the isothermal points. Single individuals are represented by an open circle, and two lizards by half-shaded circles. and juveniles would be reduced throughout much of their activity seasons since all adults have hibernated by late September. The low MBT would also promote fuller utilization of shaded areas for foraging and protection. There was no significant difference between morning and afternoon MBT's. The morning series (N = 86) had a MBT of 37.4C (SE = 0.248; SD = 2.30), and the afternoon series (n = 61) a MBT of 37. 3C (SE = 0.232; SD=1.81). I also found no significant monthly differences in body temperatures. Bostic (1966b) reported no sea- sonal acclimation in C. h. beldingi. Bostic (1966b) reported similar findings for C. h. beldingi. Response to Environmental Tern peratu res. — There is no significant correlation between BT and air temperature (Fig. 2). Only nine lizards possessed BT's within IC of the air temperature. Seven individuals were recorded with BT's 1-9C less than air temperature, and two lizards maintained BT's 14. 8C above air temperature. The majoritv of whiptails were active at air temperatures ranging from 26C to 32C. No lizards were active at air temperatures above 41C nor below 2lC. There is a closer correlation between BT and substrate temperature (Fig. 3). Below a substrate temperature of 42C the majority of lizards possessed BT's 1 -4C above or below the substrate temperature. One lizard maintained a BT 5.4C above that of the substrate. The limit of SOC imposed by using the Schultheiss thermometer to record soil temperatures makes any delineation of the greatest deviation between BT and substrate temperature impossible. 28 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 42 4 1 40 39 u 38 UJ a: 3 »— 37 < OL UJ a. 36 i LU t— >■ 35 o o CO 34 33 32 31 30 29 00 8 e o o o o 8 0„ 0 0 0 ° °0 0 00 0 o 0o 0 0 0 0 n 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 e o e 0 0 °o o 0 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50* SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE C Figure 3. Scatter diagram comparing body temperatures of 134 Cnemidophorus labialis with substrate temperatures. The dashed lines connect the isothermal points. Single individuals are represented by an open circle, and two lizards by half-shaded circles. Daily Activity Cycle. — C. labialis. commenced activity between 0800 and 1000 at a soil tmperature of about 32C. This initial activity usually coincided with the dissi- pation of the early morning fog or coastal cloud cover. Milstead (1957), McCoy (1965), Bostic (1966b) and Echternacht (1967) recorded similar emergence times and soil temperatures for other species of Cnemidophorus. The major activity peak for C. labialis was between 1000 and 1300. This usually coincided with the period between early morning and late afternoon low clouds, wind, and high (5 0C +) substrate tem- peratures. No late afternoon activity peak recorded for other species of Cnemidophorus by Milstead (1957), Carpenter (1961), Bostic (1966b), and Echternacht (1967) was observed for C. labialis; activity virtually ceased at 1500. As would be expected, the increase in ambient temperatures from spring through summer that occurred in inland areas of the peninsula was not as pronounced along the coast. Subsequently, no obvious seasonal fluctuation in the daily cycle was evident. The usual daily cycle of C. labialis was altered by the varying meteorlogical con- ditions. Partial cloudiness did not interrupt activity. No lizards, however, were ob- served on those days that the sun did not shine intermittently. Winds up to seven mph did not seem to adversely affect whiptail activity, and intermittent winds of twelve mph had little affect. Steady winds above 12 mph resulted in the disappearance of most lizards. Whiptails were not active immediately after a prolonged rain, and generally did not resume activity until most of the moisture content in the subsoil had disappeared following one to three days of sun. 1968 Bostic: Cnemidophorus lahialh 29 Seasonal Activity Cycle. — C. labialis was recorded emerging from hibernation i:i mid-March. Adult whiptails enter into dormancy in the latter part of July, and by late September nearly all adult whiptails have hibernated. All immature whiptails disappeared in late December. A similar pattern of seasonal activity has been reported for C. h. beldingi (Bostic, 1966b), and C. sexlineatus (Hardy, 1962). C. labialis collected in March and early April had very small, paired, dull yellow coelomic fat bodies. As the season progressed the coelomic fat bodies became greatly enlarged, and were bright yellow in color. Apparently the differential times of dor- mancy recorded for whiptails is correlated with the amount of stored fat. A similar pattern of fat storage and utilization was recorded for C. sexlineatus (Hardy, 1962; McCoy, 1965) and C. byperythrus (Bostic, 1966b). Acknowledgments I express my appreciation to Mr. Allan J. Sloan and Mr. Wade F. Snyder for their editorial com- ments and criticisms of the manuscript at various stages of its completion. I am particularly indebted to Mr. William Hite for his frequent assistance in the field and laboratory. In addition, I thank Mr. Sam Angcve for his field assistance, Mrs. Aileen Scallet for assistance with the statistical analyses, Mr. Gilbert Voss for assistance in identifying plants, and Mrs. Norrine G. Gearheart for typing the manuscript. The specimens collected during this study are deposited in the San Diego Natural History Museum. This study, in part, was made possible by a Sigma Xi Grant-in-Aid of Research to study the testicular histology of C. labialis. Literature Cited ASCHMANN, N. H. 195 9. The central desert of Baja California: Demography and ecology. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles. 315 p. Bogert, C. M. 1949. Thermoregulation in reptiles, a factor in evolution. Evolution 3: 195-211. Bostic, D. L. 1966a. Threat behavior in Cnemidophorus byperythrus and Cnemidophorus labialis. Herpetolcgica 22: 77-79. 1966b. Thermoregulation and hibernation of the lizard, Cnemidophorus byperythrus beldingi (Sauria: Teiidae). Southwestern Natur. 11: 275-289. Brattstrom, B. H. 1965. Body temperatures of reptiles. Amer. Mid. Natur. 73: 376-422. Burt, C. E. 1931. A study of the teiid lizards of the genus Cnemidophorus with special reference to their phylogenetic relationships. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 154. 286 p. Carpenter, C. C. 1961. Temperature relationships of two Oklahoma lizards. Okla. Acad. Sci. Proc. 41: 72-77. Cole, L. C. 1943. Experiment on toleration of high temperature in lizards with reference to adaptive coloration Ecology 24: 94-108. Cowles, R. B., and C. M. Bogert 1944. A preliminary study of the thermal requirements of desert reptiles. Amer. Mus. Natur. Hist. Bull. 83: 261-296. Duellman, W. E., and R. G. Zweifel 1962. A synopsis of lizards of the sexlineatus group (genus Cnemidophorus). Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Bull. 123: 155-210. ECHTERNACHT, A. C. 1967. Ecological relationships of two species of the lizard genus Cnemidophorus in the Santa Rita Mountains of Arizona. Amer. Mid. Natur. 78: 448-45 9. Fitch, H. S. 195 6. Temperature responses in free-living amphibians and reptiles of northeastern Kansas. L niv. Kan. Pub!. Mus. Nat. Hist. 8: 417-476. 1958. Natural history of the six-lined racerunner (Cnemidophorus sexlineatus). Univ. Kan. Publ. Mus. Nat. Hist. 11 (2): 11-62. 30 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Hardy, D. F. 1962. Ecology and behavior of the six-lined racerunners, Cnemidopborus sexlineatus. Univ. Kan. Sci. Bull. 43: 3-73. Lowe, C. H., J. W. Wright, and K. S. Norris 1966. Analysis of the herpetofauna of Baja California, Mexico. IV. The Baja California striped whiptail, Cnemidopborus labialis, with key to the striped — unspotted whiptails of the south- west. Ariz. Acad. Sci. J. 4: 121-127. McCoy, C. J. 1965. Life history and ecology of Cnemidopborus tigris septentrionalis. Unpub. Ph.D. thesis, Univ. microfilms Inc., Ann Arbor, Michigan. 66-2814. 167 p. Milstead, W. W. 1957. Some aspects of competition in natural populations of whiptail lizards (genus Cnemidopborus) . Texas J. Sci. 9: 410-447. Murray, K. F. 195 5. Herpetological collections from Baja California. Herpetologica 11: 33-48. Savage, J. M. 1954. Notulae herpetologicae 1-7. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans. 57: 326-334. Schmidt-Nielsen, K., and W. R. Dawson 1964. Terrestrial animals in dry heat: desert reptiles, p. 467-480. /;; D. B. Dill (ed.). Handbook of Physiology, Vol. 4, Adaptation to the environment. Washington, D.C. Amer. Physiol. Soc. Short, L. L., Jr., and R. Crossin 1967. Notes on the avifauna of northwestern Baja California. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 14(20): 281-300. Shreve, F. 1936. The transition from desert to chaparral in Baja California. Madrono 3: 257-264. Shrfve, F., and I. L. Wiggins 1964. Vegetation and flora of the Sonoran desert. Stanford University Press, 1: 840 p. Soule, M. 1963. Aspects of thermoregulation in nine species of lizards from Baja California. Copeia (1): 107-115. Stejneger, L. 1890. Description of a new lizard from Lower California. U.S. Natl. Mus., Proc, 12: 643-644. Te\is, L., Jr. 1944. Herpetological notes from Lower California. Copeia (1): 6-18. Walker, J. M. 1966. Morphology, habitat, and behavior of the teiid lizard, Cnemidopborus labialis. Copeia (4): 644-650. Wiggins, I. L. 1960. The origin and relationships of the land flora, p. 148-165. /;; symposium: The biogeography of Baja California and adjacent seas. Syst. Zool. 9 (3-4). Manuscript Received 10 January 1968 Life Sciences Department, Palomar College, San Marcos, California. ^ MUS. COMP. ZOOL LIBRARY JUN 1 8 1968 HARVARD UNIVERSITY. CASTELA POLYANDRA, A NEW SPECIES IN A NEW SECTION; UNION OF HOLACANTHA WITH CASTELA (SIMAROUBACEAE) REID MORAN AND RICHARD FELGER TRANSACTIONS OF THE SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15, NO. 4, 5 JUNE 1968 113° ^de-Jos Vtngeles

developing as a unit; spur shoots none. Leaves with well-developed blades, persistent tor 40 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 1 5 several months but sparsely distributed. Inflorescence a compact panicle, with the axis stout but rarely 1cm long, or reduced to one or a few fascicles. Flowers 4 (-S)-merous; petals larger in staminate than in pistillate flowers; stamens twice to thrice as many as the sepals. Drupes stipitate, soon deciduous. Type Species: C. polyandra Moran & Felger. The name Eremacanfha is from Greek words for desert and shrub. Casfcla section Holacantha (A. Gray) Moran & Felger, stat. nov. Holacantha A. Gray, PI. Thurb. 310, 18 54. Branches all spinose, the branch system determinate, with 2-4 generations of axes developing as a unit; spur shoots none. Adult leaves reduced, soon deciduous, the shrub thus essentially leafless. Inflorescence an open to rather crowded panicle, the branches stout, like the vegetative branches, the axis 2-10cm long. Flowers (5-) 6-8-merous, tending to be anisomerous; petals of staminate flowers the same size as or larger than those of pistillate flowers; stamens twice as many as the sepals or fewer than twice as many. Drupes sessile by a broad base, persistent for several years. Type Species: Holacantha emoryi A. Gray. The section consists of the following two species, native in the southwestern United States and northern Mexico. Castela emoryi (A. Gray) Moran & Felger, comb. nov. Holacantha emoryi A. Gray, PI. Thurb. 310, 18 54. Castela stewartii (C. H. Muller) Moran & Felger, comb. nov. Holacantha stewartii C. H. Muller, Madrono 6: 131, 1941. Acknowledgements We are grateful to the curators of the herbaria at the Arnold Arboretum, the New York Botanical Garden, and the United States National Museum, for the loan of specimens. We are indebted to Dr. Marion S. Cave for the chromosome counts, to Miss Gayle Culver for the map and the drawings, and to Drs. Peter H. Raven and Ira L. Wiggins for critically reviewing the manuscript. Last but not least, we sincerely thank each other for help and encouragement during the preparation of this paper. Literature Cited Cronquist, A. 1944a. Studies in the Simaroubaceae, I. The genus Casfcla. J. Arnold. Arb. 25: 122-128. 1944b. Studies in the Simaroubaceae, IV. Resume of the American species. Brittonia 5: 128-147. Engler, A. 1931. Simarubaceae, p. 359-405. /;; Engler, A., and H. Harms, Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien. 2 ed. Vol. 19a. Powell, J., J. A. Comstock, and C. F. Harbison Ms. Biology, life history, and geographic distribution of Attcia exquisita (Lepidoptera: Ypono- meutidae) . Raven, P. 1967. Holacantha emoryi Gray. //; Anon., Documented chromosome numbers ot plants. Madrono 19: 134-136. Accepted for Publication 11 April 1968. San Diego Natural History Museum and Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History. MUS. COMP. ZOOL. LIBRARY JUN 1 8 ^968 HARVARD UNIVERSITY. RECENT DATA ON SUMMER BIRDS OF THE CHIRICAHUA MOUNTAINS AREA, SOUTHEASTERN ARIZONA J. DAVID LIGON AND RUSSELL P. BALDA TRANSACTIONS OF THE SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15, NO. 5, 5 JUNE 1968 RECENT DATA ON SUMMER BIRDS OF THE CHIRICAHUA MOUNTAINS AREA, SOUTHEASTERN ARIZONA J. David Ligon and Russell P. Balda Abstract. Over four breeding seasons 167 species of birds were recorded from the Chiricahua Mountains and adjacent areas; 19 of these were winter residents or migrants not seen after May. The status of several species apparently has changed since the study of Tanner and Hardy (1958). The Golden Eagle (Aquila chrysaetos) and Prairie Falcon (Falco mexicanus) appear to have decreased, whereas the Harlequin Quail (Cyrtonyx montezumae) and several of the hummingbirds apparently are more common than previously. Several cavity-nesting species appear to have increased in numbers and tin Eastern Bluebird (Sialia sialis) has become established as a breeding species since 1960. Black Swifts (Cypseloides niger), a species for which there is no specimen for Arizona, were seen on one occa- sion, and a female Lucifer Hummingbird {Calo thorax lucifer) , another unexpected species, was seen on several occasions. Resumen. Se observaron 167 espccies de aves en las Montanas Chiricahua y zonas adyacentes, durante las cuatro estaciones de cria; 19 de estas especies eran residentes invernales o aves migratorias que no aparecian despues de Mayo. El estado de varias especies ha cambiado aparentemente desde los estudios realizados por Tanner y Hardy (1958). El Aguila Real (Acjuila chrysaetos) y el Halcon Cafc; (Falco mexicanus) han disminuido, mientras que la Codorniz dedilarga (Cyrtonyx montezuma) y varios colibris son probablemente mas abundantes ahora que antes. Varias especies de las que anidan en cavidades han incrementando en numero, asi, el Azul de tempestad (Sialia siulis) aparece bien estable- cido, de modo que cria en esta zona desde 1960. EI Vencejo negro (Cypseloides niger) no se ha registrado en Arizona, y solamente se ha visto en una ocasion en esta region, asi como una hembra del Colibri Chupamirto morada grande (Calothorax lucifer) otra de las especies raras en esta zona, en donde solo ha sido observado en pocas ocasiones. The Chiricahua Mountains of Cochise County, Arizona, are located near the Arizona-New Mexico boundary about 20 miles north of the Mexican border. These moun- tains, along with the Huachuca and Santa Rita mountains, are of special ornithological interest because the northernmost extension of several essentially Mexican species and the southern limit of several boreal forms occur here. This, together with the wide variety of habitats found in the Chiricahuas, ranging from desert scrub to spruce-fir forest, combine to make this region rich in breeding bird species. In recent years the Chiricahuas have become relatively well known to ornithologists, largely because the Southwestern Research Station of the American Museum of Natural History is located in Cue Creek Canyon. The avifauna of the Chiricahua Mountains has been popularized by a number of ornithologists (Peterson, 1948; Brandt, 1951), but little detailed work has been pub- lished. Tanner and Hardy (1958) briefly describe the clevational distribution of some of the more common birds and review the avifaunal studies of the region, pointing out the sparseness of data dealing with breeding birds of the area. No comprehensive study of plant distribution in the Chiricahuas has been pub- lished, but Balda (1967) describes in detail the habitats he studied, and W'hittaker and Niering (1965) present an excellent discussion of plant distribution in the nearby and similar Santa Catalina mountains. We spent a great deal of time in riparian communities, habitats not described by Tanner and Hardy (1958). These are affected by lower temperatures (due to nightly cold air drainage) and higher moisture conditions than the adjacent typical plant com- munities of a given elevation. Riparian habitat is best developed in canyon bottoms but San Diico Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 15 (5): 41-50, 5 |i m I •>■ 42 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 1 5 is present to some degree wherever permanent or temporary streams are found. Plant species diversity is great in these areas and is reflected in high bird species diversity. Lower elevation riparian woods are characterized by sycamore, willow, cottonwood, maple, walnut, ash, and several species of oaks. The Station is located in such an area. In more restricted canyon bottoms, such as the South Fork of Cave Creek Canyon, many coniferous species typically found at higher elevations are intermingled with the deciduous trees. In the Chiricahua Mountains, Arizona cypress is limited to this community. Because the avifauna of the Chiricahuas has special interest, we feel that updating the avifaunal list of Tanner and Hardy (195 8) is worthwhile, even though an excel- lent state bird book (Phillips et al., 1964) has recently been published. Our data indi- cate that dramatic changes in the status of some birds have occurred since Tanner and Hardy's study. Perhaps the best example is the arrival and population increase of the Eastern Bluebird (Sialia sialis) . In addition, some common species, principally nocturnal ones, were overlooked. Ligon camped in Cave Creek Canyon from 17 May to 2 1 July 1964; Balda was at the Southwestern Research Station from 3 June to 2 July of that year. From 17 Feb- ruary to 18 August 196 5 Balda conducted a study of the breeding habitats of the birds of the region. Ligon arrived at the Station on 4 May and remained until 5 August. In 1966 Ligon spent three days in Cave Creek Canyon in April and 18 days there in July. He was at the Station for several days during May 1967. We follow the terminology of Tanner and Hardy (195 8) in referring to the status of each species. Species recorded by them for which we have no additional comments are simply listed with a one-word designation of status. More detailed information on abundance is currently being prepared. Those species not recorded by the above authors are indicated by an asterisk; species for which either nests were found or juveniles seen are indicated by a dagger. All specimens were taken by Ligon and are deposited in the collections of The University of Michigan Museum of Zoology. Only species recorded after 1 May are included in this account. The village of Portal is located below the mouth of Cave Creek Canyon at an elevation of 4770 feet. Paradise is about five miles northwest of Portal. Apache is 12 miles south of Rodeo, New Mexico on U. S. Highway 80. Stewart Forest Camp and Sunny Flats Campground are located in Coronado National Forest between Portal and the Station (elevation 5400 feet) ; Rustler Park, also in Coronado' National Forest, is higher (8400 feet). Systematic List Oxyitra jamaicensis, Ruddy Duck1'. — A male in breeding plumage was seen on 21 July 1965, in a cattle tank at the foot of the mountains near Portal. Ca/hartcs aura, Turkey Vulture. — Common. Large flock of about 50 roosted nightly on huge rock above Stewart Forest Camp. Accipiter gentilis, Goshawk^. — An adult female was collected 5 July 1964, nine miles southwest of Apache. A nest with one flying young was located in the same area the following day at an elevation of about 5 200 feet. This nest was about 200 yards downstream from an occupied nest of A. cooperii. Gos- hawks were seen on four occasions over ponderosa pine forest below Rustler Park. Accipiter striatus, Sharp-shinned Hawk*. — One observed at the station for several days in early May 1965; captured hummingbirds with apparent ease from the station feeders. Accipiter cooperii, Cooper's Hawk'. — Common in Cave Creek Canyon from oak woodland to spruce- fir forest in 1964 and 1965; seven nests found, four examined, each with four or five eggs or young. Bit/eo jamaicensis, Red-tailed Hawk. ■ — Uncommon. Bu/eo swainsoni, Swainson's HawkT. — One seen building a nest 20 May 1964. Nest with two well- grown living young, and a third dead, found 2 July 1964, near Potral. Buteo albontatus, Zone-tailed Hawk"'. — One seen by Ligon perched on rocks in dry South Fork of Cave Creek on 21 May 1964. Two seen by Balda along the South Fork of Cave Creek Canyon in May 1965. 1968 Ligon and Balda: Chiricahua Birds 45 Buteo lagopus. Rough-legged Hawk"'. — Winter visitor; last seen on 5 May. Aquila chrysactos. Golden Eagle. — Pair seen regularly east of Portal in 1964 and 1965. Not seen in the mountains. Circus cyaiwus. Marsh Hawk*. — One was seen occasionally over the grasslands below Rodeo from March through May 1965. Falco mexicanus, Prairie Falcon. — Seen irregularly over grassland south of Rodeo and also on west side of the mountains in 1965. Falco peregrinus, Peregine Falcon::". — Seen regularly in 1964 and 1965 along high cliffs above Stewart Forest Camp and Sunny Flats Campground. Believed to have nested. Ligon observed one drive a Red-tailed Hawk to earth near Sunny Flats Campground. Falco sparivrius. Sparrow Hawk'. — Uncommon. In 1964 a pair nested in a large dead Cottonwood one and one-half miles east of Portal. A nest was located near Paradise in 1965. Seen occasionally in pon- derosa pine forest. Callipepla squamata, Scaled Quail'. — Common in grasslands containing a scattering of shrubs along Highway 80 east of the Chiricahuas. Young seen on 8 July 1965. Newly-hatched young captured and photographed on 11 July 1965. A very late nest located on 17 August contained 12 eggs. Lophortyx gambclii, Gambel's Quail". — Common in desert scrub surrounding the mountains. Newly- hatched young captured and photographed 9 June 1964. Cyrtonyx montezumae, Harlequin Quail""'''. — Not uncommon but not regularly seen in oak woodland and pine-oak-juniper woodland communities. Four young seen by Balda on 20 July 1965. Meleagris gallopavo, Turkey'. — Uncommon. Nest, eight eggs located near the Station on 17 May 1965. Seven chicks seen 13 June 1964. Flocks of 8 to 10 birds were seen often in the ponderosa pines below Rustler Park in 1965. Cbaradrius lociferus, Killdeer. — Seen irregularly about water tanks. Actitis macularia, Spotted Sandpiper*. — Five seen on small ponds at the foot of the mountains on 21 July 1965. Columba fascia/a, Band-tailed Pigeon. — Regular in flocks in Cave Creek Canyon in early summer, becoming common to abundant at high elevations in mid-July, when pairs were apparently preparing to nest. Zcnaida asiatica, White-winged Dove'. — Commonly seen from desert scrub up into oak woodland. Zenaidura macron ra, Mourning Dove^. — This species was most common in desert scrub where Balda located 23 nests in 1965. At one nest the young fledged on 4 March. One pair was seen on repeated occasions in ponderosa pine forest. Columbigallina passerina, Ground Dove*. — One seen by Ligon on 9 June 1964, one and one-half miles east of Portal near a watering tank. Phillips ft al. (1964: 43) consider the records for the east side of the Chiricahuas as representing strays rather than a breeding population. Geococcyx californianus, Roadrunner. — Uncommon below Portal. Otus asio, Screech Owl*'. — Common in Cave Creek Canyon, where nests were found in 1965 and 1967. Otus trichopsis. Whiskered Owl*''. — Common in Cave Creek Canyon. One or more nests were located near the station in 1964, 1965, 1967. Otus flamnnolus, Flammulated Owl'. — Uncommon. Two nests were located in 1965, each with one young. One nest also contained an addled egg. Bubo virginianus, Great-horned Owl*. — Uncommon from desert scrub up to the lower edges of ponderosa pine forest. Glum itlium gnonia, Pygmy Owl*^. — Uncommon. Nest found near the Station on 17 May 1967, in cavity used by Elf Owls the previous two years. Seen and heard occasionally above Rustler Park. Micrathene whitneyi, Elf Owl*'''. — Abundant in Cave Creek Canyon where 20 nests were located by Ligon in 1 965. Speotyto cuniculnria. Burrowing Owl*'1'. — Rare on foothill grasslands surrounding the mountains. One pair nested three miles south of Apache in 1965. Strix occidentalis, Spotted Owl. — Uncommon. Heard calling in Cave Creek Canyon on 11 July 1964 by Ligon, J. P. Hubbard, and B. K. Harris. One seen at Rustler Park by Balda, 14 August 1 96?. Caprimulgus lociferus, Whip-poor-will1'. — Common along Cave Creek Canyon floor up to the high- est elevations of the mountains. Female with egg ready for laying collected 31 May. 1964. Pbalaenoptilus nuttallii, Poor-will. — Common from desert scrub through oak woodland especially "" the drier slopes. Heard primarily at dusk and dawn. Seen foraging about lights at the Station on several occasions. Cbordeiles minor, Common Nighthawk*. — Seen 18 July, 1965, southwest of Apache. 44 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Chordeiles acutipciinis. Lesser Night hawk. — Common on desert sciub surrounding mountain and occasional through oak woodland. Cypseloides niger, Black Swift*. — Rare. Flock of about a dozen seen above Herb Martyr Dam on 11 July 1964, by Ligon, J. P. Hubbard, and B. K. Harris. They were foraging with Purple Martins, Violet-green Swallows and White-throated Swifts. There is no satisfactory specimen record for Arizona (Phillips ct al., 1964: 58). Aeronantes saxatalis. White-throated Swift. — Common in the mountains. Also foraged over the desert. Calothorax lucifer, Lucifer Hummingbird*. — Extremely rare. A female was first seen by Balda on 17 June 1965 southwest of Apache in oak woodland adjacent to xeric slopes covered with manzanita and agave. This female was seen again on 26 June and 1 July, and was positively identified at a local rancher's hummingbird feeder. There are only two very old specimen records for the state (Phillips, et al., 1964: 62). Archilochns alexandri, Black-chinned Hummingbird'. — Uncommon in desert, but very common in oak woodland, riparian canyons and oak-juniper woodland. Occasionally sighted in lower ponderosa pine forest. Fourteen nests were located by Balda in 1965, with extreme dates 15 April to 28 June. Selasphoms platycercus, Broad-tailed Hummingbird^. — Uncommon in oak woodland and oak-juniper woodland but common in riparian canyon and coniferous forests. An exceptionally early nest found in South Fork on 4 April contained two eggs. Both young fledged by 1 3 May. The latest nest was located in ponderosa pine forest and contained two young on 1 August. Selasphorus nifus, Rufous Hummingbird. — Regular from woodlands through coniferous forest from mid-July onward. Seen occasionally in desert as well. Stcllula calliope. Calliope Hummingbird*. — Male shot but net retrieved by Ligon in Rustler Park on 16 July 1964. One seen on 2 August 1965 in ponderosa pine forest. Eugenes fulgens, Rivoli's Hummingbird. — Regular at station feeders but uncommon in woodland and riparian canyons. Seen occasionally at lower edge of ponderosa pine forest. Lampornis clemenciae, Blue-throated Hummingbird7. — Uncommon in riparian habitats but regular at the station feeders. Two nests each containing two eggs were located on 28 June 1965, in the South Fork of Cave Creek Canyon. This species is very aggressive and was seen driving other species from feed- ing sites and destroying nests of other hummingbirds to obtain nesting materials. Amazilia verticalis, Violet-crowned Hummingbird*. — First seen at Station in June in 1963, 1964, and 1965. R. W. Lasiewski captured one in July 1965. Trogon clegans, Coppery-tailed TrogonT. — Nest found near Sunny Flats Campground on 10 June 1964; the two young fledged on 15 July. This species was seen in 1964, 1965, and 1966. In 1965 it was common in the South Fork of Cave Creek Canyon, where on 2 3 May Balda observed three males and two females in close proximity. Males wandered great distances up and down Cave Creek Canyon. Colaptcs cafer, Red-shafted Flicker7. — Common in woodland and coniferous forest. Eight nests were found; extremes are 2 May to 24 June. Melnuerpes formicivorus, Acorn Woodpecker'. — Common to abundant resident of Cave Creek Canyon. Numerous nests were found. Dcmlrocopos villosus, Hairy Woodpecker . — Abundant in coniferous forest. Young left nest below Flys Peak on 24 June. Two nests were located near the Station, one in a walnut, the other in a sycamore, well below the usual altitudinal breeding range of this species. Dcmlrocopos scalaris, Ladder-backed Woodpecker7. — Uncommon in desert scrub lowlands surround- ing mountains. Seen foraging as high as 5 200 feet on xeric slopes. Two nests, each in agave, were located on 25 May 1964. Both contained three young. Dcmlrocopos arizonae, Arizona Woodpecker7. — Common in oak and pine-oak woodland, but often silent and difficult to locate. Nests were found in sycamore, Cottonwood, and walnut trees. Tyrannus verticalis, Western Kingbird7. — Common in desert but rare in higher woodlands. Three of four nests in desert scrub were located on the high flower stalk of a yucca. The earliest nests located were being built on 23 May 1965. 1' \ rtin n us vociferans, Cassin's Kingbird7. — Uncommon in woodlands up to 7000 feet. Two nests were located in oaks, another in a sycamore. Myiodynastes luteiventris, Sulfur-bellied Flycatcher7. — Common in the lower portion of Cave Creek Canyon, less so near the Station. Four nests, all in sycamore cavities, were located between Stewart Forest Camp and Sunny Flats campgrounds in 1964. In 1966, the first egg was laid in a nest near the Station on 2 5 July. Myiarcbus tyrannulus, Wied's Crested Flycatcher*7. — Uncommon in Cave Creek Canyon. Nest con- taining well-grown young located high in a cavity in a sycamore on 7 July 1966. Myiarcbus cinerascens, Ash-throated Flycatcher7. — Common in all wooded habitats from desert through pine-oak woodlands. Highest density found in the latter. Five nests found in cavities or dead oak stumps. Earliest nest was being constructed on 9 May 1965. 1968 Ligon and Balda: Chiricahua Birds 45 Myiarchus tuberculifer, Olivaceous Flycatcher. — Common in canyons. Sayortiis nigricans. Black Phoebe'. — Uncommon. In 1964 and 1 96 S occupied nests were located under the bridge at Stewart Forest Camp. In 196 5 a nest was also located under the bridge near the Station and on the eave of a station building (four eggs on 8 May). Sayornis saya, Say's Phoebe'. — Uncommon at lower elevations but common near buildings and other man-made objects. Nested at Station each year, 1964-67. Empidonax difficilis, Western Flycatcher'. — Common in ponderosa pine forest; abundant in spruce- Douglas fir forests on the peaks. Four nests were located in 1965. One nest with three eggs was located on 1 June in an upturned root system of a large pine. The other nests were located in cavities or attached to the side of rough-barked trees. Empidonax fuliifrons. Buff-breasted Flycatcher"'. — One or two pairs spent the summer of 1965 in the oak-juniper woodland behind the Station. First seen on 8 May. Contoptts pertinax, Coue's Flycatcher*. — Common in ponderosa pine forest where one nest was located in 1964 and two in 1965. The earliest nest was being built 20 May. Two stub-tailed young were taken on 2 8 June 1964. Contopus sordiduhis, Western Wood Pewee'. — Abundant. Nu/tallornis borealis, Olive-sided Flycatcher''. — One migrant seen on 30 May 1965, in ponderosa pine forest. Pyrocephalus rubinus, Vermilion Flycatcher'. — Rare at lower elevations except near irrigated areas or human habitation. Male collected at Cave Creek Cabins near Portal on 28 June 1964. Male seen as high as the Station on three different occasions. Camptostoma imberbe, Beardless Flycatcher"'. — Rare on the dry slopes and open canyon floors of Cave Creek. Six sight records by Balda from March through July 1965, from below Stewart Forest Camp up to South Fork. Eremophila alpcstris, Horned Lark*. — Common in all grasslands. Tacbycineta tbalassina, Violet-green Swallow. — Common at all elevations in the mountains. Hirundo rustica, Barn Swallow* *. — Rarely seen foraging over desert scrub to woodlands. One nest with three young found in rancher's barn 12 miles south of Apache. Progne subis, Purple Martin. ■ — Uncommon. Cyanocitta stelleri, Steller's Jay. — Common in higher riparian and coniferous forest. Aphelocoma coerulcscens, Scrub Jay*. — Seen rarely in thick foliage at low elevations. One seen one and one-half miles east of Portal on 20 June 1964; another seen 13 May 1967 near Cave Creek Cabins, between Portal and the entrance to Coronado National Forest. Three to five seen 10 July 1964, nine miles southwest of Apache, at the edge of oak woodland. Aphelocoma ultramarina, Arizona Jay. — Common. Stub-tailed young seen 28 May 1964; one taken on 3 July 1964. Three nests found in May 1965, all with four eggs. Con us corax, Raven. — Rare at high altitudes. Seen frequently along the highway 15 miles north of Douglas, Arizona. Conns cryptolcucus, White-necked Raven'. — Uncommon on the desert. One nest containing two young was located in a clump of yucca west of the mountains in 1965. Pants sclateri, Mexican Chickadee*. — Common but secretive during nesting in the ponderosa pine forest. Nest located in gambel's oak cavity on 10 June 1964. Pants inornatus, Plain Titmouse"'". — Uncommon in and around Cave Creek Canyon, but fairly com- mon in oak woodlands in more xeric areas. One nest was located behind the Station in a cavity of a dead juniper on 12 June 1965. Young left this nest on 1 9 June. Pants wollweberi, Bridled Titmouse*. — Common in oak woodland, pine-oak-juniper woodland and riparian. It overlapped with the Plain Titmouse in the first two communities. Five nests were found in natural cavities of oaks and sycamore. The earliest nest located had three eggs on 1 May while the latest nest had seven young on 6 June. Auriparus flaviceps, Verdin*. — Uncommon on the desert. Four nests were found in 1965 and one in 1964. A male was observed building a nest, which was never completed, on 3 1 March. A nest with four eggs was found on 24 May 1964; another, containing one egg was located on 2 June 1965. Im- matures were observed building roost nests on three occasions. Psaltiparus minimus, Bushtit*. — Common in oak-juniper and riparian woodlands, uncommon in open oak woodland. Three nests were found in 1965; the earliest was under construction on 4 April. Young left this nest about 7 May. The latest nest was found 29 May; the young fledged on 19 June. Sitta carolinensis, White-breasted Nuthatch*. — Most common in ponderosa pine forest. Breeds sp.n in riparian habitat, oak-juniper woodland, and spruce-Douglas fir forest. One nest found 17 June in a natural cavity in silver-leaf oak. 46 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 1 5 Sitta canadensis. Red-breasted Nuthatch1'. — Common only in spruce-Douglas fir forest where one nest was observed being built on 24 May 1965. Sitta pygmaea. Pygmy Nuthatch \ — Abundant in all coniferous forest from 5,000 feet to top of mountain. Nine nests found in 1965. First young left the nest on 14 June. Ccrthia familiar is, Brown Creeper. — Abundant in spruce-Douglas fir and common wherever conifers are present. Immatures move downward in late June. An immature female was collected at Sunny Flats Campground on 30 June 1964. Troglodytes aedon, House Wren'. — Common in coniferous forests, where four nests were located in 1965. All contained young by the last week of June. Tbryomanes beuickii, Bewick's Wren". — Abundant in oak woodland, common in oak-juniper wood- land. Five nests located in natural cavities of Emory Oak. The earliest nest was under incubation en 19 May, while the latest was being built on 5 June. Campylorhyncbus brunneicapillum, Cactus Wren7. — Common on desert scrub surrounding the mountain. Eighteen nests found in 1965; dates ranged from 24 March to 21 July. Catbcrpcs mexicanus, Canon Wren. — Uncommon. Sulpirides obsolctus, Rock Wren. — Rare. Miimts polyglottos, Mockingbird. — Uncommon in desert but common in open oak-woodland. Dnmetella carolinensis, Catbird". — Migrant, seen by Balda on 9 May 1965. Toxostoma bendirei, Bendire's Thrasher. — Rare in desert scrub. Toxostoma currirostre, Curved-billed Thrasher""'. — Uncommon in desert. Nesting range overlaps with Bendire's Thrasher at the foot of the mountain. Five nests found, four of which were slung between two yuccas. The earliest nest had three eggs on 4 May, the latest had three eggs on 28 May. Toxostoma dorsale, Crissal Thrasher^. — Rare from desert up to open oak woodland. Four nests, all containing eggs, were located; three were found in late May, one on 9 July. T Urdus migratorius, Robin'. — Common in riparian and ponderosa pine but uncommon in oak-juniper woodland and spruce-Douglas fir forest. Five nests found in 1965, the earliest with two young on 28 May. Hylocichla guttata. Hermit Thrush. — Common in coniferous forests where moisture is available, extending down into moist shaded canyon bottoms. A female with a fresh brood patch was taken along the South Fork of Cave Creek on 14 May 1967. Hylocichla ustulata, Swainson's Thrush"'. — Uncommon migrant, seen in all years during the last two weeks of April and first two weeks of May. One captured and released at the Station on 14 May 1967. Sialia sialis, Eastern Bluebird*^. — This species was first recorded as a breeding bird in Cave Creek Canyon in 1960 (Phillips, et al., 1964: 131). It has since become a regular breeding species in the oak- juniper woodland and riparian habitat near the Station. Young left one nest on 12 June 1965; newly hatched young were in another on 7 July 1966. Sialia mexicana, Western Bluebird'. — Abundant in ponderosa pine forest, where four nests were located. Young fledged in late June and the first two weeks of July. Myadcsfcs tounsendi, Townsend's Solitaire. — Migrant (but cf. Tanner and Hardy, 1958). Latest sighting was 20 May 1964, near Herb Martyr Dam, by Ligon. Polioptila caerulea, Blue-gray Gnatcatcher. — Common in oak woodlands. Poliop/ila melanura, Black-tailed Gnatcatcher. — Rare in desert scrub. Regulus satrapa, Golden-crowned Kinglet. — Common in spruce-fir forest but not found elsewhere. Regains calendula, Ruby-crowned Kinglet. — Abundant in spruce-fir forest but also limited to only this community. Pbainopepla nit ens, Phainopepla*. — Rare breeder in desert scrub below Portal and also on the west side of the mountain. Records from June, July, and August, 1965. Lanins Indoi icianus, Loggerhead Shrike' . — Uncommon in most desert scrub areas but locally com- mon. Three nests with four young each were found in 1965. Young left these nests on 12 May, 16 May, and 20 June. Vireo huttoni, Hutton's Vireo^. — Uncommon in oak woodlands, more common in riparian situations. Nest found in sycamore on 15 May 1965. Vireo bellii. Bell's Vireo. — Not uncommon in thick mesquite along dry creek beds east of Portal. Vireo licinior, Gray Vireo. — Of very local distribution. Found by Balda to be uncommon in oak woodland 20 miles southwest of Apache. Vireo solitarius. Solitary Vireo^. — Abundant in ponderosa pine forest, and common in oak-juniper woodland and riparian communities. One nest with young found 11 June 1964; male parent taken. Four nests were found in 1965. Vireo gilvus. Warbling Vireo. — Common in aspen stands, which are found at higher elevations. Seen on a few occasions as low as the Station. 1968 Ligon and Balda: Chiricahua Birds 47 Vermiiora virginiae, Virginia's Warbler. — Uncommon in shrubby areas in botli the coniferous forests and in riparian communities. Vermiiora luciae, Lucy's Warbler1'. — Uncommon from desert through the woodlands. Nest found one and one half miles east of Portal on 9 June 1964. PcuceJramus taeniatus, Olive Warbler'1". — Surprisingly common in the ponderosa pine forest in 1965; rare in spruce-Douglas fir forest. Two nests located in 1965 and one in 1967. DenJroica petechia, Yellow Warbler. — One seen and heard repeatedly at the Station through the first two weeks of June 1963; no other records. DenJroica caerulescens, Black-throated Blue Warbler*. — Casual migrant; seen by Baida on 7 Ma) 1965 in riparian habitat. DenJroica auduboni, Audubon's Warbler"'. — Common in riparian and coniferous forests. One rust high in a ponderosa pine was located. Young left around 28 June. DenJroica nigrescens, Black-throated Gray Warbler7. — Abundant in woodland and upper riparian communities. Six nests were found in 1965. Incubation was under way on 17 May in the earliest nest. Recently fledged young were common during the second and third weeks of June. DenJroica townsendi, Townsend's Warbler"". — Uncommon migrant. Seen through the second week of May. DenJroica graciae, Grace's Warbler'. — Very common in ponderosa pine forest. One nest with female incubating was found on 18 May 1965. A stub-tailed juvenile was taken on 21 June 1964. Oporornis tolmiei, MacGillivray's Warbler"'. — ■ Common migrant. Seen in desert and woodlands into the third week of May. One captured and released at the Station on 15 May 1967. Geothlypis tricbas, Yellowthroat"'. — One seen on station grounds on several occasions in May 1965. CarJellina rubrifrons, Red-faced Warbler". — Uncommon in coniferous forests and higher riparian communities. One nest found on 7 July 1965 in spruce-Douglas fir forest below Flys Peak contained four young. Wiho?iia pusilla, Wilson's Warbler. — Common near the Station in mid-May 1967. Setopbaga picta, Painted Redstart7. — Abundant in South Fork of Cave Creek Canyon. One nest located on 15 May contained four eggs. Juvenile just out of nest taken on 3 1 May 1964. Passer domesticus, House Sparrow. — Common at Portal. One nest found in old woodpecker cavity. Sturm lla magna. Eastern MeadowlarkT. — Common in grasslands below Apache. Xantbocepbalus xanthocephalus, Yellow-headed Blackbird"'. — Rare at water tanks in higher desert scrub in July and August. Icterus cucullatus, Hooded Oriole'. — Uncommon in desert and oak woodland. One pair, later col- lected, was observed building a nest in a large Cottonwood one and one-half miles east of Portal on 8 June 1964. Another nest was found in oak woodland in late June 1965. Icterus parisorum, Scott's Oriole7. — Uncommon in desert but common in oak woodland and on dry slopes. Five nests found in 1965. All were placed on the side of a yucca under the green leaves. Nest building was underway by 15 May and young were off the nest by 21 June. An independent juvenile was taken east of Portal on 28 June 1964. Icterus bullockii, Bullock's Oriole"'. — Uncommon at Station and lower elevations where water is present. One nest was found on station grounds in June 1965. Two males were captured and released at the Station on 14 May 1967. Euphagus cyanoccpbalus, Brewer's Blackbird'". — Not uncommon in large flocks at cattle feeder lots until the middle of May. Molothrus ater. Brown-headed Cowbird'. — Uncommon from desert up through oak-juniper wood- land. A recently-fledged juvenile that was attended by a female Vermilion Flycatcher was taken 28 June 1964. Three cowbird eggs were found in a Brown Towhee (Pipilo fnscus) nest on 11 June 1965. Tangai ins aenens, Bronzed Cowbird""7. — Uncommon from desert up to lower edge ot the oak wood- land. Three taken on 26 May 1964. One male was molting. A Hooded Oriole nest contained two oriole eggs and one of this species. Piranga ludoviciana, Western Tanager. — Common in ponderosa pine forest, lev-, common in high riparian. Abundant at hummingbird feeders at the Station in mid-May 1967, apparently as a result of severe food shortage. Piranga flat a, Hepatic Tanager7. — Uncommon in pine-oak woodlands, upper riparian, and ponderosa pine forest. One nest was located high in a pine on 8 June 1965. The young fledged about 28 June. Piranga rubra, Summer Tanager"'. — Rare in cottonwoods and high riparian woodlands. One singing male was present at the Station from late May through June 1965. RicbmonJena carjinalis. Cardinal. — Common in lower riparian. Pbeucticus melanocephahis. Black-headed Grosbeak1'. — Common in oak and pine-oak woodlands and all riparian situations, but uncommon in ponderosa pine forest. Young were seen in mi 48 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Guiraca caerulea, Blue Grosbeak""'. — Uncommon in thick mesquite on the desert east of Portal. One of two adult males collected on 3 June 1964. Passcrina amoena. Lazuli Bunting. — Pair seen at the Station during the second week of May 1965. CarpoJacus cassinii, Cassin's Finch"". — Rare late spring migrant. Carpodacns mexicanus. House Finch. — Common at low elevations. Spinus pinus, Pine Siskin. — Seen about the Station in May. Spinas psalfria. Lesser Goldfinch. — Uncommon along willow thickets in open riparian habitats. Loxia curvirostra. Red Crossbill. — Sporadic in occurrence in 1965, but flocks of up to 50 birds, including many juveniles, were seen in pine-oak-juniper woodland and ponderosa pine in May and June. Seen in 1964, 1965, and 1967. Chlorura chlorura, Green-tailed Towhee. — Seen through May in open riparian and pine-oak-juniper woodland. One was trapped and released at the Station on 24 May 1967. Pipilo er \ t hropbt bal m us , Rufous-sided Towhee. — Uncommon but regular from oak woodland through spruce-Douglas fir forests. Pipilo fuscus, Brown Towhee1. — Uncommon in all lower elevation shrubby habitats. Calamospiza melanocorys, Lark Bunting"'. — Large flocks were observed in the lowland shrub and oak communities until the second week of May. The last individuals left during the last week of May. Passerculus sandwichensis, Savannah Sparrow"'. — Seen commonly in vicinity of cattle watering tanks into the first week of May. Am m od ram us savannarum, Grasshopper Sparrow*t. — Uncommon on desert grassland between Apache and Douglas. Bob-tailed fledglings seen on 26 July 1965. Male with enlarged testes taken on 30 June 1964. Ammodramus bairdii, Baird's Sparrow*. — Winter visitor. Uncommon on desert grassland into early May. Chondestes grammacus, Lark Sparrow7. — Uncommon in shrub-grassland areas but common in open oak-woodland where three nests, all on the ground, were located. A nest found on 17 June contained one egg as did another located on 23 June. On 1 July, a pair was observed building a nest which con- tained three eggs eight days later. These are exceptionally late breeding records, as Brandt (1951) found nests in May and early June. Aimophila ruficeps, Rufous-crowned Sparrow. — Uncommon to common in grassy woodlands. Aimophila cassinii, Cassin's Sparrow"'. — Rare, possible breeder on the grasslands south of Apache. Adult male with enlarged testes taken six miles south of Apache on 30 June 1964. Ohmart (1966) recently discovered A. cassinii breeding in Arizona (cf. statements of Phillips et al., 1964: 200). Amphispiza bilineata, Black-throated Sparrow^. — Abundant in desert scrub vegetation. Nest with three eggs found one and one-half miles east of Portal on 29 May 1964. Four nests found in 1965; the earliest was under construction on 12 May, whereas the latest held two eggs on 14 June. Jiinco oreganus, Oregon Junco*. — Last seen on 15 May 1965 in pine-oak-juniper woodland and ponderosa pine forest. Jiuico caniceps, Gray-headed Junco*. — Migrant. Last seen on 17 May 1965, in pine-oak-juniper woodland. Junco phaeonotus, Mexican Junco'''. — Abundant in coniferous forest. Ten nests found there in 1965. The earliest nest was being built on 17 May; the latest had three eggs on 1 August. Spizella passcrina, Chipping Sparrow'. — Common in oak woodland and abundant in open pine-oak- juniper woodland. Seven nests were found in the latter community in 1965. The earliest nest contained four eggs on 17 May, while the latest contained young on 12 June. Spizella breueri, Brewer's Sparrow*. — Large flocks were present in low elevation shrubland until the end of May. Spizella atrogularis, Black-chinned Sparrow"'. — One seen at lower edge of oak woodland on 5 May 1965. Zonotrichia leucopbrys. White-crowned Sparrow. — Common migrant and winter resident at low elevations. Melospiza lincolnii, Lincoln's Sparrow*. — One seen at the Station during the first two weeks of May 1965. Two seen at the Station in mid-May 1967. Discussion We recorded 167 species, of which 5 7 were not seen by Tanner and Hardy (1958). (Nineteen species recorded by us were winter residents or migrants not seen after May.) This is hardly surprising, as we spent much more time in this region, both within a single year and over a span of several years. Species for which we have breeding records, 1968 Ligon and Balda: Chiricahua Birds 49 or for which there is reason to assume breeding, that were unrecorded by Tanner and Hardy include: Peregrine Falcon, Harlequin Quail, Screech, Whiskered, Great-Horned, Pygmy and Elf owls, Wied's Crested Flycatcher, Buff-breasted Flycatcher, Barn Swal- low, Scrub Jay, Curved-billed Thrasher, Audubon's Warbler, Bullock's Oriole, Bronzed Cowbird, Blue Grosbeak and Grasshopper Sparrow. Of special interest are those species whose status apparently has changed during the recent past. The Golden Eagle appears to have decreased since the studies of Brandt (195 1) and Tanner and Hardy (1958), whereas the Harlequin Quail apparently has increased. The Prairie Falcon may have become rarer, judging from the comments of Phillips ct al. (1964: 26), as a result of movement of the Peregrine Falcon into south- ern Arizona. Our probable breeding record of the Peregrine in Cave Creek Canyon agrees with this; Tanner and Hardy recorded only the Prairie Falcon there. The hum- mingbirds have either increased in numbers or in conspicuousness or both, largely as a result of the many birders, both inside and outside the station grounds, who put up hummingbird feeders. The Violet-crowned Hummingbird has extended its range north- ward, as pointed out by Phillips ct al., (1964: 65) and is now regular at the Station. Neither Brandt (1951) nor Tanner and Hardy (195 8) recorded the Plain Titmouse and Phillips ct al. (1964: 111) report it only from the northern Chiricahua foothills. We found it using natural cavities throughout the woodlands. The Coppery-tailed Trogon and Buff-breasted Flycatcher apparently occur irregularly in southern Arizona, and we were fortunate to be in the area in a year (1965) when both were present; the trogon was actually almost common. Tanner and Hardy listed many cavity nesters as uncommon or rare. This was not borne out by the census data of Balda. The density of the Western Bluebird was 20 pairs per 100 acres in ponderosa pine forest. The Red-breasted Nuthatch also was listed as rare in 1956, but 2 3 pairs per 100 acres were recorded in spruce-fir forest. This suggests a recent increase in the abundance of cavity nesters. Severe drought conditions have killed large numbers of trees in the past few years, indirectly providing numerous new nest sites for these cavity nesters. As mentioned earlier, the Eastern Bluebird (apparently S. 5. fulva), another cavity nester, has also become established recently in areas near the Station. Balda found the density of this species to be 3 pairs per 100 acres in 1964 and 7 pairs per 100 acres in 1965. Ligon (in press) describes nest sites of this species in Cave Creek Canyon and mentions some factors which possibly serve to limit its increase. Acknowledgments In 1964 Ligon received financial aid, in the form of a summer training grant, from the United States Public Health Service and from a grant provided by the Josselyn Van Tyne Memorial Fund of tin- American Ornithologists' Union. Both Ligon and Balda received grants from the Frank M. Chapman Memorial Fund of the American Museum of Natural History in 1965, supporting independent research in the Chiricahuas. Ligon also received assistance from a grant to The University of Michigan Museum of Zoology from the National Science Foundation Training Program in Systematica and Evolutionary Biol) gj (GB-3 366), and Balda's work was in part supported by the University of Illinois Research Board. Literature Cited Balda, R. P. 1967. Ecological relationships of the breeding-birds of the Chiricahua Mountains. Arizona. L'npubl. Ph.D. thesis, University of Illinois. Brandt, H. 195 1. Arizona and its bird life. The Bird Research Foundaticn. Cleveland. Ligon, J. U. Factors influencing breeding range expansion of the Eastern Bluebird (Sialia sialis). Wilson Bull.. In press. 50 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Ohmart, R. D. 1966. Breeding record of the Cassin Sparrow (Aimophila cassinii) in Arizona. Condor, 68: 400. Peterson, R. T. 1948. Birds over America. Dodd, Mead, and Co. New York. Phillips, A. R., J. T. Marshall, Jr., and G. Monson 1964. The birds of Arizona. Univ. Arizona Press, Tucson. Tanner, J. T., and J. W. Hardy 1958. Summer birds of the Chiricahua Mountains, Arizona. Amer. Mus. Novitates. 1866. Whittaker, R. H., and W. A. Niering 1965. Vegetation of the Santa Catalina Mountains, Arizona: A gradient analysis of the south slope. Ecology, 46: 429-452. Accepted for Publication 11 January 1968 Department of Biology, Idaho State University, Pocatello, Idaho, and Department of Biological Sciences, Northern Arizona University, Flagstaff, Arizona. ^ /V/j' A BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF BAHIA DE LOS ANGELES, GULF OF CALIFORNIA, MEXICO. I GENERAL ACCOUNT. ^H J. LAURENS BARNARD AND JOHN R. GRADY Mue, ce*i* zool. LffRARY. JUL 6T968 HARVARD TRANSACTIONS OF THE SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15, NO. 6, 17 JUNE 1968 113° 30 Bahia de Los Angeles 113° 30' Figure 1. Plan of hydrographic stations in Bahia de Los Angeles; inset, location of bay in Gulf of California. A BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF BAHIA DE LOS ANGELES, GULF OF CALIFORNIA, MEXICO. I. GENERAL ACCOUNT J. Laurens Barnard and John R. Grady Abstract. — -The benthic invertebrate fauna of the southern end of Bahia de los Angeles, a small bay on the Gulf of California, Mexico, was sampled during April 1962 and October 1963. 71 stations were occupied in 1962 and 91 stations in 1963. Invertebrate samples were collected with an orange- peel grab. The sediments on the bottom of the bay are predominantly brown, micaceous coarse silts and fine sands; the steep fringes are composed of gray, fine and medium sands on the shoreline facing the source area, a granite massif; the shore and fringing shelves on the peninsula and barrier islands fronting the bay are primarily shell fragments and rocks. There is free water circulation in the bay, although slight hypersaline conditions exist in summer. Dissolved oxygen ranges from 3.0 to 7.0 -f- ml/L in surface waters and drops to 1.66 ml/L in bottom waters of 75 to 98 m. Low level red- tides occur in March and April, and these may affect the invertebrate fauna. Lunar tides are of a mixed semi-diurnal type. Because winter hydrotemperatures drop below 15C the bay has the aspect of a warm-temperate province rather than a purely tropical region. Large scale reductions in the invertebrate fauna occurred prior to the start of the survey and between the April 1962 and October 1963 survey. The cause of these reductions is still unknown. Detailed reports on the fauna will appear elsewhere in this series. Resumen. — En Abril de 1962 y Octubre de 1963 se obtuvieron muestras de invertebrados bentonicos en el extremo meridional de Bahia de los Angeles, Baja California, Mexico. En total se ocuparon 71 estaciones en 1962, y 91 en 1963. Los sedimentos del fondo de esta bahia son predominantemente de color pardo, micaceos, con fango de particulas gruesas y arenas finas. Los bordes pendientes estan constituidos por una franja de arenas grises de grano medio y fino, en la banda costera frente a un macizo granitico; de modo que la costa y las plataformas de la ribera de la peninsula y las islas que forman una barrera a la entrada de la bahia, estan formadas primordialmente de fragmentos de rocas y conchas. El agua circula libremente en esta bahia, aun cuando en el verano se presentan ligeramente hipersalinas. El oxigeno disuelto fluctua de 3.0 a 7.0 -\- ml/1 en las aguas superficiales, descendiendo a 1.66ml/l en las aguas del fondo, a los 75 a 98m de profundidad. Mareas rojas de poca intensidad se presentan en Marzo y Abril, las cuales posiblemente afectan a esta fauna de invertebrados. Las mareas lunares son una mezcla del tipo semidiurno. La temperatura del agua dcsciende en el invierno por debajo de los 15C de modo que esta bahia pertenece mas bien a una provincia calido-templada, que a una region puramente tropical. Esta fauna de invertebrados sufrio una reduccion en gran escala antes de iniciar estos estudios y entre los periodos de Abril, 1962, y Octubre de 1963. Se desconocen las causas que motivaron tales bajas. Un estudio detallado de esta fauna aparecera en otra parte de estas series. A study of the marine environment and invertebrate fauna of Bahia de los Angeles, by the writers and their colleagues, was suggested by the symposium on "The Bio- geography of Baja California and Adjacent Seas" (Systematic Zoology, vol. 9, pts. 1-3, 1960), and made possible by the establishment of the Vermilion Sea Field Station of the San Diego Natural History Museum at Bahia de los Angeles. Our desire to study un- disturbed shallow-water areas have also prompted this study, which followed guidelines similar to those used in the biological survey at Bahia de San Quintin (Barnard, 1962). Because quantitative biological studies in a small area in the Gulf of California have not been made previously, the present survey has concentrated primarily on the occur- rence, distribution, and density of benthic, soft-bottom, invertebrate populations. A study of sedimentary structure, bathymetry, and a bi-seasonal assessment of a few hydro- graphic parameters were made concurrent with the biological survey. This focus on a small community comes as an extension of the exploratory work of Parker (1964), who assembled data on the Gulf biotopes based primarily on the molluscan fauna. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 15 (6): 51-66, June 1968 J4 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 *g*<^». Figure 2. Aerial photograph of Bahia de Los Angeles. Figure 3. Portion of village at Bahia de Los Angeles. 1968 Barnard and Grady: Bahia de los Angeles 5 5 Human influence on the bay environment has probably been of little consequence. The hunting of sea turtles (Chelonia mydas carrincgra) from small boats in the open Gulf provides the economic base for the small village situated on the central western shore of the bay. Fishing for the totuava (Cynosdon macdonaldi) appears to be more important to the north, at Bahia San Luis Gonzaga and at San Felipe, than at Bahia dc los Angeles. The main tourist attraction is fishing, although there is some deer hunting in the winter months. Access to the area is largely by small private plane, although there are scheduled flights from Tijuana. Physiography Bahia de los Angeles is situated on the north east shore of Baja California. It is fronted at some distance off shore by Angel de la Guarda Island and closer, by numerous small islands (Figs. 1, 2). There are three main, deep channels into the bay. Protection from easterly winds is rather good, although severe winds can create large waves passing westward through the channels between islands. A granite massif, part of the Sierra de San Borjas range, flanks the west shore, (Fig. 3) and apparently deflects the northerly and westerly winds into winds with primarily westerly and southerly components as they pass across the shore (data from wind gauge established in April, 1962). At times, southerly and northwesterly winds meet on the sea in front of the village and create small water spouts. The barrenness of the mountains and islands surrounding the bay results in a stark appearance. Sand or gravel beaches typify the western and southern shores, whereas the southeastern peninsula and most of the islands are beset by only cliffs and gravel ram- parts. Despite the ruggedness of the subaerial topography the southern arm of the bay is remarkably flat (Figs. 4, 5 ) . The floor of the bay is in the form of a basin. It is tilted slightly west to east, and on the eastern shore is bounded by a small trench 1-2 meters deep. The basin shoals gradually to the south, where the initial dip is about 1 30', but is reduced to 0°24' from there to the geographic center of the southern portion of the bay, where depths are approximately 40 meters. Slopes on the east side, supported by volcanic extrusives, run to over 16°, in contrast to those off the sand beaches on the west side which are generally little over one degree. Field Methods Hydrography. — Hydrographic surveys were conducted in April 1962, April 1963, and October-November 1963. Their timing coincided with the benthic biological sur- veys of April 1962 and October-November 1963. The April 1963 hydrographic survey acted as a control on year-to-year variability. The benthic surveys were planned to lag about two months behind the expected extreme water temperatures of mid-winter and mid-summer, in order to sample the accumulated results of the fauna's exposure to winter and summer seasons. Hence, the hydrographic surveys in both seasons represent approximately intermediate thermal conditions. Hydrographic stations were established throughout the bay (Fig. 1), and each grid station was occupied for a two-day period. At each station the following parameters were studied at water depths of 0, 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, and 50 meters: salinity, temperature, dissolved oxygen, pH, silicates, phosphates, and water turbidity. Temperature was recorded on paired protected-unprotected reversing thermometers attached to Nansen bottles for correlation with other water analyses. Thermoclines were studied with .i 200-foot bathythermograph. A 24-hour sampling program was conducted at anchor to study relationships of water variables to tidal changes. A portable tide gauge was erected at a depth of 1.3 meters at the lowest observed tide, and was maintained from 21 to 28 April, 1962, 13 to 21 April. 1963, and S6 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 113° 30' ROCKS EXPOSED AT LOW TIDE OR PINNACLES SOUNDINGS IN METERS CONTOUR INTERVAL' 10 METERS NAUTICAL MILES KILOMETERS 113° 30' I igure 4. Bathymetry of Bahia de Los Angeles based on echo-sounding tracks of inset. 1968 Barnard and Grady: Bahia de los Angeles 57 Figure 5. Depth contours and benthic biological stations in south portion of Bahia de Los Angeles. 2 5 October to 3 November, 1963. The gauge was attached to 5 meters of Orangeburg pipe suspended from a metal tripod. A Simrad recording fathometer aboard the "Neptunus Rex" was used to record 38 profiles, totalling about 250 km. (Fig. 4), with radar navigation based on the chart prepared by Neil F. Marshall and Wendell R. Gayman of Scripps Institution of Ocea- nography on a scale of 1:2000. Radar navigation was checked continuously by pclorus readings from the ship's gyroscope system. Tidal observations were not used for adjust- ing profile records of the bathymetric survey precisely to datum, as other Inaccuracies were of greater magnitude. Biology. — A grid of benthic sampling stations was set up in the southern, m protected portion of the bay, using procedures described by Barnard and Jones ( I960) and Barnard (1962). Approximately 15 stations per square mile (nautical) were estab- lished, totaling 161 stations in an area about ten square miles (Fig. 5). Alternate stations were to be occupied in two seasons, the respective groups of 80 and 81 samples 58 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 APRIL 13 NOVEMBER OCTOBER 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 I 2 12 08 04 0 04 CO 2j 08 1 BAHIA DE LOS ANGELES UJ 12 08 04 MAZATLAN 04 08 I 0 Figure 6. Marigrams of Bahia de Los Angeles compared with those of Mazatlan and Guaymas. 1968 Barnard and Grady: Bahia de los Angeles 59 being of sufficient size and replicative variability to represent a matched pair, thus per- mitting a seasonal survey. If seasonal biotic differences proved to be minor, a better mapping of bottom areas would result than if 80 stations were duplicated in the two seasons. Owing to technical difficulties in April 1962 several stations were not occupied, and several samples were not recovered because of failure of the grab to penetrate the bottom. However, these stations were reoccupied in October-November 1963, resulting in groups of 71 (April) and 91 (October) samples. This departure from plan was less serious than expected. Seasonal differences were found to be so extreme that precise comparison was not believed to be necessary at this time. Benthic biological samples were obtained with a Hayward orange-peel grab modified with canvas skirt and single-cable closing features. The sediments were washed through a Tyler Standard Screen Scale Sieve of 0.7mm mesh opening. The residues were preserved in formaldehyde, sorted in the laboratory, and subsequently preserved in alcohol. After gross examination of dominant organisms the sorted samples were forwarded to special- ists for study. Detailed faunal reports based on these collections appear elsewhere in this series. Sediment samples were collected at each station for determination of grain size (median diameter), organic carbon, calcium carbonate contents, and pH at each station. Water clarity readings were made with a Secchi disc, and surface-water temperatures with a centigrade thermometer in bucket samples, as well as with a Yellow Springs model 43TJ thermistor. Hydrographic casts with Nansen bottles and reversing ther- mometers, and bathythermograph tracings for thermoclines were taken at every second or third station during the biological survey. Bottom depths from sea-surface were taken from the fathometer, checked by lead soundings, and corrected subsequently by construction of a bathymetric chart approxi- mately to tidal datum. The various parameters of the stations sampled are summarized in the Appendix. Physical Observations Bahia de los Angeles is open sufficiently to Ballenas Channel to permit free water circulation. Salinities in all three hydrographic surveys were in normal ranges for the upper Gulf, showing very slight hypersaline conditions in the upper 10 meters owing to evaporation during summer months. According to Roden and Groves (1959) salinity values in Ballenas Channel range from 35.2 to 35.3','. In the Bay in April 1963 we recorded a surface salinity of 35.259^ and at a depth of 30 meters 35.10%; in October 1963 surface salinities were approximately 35.55% and at 30 meters 35.45', . Water temperatures in the bay are apparently extreme for a warm-temperate lati- tude. Not many data have been taken, but those records available show minima of less than 15C in February 1962 and 1963 and maxima of 29. 8C in August 1962, 28. 5C in August 1961 and 28. 7C in September 1963. Dissolved oxygen in the bay at depths of 5 0 meters or less always exceeded 3.0 ml 1 in waters from 10 meters above the bottom to the surface. Occasionally, in the bottom waters from 0 to 10 meters above, in depths exceeding 30 meters, the dissolved oxygen values were between 2.0 and 3.0ml L. Bottom water in depths of 7 5 to 98 meters dropped to a low of 1.66 ml L. No attempt was made to sample at greater depths. The water between the surface and 30 meters was consistently better oxygenated, being is much as 3.0 ml L higher in spring than in fall. In April 1962 dissolved oxygen at 10 selected stations in 2 5 meters depth ranged from 4.13 to 7.16 ml L, whereas in October- November 1963 the range in 20 meters was between 4.0 and 5.0 ml L. These differences presumably result from winds in the spring in addition to other factors. 60 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 NAUTICAL MILES bOO IDOO 1500 Sediment Types METERS Figure 7. Sediment distribution in south portion of Bahia de Los Angeles. Bahia de los Angeles lies in the middle of more than 100 miles of coastline known for extensive upwelling (Byrne and Emery, 1960; chart compiled in Parker, 1964), which enriches surface waters and permits plankton blooms. Small but dense patches of red-tide were observed almost continuously during April of 1962 and 1963, and during a reconnaissance trip in March 1961. Marigrams show the tides to be of a mixed semidiurnal type which, during the periods measured, had a mean range of 1.22 meters and a high water interval of slightly more than 12 hours (Fig. 6). The maximum range recorded in April 1962 and 1963 was 2.2 meters, and in October-November 1963, 2.0 meters; maximum spring tides did not occur during these periods. The tides exceed the spring range, which increases progressively toward the head of the Gulf, of 0.8 meters at the reference tide station at Guaymas, and 1.3 meters at Mazatlan. In Figure 6, the marigrams for April are con- trasted with tidal curves from Guaymas, and for the period in October-November with a plot of the predicted tides at Mazatlan computed from the reference station at San Diego, California. The mixed tides of Bahia de los Angeles resemble the semidiurnal tides 1968 Barnard and Grady: Bahia de los Angeles 61 at Mazatlan just south of the entrance to the Gulf, more than they do those at Guay- mas, Bahia Concepcion or La Paz, which are characterized by dominant diurnal components. The sediment pattern (Fig. 7) in the bay apparently conforms with water depth. Gray sands occur on the western and southern shores from the beach seaward to depths of 20 to 2 5 meters, grading into silty sand and sandy silt at 20-3 5 meters. Brown silt forms a cover in depths exceeding 3 5 meters. A belt of black silt mixed with sand also is present along the south margin of the bay (stations 1 to 8). Seaward of the black sediment is a region of gray, medium and fine sands. The eastern shore is dominated by sands and silty sand with a high content of shell particles, rocks, and coarse debris. Fine sediments apparently have their source on the western and southern margins of the bay, whereas shell fragments remain exposed on the eastern margin where little sediment is supplied from the land. Barrier islands are also surrounded by shell fragments. The abundance of mica in the marine sediments probably indicates the chief source of sedi- ment to be the southern granitic intrusive. Biological Observations Benthic samples of April 1962 included large and diverse populations of polychaetes, small pelecypods, amphipods, mysids and small shrimps on muds in depths exceeding 5m. Grab samples on sand bottoms of 2-5m depth fringing the bay were poorly populated, but dredgings accumulated large masses of red algae and numerous crustaceas. Mud bottom samples taken in October-November 1963 appeared highly impoverished and the paucity of organisms was confirmed by frequent utilization of a Van Veen grab in which no losses of mud could occur. (The Van Veen samples are not included in the results of this survey.) Thus, a severe reduction of the benthic fauna had occurred between the sampling periods. Seven benthic samples from Bahia Concepcion (150 miles southeast of Bahia de los Angeles) in early November 1963 yielded less than 10 macro- scopic organisms (polychaetes, nemertean, crabs, stomatopod). This fauna, therefore, was even more impoverished than that of Bahia de los Angeles. The diminutive size of benthic pelecypods in depths of 10-40m in April 1962 suggests that another reduction had occurred in 1961. In late 1963, population densities of many amphipods and polychaetes were less than half those of early 1962. Samples from October 1963 showed many shell fragments but few whole shells of pelecypods. If benthic predators or scavengers (elasmobranchs) had pulverized these shells, a re- markable efficiency would have to be assumed. Bottom waters of Bahia de los Angeles and Bahia Concepcion showed no reduction in dissolved oxygen and no trace of hydrogen sulphide was found in water or muds during the several surveys. Small patches of red tide were observed in March-April of 1961, 1962, and 1963, and Dr. D. J. Reish has informed us that severe biotic depletion occurred in Alamitos Bay, California, during and after periods of red-tide. But the red- tide so far observed at Bahia de los Angeles has been minor. The cause of faunal reduc- tion is still unknown. However, windrows of large pelecypods and gastropods on the southwest shore of Bahia de los Angeles suggests that severe depletion of bottom popula- tions is not an annual phenomenon. Acknowledgements This project was supported by matched funds from the National Science Foundation (G-20 and the Beaudette Foundation of California. The laboratory work was completed under auspices of the Smithsonian Institution. Richard F. Dwyer of Los Angeles generously provided his 6 J -foot convene shrimp-trawler "Traveler" for the first expedition, and the Beaudette Foundation, through John P. McNabb of Los Angeles, provided the 97-foot North Sea Trawler "Xeptunus Rex" for the second and third expeditions. The San Diego Museum of Natural History, through its former director Dr. Geoi E. Lindsay, provided quarters and work space at the NSF-suported Vermilion Sea Field Station. Dr. and 62 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 1 5 Mrs. Carl L. Hubbs generously donated numerous specimens of marine invertebrates collected by their SCUBA teams and thus provided representatives of species we would not have obtained otherwise. The U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey kindly donated a portable tide gauge. The success of this project is due directly to the generosity of the following persons, each of whom supported it financially and each of whom untiringly worked in the field: Palmer T. Beaudette, John P. McNabb, and Richard F. Dwyer. For various courtesies extended we are grateful to: Allan J. Stover, Jr., James R. Stewart, Donald M. Dockins, Dr. Richard H. Rosenblatt, Keith W. Radford, Dr. Wayne J. Baldwin, John H. Emmel, David W. Hearst, W. W. Shannon, Lloyd R. Hales, Jr., and Fillmore T. Condit. Literature Cited Barnard, J. L. 1962. Benthic marine exploration of Bahia de San Quintin, Baja California, 1960-61. General. Pacific Natur. 3: 249-274. Barnard, J. L. and G. F. Jones 1960. Techniques in a large scale survey of marine benthic biology, P. 413-447. In, E. A. Pearson [ed.] Waste Disposal in the marine environment. Pergamon Press. Byrne, J. V. and K. O. Emery 1960. Sediments of the Gulf of California Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer. 71: 983-1010. Parker, R. H. 1964. Zoogeography and ecology of some macroinvertebrates, particularly mollusks, in the Gulf of California and the continental slope off Mexico. Vid. Medd. Dansk Nat. Foren. 126: 1-178. Roden, G. I. and G. W. Groves 195 9. Recent oceanographic investigations in the Gulf of California. Sears Found., Jour. Mar. Res. 18: 10-35. Accepted for Publication 26 March 1968 Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., and Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, Fort Crockett, Texas. 1968 Barnard and Grady: Bahia de los Angeles 63 Appendix Table 1. Biological Stations in Bahia de los Angeles. L = sample taken from launch. Sediment types in parentheses indicate changes from field classification owing to laboratory determinations of sand-silt percentages. Depths represent cor- rected values from plots of bottom contours adjusted approximately to tidal datum. Station Date Depth (m) Temperature (C) Sediment gray-black sand with silt gray-black sand with sill black very fine sand black very fine sand black very fine sand black very fine sand black very fine sand gray sand gray sand gray-green fine sand gray-green fine sand gray-green silty sand gray-green sand gray-green silty sand gray sand gray silty sand gray fine sand hard bottom, no sample shell sand gray-green fine sand gray very fine sand brown fine sand gray very fine sand gray-green silty sand gray silty sand brown silty sand gray silty sand greenish shelly silty sand shell sand greenish fine sand gray-green very fine sand gray-green fine sand gray-green very fine sand gray-green silty sand brown silty sand greenish-brown silty sand brown silty s.md hard bottom, no s.imple brown siltv s.md brown silty sand gray medium sand gray sand medium mIi \ i s.md) silty i sand I silty sand brc wn silt and tine sand brown silty very fine sand brown silty sand brown sandy silt brown silty sand brown silty sand 1 L 10-30-63 2 L 10-30-63 3 L 10-30-63 4 L 10-30-63 5 L 10-30-63 6 L 10-30-63 7 L 10-30-63 8 L 10-30-63 9 L 10-30-63 10 4-24-62 1 1 10-28-63 12 4-24-62 13 10-28-63 14 4-24-62 15 10-28-63 16 4-24-62 17 10-28-63 18 L 4-24-62 10-31-63 19 4-24-63 20 10-28-63 21 4-24-62 22 10-28-63 2} 4-24-62 24 10-28-63 25 4-24-62 26 10-28-63 27 4-24-62 28 L 10-31-63 29 4-24-62 30 10-28-63 3 1 4-24-62 32 10-28-63 3 3 4-24-62 34 10-28-63 3 5 4-24-62 36 10-28-63 37 4-24-62 10-28-63 38 10-28-63 39 4-24-62 40 L 10-31-63 41 4-27-62 42 10-28-63 43 4-27-62 44 10-28-63 45 4-27-62 46 10-28-63 47 4-27-62 48 10-2 8-6 3 49 4-27-62 Surface Water ith (m) Temperature (C) 3 10 14 7 13 12 11 4 2 17 19.7 18 25.2 15 19.7 16 25.5 15 19.4 15 25.6 13 19.9 11 25.8 5 20.2 19 19.1 22 25.6 21 18.9 22 25.7 20 19.2 20 2 5.7 17 19.2 18 2 5.7 13 20.0 4 17 19.9 24 25.9 25 18.1 26 26.0 25 18.0 24 25.9 24 18.7 24 25.9 20 20.4 20 26.2 20 26.3 7 21.6 4 21 18.1 27 2 6.4 30 18.1 30 26.3 30 17.6 29 26.5 25 17.9 24 26.2 20 17.9 64 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Table 1. (Continued) Station 50 51 52 L 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 L 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 L 103 104 105 106 Date 10-28-63 4-27-62 10-31-63 4-27-62 10-28-63 4-27-62 10-28-63 4-27-62 10-28-63 4-27-62 10-28-63 4-27-62 10-28-63 4-27-62 10-28-63 10-31-63 4-27-62 10-29-63 4-27-62 10-29-63 4-27-62 10-29-63 4-27-62 10-28-63 4-27-62 10-28-63 4-27-62 10-28-63 4-27-62 10-29-63 4-27-62 10-29-63 4-27-62 10-29-63 4-27-62 10-29-63 4-27-62 10-29-63 4-27-62 10-29-63 10-29-63 4-28-62 10-29-63 4-28-62 10-29-63 4-28-62 10-29-63 4-28-62 10-29-63 4-28-62 10-29-63 4-28-62 10-31-63 4-28-62 10-29-63 4-28-62 10-29-63 Surface Water (m) Temperature (C) 18 26.2 15 18.7 9 22 18.2 31 26.4 31 18.2 31 26.4 31 18.1 31 26.5 31 17.9 30 26.3 24 18.0 24 26.2 21 18.3 22 26.2 9 25 18.3 27 24.9 33 18.1 33 25.3 33 18.0 31 25.1 30 17.4 31 26.1 30 17.7 3 0 26.0 28 17.3 27 26.0 17 17.5 27 2 5.4 34 17.9 3 5 25.4 3 5 17.6 3 5 24.3 36 17.6 37 2 5.4 34 16.9 3 3 25.2 3 3 17.3 3 3 25.5 9 25.8 34 17.7 3 5 25.8 3 6 17.5 38 25.5 3 8 17.3 3 9 25.5 37 17.8 3 8 25.5 37 18.2 37 25.6 37 18.2 6 30 18.1 38 26.0 3 8 17.1 40 26.0 Sediment brown silty sand gray medium sand gray sand gray medium sand brown silty (sand) silty fine sand silty (sand) very fine sand brown silty (sand) brown silty sand brown sandy silt silty very fine sand brown sandy silt silty very fine sand very fine sand coarse shell sand silty medium sand gray fine silty sand silty sand brown silt brown sandy silt brown sandy silt brown sandy silt brown silt sandy silt brown silt sandy silt very fine sand gray medium sand gray silty fine sand brown sandy silt brown silt brown sandy (silt) brown silt greenish-brown sandy silt brown silt brown silt brown silt brown silt brown sandy silt gray sand brown silty sand brown sandy silt brown sandy silt brown silt brown silt brown silt brown silt brown silt brown silt brown silt silty sand with shells gray sand brown silty (sand) brown silt brown silt brown silt 1968 Barnard and Grady: Bahia de los Angeles 65 Table 1. (Continued) Station 107 108 109 1 10 1 11 1 12 11) I 14 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 L 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 Date 4-28-62 10-29-63 4-28-62 10-29-63 4-28-62 10-29-63 4-28-62 10-29-63 10-29-63 4-24-62 10-29-63 4-22-62 10-29-63 4-22-62 10-29-63 4-24-62 10-29-63 4-24-62 10-29-63 4-24-62 10-29-63 4-24-62 10-29-63 4-24-62 10-29-63 4-22-62 10-29-63 4-22-62 10-29-63 4-22-62 10-30-63 4-22-62 10-30-63 4-24-62 10-30-63 10-30-63 4-23-62 10-30-63 4-2 3-62 10-30-63 10-31-63 10-30-63 4-23-62 10-30-63 4-23-62 10-30-63 10-30-63 4-23-62 10-30-63 4-23-62 10-30-63 4-22-62 10-30-63 4-23-62 4-23-62 10-30-63 4-23-62 10-30-63 Surface Water (m) Temperature (C) 40 17.3 40 26.0 40 17.1 40 26.0 40 17.6 40 25.8 40 17.9 39 26.2 37 26.3 6 19.8 30 26.4 34 20.1 40 26.2 40 19.5 42 26.1 42 17.7 42 25.2 42 17.2 42 26.2 42 17.2 42 26.1 42 18.3 18 26.2 7 19.8 24 26.5 25 19.7 35 26.2 38 19.7 42 26.2 41 19.5 42 25.4 46 18.5 42 25.6 44 17.4 2 5.4 46 25.0 46 18.1 46 24.9 44 17.9 38 25.5 6 9 25.6 15 19.5 19 25.6 29 18.9 25.0 41 25.5 42 17.4 44 25.5 44 17.4 44 25.5 46 18.3 46 25.3 46 17.7 17.4 46 25.5 45 17.9 49 25.3 Sediment brown silt brown silt brown silt brown silt brown silt brown silt green sandy silt brown sandy silt very fine sand gray medium sand brown silty sand brown sandy silt brown silt brown sandy silt and clay brown silt brown silt brown silt brown silt brown silt brown silt brown sandy silt brown sandy silt reefy material gray coarse sand, 3 poor grabs brown silty sand sandy silt with shells brown silt brown silty medium sand brown silt brown sandy silt brown silt brown silt brown silt no sample brown silt brown sandy silt brown sandy silt brown sandy silt brown silty sand fine shelly silty sand coarse shell sand gray fine sand gray fine sand gray medium sand hard bottom, no sample gray fine sand and shell sand brown sandy silt brown sandy silt brown silt brown silt brown silt brown silt brown silt brown silt brown silt brown sandy silt brown sandy silt silt with shell sand 66 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 1J Table 2. Samples of Scripps Institution of Oceanography, Dr. Carl L. Hubbs and party Remarks Piedras Ahogadas, 0.5 mi S Isla Ventana; SCUBA sample of bottom: shell frags., pebbles Isla Ventana, S shore of cove on W side of island: tailings of fish sample Isla Cerraja, E shore: tailings of fish sample Isla Ventana, Pta. Ventana: tailings of fish sample Reef between Isla Ventana and Isla Cabeza de Caballo: tailings of fish sample W shore of bay, south of village: tailings of fish sample on cobble bottom Cove on E side of S arm of bay: 16-foot fish-trawl N of village sandspit: beach poisoning S arm of bay: shrimp trawl on shrimp boat on N-S line. Station Date Depth (m) SIO-X 4-22-62 24 SIO-62-210 4-18-62 shore SIO-62-212 4-19-62 shore SIO-62-215 4-21-62 shore SIO-62-216 4-21-62 shore SIO-62-228 4-24-62 2 SIO-62-234 4-25-62 subtidal SIO-62-2 3 5 4-26-62 subtidal SIO-62 236 4-26-62 ?30 Station Date Depth (m) 210 4-27-62 9 211 4-28-62 9-32 212 4-28-62 9-16 213 4-22-62 Intertidal 214 4-22-62 Intertidal 301 3-10-61 6 3 02 3-10-61 4 303 3-10-61 Intertidal 305 3-10-61 Intertidal 306 3-10-61 Intertidal 306A 3-10-61 Intertidal 3 50 1- 1-63 Intertidal 35 1 11- 1-63 Intertidal 3 52 1- 1-63 Intertidal 353 1- 1-63 Intertidal 3 54 1- 1-63 Intertidal 35 5 1- 1-63 Intertidal 910 1- 2-63 2-3 911 1- 2-63 sur ace Plankton tow 912 1 1- 2-63 sur ace Plankton tow Table 3. Miscellaneous samples Remarks Dredge: bag 1/3 full of gracilarioid algae, few Polinices egg-cases, one Pecten, a few bulls-eye shrimp; algae washed for small crustaceans; a few Astropccteii 75 0m N of village sandspit, dredge; Ulia and gastropod egg cases, spider-crabs, 1 asteroid Main W shore of bay, dredge: Ulva, gracilarioids, 2 asteroids Vermilion Sea Field Station, rocks at low tide Same locality: tunicates and sponges washed for crustaceans OPG test sample, 1 mile S of Vermilion Sea Field Station Same Vermilion Sea Field Station, rocks: wash of Sargassum sp. Same locality: wash of Ulia sp. Same locality: wash of sandy rocks Same locality: wash of rocks below water level Same locality: wash of 2 rocks with muddy tubes Same locality: wash of sponge Same locality: wash of sponge Same locality: wash of algal clumps Same locality: wash of flabellinid alga Same locality: miscellaneous collections 1.5 mi S of village on W side of bay, diving: Sargassum sp. A BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF BAHIA DE LOS ANGELES, GULF OF CALIFORNIA, MEXICO. II BENTHIC POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS. DONALD J. REISH MUS, COMP, ZOOU LIBRARY JUL 8 1968 HARVARD UNIVERSITY TRANSACTIONS OF THE SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15, NO. 7, 17 JUNE 1968 A BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF BAHIA DE LOS ANGELES, GULF OF CALIFORNIA, MEXICO. II. BENTHIC POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS. Donald J. Reish Abstract. The benthic polychaetous annelids of Bahia de los Angeles were studied quantitatively in April 1962 and October 1963. Distribution and sediment preferences of the principal species are summarized. Of the 112 species encountered, ninety were previously unreported from the Gulf ol California. Six new species are described: Microphthalmus riojai, sp. n., Aricidea {Aricidea) rosea sp. n., Prionospio longibranchiata sp. n., Pectinaria (Pectinaria) hartmanae sp. n., Euchone barnardi sp. n., and Euchone cortezi sp. n. In April 1962, 3 9,470 specimens were collected; in October 1963, 7,100. The cause of this reduction is unknown, but high summer water temperatures may be involved. Previous reports of polychaetes from the Gulf of California are summarized. Resumen. Los Anelidos Poliquetos bentonicos de la Bahia de los Angeles fueron estudiados cuantita- tivamente durante Abril de 1962 y Octubre de 1963. Se detalla la distribucion de las especies principales, y las preferencias que presentan respecto a los distintos sedimentos. De las 112 especies registradas, solamente 22 han sido observadas previamente en el Golfo de California. Se incluye la descripcion de seis especies nuevas: Microphthalmus riojai sp. n., Aricidea (Aricidea) rosea sp. n. Prionospio longibranchiata sp. n., Pectinaria (Pectinaria) hartmanae sp. n., Euchone barnardi sp. n., y Euchone cortezi sp. n. En Abril de 1962 se obtuvieron 3 9,470 ejemplares, y solamente 7,100 en Octubre de 1963. Se desconocen los factores causantes de esta enorme diferencia numerica; sin embargo, se considera que las temperaturas elevadas registradas durante el verano, pudieron ejercer una definida influencia en ese fenomeno. Tambien se incluyen las observaciones previas correspondi- entes a los Poliquetos del Golfo de California. Early accounts of polychaetes from the Gulf of California have been summarized by Rioja (1941). Subsequent information has been added by Rioja (1943; 1947a, b), Hartman (1944a, 1950), Treadwell (1942), Fauvel (1943), Woodwick (1961), and Parker (1963). However, no quantitative studies have been made. Previous quantitative studies of eastern Pacific polychaetes by Reish (see references) have dealt with nearly all the principal bays from Morro Bay, in central California, south to Bahia de San Quintin, Baja California. This paper, which summarizes the quantitative data on the distribution of polychaetes in Bahia de los Angeles, a small bay on the west side of the Gulf of California, and compares the fauna ecologically and zoogeographically with that of similar areas in southern California, extends the area of quantitative studies into a geographically disjunct area. The specimens on which this report is based were collected by the Beaudette Ioun- dation in April 1962 and October 1963 (see Barnard and Grady, 1968). Quantitative samples were taken at 79 stations in April 1962 and 82 stations in October 1963 (Fig. 1) using a modified size-one Hayward orange-peel bucket which samples an area of 0.06m-. Three dredge hauls were made in April 1962. Samples were brought back to the base camp, washed through a 0.5 mm screen and preserved in formaldehyde for later sorting. I wish to thank Dr. J. Laurens Barnard for making the collections avail- able to me. My research was supported in part by a grant from the National Science Foundation (NSFG- 20909). Chemical and Physical Data. — Salinity was measured throughout the bay in April 1962, April 1963, and October 1963 at water depths of 0, J, 10. 20, 30, 40, .md JO meters. All values ranged from about 3 5.0 to 3 5.5 0 00, which coincide with the salinity values given for the upper Gulf of California by Parker (1963). San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans 1$ (7): 67-106, 17 June 1968. 68 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 35' 34' 33' 32' 31 II3°30' 28° 58' 1 / 1 152 154 28° 58' 148 \ 147 149 150 151 • 153 • 1^5 156 • 157 158 159 160 161 C\~ ^v \ 130 132 134 \ • • • • • \ 131 133 • 135 136 • r37 • 138 • • 139 140 141 142 14*3 144 ) ^~ /^T4S~ i46 57' \ 116 118 \ • • • • \ 117 119 120 • • 121 122 123 124 • • 123 126 • • 127 128 I29S 57' \ 103 105 )<» 104 106 107 108 109 110 • III • • 112 113 • • 114 • \ ~"5 \ 91 93 95 97 99 101 / 90 92 94 96 98 100 \ 78 80 82 84 86 88 56' 79 \ 66 V * * ^. 67 ei 68 • 69 83 70 • • 71 85 72 • 73 87 74 • 75 89 76 • •\^ — ) 77 / /•) 56° • 34 55 « • 56 57 • 56 59 • 60 61 • • 62 63 — ^_^ • • • ) 64 63 k 41 • • 42 V • 44 45 • 46 47 • & 49 • 51 /^ • • ft 50 32/ 55' Station Locations \ 29 • 30 31 • 3*2 33 • • 34 33 • • 36 • 37 39 / M 1 55' Number abov* dot ■ April, 1962 Number below dot • October, 1963 19 • • 20 21 • • 22 23 • • 24 25 • 26 27 / 28 / r 10 • II 12 • • 13 14 • 1*5 16 1*7 1*8 ) 54' 8 A h 1 A DE LOS ANGELES 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 54' 0 5 i NAuTiCAL WILCS 0 500 '000 I5O0 , , | | KH.0ME T£«5 l l 35' 34' 33' 32' 3 II3°30' Figure 1. — Map of Bahia de los Angeles showing station locations. Dissolved oxygen was measured at the same stations. Generally the dissolved oxygen values exceeded 3.0 ml/1 with higher readings in April than in October. Bottom waters at depths of 75 to 98 meters reached lows of 1.66 ml/1. Surface water temperatures were taken at the majority of the stations. They varied from 16.9 to 21.6 with a median of 18.2C. In general, warmer waters were found inshore in shallow waters and colder waters were encountered near the entrance of the bay. The warm temperatures occurred after the high summer air temperatures, and the colder temperatures followed the winter months. The warm water temperatures are believed to have influenced the marked reduction in the number of specimens collected in October 1963 as compared to the April 1962 survey. Four kinds of sediments occur on the bottom of Bahia de los Angeles: sand, silty sand, sandy silt, and silt. Sand bottoms (40 stations) are present primarily along the shores of the bay. These are replaced by silty sand, (46 stations) and sandy silt bottoms (30 stations) in deeper waters. Silts (45 stations) are limited to the outer part of the bay (Barnard and Grady, 1968). 1968 Reish: Bahia de los Angeles Annelids 69 Discussion Zoogeography. — A total of 1 12 species were encountered in this study. Specific iden- tification was not possible for one species of Arenicola that was represented by a single incomplete specimen. Only 22 of these species, had previously been reported from the Gulf of California. Of the 90 species previously unknown from the Gulf of California, 72 have been taken from southern California waters, two from northern California, one from British Columbia, and one from Alaska (also Acapulco). Northern distributional extensions include four from the Pacific side of southern Mexico (including the one also known from Alaska), one from Panama, one from Peru, and two from the Central Pacific Ocean. Table 1 (see Appendix) summarizes the distributional data on the polychaetcs of the Gulf of California. Species previously unknown from the area are indicated by an asterisk; literature citations and locality data are included. Only included in Table 1 are those reports in which specific identification was made by earlier workers; excluded are reports to only family or genus. No attempt was made to determine or evaluate the identification of others, since their material was not at hand. However, evaluations or opinions of subsequent workers are included. Presently, 3 00 species of polychaetes are known from the Gulf of California. The quantitative survey at Bahia de los Angeles therefore increased the number known from 210. Probably this total will be increased by other quantitative studies. Relationship of polychaetes to sediments. — As noted, four kinds of sediments were encountered on the benthos of Bahia de los Angeles. The relationships of the percentage occurrence and the average number of specimens per station of the principal polychaetes (based on the presence at 3 5 or more stations) to the general sediment type are given in Table 2. Since the number of stations characterized by a particular sediment varied, the occurrence of a species on a particular substrate is given in percentage units rather than according to the number of times it was found. In addition, the average number of specimens per station is a further indication of substrate preference or tendency. On the basis of this analysis, the most abundant species of polychaetes may be grouped as follows: Preference for sand: Pareulepis fimbriata, Ophiodroiniis pugettensis, Pilargis hama- fits, Langerhansia hetcrochaeta, Ceratoncreis mirabilis, Nereis procera, Glycera tesselata, Lumbrineris minima, Chaetozone corona, Armandia bioculata, Chone mollis. Preference for silty sand: Eteone dilatae, Ancistosyllis bassi, Tharyx pan ns. Megalotnma pi gm en turn. Preference for sand and silty sand: Prionospio pinnata, Magelona californica, Telcpsavits costaritm. Preference for sand, silty sand, sandy silt: Haploscoloplos elongatus, Praxillella affinis pacifica. Preference for sandy silt: Prionospio pygmaeits. Preference for silty sand and sandy silt: Capitata ambiseta. Preference for sandy silt and silt: Onuphis zebra, Prionospio cirri f era. Preference for silt: Aricidea rosea, Cossnra Candida. No apparent preference for specific sediments: Aglaophamus dicirrus, Glycindc armigcra, Polydora socialis plena, Heteroclymene glabra, Amacana occidentals. Euchone barnardi. These data indicate that the commonest species of polychaetes occur near sandy sediments. Furthermore, the finer the sediments the fewer the number of species en- countered, both with respect to percent occurrence and the average number of specimens encountered per station. Substrate domination by polychaetes. — Dominant species were defined as those represented by the largest number of specimens. These were compared for substrate 70 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 1 5 preferences. Five species constituted the dominant bay species during the April 1962 survey and nine species in October 1963. Only two species, Prionospio cirrifera and Tharyx parvus, were dominant in both surveys. April 1962. — Sandy substrates: Cap/fata ambheta, Chaetozone corona, Praxillella affinis pacifica, Haploscoloplos elongatus, Spiophanes bombyx. Silty sands: C. ambheta, H. elongatus, Aricidea rosea, and Tharyx parvus. Sandy silts and silts: A. rosea, C. am- bheta. Silts: Prionospio cirrifera, A. rosea, and C. ambheta. October 7 963. — Sandy substrate: Prionospio pinnata, Armandia bioculata, Glycera tesselafa. Silty sands: P. pinnata, Magelona californica, Prionospio cirrifera, Tharyx parvus. Sandy silts: Aglaophamus dicirris, Onnphis zebra, P. cirrifera. Silts: O. zebra, Cossura Candida. Seasonal Differences. — Of 46,570 polychaetes taken during this study, 39,470 were collected in April 1962 and 7,100 in October 1963. The cause of this 89 per cent reduction in numbers of specimens is unknown, but some explanations can be offered. Summer water temperatures may be too high for this primarily temperate fauna. Median surface-water temperatures were 18. 2C in April 1962 and 25. 9C in October 1963. Greater extremes have been measured (Barnard, personal communication). Minima of 15C (possibly 12C) were measured in February and 29. 8C in August during the years 1962 and 1963. A second possibility is that red tides might lower the dissolved oxygen below minimal values for survival of benthic animals. Such a phenomenon has occurred in Alamitos Bay, California (Reish 1963b). Collections of benthic animals in Alamitos Bay were made before and after an extensive bloom of the dinoflagellate, Gonyaulax polyhedra Stein. Approximately 5 0 per cent of the animals, the majority of which were polychaetes, were eliminated; of the remaining species nearly two- thirds decreased in abundance. Dense red tides were observed in Bahia de los Angeles by Dr. J. L. Barnard in March 1961, April 1962, and April 1963, but whether they contributed to the summer decrease in the fauna is unknown. The causative organism of these red tides in Bahia de los Angeles is unknown. The number of specimens per station was plotted for both surveys (Figs. 2, 3). In both surveys the largest populations occurred in the inner middle part of the bay and along the north shore. A marked decrease in polychaete numbers was evident in the October survey. In April 1962, samples ranged from 66 to 1722 individuals (median 500), but in October 1963 only 14 to 425 (median 46) were collected. The decrease in the number of species collected, from 98 to 90, was not as noticeable. Considering only the 7 5 species in which ten or more individuals were collected, the inter-sample variation can be classified as follows. Species presently only in April 1963 (6). — Enmida sanguinca, Syllidia liniafa, Pionosyllis gigantia, Platynereis bicanaliculata, Orbinia jobnsoni, Polycirris perplcxus. Species which decreased from April 1962 to October 1963 (41). — Eteone dilatae, Paranaitis polynoides, Microphthalmns riojai, Ancisfrosyllis bassi, Langerhansia hetero- chacta, Ccratoncreis mirabilis, Nereis procera, Pilargis hamatus, Aglaophamus dicirris, Nephtys panamensis, Glycera americana, Lnmbrineris minima, Haploscoloplos elongatus, Aricidea rosea, Paraonis gracilis oculata, Nerinides acuta, Polydora socialis plena, Prionospio cirrifera, P. pygmaeus, Spiophanes bombyx, S. missionensis, Telepsavus cos- tarum, Caulleriella alata, Chaetozone corona, Tharyx parvus, T. tesselafa, Polyophthalmus pictus, Travisia gigas, Anotomastus gordiodes, Capifafa ambheta, Notomastus (Clistomastus) tenuis, Heteroclymene glabra, Maldane sarsi, Praxillella affinis pacifica, Am phisamytha bioculata, Amphicteis scaphobranchiata, Amaeana occidentals, Tere- bellides stroemi, Chone mollis, Euchone bamardi, Megalomma pigmentum. Species present only in October 1963 (3). — Nereis riisei, Laonice cirrata, Fabricia li mni cola. 1968 Reish: Bahia de los Angeles Annelids 71 "^TT x^x-x-x:x:-x-x:x::;x;::Xx.xx :•:•:■:::•::: v.x:::x'::x-X\-x-xx+xxoxx :xxxxx;x:;. Specimens per sample of alt Polychaete species ^ Apr. I 1962 9 '4% 10-19 8#2e0«99 i:;;^ 50-99 ^g 500-999 Jgg! 100 249 HlOOO- B * — » or .Ci Mt E l t s Figure 2. — Map of Bahia de los Angeles showing the number of specimens of poly chaetes collected per station in April 1962. Figure 3. — Map of Bahia de los Angeles showing the number of specimens of poly chaetes collected per station in October 1963. 72 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 1 5 Species which increased from April 1962 to October 1963 (16). — Pareulepis fimbnata, Chloeia viridis, Pareurythoe califomica, Ophiodromus piigettcnsis, Exogone lonrei, Eunice vittata, Protodorvillea gracilis, Prionospio malmgreni, P. pinnata, Magelona califomica, Cirriformia sphabrancha, Armandia bioculata, Ouenia fusiformh collaris, Pista cristata. Species in approximate equal numbers in both surveys (9). — Glycinde armigera, Onupbis zebra, Pbylo felix, P. nudits, Scoloplos acmeceps, Aricidea uscbakoui, Poecilo- cbaetus jobnsoni, Cossura Candida, Pberusa neopapillata. Therefore, more species were reduced or eliminated from April 1962 to October 1963 than the reverse. If this reduction is an annual phenomenon, then repopulation — presumably from the deeper waters of the gulf — must be rapid, judged by the large samples obtained during the April survey. Bahia de los Angeles specimens are smaller than those of the same species from southern California. Possibly many are immature, but some with ova developing within the coelom were observed. A study of the causes of the reduction and subsequent increase in the fauna should be undertaken. In the following list, the number of stations in at which each species was collected, and the number of specimens collected (in parentheses) is given for each survey. The detailed station listing of species and numbers of specimens has been filed with the American Documentation Institute, Auxiliary Publication Service, Library of Congress, Washington, D.C. Holotypes and paratypes, and additional specimens of the new species have been deposited in The United States National Museum; the remaining material studied is in the author's collection. SYSTEMATIC LIST Family Polynoidae Lepidouotus purpureas Potts Lepidonotus purpureus. Potts, 1910: 334; Hartman, 1951: 91. Lepidouotus hedleyi Benham. Hartman, 1939a: 40. Material. — April 1962: 3(4). Ecology. — Two specimens from sandy substrates, two from silt-sand mixture. Distribution. — Indian Ocean, Australia, South Pacific, Gulf of California. Panthalis pacifica Treadwell Panthalis pacifica. Treadwell, 1914: 184; Hartman, 1939a: 87-88. Material. — April 1962: 2 (2). Ecology. — ■ Both specimens from silty substrates. Distribution. — -Southern California to Baja California, questionably Panama (Hartman, 1939a). Polyodontes from Hartman Polyodontes frons. Hartman, 1939a: 84-86. Material. — April 1962: 1 (1). October 1963: 1 (1). Distribution. — Previously known only from type collected from Pinas Bay, Panama. Family Sigalionidae Stenclanella uniformis Moore Stelelanella uniformis. Moore, 1910: 391-395; Hartman, 1939a: 69-70. Material. — October 1963: 3 (9). Ecology. — Eight specimens from sandy substrates, one from silty sand. Distribution. — Southern California to Ecuador. This is the first report from the Gulf of California. Stenolepis fimbriarum (Hartman) Leanira fimbriarum. Hartman, 1939a: 70-72. Stenolepis fimbriarum. Hartman, 1965b: 15. Material. — April 1962: 5 (8). Ecology. — Three stations sandy, two silty. Distribution. — Southern California to Ecuador; Gulf of California. Thalenessa lewisii (Berkeley and Berkeley) Sigalion lewisii. Berkeley and Berkeley, 1939: 226-228. Eusigalion hancocki. Hartman, 1939a: 59-60. Thalenessa lewisii. Hartman, 195 9: 122. Material. — April 1962: 2 (8); October 1963: 1 (1). Ecology. — Eight specimens taken from sandy substrates, and one from silty sand. Distribution. — Gulf of California south to Ecuador and Galapagos Islands. 1968 Reish: Bahia de los Angeles Annelids 73 Family Pareulepidae Pareulepis fimbriata (Treadwell) Eulepis fimbriata. Treadwell, 1901: 190. Pareulepis fimbriate Hartman, 1939a: 79-80; 1961: 54-55. Material. — April 1963: 13 (29); October 1963: 21 (37). Ecology. — -Shows a slight preference for sandy sediments (Table 2). Distribution. — Southern California to Ecuador; West Indies; New Caledonia; Madgascar. Family Chrysopetalidae Paleano/us bellis (Johnson) Heterophil- bellis. Johnson, 1897: 163. Paleanotus belln. Hartman, 1961: 57-58. Material. — April 1962: 1 (1); October 1963: 1 (1). Ecology. — Silty sands. Distribution. — British Columbia to western Mexico. This is the first report from the Gulf of California. Family Amphinomidae Chloeia liridis Schmarda Cloeia liridis. Schmarda, 1861: 144. Hartman, 1940: 205. Material. — April 1962: 5 (8); October 1963: 5 (18). Ecology. — Occurs in all types of substrates. Distribution. — West Indies, Gulf of California, south to Panama, Galapagos Islands, and Cocos Islands. Pareurythoe californica (Johnson) Eurythoe californica Johnson, 1897: 159. Pareurythoe californica. Hartman, 1940: 203-204; 1961: 11. Material. — April 1962: 3(4); October 1963: 4 (13). Ecology. — Preferred silty sand substrates. Distribution. — Central and southern California; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Family Phyllodocidae Anaitides mucosa (Oersted) Pbyllodoce mucosa. Oersted, 1843: 31. Anaitides mucosa. Hartman, 1961: 12. Material. — April 1962: 4 (4). Ecology. — Taken from various substrates. Distribution. — Cosmopolitan. This is the first report from the Gulf of California. Anaitides williamsi Hartman Anaitides williamsi. Hartman, 1936: 126; Reish, 1963: 408. Material. — April 1962: 3 (5). Ecology. — Sandy sediments. Distribution. — Oregon to Pacific Baja California. This is the first report from the Gulf of California. Eteone dilatae Hartman Eteone dilatae. Hartman, 1936: 130-13 1; Reish, 1963a: 408. Material. — April 1962: 35 (85); October 1963: 7 (14). Ecology. — Preference for silty sands (Table 2), which agrees with the finding of Hartman (1961) and Reish (1963a). Distribution. — ■ California and San Quintin Bay. This is the first report from the Gulf of California. Eu mid a san guinea (Oersted) Eulalia sanguinea. Oersted, 1843: 28. Eumida sanguinea. Hartman, 1961: 13. Material. — April 1962: 17 (30). Ecology. — ■ This species was taken from a variety of substrates. Distribution. — -Cosmopolitan. Rioja (1947a) reported this species from La Paz. Paranoids polynoides (Moore) Anaitis polynoides. Moore, 1909b: 339. Paranaitis polynoides. Hartman, 1961: 13. Material. — April 1962: 16 (18); October 1963: 1 (1). Ecology. — Specimens collected from a variety of substrates. Distribution. — British Columbia to southern California. The distribution is extended into the Gull 01 California. Family Typhloscolecidae Typbloscolex mulleri Busch Typhloscolex mulleri. Busch, 1851: 115; Tebble, 1960: 231-236. Material. — October 1963: 1 (1). Remarks: — Typbloscolex mulleri is a pelagic cosmopolitan species. Presumably, this specimen was collected while the orange-peel bucket was being brought to the surface. 74 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 1 5 Family Hesionidae Genus Microphthalmias Mecznikow, 1865, emended. Type: Microphthalmia sczelkouii Mecznikow, 1865. Remarks. — -All known species of the genus possess three antennae and a pygidial plate (posterior end unknown in M. aciculata Hartman-Schrbder, (1962a). Since the pygidial plate is distinctive to this genus of hesionids, the generic diagnosis of Microphthalmus is emended to include species with two antennae as well as three antennae Diagnosis. — ■ Prostomium with two or three frontal antennae, a pair of small ventral palpi; eyes present or absent; segments 1 to 3 each with a pair of dorsal and ventral tentacular cirri, no setae; parapodia unequally a single simple notoseta; dorsal and ventral cirri short and digitiform; neurosetae compound; pygidium with an expanded plate and two dorsal anal cirri. Microphthalmus riojai, new species Figure 4, a-f Material. — Stations, April 1962: 5 (12); October 1963: 3 (5). Description. — Length up to 3 mm; width including setae up to 0.2 mm; setigerous segments up to 30; prostomium and dorsal surface with reddish brown pigment; prostomium (Fig. 4a) trapezoidal in shape, widest posteriorly; two eyes at the posterior-lateral margin; a pair of antennae at the anterior margin of the prostomium; a pair of simple ventral palpi, nature of proboscis unknown; no jaws seen; segments 1 to 3 asetigerous, with 6 pairs of long tentacular cirri; parapodial lobes unequally biramous (Fig. 4c), neuropodial lobe conical in shape; one simple, curved lyrate notoseta (Fig. 4d) per lobe, each provided with 8 teeth; 4 to 6 compound neuroseta per lobe (Fig. 4e, f ) , each terminate in a delicate bidentate tip; pre-anal segment asetigerous, provided with a pair of dorsal and ventral knob-shaped cirri; pygidial plate (Fig. 4b) broadly concave with no indication of a bilobed condition; anal cirri extend beyond the margin of the anal plate. Remarks. — Ten species are previously known to belong to this genus, three of which were recently described from the Pacific side of South America by Hartmann-Schroder (1962a, b) . Microphthalmus riojai differs from the other species by the absence of the median unpaired antennae. It belongs to that group of species characterized by the presence of lyrate setae in the notopodium. Other species known to possess this type of notosetae include M. sczelkowii Mecznikow, (1865), M. s. marmanica Zachs (in Uschakov, 1955), and M. nrofimbriata Alikunhi (1943.) Ecology. — Associated with the coarser sediments; eleven specimens were taken from a sandy substrate and six from silty sand. Type material. — The holotype and 7 paratypes have been deposited in the U. S. National Museum. Type locality. — Bahia de los Angeles, Gulf of California, Baja California. This species is named in honor of Dr. Enrique Rioja, in recognition of his contribution to the knowledge of Mexican polychaetes. Ophiodromus pugettensis (Johnson) Podarke pugettensis. Johnson, 1901: 395; Rioja, 1947a: 202. Ophiodromus pugettensis. Hartman, 1961: 67-68; Reish, 1963a: 423. Material. — April 1962: 29 (46); October 1963: 19 (101). Ecology. — -Found on sandy or silty substrates (Table 2). Distribution. — -Japan and from British Columbia to Peru. Oxytlromns arenicolus glabrns Hartman Oxydromus arenicolus glabrus. Hartman, 1961: 68-69. Material. — April 1962: 4 (9). Ecology. — ■ Specimens from silty sands or sandy silts. Distribution. — Previously known from California. The distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Oxydromus brunnea Hartman Oxydromus brunnea. Hartman, 1961: 69-70. Material. — April 1962: 2 (2). Ecology. — Sand and silty sand. Distribution. — Southern California; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Syll/dia liniata Hartmann-Schroder Syllidia liniata. Hartmann-Schroder, 1962a: 115-116. Material. — April 1962: 8 (55); October 1963: 3 (6). Ecology. — Silty sands at most stations; however, 30 specimens were taken at a station consisting of sands. Distribution. — Peru; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Family Pilargidae Ancisfrosyllis bassi Hartman Ancistrosyllis bassi. Hartman, 1947b: 50 1-504. Material. — April 1962: 4 (7); October 1963: 35 (52). Ecology. — A. bassi showed a slight preference for silty sand sediments (Table 2). Distribution. — Known from California and Florida; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. 1968 Reish: Bahia de los Angeles Annelids 75 .07mm .006 mm K 1 .008 mm Figure 4. — Microphthalmus riojai, n. sp.: a, anterior end, dorsal view; b, posterior end, dorsal view; c, parapodium from mid-region, magnification as figure b; d, lyre seta from notopodium; e-f, compound neurosetae from neuropodium. 76 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 1 5 Loandalia fauveli Berkeley and Berkeley Loandalia fauveli. Berkeley and Berkeley, 1941: 30-3 1, pi. 5, figs. 4-6. Material. — April 1962: 4 (4); October 1963: 5 (5). Ecology. — Taken from all substrate types. Distribution. — Previously known only from southern California; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Pilargis bamatus Hartman Pilgaris bamatus. Hartman, 1960: 88-89. Material. — April 1962: 26 (63); October 1963: 9 (16). Ecology. — Pilargis bamatus showed a preference for either sands or silty sands (Table 2). Distribution. — Southern California; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Family Syllidae Braniit limbata (Claparede) Grubea limbata. Claparede, 1868: 52. Brania limbata. Reish, 1959a: 79; Hartmann-Schroder, 1962b: 103. Material. — April 1962: 2 (3). Ecology. — Sandy sediments. Distribution. — Known from Europe, southern California, and Chile. This is the first report from the Gulf of California. Exogonc lourci Berkeley and Berkeley Exogone lourci. Berkeley, 1938: 44-47; Reish, 1959a: 80. Material. — April 1962: 5 (13); October 1963: 11 (231). Ecology. — This species showed a preference for either sandy or silty sand sediments; 161 specimens were taken from a station composed of silty sands. Distribution. — This species is known from British Columbia to southern California and Acapulco, Mexico. The distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Langcrhansia beterocbaeta (Moore) Syllis (Ehlersia) beterocbaeta. Moore, 1909b: 322-325. Langerhansia beterocbaeta. Hartman, 1959: 210, 1961: 16. Material. — April 1962: 21 (70); October 1963: 16 (40). Ecology. — -This species showed preference for either a sandy cr silty sand substrates (Table 2). Distribution. — Known from British Columbia to southern California. This report extends its distribution into the Gulf of California Otfontosyllis phosphor e a Moore Odontosyllis phosphorea. Moore, 1909b: 327-329; Hartman, 1961: 76-77. Material. — October 1963: 1 (1). Ecology. — Sandy sediments. Distribution. — British Columbia to southern California; this is the first report of the species from the Gulf of California. Pionosyllis gigantca Moore Pionosyllis gigantea. Moore, 1908: 325-328; Hartman, 1961: 16. Material. — April 1962: 8 (27). Ecology. — All but 3 specimens from stations possessing sandy sediments. Distribution. — ■ Known from British Columbia to California; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Sphaerosyllis crinaceus Claparede Spbacrosyllis crinaceus. Claparede, 1863: 45; Rioja, 1943: 211-214; Day, 1954: 13-14; Pettibone, 1963; 135-136. Material. — April 1962: 1 (1); October 1963: 1 (6). Ecology. — Substrate sand or silty sands. Distribution. — Northern Hemisphere and Tristan de Cunha; Rioja (1943) reported it from Acapulco; this is the first record from the Gulf of California. Family Nereidae Ceratoncreis mirabilis Kinberg Ceratoncreis mirabilis. Kinberg, 1866: 170; Hartman, 1948: 71-72. Nereis (Ccratonercis) mirabilis. Fauvel, 1953: 200-201. Ceratoncreis singular is. Treadwell, 1929: 1-3. Material. — April 1962: 33 (68); October 1963: 9 (29). Ecology. — Marked preference for sandy sediments (Table 2). Distribution. — Cosmopolitan in warmer seas. Hartman (1948) referred C. singularis Treadwell from Carmen Island, Baja California to this species. 1968 Reish: Bahia de los Angeles Annelids 77 Nereis procera Ehlers Nereis procera. Ehlers, 1868: 557; Reish, 1959a: 81-82. Material. — April 1962: 17 (65); October 1963: 6 (16). Ecology. — Nereis procera showed a slight preference for sandy substrates (Table 2). Distribution. — British Columbia to southern California; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Nereis riisei Grube Nereis riisei. Grube, 1857: 162; Hartman, 1940: 221-222; 1951: 46; Rioja, 1959: 225. Material. — October 1963: 6 (11). Ecology. — Nine specimens from sandy substrates; two from silty sands. Distribution. — Known from the Gulf of California to Ecuador and Gulf of Mexico; the distribution within the Gulf of California is extended northward. Platynereis bicanaliculata (Baird) Nereis bicanaliculata. Baird, 1863: 109; Platynereis bicanaliculata. Hartman, 1954: 36-39. Material. — April 1962: 4 (32). Ecology. — The substrate was sandy at Station 130 where 29 specimens were collected. The other stations were composed of silty sands and sandy silts. Distribution. — ■ Western Canada to Baja California, Gulf of California, Hawaii, Australia, and possibly Peru (Hartmann-Schrbder, 1962a). Family Nephtyidae Aglaophamus dicirris Hartman Aglaophamus dicirris. Hartman, 1950: 122-124. Material. — April 1962: 67 (822); October 1963: 84 (509). Ecology. — ■ Collected at 93 per cent of the stations sampled. Equally common on silty sand or sandy silt substrates (Table 2). As widespread but less abundant in October 1963 than in April 1962; the average number of specimens per station was only 6 (maximum 19) as compared to 12 (maximum 76). The population, especially reduced in the inner reaches of the bay. Distribution. — Southern California to Panama; Gulf of California; North Carolina. Nephtys panamensis Monro Nephtys panamensis. Monro, 1928: 81-82; Hartman, 1940: 239-240; 1950: 101. Material. — April 1962: 24 (147); October 1963: 3 (4). Ecology. — Commonest on sandy substrates. Distribution. — Gulf of California to Panama. Family Glyceridae Glycera americana Leidy Glycera americana Leidy, 1855: 147-148; Hartman, 1950: 73-75. Material. — April 1962: 21 (40); October 1963: 6 (18). Ecology. — Taken most frequently from the sandy and silty sand bottoms. Distribution. — ■ Western Hemisphere, New Zealand, Australia. Glycera robusta Ehlers Glycera robusta Ehlers, 1868: 656-658; Hartman, 1950: 69-70. Material. — April 1962: 2 (7). Ecology. — Sandy sediments. Distribution. — British Columbia to southern California and possibly Florida (Hartman, 1950). The dis- tribution is extended into the Gulf of Californa. Glycera tesselata Grube Glycera tesselata Grube, 1863: 41-42; Hartman, 1950: 77-78; Im.ijima and Hartman, 1964: 165. Material. — April 1962: 21 (69); Oct. 1963: 35 (658). Ecology. — Glycera tesselata preferred sandy substrates (Table 2). Most specimens were collected in October 1963 and these were small and presumably immature Worms. Distribution. — ■ British Columbia south to tropical Pacific, Japan, Indo-Pacific, Caribbean Sea, and Mediter- ranean Sea. Family Goniadidae Glycinde arminger Moore Glycinde arminger Moore, 1911: 307-311; Hartman, 1950: 49-5 1. Material. — April 1962: 57 (290); October 1963: 56 (342). Ecology. — -Widespread, in all substrates in both survey; most specimens from sandy benthos ( Table 2). The increase in October 1963 reflects the extreme abundance of the species (225 individuals) at station 65. The largest sample in April 1962 was 18 Distribution. — British Columbia south to Galapagos Islands. The distribution is extended into the Gult of California. 78 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 1 5 Goniada littorca Hartman Goniada littorca Hartman, 1950: 23-26; Reish, 1963a: 425. Material. — October 1963: 1 (1). Ecology. — Silty sand. Distribution. — • Southern California to San Quintin Bay; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Family Onuphidae Onuphis nebulosa Moore Onuphis nebulosa Moore, 1911: 269-273; Hartman, 1944a: 75-78. Material. — April 1962: 9 (23); Oct. 1963: 8 (44). Ecology. — This species preferred coarser sediments. Distribution. — Central California to Panama; this is the first report from the Gulf of California. Family Onuphidae Onuphis zebra Berkeley and Berkeley Onuphis zebra Berkeley and Berkeley, 1939; 337-338; Hartman, 1944a: 71-72. Material. — April 1962: 60 (746); Oct. 1963: 76 (566). Ecology. — • This was one of the commonest worms in the bay. It was present in all types of substrates, but it showed a preference for finer sediments. This species constructs a tube of silt. Onuphis zebra was widespread throughout the bay during both surveys; a slight drop in the population was noted in the October 1963 survey. The maximum April sample was 115; October. 23. Distribution. — • Punta Gorda, Baja California and Guatemala; the distribution is extended northward in the Gulf of California from near the vicinity of La Paz to Bahia de los Angeles. Family Eunicidae Eunice vittata (delle Chiaje) Nereis vittata delle Chiaje, 1828: 195. Eunice vittata. Hartman, 1944a: 118. Material. — April 1962: 1 (1); Oct. 1963: 3 (4). Ecology. — Sands or silty sands. Distribution. — ■ Warmer waters of the Western Hemisphere from Bermuda to West Indies and Trinidad, from southern California to Panama, and many localities in the Gulf of California. Nematonereis unicornis (Grube) Lumbriconereis unicornis Grube, 1840: 80. Nematonereis unicornis. Fauvel, 1953: 249-250. Material. — April 1962: 1 (5). Ecology. — Sand. Distribution. — Cosmopolitan in warmer seas; previously unknown from the Gulf of California. Family Lumbrineridae Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbriconereis erecta. Moore, 1904: 490-492. Lumbrineris erecta. Hartman, 1944a: 149-150. Material. — October 1963: 1 (1). Ecology. — Sand. Distribution. — Southern California to Panama, and Gulf of California. Lumbrineris minima Hartman Lumbrineris minima. Hartman, 1944a: 155-156; Reish, 1963a: 425-426. Material. — April 1962: 57 (378). October 1963: 20 (53). Ecology. — -Commonest on coarser sediments (Table 2). This is similar to the ecology off southern Cali- fornia (Hartman, 1944a; Reish, 1959a), but unlike that at San Quintin Bay (Reish, 1963a). Distribution. — Southern California and San Quintin Bay; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Family Arabellidae Drilonereis inula Moore Drilonereis nuda. Moore, 1909a: 254-256; Hartman, 1944a: 178-179. Material. — April 1962: 2 (2); October 1963: 3 (3). Ecology. — Sands or sands and silts. Distribution. — -Central California to Panama. Fauvel (1943) reported it from the Gulf of California (locality unspecified). Family Dorvilleidae Protodori illea gracilis (Hartman) Stauronereh gracilis. Hartman, 1938: 100-101. Don illea gracilis. Hartman, 1944a: 189. Protodori illea gracilis. Hartman, 1965b: 48. Material. — April 1962: 7 (20). October 1963: 7 (132). Ecology. — Of 152 specimens, 141 were taken from eight stations characterized by sandy sediments. Distribution. — California; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. 1968 Reish: Bahia de los Angeles Annelids 79 ^T Specimens per sample April 1962 □ "9 i^J 10-49 ggg 100-249 (130 moiimum) l>>ii 01 lOS i»C(il S soc «O0 MO Haploscoloplos e/ongofus Figure 5. — Benthic distribution of Haploscoloplos elongatus in April 1962. Sp*clm«n» p#f sompie October 1963 ESS1 9 %0 10-49 (14mo„muml ■ * - i * Dt LOS IkClil) *ao coo Haploscoloplos e/ongofus Figure 6. — Benthic distribution of Haploscoloplos elongatus in October 1963. 80 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Family Orbiniidae Hafiloscoloplos elougatus (Johnson) Scoloplos elongata. Johnson, 1901: 412-413. Haploscohplos elongatus. Hartman, 1957: 273-275; Reish, 1963a: 426; 1965: 140; Imajima and Hartman, 1964: 274. Material. — April 1962: 58 (1470). October 1963: 54 (252). Ecology. — Widespread, commonest on silty sandy (Table 2). Much reduced in October 1963, especially in inner part of bay (Figs. 5,6). Distribution. — Japan, Beaufort Sea to San Quintin Bay; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Orbhiia jobusoni (Moore) Aricia jobusoni. Moore, 1909a: 260-262; Orbhiia johnsoni. Hartman, 1957: 257-260. Material. — April 1962: 2 (4). Ecology. — Sandy silts. Distribution. — Central California to Costa Rica; previously unknown from the Gulf of California. Phylo felix Kinberg Pbylo felix. Kinberg, 1866: 25 1-252; Hartman, 1957: 262-265. Material. — April 1962: 10 (15); October 1963: 19 (17). Ecology. — Taken from all substrate types. Distribution. — California, Gulf of California, Brazil, Patagonia, East Falkland Island, and Antarctic Ocean. Phylo nudus (Moore) Aricia inula. Moore, 1911: 311-315. Pbylo nudus. Hartman, 1957: 268. Material. — April 1962: 4 (7); October 1963: 6 (8). Ecology. — Sands or a mixture of sands and silts. Distribution. — • Southern California and Burma; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Scoloplos acmeceps Chamberlin Scoloplos acmeceps. Chamberlin, 1919b: 15-16; Hartman, 1957: 282-283. Material. — April 1962: 3 (7); October 1963: 2 (6). Ecology. — Sands or sands and silts. Distribution. — Alaska to Mazatlan; this is the first report from the Gulf of California. Family Paraonidae Aricidea uscbakowi Zachs Aricidca uschakowi. Zachs, 1925: 1-3; Hartman, 1957: 321. Material. — April 1962: 8 (176); October 1963: 24 (160). Ecology. — Commonest on sand bottoms. Distribution. — Russian Pacific Ocean to southern California; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Aricidea rosea, new species Figures 7a-c, 8 Material. — April 1962: 53 (5534); October 1963: 12 (19). Diagnosis. — -Length to 7-8 mm; width 0.25 mm; to at least 70 setigerous segments; prostomium (Fig. 7a) triangular in shape and rounded anteriorly, without eyespots, the median antenna extends into the second setigerous segment; branchiae number 11 to 12 pairs, begin at setigerous segment 4 and extend to segment 15 or 16, third to ninth pair largest and may overlap with opposite member mid-dorsally; notopodia with ciriform notopodial post-setal lobe which is well developed throughout the length of the worm; neuro- podium poorly developed; setae of notopodium of capillary type and distally pointed (Fig. 7b); capillary setae present in all ncuropodial lobes; beginning at about segments 20-2 5 and to the posterior end four to six modified setae appear in the neuropodium (Fig. 7c); they are of the curved acicular type with a secondary tooth and a pointed hood. Type material. — -The holotypc and paratypes have been deposited in the U.S. National Museum. The type locality is Bahia de los Angeles, Baja California, Mexico. Remarks. — Hartman (1959b) listed nine species within the genus Aricidea (Aricidea) plus two addi- tional species which were referred with question. Three additional species have since been described A. (A.) lopezi ruba Hartman (1963), A. abranchiata Hartman (1965a), and A. neosuec/ca Hartman (1965a). The different species of the genus may be conveniently separated from one another on the basis of the number of pairs of branchiae and the nature of the modified neuroseta. Aricidea (A.) rosea can be distinguished from the majority of the known species by the number of pairs of branchiae. There arc 11 to 12 pairs in A. (A.) rosea and 9 to 1 1 in A. (A.) lopezi ruba; they differ, however, in the nature of their modified neuroseta. Ecology. — This is one of the commonest polychaetes in Bahia dc los Angeles; 22 of the 5352 specimens were collected in April 1962 (Fig. 15). The greatest concentration of A. rosea occurred in fine sediments in the middle part of the bay. 1968 Reish: Bahia de los Angeles Annelids 81 .1 mm •* | .006mm, Figure 7 — Aricidea (Aricidea) rosea, n. sp.: a, anterior end, dorsal view; b, capillary- setae from notopodium; c, modified seta from neuropodium. Paradenitis lyra Southern Paraonis (Paraonides) lyra. Southern, 1914: 94-95; Hartman, 1957: 334-335. Paradoneis lyra. Hartman, 1965: 52. Material. — October 1963: 1 (3). Ecology. — Sand. Distribution. — European waters and southern California; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Paraonis gracilis oculata Hartman Paraonis gracilis oculata. Hartman, 1957: 331-3 32. Material. — April 1962: 13 (80); October 1963: 10 (17). Ecology. — Commonest in sands and silty sands. Distribution. — Southern California; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Family Spionidae Laonicc cirrata (Sars) Nerine cirrata. Sars, 1851: 207; Laonicc cirrata. Berkeley and Berkeley, 1952: 26; Imajima and Hartman, 1964: 281-282. Material. — October 1963: 3 (10). Ecology. — Silty sands. Distribution. — -Cosmopolitan; this is the first report from the Gulf of California. Nerinides acuta (Treadwell) Spio acuta. Treadwell, 1914: 199-201. Nerinides acuta. Hartman, 1941: 294-296; Reish 1959a: 86. Material. — April 1962: 5 (7); October 1963: 2 (2). Ecology. — Sands and from sand and silts. Distribution. — Southern California; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Figure 8 — Benthic distribution of Aricidea rosea in April 1962. Nerinides maculata Hartman Nerinides maculata. Hartman, 1961: 91-92; Reish, 1963a: 427. Material. — October 1963: 1 (1). Ecology. — Sand. Distribution. — Southern California, San Quintin Bay, and the northern Gulf of California at San Felipe. Nerinides pigmentata (Reish) Spiophanes pigmentata. Reish, 1959c: 11-13. Nerinides pigmentata. Hartman, 1961: 92-93. Material. — October 1963: 1 (2). Ecology. — Silty sand. Distribution. — Southern California; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Polydora heterochaeta Rioja Polydora heterochaeta. Rioja, 1939: 308-309. Material. — October 1963: 3 (3). Ecology. — Sand or silty sands. Remarks. — ■ Identified by Keith H. Woodwick. Distribution. — Acapulco; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Polydora socialis plcn-x Berkeley and Berkeley Polydora socialis plena. Berkeley and Berkeley, 1936: 468-469; 1952: 22. Material. — April 1962: 27 (81); October 1963: 22 (36). Ecology. — Occurs on all substrate; commonest on sandy silts. Remarks. — Identified by Keith H. Woodwick. Distribution. — Alaska and British Columbia; the distribution is extended in the Gulf of California. Prionospio cirrifera Wiren Prionospio cirrifera. Wiren, 1883: 409; Fauvel, 1927: 62-63; Reish, 195 9a: 87. Material. — April 1962: 46 (623); October 1963: 62 (471). Ecology. — This species was found at more stations, but not in greater numbers, in areas of finer sedi- ments (Table 2). This relationship is similar to that found in Newport Bay, California (Reish, 195 9a). Maximum count April, 1962, 48; October 1963, 34. Distribution. — Europe, North Sea, Arctic Ocean, Bering Sea to southern California; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Prionospio longibranchiata, new species Fig. 9 a-e Material. — April 1962: 2 (2); October 1963: 5 (6). 1968 Reish: Bahia de los Angeles Annelids 8 3 0.15 mm .15 mm i : .014 mm Figure 9. — Prionospio longibranchiata, n. sp.: a, anterior end, dorsal view; b, hooded hook from neuropodium; c, anterior parapodium; d, posterior parapodium, magnification as figure c; e, capillary seta from posterior inferior neuropodium. 84 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. \5 Diagnosis. — • Length of holotype 5 mm; width 0.2 mm; 37 setigerous segments; incomplete specimens as long as 12 mm, width 0.4 mm, 5 5 setigerous segments; prostomium (Fig. 9a) longer than broad, slightly rounded and expanded anteriorly, tapers posteriorly to second setigerous segment; peristomium prolonged anteriorly as lateral lobes to prostomium; palps broken off; 4 eyes equal in size with anterior pair farther apart; 5 pairs of long, cirriform branchiae, some partially broken with the longest extending to segment 20; all setigerous segments biramous; anterior segments with only capillary setae; hooded hooks from setigerous segment 17 in neuropodium, 21 in notopodium; hooded hooks (Fig. 9b) consist of one large tooth at right angles to shaft and 3 smaller teeth, hood as indicated in Fig. b; details of anterior and mid- body parapodial lobes shown in Fig. 9 c, d; pygidium with an unpaired longer cirrus and two shorter ones. Remarks. — -Thirty species are known previously from the genus Prionospio Malmgren (Hartman, 195 9b; Hartmann-Schroder, 1962a, b; Laubier, 1962). Prionospio longibranchiata belongs to the group possessing only cirriform branchiae, but can be distinguished by the number and nature of the branchiae. Prionospio cirrifcra Wiren (1883), cosmopolitan in distribution, has from 6 to 12 pairs of short branchiae. Prionospio polybranchiata Fauvel (1953), known from India, has 5 pairs of long branchiae, which resemble those of P. longibranchiata, and at least 3 5 pairs of shorter branchiae. Prionospio hetcrobranchia Moore (1907), from Massachusetts, P. h. tcxana Hartman (195 1a) from Texas, and P. b. navportensis, Reish (1959c), from California, all have 5 pairs of branchiae, but the first, fourth, and fifth pairs are pinnate in all three species. Type material. — The holotype and paratypes have been deposited in the U.S. National Museum. Type locality Bahia de los Angeles Baja California, Mexico. Prionospio malmgreni Claparede Prionospio malmgreni. Claparede, 1868: 333; Pettibone, 1954: 282-284. Material. — April 1962: 7 (19); October 1963: 15 (59). Ecology. — ■ Sands or sandy silts. In San Quintin Bay, P. malmgreni was more abundant in finer sediments (Reish, 1963a). Distribution. — ■ Northern Hemisphere and South Africa; this is the first report from the Gulf of California. Prionospio pinnata Ehlers Prionospio pinnata. Ehlers, 1901; 163-164; Hartman, 1960: 114-115. Material. — April 1962: 36 (252); October 1963: 61 (755). Ecology. — Commonest on sand and silty sands. Distribution. — Cosmopolitan; this is the first report from the Gulf of California. Prionospio pygmacus Hartman Prionospio pygmacus. Hartman, 1961: 93-95; Reish, 1963a: 427. Material. — April 1962: 51 (876); October 1963: 4 (9). Ecology. — All substrates (Table 2). Distribution. — Southern California, San Quintin Bay; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. PseuJopolydora rcishi Woodwick Pseudopolydora rcishi. Woodwick, 1964: 15 2. Material. — October 1963: 2 (4). Ecology. — Silt and silty sands. Remarks. — Specimens identified by Keith H. Woodwick. Distribution. — This species was recently described from Eniwetok Atoll, Marshall Islands; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Spiophanes bombyx (Claparede) Spio bombyx. Claparede, 1870: 485. Spiophanes bombyx. Berkeley and Berkeley, 1952: 22-24. Material. — April 1962: 20 (427); October 1963: 3 (8). Ecology. — Occurred almost exclusively in sandy sediments. Distribution. — Cosmopolitan; this is the first report of the species from the Gulf of California. Spiophanes missionensis Hartman Spiophanes missionensis. Hartman, 1941: 296-298; Reish, 1963a: 427. Material. — April 1962: 9 (12); October 1963: 1 (1). Ecology. — Taken from all substrates. Distribution. — Southern California, San Quintin Bay; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Family Magelonidae Magelona calif ornica Hartman Magclona califomica. Hartman, 1944c: 320-321; Reish, 1963a: 427. Material. — April 1962: 14 (119); October 1963: 30 (537). Ecology. — All specimens but one from sand or silty sands. Present at 73 per cent of the sandy stations but only 30 per cent of the silty sand stations (Table 2). Distribution. — Southern California. San Quintin Bay; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. 1968 Reish: Bahia de los Angeles Annelids 85 Choetozone corona M -..-■< M>0 Figure 10. — Benthic distribution of Cbaetozone corona in April 1962. "1 TT ^3^r Speclmervs per SQfDpl« October 1963 m-« 12-49 (21 mo»imum) Choetozone corona Figure 11. — Benthic distribution of Cbaetozone corona in October 1963. 86 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Family Disomidae Poecilochactus johnsoni Hartman Poecilochaetus johiisoni. Hartman, 193 9b: 164-166. Material. — April 1962: 5 (6); October 1963: 3 (5). Ecology. — Primarily sandy stations. Distribution. — Southern California; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Family Chaetopteridae Telepsavits cost arum Claparede Telepsavus costarum. Claparede, 1868: 340; Berkeley and Berkeley, 1952: 63; Hartman, 1961: 31. Material. — April 1962: 43 (433); October 1963: 24 (47). Ecology. — Commonest on coarser sediments, but present at a few stations with sandy silt and silts. Distribution. — Cosmopolitan; this is the first report from the Gulf of California. Family Cirratulidae Acrocirrus crassifilis Moore Acrocirrus crassifilis. Moore, 1923: 188-190; Hartman, 1961: 31. Material. — October 1963: 2 (5). Ecology. — Sand or silty sands. Distribution. — -Southern California; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Caulleriella alata (Southern) Chaetozone alata. Southern, 1914: 112-113; Caulleriella alata. Hartman, 1961: 108. Material. — April 1962: 10 (232); October 1963: 9 (21). Ecology. — Preference for sand and silty sands. Distribution. — Ireland and from British Columbia to southern California; the distribuiton is extended into the Gulf of California. Chaetozone corona Berkeley and Berkeley Chaetozone spinosa. Moore, var. corona Berkeley and Berkeley, 1941: 45-46; Chaetozone corona. Reish, 1959a: 89; Hartman, 1961: 109-110. Material. — April 1962: 49 (2112); October 1963: 3 2 (133). Ecology. — This species was eliminated from the outer part of the bay and was reduced in the inner reaches of the bay in October 1963 (Figs. 10, 11). Distribution. — Southern California; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Cirri f or mia spirabrancha (Moore) Cirratulus spirabranchus. Moore 1904: 492-493; Cirriformia spirabrancha. Hartman, 1944b: 263. Material. — April 1962: 2 (2); October 1963: 4 (20). Ecology. — Sands or sand and silt mixture. Distribution. — California; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Cossura Candida Hartman Cossura Candida. Hartman, 1955: 44-45; Reish, 1963a: 428. Material. — April 1962: 40 (341); October 1963: 42 (333). Ecology. — C. Candida was found at a larger number of stations and in greater abundance with increas- ing fineness of the sediment (Table 1). A similar ecology has been reported at San Quintin Bay (Reish 1963a). About equal numbers were taken in both surveys. Distribution. — Southern and Lower California; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Tharyx partus Berkeley Tharyx multifilis parvus. Berkeley, 1929: 307, Tharyx parvus. Hartman, 1961: 113. Material. — April 1962: 58 (1262); October 1963: 47 (520). Ecology. — T. parvus showed a preference for the silty sands. About twice as many specimens were taken in April 1962 than October 1963; the reduction in the population occurred largely in the outer reaches of the bay (Figs. 12, 13). Distribution. — British Columbia to southern California; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Tharyx tesselata Hartman Tharyx tesselata. Hartman, 1960: 126-127; 1961: 113. Material. — April 1962: 14 (62); October 1963: 3 (3). Ecology. — Sands, silty sands and sandy silts. Distribution. — -Southern California; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Family Flabelligeridae Pherusa neopapillata Hartman Pherusa neopapillata. Hartman, 1961: 121-122. Material. — April 1962: 10 (12); October 1963: 6 (10). Ecology. — All sediment types. Distribution. — Southern California; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. 1968 Reish: Bahia de los Angeles Annelids 87 Specimens pe' somp April 1962 HI 50-99 K§3 (00-249 (163 mo»imum) Tharyx parvus Figure 12. — Benthic distribution of Tharyx parvus in April 1962. Tharyx parvus Figure 13. — Benthic distribution of Tharyx pari its in October 1963. 88 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Figure 14. — Benthic distribution of Capitita ambheta in April 1962. — Specimens per sample October 1963 too ooo Copitita ambiseta Figure 15. — Benthic distribution of Capitita ambiseta in October 1963. 1968 Reish: Bahia de los Angeles Annelids 89 Pirotnis gracilis Hartman Piromis gracilis. Hartman, 1961: 123-124. Material. — April 1962: 3 (3). Ecology. — -Sand and sandy silts. Distribution. — Oaxaca, Mexico, Guatemala, and Ecuador; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Family Opheliidae Armandia bioculata Hartman Armaudia bioculata. Hartman, 1938: 105; Reish, 1963a: 428. Material. — April 1962: 3 1 (65): October 1963: 15 (264). Ecology. — Preference for sandy substrates (Table 2). Distribution. — California and San Quintin Bay; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Polyophthalmus pictus (Dujardin) Nats picta. Dujardin, 1839: 293; Polyophthalmus pictus. Imajima and Hartman, 1964: 309. Material. — April 1962: 1 (81); October 1963: 2 (2). Ecology. — Found on sands or silty sands. Distribution. — -Cosmopolitan; Rioja (1947) reported it from the lower part of Gulf of California. Travisia gigas Hartman Tunisia gigas. Hartman, 1938: 103-105; 1961: 34. Material. — April 1962: 4 (14); October 1963: 1 (3). Ecology. — Sandy at all stations. Distribution. — -Central and southern California and Cabo San Lucas; the distribution within the Gulf of California is extended northward. Family Capitellidae Auotomastus gordiodes (Moore) Eunotomastus gordiodes. Moore, 1909a: 278-279; Auotomastus gordiodes. Hartman, 1947a: 442-444. Material. — April 1962: 9 (34); October 1963: 3 (3). Ecology. — Sand or a sand and silt mixture. Distribution. — ■ California; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Family Capitellidae Capitella capifata (Fabricus) Lumbricus capitatus. Fabricus, 1780: 279; Capitella capifata. Fauvel, 1927: 154-155; Reish, 1963a: 428. Material. — October 1963: 1 (2). Ecology. — Silty sands. Distribution. — Cosmopolitan; this is the first report from the Gulf of California. Capitita ambiseta Hartman Capitita ambiseta. Hartman, 1947a: 409-410; Reish, 1963: 429. Material. — April 1962: 67 (18377); October 1963: 54 (215). Ecology. — • C. ambiseta was the most abundant species collected; 18,5 5 2 specimens were taken. The popu- lation was nearly eliminated following the warmer months with only 215 specimens collected from 5 4 stations in October 1962 (Figs. 14, 15). This species was taken more frequently, but in fewer number, from stations composed of silty sediments. An average of 147, 255, and 182 specimens per station were taken from sandy, silty sand, and sandy silt sediments respectively. The population of C. ambiseta in April 1962 was more extensive than that encountered at San Quintin Bay (Reish, 1963a). Distribution. — Central California south to San Quintin Bay, Baja California; this is the first report from the Gulf of California. Notomastus (Clis/omastus) tenuis Moore Nofomastus tenuis. Moore 1909a: 277-278; Notomastus (Clistomastus) t ennuis, Hartman, 1947a: 420-422; Reish, 1959a, p. 92. Material. — April 1962: 8 (16); October 1963: 6 (8). Ecology. — Sands or silty sands. Distribution. — British Columbia to southern California; this is the first report from the Gulf of California. Family Arenicolidae Arenicola sp. Material. — April 1962: 1 (1). Remarks. — -One specimen lacking the posterior end was taken; it was impossible to make a specific iden- tification. The substrate was sandy at this station. Family Maldanidae Asychis disparidentata (Moore) Maldane disparidentata. Moore, 1904: 494-496; Asycbis disparidentata. Berkeley and Berkeley, I'^l: 46-47. Material. — April 1962: 1 (1). Ecology. — Silt. Distribution. — Known previously from British Columbia, California, and India; this is the first report of the species from the Gulf of California. 90 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Spec mens per somple April 1962 EI 1-9 ^ 0-49 TTTTT^T 50-99 m 00-249 (110 mo.imum) i>"i DC t OS 1KUU5 o = Praxillella offinis pacifica »oc -ooo Figure 16. — Benthic distribution of Praxillella affinis pacifica in April 1962. Proxillello affinis pocifica Figure 17. — Benthic distribution of Praxillella affinis pacifica in October 1963. 1968 Reish: Bahia de los Angeles Annelids 91 Axiothella rubrocincto (Johnson) Clymenella rubrocincta. Johnson, 1901; 418-419; Axiothella rubrocincta. Berkeley and Berkeley, ] y v 2 : Jl; Reish, 1963a: 429. Material. — October 1963: 1 (4). Ecology.- — Silty sands. Distribution. — British Columbia to San Quintin Bay; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Heteroclymenc glabra Moore Heteroclymene glabra. Moore, 1923: 229-230; Hartman, 1961: 37. Material. — April 1962: 37 (382); October 1963: 1 (1). Ecology. — Equally widespread on all types of sediments, but commonest on sandy substrates (Table 2). Distribution. — Southern California; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Mai da ne sarsi Malmgren Maldane sarsi. Malmgren, 1865: 188; Fauvel, 1927: 197-199; Hartman, 1961: 37. Material. — April 1962: 6 (28); October 1963: 5 (7). Ecology. — Most specimens from sandy silt or a silty benthos. Distribution. — -Cosmopolitan; this is the first report from the Gulf of California. Praxillella affinis pacifica Berkeley Praxillella affinis (Sars) var. pacifica. Berkeley, 1929: 313-314; Berkeley and Berkeley, 1952: 49-50; Praxillella affinis pacifica. Hartman, 1961: 37; Reish, 1959a: 93. Material. — April 1962: 54 (1040); October 1963: 32 (56). Ecology. — -Occurred mainly on sand and silty sand bottoms. In October the population was nearly elimi- nated in the outer part of the bay and was much reduced in the inner bay area. (Figs. 16, 17). Distribution. — British Columbia to southern California; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Family Oweniidae Ouenia fusiformis collaris Hartman Owenia fusiformis collaris. Hartman, 1955: 46; Reish, 1959a: 94. Material. — April 1962: 2 (3); October 1963: 6 (8). Ecology. — Sands. Distribution. — Southern California; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Family Pectinariidae Pectinaria (Pec/inaria) hartmanae, new species Figure 18 a-e Material. — April 1962: 6 (6). Diagnosis. — Length 15-20 mm, width at anterior end 3-4 mm; cephalic spines brassy, number from 8 to 10 pairs, long, flattened, recurved, antennuated tips (Fig. 18a); antennular membrane with about 30 fili- form fringes; about 30 varying sized oral tentacles; two pairs pectinate branchiae the anterior longer than the posterior; setigerous segments 1 to 3 with only notopodial fascicle; the next 12 segments with both components; notosetae of two types, both tapered to a point, one nearly smooth (Fig. 18b), the other limbate, denticulated and incised (Fig. 18c); uncini in neuropodium wih 7 major teeth in two rows and many smaller teeth medially (Fig. 18d); scaphal hcoks (Fig. 18e) number from 8 to 10, blunt, brassy in color; anal tongue with median papillae and crenulated margin; tube, straight, length 2 5 mm; consists oi coarse silicious grains. Remarks. — -The subgenus Pectinaria was previously known from 18 species (Hartman, 195 9b). These species can be grouped conveniently according to the number of segments with notosetae. Further groupings may be made en the number of segments with uncini. P. hartmanae and P. nana Wesenberg-Lund (1949), from the Gulf of Oman, are the only two species known with 15 pairs of notosetae. Both species have 12 uncinigerous segments. These two species arc separated from one another on the basis of 8-10 pans ,>t cephalic spines in P. hartmanae and 11 pairs in P. nana, 8-10 pairs of scaphal hooks in the former .\ni.\ 3 pairs in the latter, and antennular membrane with 30 fringes in the former and 8 in the latter. Ecology. — The substrate consisted of silty sand at three of the stations and sand and sandy silt at the other three. Type material. — The holotype and three additional specimens have been deposited in the U.S. National Museum. Type locality. — -Bahia de los Angeles, Gulf of California, Baja California. This species is named in honor of Dr. Olga Hartman in recognition of her contributions to the knowledge of polychaetes. 92 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Figure 18. — Pectinaria (Pectinar/a) hartmanae, n. sp.: a, cephalic spine; b, capillary seta from notopodium; c, limbate seta with incised margin from notopodium; d, uncinus from neuropodium; e, scaphal hook. Family Ampharetidae Amphisamytba bioculata (Moore) Samytha bioculata. Moore, 1906: 25 3-25 5; Amphisamytba bioculata. Berkeley and Berkeley, 1952: 73. Material. — April 1962: 6 (38); October 1963: 1 (1). Ecology. — Preferred silty sands. Distribution. — British Columbia, southern California, India; this is the first report from the Gulf of California. Amphicfcis scaphobranchiat a Moore Ampbictcis scaphobrancbiata. Moore, 1906: 255-257; Berkeley and Berkeley, 1952: 68-69. Material. — April 1962: 7 (23); October 1963: 7 (8). Ecology. — Preferred silty sands. Distribution. — British Columbia to southern California; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Asabellides lineata (Berkeley and Berkeley) Pseudosabellides lineata. Berkeley and Berkeley, 1943: 131-132; 1952: 71-72; 1956: 241: Asabellides lineata. Hartman, 1961 : 39. Material. — April 1962: 1 (1). Ecology. — Sandy silts. Distribution. — British Columbia, Alaska, Canadian Arctic, Hudson Bay (Berkeley and Berkeley, 1956) and questionably southern California (Hartman, 1961). The distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. 1968 Reish: Bahia de los Angeles Annelids 93 Family Terebclledae Amaeana occidentals (Hartman) Amaea occidentalis. Hartman, 1944b: 277-278; Amaeana occidentals. Hartman 1959: 495. Material. — April, 1962: 34 (273); October 1963: 11 (15). Ecology. — Most frequent on sandy silts but commonest on sands in April 1 962. Distribution. — -Central and southern California; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Pista crhtata (Miiller) Amphitrite crhtata. Miiller, 1776: 40; Pista crhtata. Fauvel, 1927: 266; Berkeley and Berkeley, 1952: 78-79. Material. — April 1962: 3 (4); October 1963: 3 (9). Ecology. — Sand or silty sands. Distribution. — -Cosmopolitan; this is the first report from the Gulf of California. Polycirris perplexus Moore Polyeirris perplexus. Moore, 1923: 198-199; Hartman, 1961: 41. Material. — April 1962: 31 (212). Ecology. — Most specimens from sandy silt or silty substrates. Distribution. — Southern California; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Family Trichobranchidae Terebellides stroemi Sars Terebellides stroemi. Sars, 1835: 48, Berkeley and Berkeley, 1939: 343; Reish, 1959b: 39; Imajima and Hartman, 1964: 3 52-3 5 3. Material. — April 1962: 7 (19); October 1963: 3 (3). Ecology. — All substrates. Distribution. — Cosmopolitan; Berkeley and Berkeley (1939) reported it from Puerto San Carlos (near Guaymas) . Family Sabellidae Cbone mollis (Bush) Metachone mollis. Bush, 1904: 216; Chone mollis, Hartman, 1944b: 279-280; Reish, 1963a: 430. Material. — April 1962: 55 (553); October 1963: 14 (34). Ecology. — Prefers coarser sediments (Table 2). Distribution. — California and San Quintin Bay; the distribution is extended into the Gulf of California. Euchone barnardi, new species Figure 19 a-d Material. — April 1962: 35 (663); October 1963: 2 (2). Diagnosis. — -Maximum length of 2.0mm including branchial length of 0.5mm; 8 thoracic and 9 abdominal setigerous segments, the last 3 comprise the anal depression; branchiae with 3 radioles per side, with num- erous filaments which extend within 0.1mm of the tip, united for one-half of their length; collar little developed dorsally but produced into 2 lobes ventrally; thoracic notopodium with 2-3 superior double- winged capillary setae (Fig. 19a) and 3-4 inferior subspatulate setae (Fig. 19b); 3-4 long handled uncini in thoracic neuropodium, each with a large tooth and 4-5 smaller teeth (Fig. 19c); abdominal notopodium with 5-6 avicular hooks, each with larger tooth and 15-20 teeth (Fig. 19d); abdominal neuropodium in- cluding and depression with 4-5 simple capillary setae. Remarks: — Hartman (1959b) lists 13 and possibly 14 species in the genus Euchone Malmgren. Addi- tional species described include E. limnicola Reish (1960), E. incolot Hartman (1965a), and E. tri men tat a Reish (1965). Euchone barnardi comes closest to E. trisegtnentata, E. rosea Langerhans, and E. incolot. All are small and the three former have only 17 setigerous segments; E. incolot possesses from 16-19 setigerous segments. The anal depression consists of 4 segments in E. rosea: it consists <>t 3 segments in E. barnardi, E. trisegtnentata and E. incolor. The margins of the anal depression are flared m / . incolot but not in E. barnardi or E. trisegtnentata. Euchone barnardi and E. trisegtnentata have i pairs ol radioles; E. incolor has 3 to 4 pairs of radioles. These species all have similar setae but differ in details: superior thoracic notopodial setae double-winged in £. barnardi and £. incolor, single in E. trisi %mentata; thoracic neuropodia long-handled hooks with 5-6 teeth in E. barnardi. 4-5 in E. incolor, and 7 in E. trisegtnentata, abdominal avicular hooks with 6 rows of teeth in E. barnardi, 7 in E. incolor, and 10 in £. trisegtnentata. Ecology. — All but three of specimens were taken in the April 1962 survey. This species did not exhibit any preference for a particular substrate type. Type material. — The hclotype and paratypes have been deposited in the U.S. Xation.il Museum. Type locality. — Bahia de los Angeles, Gulf of California, Baja California. This species is named in honor of Dr. J. Laurens Barnard, in appreciation for making these collections available for study. 94 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 .014 mm Figure 19. — Euchone barnardi, n. sp.: a, double winged capillary seta from superior thoracic notopodium; b, subspatulate seta from inferior thoracic notopodium; c, long handle uncinus from thoracic neuropodium, magnification as figure b; d, avicular hook from abdominal notopodium. Euchone cortezi, new species Figure 20 a-e Material. — April 1962: 2 (2). Both stations located near Isla Ventana in Bahia de los Angeles. Diagnosis. — Length 2 to 6mm including the branchial length of 0.5 to 1.5mm; 8 thoracic and 12 to 13 abdominal setigerous segments, the last 5 in two and last 6 in one specimen comprise the anal depression (Fig. 20a) ; branchiae with 7 radioles per side, united with a membrane for one-half of their length, and the filaments extending to near the tip of the radiole; collar well developed and divided into two lobes with incised margins along the mid-dorsal and mid-ventral line; thoracic notopodium with superior doubled- winged capillary setae (Fig. 20b) and inferior spatulate setae (Fig. 20c); thoracic neuropodium with long handled uncini (Fig. 20d) each with a large tooth and 3 smaller teeth; abdominal notopodium (Fig. 20e), provided with avicular hooks each with a large tooth and 2 5 to 30 smaller teeth in 6 rows; abdominal neuropodium including the anal depression with simple capillary setae. Remarks. — Of the 16 to 17 known species in the genus Euchone (see under E. barnardi above), E. cortezi comes closest to E. papillosa (Sars) (Malmgren, 1865) on the basis of the number of segments in the anal depression. Euchone cortezi has 5 to 6 segments in the region and E. papilloma has approximately 6; how- ever, the two species can be readily separated on the basis of the number of segments; there are 20 to 21 in the former and 33 to 34 in the latter. The inferior spatulate setae also differ. The specific name refers to the Sea of Cortez, a name used for the Gulf of California in the past. Type material. — The holotype and one paratype have been deposited in the U.S. National Museum. Type locality. — Near Isla Ventana in Bahia de los Angeles, Gulf of California. 1968 Reish: Bahia de los Angeles Annelids 9S \ .014 mm .003 mm Figure 20. — Euchone cortezi, n. sp.: a, posterior end showing anal depression; b, double winged capillary seta from superior thoracic notopodium; c, subspatulate seta from inferior thoracic notopodium, magnification as figure b; d, long handle uncinus from thoracic neuropodium; e, avicular hook from abdominal notopodium, magnification as figure d. Fabricia limnicola Hartman Fabricia limnicola. Hartman, 195 1b: 384-385; Reish, 1963a: 430. Material. — October 1963: 2 (44). Ecology. — Silty sands and sands. Distribution. — Southern California and San Quintin Bay; the distribution is extended into the Cult <>t California. Megalomiiiii pigmentum Reish Mcgalomma pigment ion. Reish, 1963a: 430-433. Material. — April 1962: 22 (68); October 1963: 13 (23). Ecology. — -This species showed a preference for sands and silty sands (Table 2); at San Quintin I5.i\ M. pigmentum was more commonly taken from finer sediments (Reish, 1963a). Distribution. — Southern California and San Quintin Bay; the distribution is extended into the Gull ol California. Family Serpulidae Hydroides recurvispina Rioja Hydroides recurvispina. Rioja, 1941: 169-172. Material. — April 1962: 3 (5); October 1963: 1 (1). Ecology. — Majority from sands. Distribution. — • Mazatlan and Acapulco; the distribution is extended northward into the Gulf of California. 96 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 1 5 Literature Cited Alikunhi, K. H 1943. On an undescribed hermaphrodite species of Microphthalmia (Hesionidae) occurring on the sandy beach at Madras. Indian Sci. Congr., Proc. 29: 149-150. Baird, W. 1863. Descriptions of several new species of worms belonging to the Annelida Errantia and Sedentaria or Tubicola of Milne Edwards. Zool. Soc. London, Proc. 1863, p. 106-110. Barnard, J. L., and W. E. Grady 1968. A biological survey of Bahia de los Angeles, Gulf of California, Mexico. I. General Account. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 15 (6): 51-66. Berkeley, E. 1929. Polychaetous annelids from the Nanaimo district. 4. Chaetoptcridae to Maldanidae. Contr. Can. Biol. Fish., new ser., 4: 305-316. Berkeley, E., and C. Berkeley 193 6. Notes on Polychaeta from the coast of western Canada. I. Spionidae. Ann. Mag. Natur. Hist., ser. 10, 18: 468-477. 193 8. Notes on Polychaeta from the coast of western Canada. II. Syllidae. Ann. Mag. Natur. Hist., ser. 11,1: 3 3-49. 193 9. On a collection of Polychaeta, chiefly from the west coast of Mexico. Ann. Mag. Natur. Hist., ser. 11, 3: 321-346. 1941. On a collection of Polychaeta from Southern California. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., Bull. 40: 16-60. 1943. Biological and oceanographical conditions in Hudson Bay. 11. Polychaeta from Hudson Bay. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 6: 129-132. 1952. Annelida, Polychaeta sedentaria. In Canadian Pacific Fauna. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. no. 9b: 1-139. Busch, W. 185 1. Beobachtungen iiber Anatomie und Entwicklung einiger wirbellosen Seethiere. Berlin, A. Hirschwald. 143 p. Bush, K. J. 1904. Tubicolous annelids of the tribes Sabellides and Serpulides from the Pacific Ocean. Harriman Alaska Exped., N. Y., 12: 169-3 5 5. Chamberlin, R. V. 1919a. The Annelida Polychaeta. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, 48: 1-5 14. 1919b. New polychaetous annelids from Laguna Beach, California. J. Entomol. Zool. Pomona, 11: 1-23. Chiaje, S. delle 1828. Memorie sulla storie e notomia degli animali senza vertebre del Regno di Napoli, 3: 1-232. Claparede, E. 1863. Beobachtungen iiber Anatomie und Entwicklungsgeschichte wirbelloser thiere an der Kiiste von Normandie angestellt. p. 1-120. 1868. Les annelides, chetopodes du Golfe de Naples. Mem. Soc. Phys. Geneve, 19: 313-584. 1870. Les annelides chetopodes du Golfe de Naples. Supplement, Mem. Soc. Phys. Geneve, 20: 365-452. Day, J. H. 1954. The Polychaeta of Tristan da Cunha. In Results of the Norwegian Scientific Expedition to Tristan da Cunha 1937-1938. DUJARDIN, F. 1839. Observations sur quelques annelides marins. Ann. Sci. Natur. Paris, sec 2, 11: 281-294. Ehlers, E. 1868. Die Bostenwurmer (Annelida Chaetopoda) nach systematischcn und anatomischen Unter- suchungen dargestellt. Leipzig, Wilhelm Englemann. Vol. 2, p. 269-748. 1901. Die Polychaeten des magellanischen und chilenischen Strandes. Ein faunistischer Versuch. Festschrift zur Feier des Hundertf iinfzigjahrigen Bestehous der koniglichen Gesellschaft der wissenschaften zu Gottingen. (Abl. Math. -Phys.) . Berlin, Wiedmannsche Buchlandlung. 232 p. Fabricius, O. 1780. Fauna groenlandica .... 452 p. Fauvel, P. 1927. Polychetes sedentaires. Faune de France, 16: 1-494. 1943. Annelides polychetes de California recueillies par L. Diguet. Mem. Mus. Hist. Natur. Paris, n. s. 18: 1-32. 195 3. Annelida Polychaeta. The Fauna of India including Pakistan, Ceylon, Burma and Malaya. 5 07 p. Graviir, C. 1905. Sur un Polynoidicn {Lepid asthenia digueti nov. sp.) commensal d'un Balanoglosse de Basse- Californie. Bull. Mus. Natur. Paris, 11: 177-181. 1968 Reish: Bahia de los Angeles Annelids 97 Grube, A.-E. 1840. Actinien, Echinodermen und Wurmen des Adratischcn und Mittelmeers. . . ., p. 61-81. 18 57. Annulata Oerstediana, pt. 2, p. 15 8-166. 1863. Beschrieburg neuer oder wenig bekanntcr Anneliden, Sechster Beitrag. Arch. Naturg. 29: 37-69. Hartman, O. 1936. A review of the Phyllodocidae (Annelida polychaeta) of the coast of California, with descriptions of nine new species. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. 41: 117-132. 193 8. Descriptions of new species and new generic records of polychaetous annelids from California of the families Glyceridae, Eunicidae, Stauronereidae and Opheliidae. Univ. Calif. Publ. / 43: 93-1 1 1. 1939a. Polychaetous annelids, Pt. I. Aphroditidae to Pisionidae. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped. 7: 1-15 6. 1939b. New species of polychaetous annelids from southern California. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped. 7: 157-172. 1940. Polychaetous annelids, Pt. II. Chrysopetalidae to Goniadidae. Allan Hancock Pacific Expc.l. 7: 173-287. 1941. Some contributions to the biology and life history of Spionidae from California. Allan Han- cock Pacific Exped. 7: 289-324. 1944a. Polychaetous annelids, Pt. V. Eunicea. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped. 10: 1-238. 1944b. Polychaetous annelids from California, including the description of two new genera and nine new species. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped. 10: 239-307. 1944c. Polychaetous annelids, Pt. VI. Paraonidae, Magelonidae, Longosomidae, Ctenodrilidae and Sabellariidae. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped. 10: 311-389. 1947a. Polychaetous annelids, Pt. VII. Capitellidae. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped. 10: 391-481. 1947b. Polychaetous annelids, Pt. VIII. Pilargiidae. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped. 10: 482-52 3. 1948. The marine annelids erected by Kinberg with notes on some other types in the Swedish State Museum. Ark. Zool. Svenska Vetensk. 42 A: 1-137. 1950. Goniadidae, Glyceridae and Nephtyidae. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped. 15: 1-180. 195 1a. The littoral marine annelids of the Gulf of Mexico. Publ. Inst. Marine Sci. 2: 7-124. 195 1b. Fabricinae (feather-duster polychaetous annelids) in the Pacific. Pacific Sci. 5: 379-389. 1954. Australian Nereidae, including descriptions of three new species and one new genus, together with summaries of previous records and keys to species. Trans. Roy. Soc. So. Austr. 77: 1-41. 195 5. Endemism in the North Pacific Ocean, with emphasis on the distribution of marine annelids, and descriptions of new or little known species, p. 3 9-60. In Essays in the Natural Sciences in honor of Captain Allan Hancock, Los Angeles, Calif. 1957. Orbiniidae, Apistobranchidae, Paraonidae and Longosomidae. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped. 15: 211-392. 195 9. Catalogue of the polychaetous annelids of the world, parts 1-2. Allan Hancock Foundation Publ. Occ. Pap. 23. 1960. Systematic account of some marine invertebrate animals from the deep basins off southern California. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped. 22: 69-214. 1961. Polychaetous annelids from California. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped. 25: 1-226. 1963. Submarine canyons of southern California, Pt. III. Systematics: Polychaetes. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped. 27: 1-93. 1965a. Deep-water benthic polychaetous annelids off New England to Bermuda and other North Atlantic areas. Allan Hancock Foundation Publ. Occ. Pap. 28. 1965b. Supplement and index to the catalogue of the polychaetous annelids of the world, including additions and emendations since 1959. Allan Hancock Foundation Publ. Occ. Pap. 23. Hartmann-Schroder, G. 1962a. Zweiter Beitrag zur Polychaeten fauna von Peru. Kieler Meeresforsch. 18: 109-147. 1962b. Zur Kenntnis des Eulitorals der chilenischen Pazifikkuste und der argentinischen Kuste Sud- patagoniens unter Ostracoden. Teil II. Die Polychaeten des Eulitorals. Mitt. Hamb. Zool. Mus. Inst. 60: 57-167. Imajima, M., and O. Hartman 1964. The polychaetous annelids of Japan. Allan Hanei ck Foundation Publ. Occ. Pap. 26. Johnson, H. P. 1897. A preliminary account of the marine annelids of the Pacific coast with descriptions oi new species. Calif. Acad. Sci. Proc, Zool. scr. 3, 1: 15 3-198. 1901. The polychaeta of the Puget Sound region. Boston Soc. Natur. Hist. Proc. 29: 381-437. Kinberg, J. H. 1866. Annulata nova. Fbrh. Ofv. vet. Akad. Stockholm, 22: 167-179. Laubier, L. 1962. Quelques annelides polychetes de la lagune de Venisc, description de Prionospio caspersi n. sp. Vie et Milieu, 13:123-159. 98 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 LlIDY, J 185 5. Contributions toward a knowledge of the marine invertebrates of the coasts of Rhode Island and New Jersey. J. Acad. Natur. Sci. Phila. 3: 135-158. Malmgren, A. J. 1865. Nordiska Hafs-Annulater. Forh Ofv. Kongl. vet. Akad. Stockholm, 1: 51-110; 2: 181-192; 5: 355-410. Mecznikow, E. 1865. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Chaetopoden. Zeitschr. Wiss. Zool., 15: 328-341. Monro, C. C. A. 1928. On the polychaeta collected by Dr. H. Montensen off the coast of Panama. Vidensk. Medd. Natur. Foren. Kjdbenhavn. 85: 75-103. Moore, J. P. 1904. New polychaetes from California. Acad. Natur. Sci. Phila., Proc. 56: 484-503. 1906. Additional new species of polychaeta from the north Pacific. Acad. Natur. Sci. Phila., Proc. 58: 217-260. 1907. Descriptions of new species of spioniform annelids. Acad. Natur. Sci. Phila., Proc. 59: 195-207. 1908. Some polychaetous annelids of the northern Pacific coast of North America. Acad. Natur. Sci. Phila., Proc. 60: 321-364. 1909a. Polychaetous annelids from Monterey Bay and San Diego. Acad. Natur. Sci. Phila., Proc. 61: 225-295. 1909b. The polychaetous annelids by the U. S. S. Albatross off the coast of southern California in 1904. I. Syllidae, Sphaerodoridae, Hesionidae and Phyllodocidae. Acad. Natur. Sci. Phila., Proc. 61: 321-351. 1910. The polychaetous annelids dredged by the U. S. S. Albatross off the coast of southern Cali- fornia in 1904. II. Polynoidae, Aphroditidae and Segalionidae. Acad. Natur. Sci. Phila., Proc. 62: 328-402. 1911. The polychaetous annelids dredged by the U. S. S. Albatross off the coast of southern Cali- fornia in 1904. Euphrosynidae to Goniadidae. Acad. Natur. Sci. Phila., Proc. 63: 234-3 18. 1923. The polychaetous annelids dredged by the U. S. S. Albatross off the coast of southern Cali- fornia in 1904. Spionidae to Sabellariidae. Acad. Natur. Sci. Phila., Proc. 75: 179-259. MULLER, O. F. 1776. Zoologiae Danicae prodromus, seu animalium Daniae et Norvegiae .... 274 p. Oersted, A. S. 1843. Groenlands Annulata dorsibranchiata. K. Danske Videns. Selsk. Natur. Math. 10: 155-216. Parker, R. H. 1963. Zoogeography and ecology of some macroinvertebrates, particularly mollusks, in the Gulf of California and the continental slope off Mexico. Vidensk. Medd. fra Dansk natur. Foren. 126: 1-178. Pettibone, M. H. 1954. Marine polychaete worms from Point Barrow, Alaska, with additional records from the North Atlantic and North Pacific. US. Nat. Mus., Proc. 103: 213-356. 1963. Marine polychaeta worms of the New England region. I. Aphroditidae through Trochochae- tidae. U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 227. Potts, F. A. 1910. Polychaeta of the Indian Ocean. Pt. II. The Palmyridae, Aphroditidae, Polynoidae, Acoetidae and Sigalionidae. Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool., sec. 2, 16: 325-353. Reish, D. J. 195 9a. Benthic polychaetous annelids. Pt. III. Allan Hancock Foundation Publ. Occ. Pap. 21, p. 70-106. 1959b. An ecological study of pollution in Los Angeles-Long Beach Harbors, California. Allan Han- cock Foundation Publ. Occ. Pap. 22. 1959c. New species of Spionidae (Annelida, Polychaeta) from southern California. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., Bull. 58: 11-16. 1960. A new species of Sabellidae (Annelida, Polychaeta) from southern California. Ann. Mag. Natur. Hist. London, ser. 13, 2: 717-719. 1963a. A quantitative study of the benyhic polychaetous annelids of Bahia de San Quintin, Baja California. Pacific Natur. 3: 399-436. 1963b. Mass mortality of marine organisms attributed to the "red tide" in southern California. Calif. Fish and Game, 49: 265-270. 1965. Benthic polychaetous annelids from Bering, Chukchi, and Beaufort Seas. U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc. 117: 13 1-158. Reish, D. J., and J. L. Barnard 1967. The benthic polychaeta and amphipoda of Morro Bay, California. U.S. Nat Mus., Proc. 120: 1-26. 1968 Reish: Bahia de los Angeles Annelids 99 Rioja, E. 193 9. Estudios anelidologicos I. Observaciones acerca dc varias formas larvarias y postlarvarias pelagicas de Spionidac, precedentes de Acapulco, con descripcion dc una especie neuva del genero Polydora. Ann. Inst. Biol. Mexico. 10: 297-311. 1941. Estudios anelidologicos III. Datus par el conocimiento de la fauna de poliquetos de Lis costas del Pacifico de Mexico. Ann. Inst. Biol. Mexico. 12: 669-746. 1943. Estudios anelicologicos VI. Aportaciones al concimiento de los I xogoninos (Anelides poliquel de las costas del Pacifico. Ann. Inst. Biol. Mexico. 14: 207-227. 1944. Estudios anelidologicos XI. Notas sobre algunas especies de poliquetos de la costas Mexicanas del Pacifico. Ann. Inst. Biol. Mexico. IS: 13 9-145. 1 947a. Estudios anelidologicos XVII. Contribucion as concocimiento de los anelidos poliquetos de Baja California y mar de Cortes. Ann. Inst. Biol. Mexico. 18: 197-224. 1947b. Estudios anelidologicos XVIII. Observaciones y datos sobre algunos anelidos poliquetos de Golfo de California y costas de Baja California. Ann. Inst. Biol. Mexico. 18: 517-526. 195 9. Estudios anelidologicos XXIII. Contribucion al conocimiento de las Islas de Revillagigeda. Ann. Inst. Biol. Mexico. 30: 243-2 5 9. Sars, M. 1835. Beskrivelsev og iagttagelser over nogle mockelige eller nye i havet ved den Bergcske kyst levende dyr. ... 81 p. 185 1. Beretning om en i sommeren 1849 fortagen zoologisk reise i loften og fin marken, Nyt. Mag. Naturv. 6: 121-211. SCHMARDA, L. K. 1861. Neue wirbellose tliiere becbachtet und gesammelt aug in einer Reise um die Erde 1853 bis 18 57. Leipzig, vol. 1, Turbellarien, Rotatorien und Anneliden, pt. 2, p. 1-164. Southern, R. 1914. Archiannelida and Polychaeta. /;/ Clare Island survey, pt. 47. Roy. Irish Acad. Dublin, Proc. 31: 1-160. Steinbeck, J., and E. F. Ricketts 1941. Sea of Cortez. A leisurely journal of travel and research. With a scientific appendix .... Viking Press, New York. 5 98 p. Tebble, N. 1960. The distribution of pelagic polychaetes in the South Atlantic. Discovery Repts. 30: 161-300. Treadnxell, A. L. 1901. The polychaetous annelids of Porto Rico. U.S. Fish Comm. Bull. 20: 183-210. 1914. Polychaetous annelids of the Pacific coast in the collection of the zoological museum of the University of California. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. 13: 175-234. 1923. Polychaetous annelids from Lower California with descriptions of new species. Amer. Mus. Novitates, 74. 1929. New species of polychaetous annelids in the collections of the American Museum of Natural History, from Porto Rico, Florida, Lower California, and British Somaliland. Amer. Mus. Novitates, 392. 1937. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. VIII. Polychaetous annelids from the west coast of Lower California, the Gulf of California and Clarion Island. Zoologica, 22: 139-160. 1942. Polychaetous annelids from Lower California and the Philippine Islands in the collection of the American Museum of Natural History. Amer. Mus. Novitates. 1172. USCHAKOV, P. V. 1955. [Polychaetes from the seas in the far East.] Akademia Nauk SSSR. Opredeliteli po Faune USSR, no. 56, 445 p. [in Russian]. Wesenberg-Lund, E. 1949. Polychaetes of the Iranian Gulf. Danish Sci. Invest. Iran, pt. 4, p. 247-400. Wiren, A. 1883. Chaetopoder from Sibiriska Ishafvet och Berings Haf insamlade uner Vegtf-Expeditionen 1878-79. Vega-Exped.-Vetenskapliga Iakttagelser, 2: 383-428. Woodwick, K. H. 1961. Polydora Ticket hi, a new species of spionid polychaete from Lower California. Pacific Sci., 15: 78-81. 1964. Polydora and related genera (Annelida Polychaeta) from Eniwetok, Majuro. and Bikini Atolls, Marshall Islands. Pacific Sci., 18: 146-15 9. Zachs, I. 1925. Nouvelles additions a la faune des Polychaeta du Nauman. Acad. Sci. Russ. Leningrad, C. R., sec. A, p. 1-3. Accepted for Publication 27 February 1968 Department of Biology, California State College at Long Beach, California. 100 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Appendix Table 1 Polychaetes reported from the Gulf of California. An asterisk denotes new distri- butional records for the area. The names listed are those accepted by the author cited. Aphroditidae Aphrodita japonica Marenzeller. Hartman, 1939a. Isla Partida; Isla Espiritu Santo. A. pari a Moore. Hartman, 193 9a. Bahia de San Ignacio; Sinaloa. Pontogenia laevheta Hartman, 1939a. Isla Angel de la Guarda. Polynoidae Arctonoc littata (Grube). Treadwell, 1923. La Paz. Chaetocanthus magnificus (Grube). Treadwell, 1937; Berkeley and Berkeley, 1939; Hartman, 1959. Isla Espiritu Santo; Banco Arena. Halosydna breihetosa Kinberg. Fauvel, 1943. Gulf. H. fuscomarmorata (Grube). Fauvel, 1943. Gulf. H. glabra Hartman, 1939a; Fauvel, 1943; Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941. Bahia de la Concepcion, Cabo Pulmo, Gulf. H. Johnson/ (Darboux). Berkeley and Berkeley, 193 9. Georges Is.; Punta Penasco, Sonora; San Felipe. H. latior Chantberlin. Rioja, 1947a. Topolobampo; Bahia de Navachiste. Harmothoe hirsuta Johnson. Rioja, 1947a. Topolobampo. Hololcpr In veleronh Hartman, 193 9a. Bahia de San Francisquito; Isla Angel de la Guarda. Iphione muricata (Savigny). Fauvel, 1943. Gulf. /. oiata Kinberg. Hartman, 1939a; Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941, west side of Gulf between 24° and 26° W. Latitude. Lepidamctria gigas (Johnson). Berkeley and Berkeley, 193 9. San Felipe. Lepid 'asthenia digueti Gravier, 1905; Fauvel, 1943. La Paz and Gulf. L. ornata Chamberlin. Treadwell, 1937. Banco Arena. Lepidonotns caelorus Moore. Treadwell, 1937; Rioja, 1947a. Banco Arena and La Paz. L. claia (Montagu). Fauvel, 1943. La Paz. L. hupfcri Augener. Hartman, 1939a; Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941; Rioja, 1947a. Estero de Agia- bampo; Bahia de la Concepcion; La Paz. L. purpureas Potts. Berkeley and Berkeley, 1939; Hartman, 1959. Isla Angel de la Guarda. L. lersicolor Ehlers. Hartman, 1939a; Rioja, 1947a. Bahia de San Francisquito; Isla San Esteban; Topolobampo. Thormora johnstoni (Kinberg). Hartman, 1939a; Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941; Rioja, 1947a. Baja Calif, side of Gulf between 24° and 29° W\ Lattiude. Polyodontidae Panfhalis adumbrata Hoagland. Treadwell, 1937. Bahia de Santa Inez. *P. pacifica Treadwell. *Polyodonfcs from Hartman. P. oculea (Treadwell). Hartman, 1939a; Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941. Pichilinque Harbor, Estero de Agiabampo. Sigalionidae Eupholoe philippineinis Mcintosh. Berkeley and Berkeley, 193 9. Isla Espiritu Santo. ''Sthenolepis fimhriarum Hartman; 1939a. Isla del Carmen, near Isla Espiritu Santo. Psanimolyce myops Hartman, 1939a. Near Isla Espiritu Santo. Sthenelah maculata Hartman, 1939a. Isla Espiritu Santo. S. neoleanirae Hartman, 193 9a. Isla del Carmen. *Stenelanella uniformh Moore. Thalenessa leuisii (Berkeley and Berkeley), 1939; Hartman, 1939a; Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941; Fauvel 1943. Cabo San Lucas, Isla Espiritu Santo, Bahia de los Angeles. Pareulepidae *Pareulepu fimbriata (Treadwell). Chrysopetalidae Bhawania riveti (Gravier). Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941. La Paz. *Paleanotus bellis (Johnson). Bahia de los Angeles. P. chrysoleph Schmarda. Rioja, 1947a. La Paz. /'. purpurea Rioja, 1947b. La Paz. Amphionomidae Chloeia conspicua Horst. Rioja, 1943. Gulf. C. entypa Chamberlin. Treadwell, 1937; Rioja, 1947a. Cabo San Lucus, La Paz, Bahia de Santa Inez, Topolobampo. 1968 Reish: Bahia de los Angeles Annelids 10 1 C. flat a (Pallas). Treadwell, 1923. Bahia de San Francisquito. C. pinnata Moore. Berkeley and Berkeley, 1939. Isla Espiritu Santo. (?)C. rosea Potts [sic]. Fauvel, 1943. Gulf. C. viridis Schmarda. Hartman, 1939; Berkeley and Berkeley. 1939; Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941. Common in Gulf. Enrythoe complanata (Pallas). Hartman, 1939a; Berkeley and Berkeley, 1939; Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941; Fauvel, 1943; Rioja, 1947a. Common in Gull. (?)£. dubia Horst [sic]. Fauvel, 1943. Gulf. Notopygos hispida Potts. Fauvel, 1943. Gulf. N. ornata Grube. Hartman, 1939a; Berkeley and Berkeley, 1939; Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941; Rioja, 1947a. Common in Gulf. ■ Pareurythoe californica (Johnson). Euphrosinidae Euphrosine aurantiaca Johnson. Rioja, 1947a. La Pa £. bicirrata Moore. Hartman, 193 9a. Isla Partida. Phyllodocidae Anaitides lamellifera (Pallas). Fauvel, 1943. Gulf. A. madeirensis (Langerhans). Treadwell, 1937; Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941; Fauvel, 1943. Common in Gulf. * A. mucosa (Oersted). A. panamensis (Treadwell). Fauvel, 1943. La Paz. *A. williamsi Hartman. *Eteone dilatae Hartman. Eulalia myriacyclum (Schmarda). Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941. Puerto Refugio. Eumida sanguine a (Oersted). Rioja, 1947a. La Paz. *Paranaitis polynoides (Moore). Vhyllodoce digue ti Fauvel, 1943. Gulf. Typhloscolecidae '■'Typbloscolex mulleri Busch. Hesionidae Hesionc genetta Grube. Fauvel, 1943. Gulf. H. in /err ex ta Grube. Berkeley and Berkeley, 193 9; Hartman, 1940; Rioja, 1947a. Common in Gulf. //. pant hernia Risso. Fauvel, 1943. Isla San Jose. Leocrates chinensis Kinberg. Hartman, 1940. Isla Espiritu Santo. *Microphthalmus riojai n. sp. Opbiodromus pugettensis (Johnson). Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941; Rioja, 1947a. Cabo Pulmo, Topolobampo. *Oxydronms brunnea Hartman. "'O. arenicolus glabrus Hartman. *Syllidia liniata Hartmann-Schroder. Pilargidae * Ancistrosyllis bassi Hartman. *Loandalia fanieli Berkeley and Berkeley. "Pilargh hamatus Hartman. Syllidae Autolytus varius Treadwell. Rioja, 1947a. La Paz, Bahia de Navachiste. "Brania limbata (Claparede). "'Exogone lonrei Berkeley and Berkeley. * Lunger hansia heterochaeta (Moore). Odontosyllis pbosphorea Moore. Rioja, 1947a. La Paz. *Pionosyllis gi gun tea Moore. *Sphaerosyllis erinaceus Claparede. Syllis elongata (Johnson). Rioja, 1947a. La Paz, Topolobampo. Typosyllis byalina (Grube). Rioja, 1947a. La Paz. Nereid ae Ceratonereis mirabilis Kinberg. Treadwell, 1929; Hartman, 1940; Steinbeck and Ricketts. [941; Fauvel, 1943; Rioja, 1947a. Common in Gulf. C. paucidentata (Moore). Fauvel, 1943. Gulf, La Paz. Neantbes sue cine a (Frey and Leuckart). Rioja, 1947a. Estero de Agiabampo; Topolobampo. Nereis gritbei (Kinberg). Fauvel, 1943. Gulf. *N. procera Ehlers. N. rata Ehlers. Berkeley and Berkeley, 193 9. Isla Espiritu Santo. N. riisei Grube. Hartman, 1940; Fauvel, 1943. Gulf. N. zonata Malmgren. Hartman, 1940. Isla San Esteban. 102 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Nicon mexicana. (Treadwell). Treadwell, 1942. Topolobampo, Isla San Jose. N. moniloceras (Hartman). Hartman, 1940. Isla San Esteban. Platynereis bicanaliculata (Baird). Treadwell, 1914; Hartman, 1940; Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941. Common in Gulf. P. polyscalma Chamberlin. Hartman, 1940; Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941. Between 23° and 27° W. Latitude. Pseud cmereis gallapagensis Kinberg. Fauvel, 1943. Gulf. Nephtyidae Aglaophamus dicirris Hartman. Hartman, 1940. Common in Gulf. A. dibranchh (Grube). Treadwell, 1937; Hartman, 1940. Bahia de San Francisquito, Isla del Carmen. Cabo San Lucas. A. iiicrmis Ehlers. Hartman, 1940. Isla Espiritu Santo. Nephfys caecoides Hartman. Hartman, 1940. Isla Partida. N. magellanica Augener. Hartman, 1940. Common in Gulf. N. panamensis Monro. Hartman, 1940. Between 24° and 29° W. Latitude. N. singularis Hartman, 1940. Cabeza Ballona. N. squamosa Ehlers. Hartman, 1940, 195 0. Common in Gulf. Glyceridae Glycera americana Leidy. Hartman, 1940. Common in Gulf. G. capitata Oersted. Hartman, 195 0. Arroyo de San Luis. G. capitata branchiopoda Moore. Chamberlin 1919a. 26° 48' W. Latitude, 110° 45' 20" N. Longitude. G. dibranchiata Ehlers. Steinbeck and Ricketts 1941; Fauvel 1943. Gulf. G. mexicana (Chamberlin). Chamberlin, 1919a. 27° 39' 40" W. Latitude, 1110 0' 30" N. Longitude. *G. robusta Ehlers. G. rugosa Johnson. Treadwell, 1937. Bahia de Santa Ynez. G. tcsselata Grube. Hartman, 1940; Rioja, 1947a. Common in Gulf. Goniadidae *Glycinde armigera Moore. Goniada acicula Hartman, 1940. Between 24° 22' W. Latitude and 29° 33' N. Longitude. *G. lifforea Hartman. Onuphidae Diopatra chiliensis Quatrefages. Fauvel, 1943. Gulf. D. neapolitana delle Chiaje. Fauvel, 1943. Gulf. D. neotridens Hartman, 1944a. Isla Angel de la Guarda. D. obliqua Hartman, 1944a. Between 27° 57' W. and 31° 19' W. Latitude. D. ornata Moore. Berkeley and Berkeley, 193 9. Bahia de las Animas. D. splcndissima Kinberg. Rioja, 1947a. La Paz, Topolobampo. D. tridentata Hartman, 1944a; Rioja 1947b, Gulf. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore. Treadwell, 1937; Hartman, 1944a; Rioja, 1947b. Common in Gulf. Nothria stigmatis cirrata Hartman, 1944a. Bahia Tepoca. Onuphis eremita Audouin and Milne Edwards. Rioja, 1947b. Topolobampo. O. nannognathm Chamberlin, 1919a. 25° 59' W. Latitude and 108° 40' N. Longitude. *0. nebulosa Moore. O. vexillaria Moore, 1911. Estado de Sonora. O. zebra Berkeley and Berkeley, 1939; Rioja, 1947a. La Paz. Eunicidae Eunice ajra Peters. Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941; Hartman, 1944a. Isla Espiritu Santo. E. a. paupera Grube. Fauvel, 1943. Gulf. E. antennata (Savigny). Berkeley and Berkeley, 193 9; Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941; Fauvel, 1943; Hartman, 1944a. Common in Gulf. E. aphroditois (Pallas). Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941; Fauvel, 1943; Hartman, 1944a. Common in Gulf. E. australis Quatrefages. Fauvel, 1943. La Paz. (?)£. coccinea Grube. [sic]. Fauvel, 1943. Gulf. E. filamentosa Grube. Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941; Fauvel, 1943; Hartman, 1944a. Gulf. E. indica Kinberg. Fauvel, 1943. Isla San Jose. E. longicirrata Webster. Berkeley and Berkeley, 1939; Hartman, 1944a. Common in Gulf. E. mnltipec tin at a Moore. Fauvel, 1943. Gulf. E. schemacephala Schmarda. Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941. Isla Espiritu Santo. E. tentaculata Quatrefages. Fauvel, 1943. Gulf, [perhaps E. apboditois, fide Hartman, 1959b]. E. vittata (delle Chiaje). Hartman, 1944a; Rioja, 1947a. La Paz to Bahia de los Angeles. Marphysa aenea (Blanchard). Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941; Hartman, 1944a. Isla Espiritu Santo, El Mogote. M. mortenseni Monroe. Berkeley and Berkeley, 1939. Isla Espiritu Santo. 1968 Reish: Bahia de los Angeles Annelids 103 M. sangumea (Montagu). Hartman, 1944a; Rioja, 1947b. Isla de Jorge. Isla Angel de la Guarda, La Paz. M. stylobranchiata Moore. Rioja, 1947a. La Paz. Bahia de Navachiste. *Nematonereh unicornis (Grube). Nicidhm cariboea (Grube). Hartman, 1944a. Isla Espiritu Santo. Palola paloloides (Moore). Rioja, 1947a. La Paz, Topolobampo. P. siciliensis (Grube). Hartman, 1940; Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941, Fauvel, 1943. Common in Gulf. Lumbrineridae Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers). Hartman, 1944a; Rioja, 1947a. La Paz, Los Frailes. L. branchiata Fauvel, 1943. [Homonym, fide Hartman, 1959b, p. 333.] L. brevicirra (Schmarda). Fauvel, 1943. La Paz, Isla San Jose. L. erecta (Moore). Hartman, 1944a. Between 24° 25' and 29° 54' W. Latitude. L. inflata Moore. Fauvel, 1943; Hartman, 1944a. Isla Partida. L. latreilli Audouin and Milne Edwards. Hartman, 1944a. Between 25° 49' and 31° 01' \\". latitude. L. I. japonica Marenzeller. Hartman, 1944a. Bahia de San Francisquitc. *L. minima Hartman. L. simplicis Hartman, 1944a, 195 9. Isla Angel de la Guarda, Bahia San Luis Gonzaga. L. tetraura (Schmarda). Hartman, 1944a. Isla Tuburon, Isla Espiritu Santo, Bahia Tepoca. Arabellidae Arabella tricolor (Montagu). Hartman, 1944a; Rioja, 1947a. Common in Gulf. A. mutans (Chamberlin) . Fauvel, 1943; Hartman, 1944a. Isla Angel de la Guarda, Bahia Agua Verde. A. scmimacitlafa (Moore). Hartman, 1944a; Rioja, 1947b. Between 24° and 30° W. Latitude. Drilonereis filum (Claparede). Fauvel, 1943. Gulf. D. facata Moore. Hartman, 1944a. Isla Espiritu Santo. D. nuda Moore. Fauvel, 1943. Gulf. Lysaretidae Aglaurides fulgida (Savigny). Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941; Fauvel, 1943; Hartman, 1944a. Common in Gulf. Dovilleidae Donillea articulata (Hartman). Rioja 1947a. La Paz. D. cerasina (Ehlers). Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941; Hartman, 1944a. Between 24° and 29° \V. Latitude. ''Protodori illea gracilis (Hartman). Orbiniidae '■' Haploscoloplos elongatus (Johnson). Naineris laevigata (Grube). Rioja, 1947b. Topolobampo. "'Orbinia jobnsoni (Moore). *Pbylo felix Kinberg. *P. nudiis (Moore). ''Scoloplos acmeceps Chamberlin. Paraonidae * Aricidea rosea, n. sp. *A. lischakoui Zachs. K'Paradoneis lyra (Southern) ''Paraonis gracilis oculata Hartman. Spionidae Aoni.les califomiensis Rioja, 1947a. La Paz. *Laonice cirrata (Sars). *Nerinidis acuta (Treadwell). *N. macula/a Hartman. *N. pigment at a (Reish). Polydora ciliata (Johnston). Ricja, 1943. Guaymas. P. cirrosa Rioja, 1943. Guaymas. *P. heterochaeta Rioja. P. ligni Webster. Rioja, 1943, 1947a. Guaymas, Topolobampo. P. richettsi Woodwick, 1961. Cabo San Lucus. P. socialis (Schmarda). Rioja, 1947a. La Paz. "'P. s. plena Berkeley and Berkeley. *Prionospio cirrifera Wiren. Bahia de los Angeles. ::'P. longibranchiata, n. sp. '■'P. malmgreni Claparede. *P. pinnata Ehlers. *?• pygmaeus Hartman. '■' Pseinlopolydora reishi Woodwick. 104 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 *Spiophanes bombyx (Claparede). *S. inissionensis Hartman. Magclonidae *M. calif or nica Hartman. Disomidae *Poecilochaetus johnsoni Hartman. Chaetopteridae Cbaetopterus variopedatus (Renier). Fauvel, 1943; Rioja 1947b. La Paz. "'Telepsai us costaritm Claparede. Cirratulidae '■' Acrocirrns crassifilis Moore. * Coulter iella alata (Southern). *Chaetozone corona Berkeley and Berkeley. Cirratulus exuberant Chamberlin. Treadwell, 1937. Gulf. C. sinincolens Chamberlin. 26° 48' W. Latitude and 110° 45' 20" N. Longitude. Cirriformia luxuriosa (Moore). Rioja, 1947a. Bahia de Navachiste. C. spirabrancl.nl (Moore). Steinbeck and Ricketts 1941. Bahia de los Angeles, Coronados. ''Cossura Candida Hartman. Dodecaceria pacifica (Fewkes). Rioja, 1944. Guaymas. ' Tharyx pari us Berkeley. *T. tessclata Hartman. Flabelligeridae Pberusa capulata (Moore). Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941. Isla Angel de la Guarda. P. cruca Caparede. Rioja, 1947b. La Paz. *P. neopapillata Hartman. P. papilla/a (Johnson) Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941; Rioja 1947a. La Paz. P. plumosa (Muller). Rioja, 1947b. La Paz. "Piromis gracilis Hartman. Opheliidae Ammotrypane aulogaster Rathke. Rioja, 1947a. La Paz. '' Armandia bioculata Hartman. Bahia de los Angeles. Polyophthalmus pictus (Dujardin) Rioja, 1947a. La Paz, Topolobampo, Bahia de los Angeles. Traiisia gigas Hartman. Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941. Cabo San Lucas, Bahia de los Angeles. T. olens Ehlers. Fauvel, 1943. Gulf. [Perhaps T. chinensis Grube or T. japonica Fujiwara, fide Hart- man, 1959b, p. 436]. Sternaspidae Sternaspis major Chamberlin, 1919a. Between 27° 39' 40" W. Latitude and 100° 0' 30" N. Longitude. Capitellidae '■' Anotomastus gordiodes (Moore). ''Capitella ca pit at a (Fabricius). *Capitita ambiseta Hartman. Darybrancbus caditcus (Grube). Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941; Fauvel, 1943; Rioja, 1947b. La Paz, Isla San Jose, El Mogote. D. glabrus Moore. Hartman, 1947a. Guaymas. D. lumbricoides Grube. Hartman, 1947a. Isla Tiburon. D. platyceps Hartman, 1947a. Estado de Sonora. Notomas/us lobatus Hartman, 1947a. Consag Rock. *N. (Clis/oinastus) tenuis Moore. Arcnicolidae Arenicola glassclli Berkeley and Berkeley, 1939. San Felipe. Arenicola sp. Maldanidae *Asychh disparidentata (Moore). * Axiothella rubrocincta (Johnson). Euclymene papilla/a Berkeley and Berkeley, 1939; Rioja, 1947a. Punta Penasco. Iletcroclywene glabra Moore. "Maldane sarsi Malmgren. '■'Praxillclla affiius pacifica Berkeley. Oweniidae Ouenia fusiformis dclle Chiaje. Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941. EI Mogote. * O. /. collaris Hartman. 1968 Reish: Bahia de los Angeles Annelids 105 Sabellaridae I dan thyrsus pennatus (Peters). Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941. Cabo Pulmo. Pectinariidae Amphictene auricoma (Miiller). Rioja, 1947b. La Paz. '' Pcrtiiitii iii hartmanae n. sp. Ampharetidae Ampharete boma Chamberlin, 1919a. 26° 40' W. Latitude and 110° 45' 20" N. Longitude. *Ampbicteh scaphobranchiata Moore. * Amphhamytha bioculata (Moore). * Asabellides line at a (Berkeley and Berkeley). Sabellides delus Chamberlin, 1919a. 26° 40' W. Latitude and 110° 45' 20" N. Longitude. Terebellidae '' Amaeana occiJeutalis (Hartman). Artacama conifera Moore. Hartman, 195 5. Los Frailes. Axionice mirabilis Mcintosh. Fauvel, 1943. Gulf. Eupolymnia heterobrancbia (Johnson). Rioja, 1947a. La Paz. Loimia medusa (Savigny). Fauvel, 1943, Gulf. L. montagui (Grube). Rioja, 1947a. La Paz. Neoamphitrite robust a (Johnson). Fauvel, 1943; Rioja, 1947a. La Paz. Neoleprca spiralis (Johnson). Rioja, 1947a. Topolobampo. Xicolca la/ens. Chamberlin, 1919a. 26° 48' W. Latitude and 110° 45' 20" N. Longitude. Vista elongata Moore. Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941. El Mogote. *P. crista/a (Miiller). Polycirrus mexicanus (Rioja), 1947a. La Paz. ''P. perplexus Moore. Spinosphaera oculata Hartman. Rioja, 1947b. La Paz. Terbella calif 'arnica Moore. Fauvel, 1943. Gulf. Tbelepus comatus (Grube). Fauvel, 1943. Gulf. T. crispus Johnson. Treadwell, 1937. Cabo San Lucas. T. setosus (Quatrefages). Berkeley and Berkeley, 1939; Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941. San Felipe, Bahia de los Angeles, Punta San Marcial. Trichobranchidae Terbellides stroemi Sars. Berkeley and Berkeley, 193 9. Puerto San Carlos. Sabellidae Chone iiifundibuliformis fauieli Mcintosh. Berkeley and Berkeley, 1939. Puerto San Carlos, Bahia de los Angeles. C. minuta Hartman. Rioja, 1947a. La Paz. ::'C. mollis (Bush). *Euchone barnardi, n. sp. *£. cortczi, n. sp. ''Fabricia limnicola Hartman. Hypsicomus pbacotacnia (Schmarda). Fauvel, 1943; Rioja, 1947a. La Paz. Megalomma mushaensis (Gravier). Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941; Fauvel, 1943; Rioja, 1947a. La Paz, Isla Espiritu Santo, Coronados. *M. pigmentum Reish. Oriopsh armandia (Claparede). Rioja, 1947a. La Paz. Pseudopotamilla occelata Moore. Rioja, 1947b. La Paz. Sabella melanostigmo Schmarda. Fauvel, 1943. Gulf. Serpulidae Apomatus similis Marion and Bobretzky. Treadwell, 1937. Cabo San Lucas. Eupomatu\ bumilis Bush, 1904. Guaymas. Hydroides crucigera Morch. Rioja, 1947a. La Paz. Topolobampi . SrH. recur i ispina Rioja, 1941. Rio Mayo. Pomatoceros minutus Rioja, 1941, 1947a. Rio Mayo, Bahia de Navachiste. Pomatoleios kraussi (Baird). Rioja, 1947a, Bahia de Navachiste, Topolobampo. Pomatostegus stellatus ( Abildgaard). Fauvel, 1943. Cabo Pulmo. Protula superb a Moore. Parker, 1963. Off mainland coast and southern limits of Gulf of California. Protula tubularia (Montagu). Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941. Puerto Refugio. Sal mac in a dysteri (Huxley). Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941; Fauvel, 1943. Bahia de los Angeles, Bahia de San Francisquito. Sphobranchus giganteus (Pallas), Fauvel, 1943. La Paz, Cabo Pulmo. S. pseudoincrassatus Bush, 1904; Steinbeck and Ricketts, 1941; Ricja, 1947a. Cabo San Lucav Topolobampo. Spirorbis marioni Caullery and Mesnil. Bush. 1904. Guaymas, La Paz. Vermiliopsis cornuta Rioja, 1947b. La Paz. 106 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Table 2 The relationship of the principle polychaetes to sediment type in Bahia de los Angeles, Baja California. Numerals in parentheses indicate the number of stations at which the species were collected in April 1962 and October 1963, respectively. Sand, 40 stations Silty Sand, 46 stations Sandy Silt, 30 stations Silt, 45 stations Species Per- Mean no. Per- Mean no. Per- Mean no. Per- Mean no. centage specimens centage specimens centage specimens centage specimens occur- per occur- per occur- per occur- per station rence station rence ence station ren 30 2 27 33 2 40 40 3 39 25 2 35 30 3 26 42 4 33 35 14 28 30 3 22 90 12 98 48 30 37 63 11 76 63 9 85 60 9 52 75 18 83 15 17 35 35 3 33 40 5 57 83 1 1 80 20 9 26 73 10 3 0 55 4 56 70 40 72 5 1 39 65 21 85 42 13 26 62 147 72 27 19 22 68 20 67 25 15 22 50 1 1 43 15 27 19 30 2 39 station Pareulcpis fimbriata (13-21) Etcone dilatae (3 5-7) Ophiodromus pugetteiish (29-20) Ancistrosyllh bassi (4-3 9) Pilargis bamatus (26-9) Langerhansia heterochaeta (21-16) Ceratonereis mirabilh (32-9) Nereis procera (27-6) Aglaopbamus dicirrus (66-84) Giycera tesselata (20-3 5) Glycinde armigea (57-5 6) Onuphis zebra (60-76) Lnmbrineris minima (57-20) Haploscoloplos elongatus (5 8-54) Aricidea rosea Polydora socialis plena (27-22) Prionospio cirrifera (46-62) P. pinnata (36-60) P. pygmaeus (5 1-4) Magelona californica (14-30) Telepsaius costarum (43-23) Cbaet ozone corona (49-32) Cossura Candida (40-42) Tharyx pari us (5 8-47) Armandia bioculata (31-15) Capitita ambiseta (67-54) Heteroclymene glabra (37-1) Praxillella nffinis pacifica (54-32) Amaeana occidentalis (33-11) Chone mollis (54-14) Euchone barnardi (3 5-3) Megalomma pigmentum (22-13) 2 17 2 20 3 27 2 20 2 23 2 13 2 23 3 20 9 93 5 20 4 80 6 97 5 50 22 83 76 63 1 37 12 83 16 5 3 18 60 24 3 3 4 11 33 2 67 28 67 3 27 255 83 9 27 1 1 47 6 53 9 43 10 40 3 10 2 — 3 9 2 17 2 17 1 9 3 2 1 17 3 11 10 91 1 29 4 65 13 96 3 29 11 42 87 53 4 20 12 91 7 22 18 1 5 3 8 18 6 22 6 94 9 44 7 40 182 84 6 20 14 31 4 18 9 3 3 15 24 1 2 6 1 4 10 2 4 100 1 12 1 16 1 3 12 2 2 52 5 2 1 3 23 1 MUS. COMP. ZoOL. LIBRARY UU 181968 HARVARD UNlVfiftSJT* A BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF BAHIA DE LOS ANGELES, GULF OF CALIFORNIA, MEXICO. III. BENTHIC MOLLUSCA EUGENE V. COAN TRANSACTIONS OF THE SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15, NO. 8, 25 SEPTEMBER 1968 .s^*>- ssCi rV Pata-'Bota Isla n Sorobado1' (Olsla Flecha Cerraia^l /lsla ' Ventanaj Bahia de Los Angeles MEXICO 206 207 Isla Cabeza de Caballo Islos de Las Gemelos VSFS HOUSES 104 107 •ho NAUTICAL MILES KILOMETERS J 1_ 113° 30 Figure 1. Map of Bahia de los Angeles. Inset, location of bay in Gulf of California. A BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF BAHIA DE LOS ANGEL GULF OF CALIFORNIA, MEXICO. III. ,,k**vA*0 BENTHIC MOLLUSCA Eugene V. Coan Abstract. Benthic mollusks were collected by the Beaudette Foundation at Bahia de los Angeles, Baja California, Mexico, in April 1962, and October 1963. Samples were obtained with an orange- peel grab at 161 stations. April collections were sparse, but October samples were even sparser. The depletion may result from seasonal predation by bottom-dwelling fishes. Fewer species and specimens were found with increasing water depth, and with the exception of a few shallow water localities near the head of the bay, the molluscan fauna is considered to represent a single assemblage charac- terized by the genera Tellina, CaJulus and Nucitlana. This assemblage is thought to be typical of silty-sand substrates in semi-protected bays in tropical and subtropical areas. The fauna of Bahia de los Angeles is characteristic of the Panamic Province and is most similar to faunas found farther south in the Gulf of California. Resumen. En la Bahia de los Angeles, Baja California, Mexico, se recolectaron moluscos benticos durante los meses de Abril 1962 y Octubre 1963. Estas colecciones fueron patrocinadas por la Fundacion Beaudette. Las muestras corresponden a 161 estaciones, y fueron recogidas con unas tena/.is de cuatro cucharas o sectores. Las colecciones correspondientes al mes de Abril fueron pobres, y las de Octubre resultaron aiin mas deficientes. Esta escasez de moluscos se debe probablemente a la predacion que efectuan los peces de fondo durante ciertas estaciones. A mayor profundidad el numero de especies y de ejemplares por especies era menor. La fauna malacologica, excepto en las zonas mas internas de la bahia, estaba representada por los generos Tellina, Catlitlus y Nut itlana. Este complejo malacologico se considera tipico de los substratos de arenas salobres en bahias semi-protegidas de las regiones tropicales y subtropicales. La fauna de la Bahia de los Angeles es caracteristica de la pro- vincia Panamena, y es muy similar a la fauna que se presenta mas al sur en el Golfo de California. This report deals with the benthic mollusks collected by the Beaudette Foundation of California at Bahia de los Angeles, Gulf of California, Mexico, in April 1962 and October 1963. A preliminary report on these collections has been presented elsewhere (Coan, 1964). A list of mollusks obtained from shore and beach-drift collections has been published by McLean (1961). Methods A detailed description of sampling methods is given by Barnard and Grady (1968). Briefly, a grid of 161 sampling stations was established in the southern portion of the bay (Fig. 1; see also Reish, 1968, Fig. 1). Samples were collected with an orange-peel grab that covered approximately 0.06m- of bottom surface. In general, alternate stations were sampled in April 1962, the remaining stations in October 1963. However, several stations were sampled in both periods, and stations 1 through 8 were sampled onlj in October. With the following two exceptions, one sample was made at each station: two samples, preserved separately, were made at Station 1)8 in April; two samples, combined, were made at Station 130 in April. These exceptions were taken into consideration in the computations. Several non-quantitative samples were also made by the Beaudette Foundation and by an expedition of the Scripps Institution of Oceanography, both in April 1962. The material is not included in the analysis, but the species are reported in the Systematic List and in the discussion of geographic ranges. Detailed information on sampling cedures at these stations is presented in Barnard and Grady (1968, Tables 2, 3 San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 15 (8): 107-132, 25 110 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 6 A H I A DE LOS ANGELES NAUTICAL MILE 500 1000 1500 Sediment Types METERS Figure 2. Sediment distribution in south portion of Bahia de los Angeles. The material collected was sorted to phylum. Species represented only by shells were removed from the molluscan samples to minimize possible contamination by organisms that may have drifted from elsewhere. With small specimens this separation was difficult, and some dead organisms may have been inadvertently included in the analyses. After the material was air-dried, the distinction between live-collected and dead shells could not be made as easily. The physical features of the bay are discussed by Barnard and Grady (1968). Figure 2 shows the major benthic sediment patterns for comparison with the distri- butions of the species discussed. Discussion. — Several potential sources of sampling error are not excluded by the techniques employed. Use of an orange-peel grab virtually precluded the collection of some deep-burrowing mollusks, and the depth of grab penetration varies with sediment properties. Because of the large number of samples taken, some deep-burrowing species may be represented. Future studies should utilize large grabs to supplement smaller ones. 1968 Coan: Bahia de los Angeles Moi.lusks I I I While the rigid grid pattern results in uniform sampling areally, it does not neces- sarily provide sufficient data for charting precise distributional patterns. For example, high gradient slopes were not sampled effectively because of their small areal representa- tion. The distributional patterns of some mollusks reflect this because their depth habitats were not sampled on the more steeply-sloping eastern side of the bay. Species that may be especially abundant on such slopes — their distributions being more stronglj correlated with degree of slope than with depth or sediment type — may not have been collected. There is a lack of quantitative samples from depths shallower than 10m. A few shallow-water grabs were made from a skiff, but there are obvious difficulties in taking samples with a relatively large device from a small boat. Parker (1964a, b) has men- tioned decided differences between intertidal sandy beach assemblages and off-shore shallow-water assemblages in the Gulf of California. At Bahia de los Angeles there appears to be a distinct shallow-water fauna at some stations, especially numbers I through 8, but the samples are too few to be conclusive. Discussion Differences between sampling periods. — Fewer mollusks than expected were col- lected in the April survey. From 76 samples, 4060 individuals representing 126 species were collected; in general, the specimens appeared to be juveniles. In October, only 97 species and 18 32 individuals were collected from 91 samples; a wider range of specimen sizes seemed to occur in this period, but no quantitative measure of this was made. Thus, there was striking depletion of the bay fauna. Several shallow-water species were collected in October but not in April; two of these occurred in relatively large numbers. The causes of this depletion are not known. It might result from annual or seasonal changes in water temperature, sediment deposition patterns, behavior of the organisms, action of bottom-feeding fishes, unsuspected changes in sampling techniques and grab operation, or even from random variation. Too little data are available to resolve this question. However, there are features of the depletion that may be pertinent. I noted that the remains of dead animals were not found in greater abundance in the October sample. If the depletion resulted from /';/ situ death, one would expect — barring other complications such as burying, sediment shift, and decomposition — to find more residual shells in October. The change in the distributional pattern of species may also be instructive (Table 1). Twenty-seven species were collected in quantities of thirty or more in- dividuals in the quantitative sampling. Eighteen showed a decrease in numbers in the October sample, and in ten of these the decrease seemed to be greater toward the mouth of the bay, though not necessarily in deep water. Possibly predation is greater otl shore than near shore, where tidal variation, turbulence, and temperature extremes may deter predaceous fishes. The tendency for forms to decrease offshore, however, cannot account for the virtual disappearance of some fairly common species (e.g., Nuculana acrita). The problem is worthy of further research. Bathymetric distribution. — The April data indicate an inverse relationship between the numbers of species and specimens per sample and water depth. (The October data were not analyzed in this manner.) A rather sharp break occurred at approximately 3 0m. About 17 species and 90 specimens per station were taken from depths of less than 30m, nine species and 30 specimens at greater depths. Keen (1964) reported that the number of specimens at 40m at Isla Espiritu Santo, Gulf of California, was greater than at 20m, but she included both living and non-living material. 112 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Table 1 Changes in abundance of Mollusca between sampling periods Species showing an apparent increase in numbers a) due to near-shore sampling in October: Transennella humilis; Caecum sp.; Micranellum sp. ; Elephantulum cf. E. liratocinctum; Nassariiis tiarula; Actco- cina angustior. b) due to greater number of unidentifiable juveniles: Tcllina sp. Species showing little changes in numbers and a) little change in distribution: Transennella sororcula. b) decrease off shore (increase due to near-shore sampling) : Tcllina arenica. Species showing little change in numbers and a) almost complete disappearance: Nnculana acrita; Mysclla cf. M. chalcedonica; Dentalium innumcrabilc (a deep-water form) ; Solariorbis liriope (a deep- water form ) . b) a uniform decrease throughout the bay: Nitcnla dcclivis; Crenclla ecuadoriana; Mangclia cyrene; Actcocina infrequens. c) a greater decrease off shore: Nncinclla subdola; Lucina mazatlanica; Diplodonta sericata; Laevicardium elenense; Chione gnidia; Lyonsia gouldii; Solemya vol- vulus; Cad nl us panamcnsis; Alabina cxcurvata; Actcocina carinata. The Bay-wide Community. — A computer study, made under the direction of Dr. James Rohlf, indicated that the fauna of the bay was not divisible into distinct associa- tions or communities. Thus, with the exception of the small shallow-water fauna taken only in October 1963, which seems to be distinct, the mollusks obtained in this study are considered to represent a single community. Parker (1964a, b) concluded that for the Gulf of California in general there is a sharp faunal division at 26m. No such division was found in the present study, although the number of species declines at depths of over 30m. There is, however, a gradational decrease in mollusk abundance toward the mouth of the bay. Table 2 lists the commonest mollusks collected during the survey. The three most abundant forms, Tcllina arenica, Cadulus panamensis, and Nuculana acrita are found throughout the bay (see Systematic List). Few of the species which Parker (1964a, b) lists as characteristic of ll-26m or 26-65m depths were found in this study, but his samples were from a wide area of the Gulf of California. Also, a greater variety of depths and environments were sampled, and the sampling regions did not include bays as protected as Bahia de los Angeles. The Tcllina-Cadulns-N nculana assemblage does not correspond with assemblages described by Thorson (1957) for arctic and sub-arctic regions. Parker (1960) noted associations in the Gulf of Mexico which are somewhat similar to that at Bahia de los Angeles. The fauna at Isla Espiritu Santo (Keen, 1964) is quite different, perhaps because the substrate in the area is coarse coral sand. I suspect that the Tellina-Cadulus-Nuculaua assemblage may be typical of sandy-silt substrates in semi-protected bays. Mr. Barry Roth and I found that these three genera were the most abundant in the harbor at Princeton, San Mateo County, California, in August 1962 and July 1964, though the species represented all differed from those at Bahia de los Angeles. 1968 Coan: Bahia de los Angeles Mollusks 1 13 Table 2 Relative abundance of common Mollusca in Bahia de los Angeles, April and October samples combined. A density estimate (no. specimens / m2) is given for the commonest species. Tellina arenica, 998 (95.5); Cadulus panamensis, 679 (65.0); Nuculana acrita, 660 (63.2); Acteocina carinata, 432 (40.5); Nassarius tiarula, 276 (26.4); Diplodonta sericata, 215 (20.6); Solemya volvulus, 178; Lyons/a gouldii, 163; Nucinella subdola, 152; Caecum sp., 151; Mysella cf. M. chalcedonica, 150; Alabina excurvata, 143; Nucula declivis, 117; Micranellum sp., 115; Crenella ecuadoriana, 107; Dentalium in- numerabile, 72; Transennella humilis, 70; Elephantulum cf. E. liratocinctum, 69; Tellina sp. (unidentifiable juvs.), 62; Laevicardium eleneme, 59; Acteocina angustior, 59; Transennella sororcula, 51; Acteocina infrequent, 5 0; Solariorbis liriope, 48; Man- gelia cyrene, 47; Chione gnidia, 43; Lucina mazatlanica, 39. Biogeograpbic considerations. — Of the 177 identifiable species encountered in this study, 154 do not range into California but may extend northward on the west coast of Baja California. Very few, however, occur north of Bahia Magdalena. Of 2 3 forms which do range to California, 19 also extend farther south than the tip of Baja Cali- fornia. Of 47 species encountered that occur only in the Gulf of California, 2 8 do not occur north of Bahia de los Angeles. This is surprising because the salinity and water temperatures at the head of the Gulf are similar to those of Bahia de los Angeles. Systematic List A systematic list of species collected in both the quantitative and non-quantitative sampling is given below. The material collected is analyzed by time of collection, and the depth range and main distribution within the area of quantitative sampling (or out- side this area) is given for each species. The following abbreviations are used: C = central; E = east; f.= figure(s) ; int. = intertidal; N =north; pi. = plate(s) ; s = scattered; S = south; sub = subtidal; W = west; ::' = probably new species. The material collected is housed in the Department of Geology, Stanford University. California, under the collection numbers 50306-50489. For a complete Station list of specimens order NAPS Document 008 3 from ASIS National Auxiliary Publications Service, c/o CCM Information Sciences, Inc., 22 West 34th Street, New York, N.Y. 10001; remitting $1 for each microfiche copy and $3 for each hard-copy reproduction. 114 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. IS co U < t 3 < < H CO to 4> rt ^ u » S £ c C U, 4_, rt rt rt rj -t-J -•^ DO 3 o\ .a « c er 1 spec en a G & rt to o z d u c 01 c >" U, C/5 z u z z o I * o no o NO O On CM O NO NO o NO O NO ON K _] u* <+* ^ „ « , „ ■""■ —' * O ; . <*\ , n r a 1-1 c- a"" — H • *. H-J ... • ~H-i Ph CO ON '""' ON O . c O £ f-H 0» V- ON On """' C >- 1 O NO NO «v" 2 ^ ^ On 5 " — ^ ^ "5 ^ NO NO ^ 2 ^ on on £ ■> ON ^ rt ON '^ c ° O to uJ O ui O UJ 0 ylOO« t^N Q. ^ CM CM •• u — . ^ o K 00 rj- ON " NO X ° oo ^> On £- ^ ^ ON^- ^^ On " ON ~ " c * C C c o c ° a°~ a» vi o so a. ^ 0 ^ 0 ^ 0 UJ -i- S "S " S X a, ; — ' u- <, -— OO Q ^ ^ Z ^ o f^ ■* ON ON •— ' f— « 00 .s "3 « c o c u u ■-- r^ w -; — > u. t^» s r+\ "^ f^ t3 CO ^ o 3 ■5 < Q Z < D O D CO Ui o C/N CO o ON Q < Q w Z u ■ft «s a 0» K id 00 c o < Q u oi — - c o u. oo >^ Ui o c/5 <3 CO Ui o C/3 nailar a multico (Sowerby, 183 '< l Z 1 * Z £ < ^ ^ ^ 1968 Coan: Bahia de los Angeles Mollusks 1 1 s c > U 3 to ^ vs o to S>ocn c/> c/j £> Z — C\ so o o CM m NO s — — — « rj fN CM n^-' — - — — * — ON — CM — ' * ,-r <*" o „ — . ~" . <^4 . rl K NO ^ • v- o — cm — ' m r\ ""> — i ^ 0, , — C_ — ~ — C . ■- ** ..,.•"... *-M O ^ \o «+h ^ „ **"> „ Ol CM „ 2 . t ~ _ «- .. ^f . M5 cm — • o" ~ "~ o — ri ~ ~r ~ ~~ -1- ^ ■*.--.. o—i^i i-i— vo "- .. 1" K .. K .. K .. ~5*i «5«;^m^ « c* ** a " e c ~~ "** — c " c" c* - c o c "" c b ci S a. u 8 oSKoVJoSoSSu^ ci k j u w «> <« j> « u c» — ci — ' o — — ci ci — Cl - — — Ci ci — "T ci — o -— • ci — - „ „ >^ - „ in «-^. K V) c NO Tf" a **~* —' rt &c ,. "a ~E- OO 1£ o © ON "EL ON "a, *-»-.* a*3»; qi-12 '5:^-^ sl Sis ;::;. i=g J3 - O'OO ^ioU -'U-- --- -~ - -1-.- 116 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 c o .si EUH 60 0J S u rt a rt -73 **-' w C mC _- tuO ^ c -T> Q OS .5J « ug,fi -a . -^ O o « J3 3 .2 ^ -o w 2 (/l 60 -a 0> « o CO u K K so so Os a. < .a « o n c o so ■> — • ON K — K JQ so so . 2"a r-l a. a- ~ OS . 1-H " "5. . OS as" O . (N as — os — ! r-( a rn ft OS o OS ^- rsi -> OS .. .. « ^ m " OS os OS " " Os _ r-s so os a so o -J -£"" . "* ^ _a ~ u OS ^ os ■ c ° c o — i tu — . o 2 cd "3 .5 P 2 | ~S 2 T3 *-! **S * •> O *N o <» £j SO as as ■"• C Q c o VI V) „■ « w "' i^IN SO K "> SO _ oo "3 ^OO- OO oo O _; O — ^ ~ « « ■ SO -^ ~- »— >^ "~ _ ^ — OS ON OS ~ ON "" OS ~ OS u ON ON R OSri ~~~c" ~ £ ~~ G "" c -£>" 2. ~ "~ "-• , „ „ C , g ^ c c c S c S e 8 e 8 i - e = , • c c c" 8 c 8 --' l5 O s4t2^0 iiO s>o *0 *: us us u; us O * O W_ W 3 -£ C Sf- £ a _ g . „ n S> . -2 ~ -2 aS >h ? "7 B q "3 0> > C u. sU \J *<^ 3 oo "3 1-5 <- Z to - o oo g * s *s»* , X a os < -i ^ a >. < ei. g c O "-1 Q 1 "C » J3 Q a >» ^3 q ■3 S 5 < s no V. v ^ 5 s: g :>- S-§l 51 t^7?^^^? Sisal a H S^ -=^^1-! c ? ^3~U^O -« ?. aa ■> to ^T-a— B VJ >-3~v_-- a< 118 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 .S 3 ^ Z u w c r! Vt3 O HI 60 -a o 2 2 t» — *-» u ffS 3 g f rt rt "O « o so tx so K K ■ I c*s SO i-l so as 2 3 o & = so — ■♦ -H 3 .1 g E 3 00 ON co U 00 O co u t^ ^ £ ^ c 60 IS u 0 13 w rt s « O « 0 — >a 7 « *-» 0 'J S rt ••i ■ i; pq Q C^ X -C: ■-( E-H E-H 1968 Coan: Bahia de los Angeles Moi.lusks 119 3 U » C/5 <*> £ ^ C« W ^ ? K NO no ^^ I" K ^ oj "* _ a. • ., u — -j - so ON o - 00 O \0 .— . CM fM — •• rt « s CO oo \o s~ o> 1^- ^ so ON. "" cn ON ON — fH — — c c S c c C o --J ■-> QJ ■ 1 o o --» * o ^ *s M "*■ £ <* ON "^ ON — . .. en i-H -. *N «N ^ t>< •• ■** (^ CN r~l ON c g ts c"5 o e e e c S "2 c N "T3 a< <+H .-« so' CM ■-H 5 O =: ON C a. r o NO * NC ■-*-^ ^ o ^ rt s f*1! » o ON OC X ON J i^ ~L ^ a -t-I .r. •^_; j. OS ^ V- i" 1 trf-^ NO -r' ^ -4- 1- f 1 .j," NO \D x | Kl ^ ON ON U ON *"" » c c ~^; 0 - 1/1 U ^o ^ ^^ ^o ^^ ass w ^»> Ss" o?» Q>" 9 1- <-^r:Q=-'^-^--'- <^y- SS^SQ ^sj *->f <^- ^^-~ r;S= as ^ y ^- =35^ 120 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 c o < Q O Ph o X < o bo c rt 4-» (J ^ 5 rt -rj N-"' f" c _c "H nr 3 c -Q Q ^0 tr> o\ — U rt ft (A u U O rt ■j £ w S Ji 3.2 -c c a- i- u i; rt (^1 trt c c so N~' as a. < Vi io U rt c eu C D rt -* CO r> rt Z *"* U c -3 C 2 , £ — =: -Q r: •*. "-■ a <*> 5 -C o so Sj 1^ 5 OS — a id ? 3 c 3 ■c: _o -s -o *3 ~ c 5 O w "t: o ? f5 w < Is o OS oo — 1 kJ < a. H Z tu i-i w ^ (/5 - K « u ■^ V. c ■5 _D K O. | £ a o Ui W D to oo 3 ■ ' en" U E • ^2 w Q- rt ** < < Q S c . Z < *o u- •3 "O _Q C/5 < 2 3 i£ £ ■g v> •^ Ch h w On < •""' oj Q 3 C. D. 03 60 3 O •3 00 < — "^ <^J — rt n ™ « -n -c -a oo 3 a c "S o\ .Si w -i no K —■ > u u J3 t/i pq eu •4- _ _2 D. 00 „ c — o — u .5 <* X « ~ ON i— • " e 0 H H s 72 R u! C £ s 3 P < Q Z O H ■-, 00 3 § ~Q co c ? ■* g « ^s 00 SS -o 5 '2 ■~ 3 c u ^ > Z -S o w Z o 3 N ' IN 00 . . n -—00 o Ot \o CO —■ VH NO «"■+; -a "*■ c oo £* " ^H " '~^ « pq ON 00 ^h ND ON eq ^ r^ C ON C ■ ^- rt CM £ 53 on ffl pq o ON 00 c o ^ ^^ K c o 5 3 o u Solitriorbis liriop (Bartsch, 191 Tcinostoma sp. (unidentifiabl u c 8 0 s CD c '53 < Q O CO CO 2 ~ ^J NO ^ O ^ — . K a S •? ~i c C ts o pq U JS u o _c k pq a t« Cm tn « ^— v <3 w S: •^ < Q -a N Z ^ « 0 ■•^ r o o c/3 cq cq oi « « 1968 Coan: Bahia de los Angeles Mollusks 123 c > o o * - o g w co P z o ^\ OO ^3 *3 '— *» oo oc OO •— ' zr. •" «M "^r "*^ 5; ^^ w o rt .— 4 _ o jo ^^ . . — . ki 15 ' — ■ ^ - — u -U — M — **i v>- 5S rt ■3 £ ■*< *— < O ri < Q w O co co isoella sp. (unidcntifiab rt 15 _^ o u 4-1 c a n u Bartsch, 1921 ■ — Cs o c o a. u rt u < Q 0 w < u -a CE *-> c — '2 3 •cranellum sp (unidentified 'J 53 r a B z u co ^ ~3 ~ B 5 "3 i'i "•— ■_< 8 3 « o R u -*— Q --> c u a L_ H U u c rt < S3 U — < j D Q 0 5 rt -o < < < E h — ^ - ^ •^ s ^ -^ •^ -s u 3 § « S3 S3 S s _ U 124 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 a o rt _Q v « w c> m 3 s c n u s « rt rt rt -n ■s-2 «i C4 ON —. u « .a rt a . _* o o « -c E 3 .2 5 « § E a. • v o rt 0 C w a. rt -* «j o rt Z tJ U q ^3 C 2 u < a. - o o c > o c > It: o w Z o > o c > Vt3 o > o p* Z ON — 3 no on — ^ __; „ rsJ _ OS 60 a 60 a. b 60 c o ■" O ■• o Cu Lrf rsi Ui no Ih MH C/5 rn co i*n „ CO (N 3 rt •*"* U u rt" e*1 £ ■"-' c . •— < C i^s C M-T CN c >+* ON oo C *-m o\ n ^^ rt ^H ^ rt r— 1 I as J3 I co" _" CT\ I -al * 3 rt rt rt rt o rt pq ca PQ PQ ^ cq H o 11- PQ pq pa PQ PQ M 60 C o < Q oo cu O H ai w 0 to dig ■ 2 « 5 c •2 "° -5 "5 .■a 3 u ■5; x o ^ > rt 2 PQ G U ON ON 60 C ■3 o a a C to c 33 rt ■B,X C PQ 0 5 - ^ « "0 a 0> g e u ■ PQ u . tn " c O On vh OS 2 C *pq 2 uT -5 ■* ■■5-« -^pq 5 NO S ON ■v. On PQ «a u F-, f- K < Q w < H < u Q Q. "3 -a -S.PQ u 1968 Coan: Bahia de los Angeles Mollusks 125 w Z z tu z to W V5 u C/5 w Z - z 2 o ON _Q .s c Q. s G £ S ON ■2 oo 3 4> "5 K W W -£ ■* < < 5 2 Q Q 8 o si H o S oo jjj - < Ml UJ a :< pq 0 C/3 c/3 s-1 ■— ' C k- "^ X " ■^ a -. a — ^- oo -c^ -O a _ ~ rt 5 tj «*< >■ - » -C = — 2 ~ B? 2 5 ?> ci ; rl *-> -^ **l oo s * « m .£. >; s -„. a ** a ja - -^ — -^ a i- Si« ■^ *- -_* *- \j - s 5 i s .a -Hi 3 w I £ £ ~ £ * .5 "J 126 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 c o .S'a n „Q » O V P-t - »3 S c C j- <_, rt rt PS n -*3 so tfl as -.> 4_» — u rt 7* C JS M s 6 PS 4-> Z 4-1 0 u w to i S o C/5 o 0 - > rt rt £ C u ^^ u > 2 0 en SO OS o — 3 . — n 't c £ u c u « .2 w « « . J* <* ►J w O Z c -o c < a. d. to ~H CO so so o C K K o )A •*■ ■«- so OS CO os „ ^H c o Wi C C 0) a csl 1- Hi Hi Hi so so Mh so so <-H OS „ OS „ ^* CO eg ^ ^ _=' JB K •<*■ 0 p4 »*^ Ja SO so O (4 *-H SO l OS , , OS rt EX 0) O o O o> u «u uj «g < g g -s u 5 sJ S D §Q w ■i o ■a ■* ON < a >3 . - OO < Q 2: °° w *3 1~i Z2 <-5 Ul sU 5 2 < 5* o£ ■Si c < 2: -Q •5 -° 2 c z « 3 a o Q > *!i j- < Z 2 £ |s a H c/^ .= O 5 «; 5 D u. C^5 " ' o 0 -2 8 oa ^_^ W <» fN < «^"s OO Q ^ w !j 5 < c*c u % 2 •^1 ^* .- a -a a D ^ o O Cr — ■3 cq pi ? 0 > <5 ~5 > :0 o 1968 Coan: Bahia de los Angeles Mollusks 127 > o U Z tc — Wl ~r 00 z c J3 3 o •4- 1- «= ■4- ™ 3 no > — ON no NO NO -5 K °"4- CO c4 no rS °N «i ^ "* C _• B § a a K NO -1- K K ON -f 1- -r M ^ X c C rN "S3 *■— N ■J2 oo < ? ON ■2 ON &s *■ >; O.VE SVC a c «• ^ BC — 1 5 ■3«:2 ■S3 c <3 -— - - _□ " r -5 3 2 "w 5! n^ 2 to « — - .2 4 ~§ 1 u H Q u u U £ (N| ON u" ^ ^ -, 3 -S! O ,-. "£ — J •>■ ■SI ON - ii - = a ~ ON ~ ~ On .On ?\ M **< — <-> os y on 2f j; Sf r- 2? — "5 £ |0 ;Q S — ' C — i § S S k f- ^2 ■e. on fi) ~ — . ■- rs o oo A u * o = on ^2 .= 3 I >: * a (A - i ^ ^ <■' K rt ^ o d u c -a c < a ^ ^ ^ Z Z Z U u c rt *-» C > o C/5 to „, SO ^- rC „ U HI t/> i-i pq ,. « > > — ' •*-. - ' •— i < "5 ^ ^ u ^5 OS P Q X to G O ■k. CO OS S °2 o -a OS ,*o ■^ — • ^ 5 as 3 o *— -V •2 w ^— v 4_, ^■^ OS ~c I- *» < Q « C/3 ^3 '~l ~Q rt ij P3 (S —3 g ft! 5 jS fe — j UJ 2 ••^ rt § c rt a, -o 0) c Q •S u w c 0» . — « c _jj -a 3 < ; a. IhI ^^ 5 — 5 5 5 B (4 *o rt **> rt i*s rt -c p >o TS «a 5 u -2 m -5 Q X. *- ^- k. E*h (/I fci 3 d d h K Ex 1968 Coan: Bahia de los Angeles Mollusks 129 u u Z u z u 2 "5 o J2 ft. c* 3 § 2 N 1- - a, c - 3 C o S 5 -r t • M -i- ... o o __" c\ • oc a a, .#. ON 0\ so o <^- o 0-v ON <* « \0 »"H so 1-1 o „ T-H , •— i rt . « K K u •*-, K u 0 I/] — ON ^ « Mh as U- — -r id oo "u cXJ K (A . (JO 1-t — i- a. ~ a Ul =3 a pq Q pa Q U Lt pa cc « «^ £ , * — Q. -—> no ^r _- * NO ON c on o NO *-> NO o Si ,1 _Q u Is. < > *3 2 *- s l\ "Z? ON ■a jc On o 0\ I 5 ~^ O o\ "ft rj h a k l< o ^-s. ^« - "c u < a s_-< u - -a o a c ».2 --> ■r -* * — n — n c ■j n n — -^ — c u 3 C i- 3 3 £ 3 _ - 130 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 C 3 'n -a s'5 « o £ c C >~ w rt rt « rt -n " c -Q dm M o\ u « a Ui a C c> -'. -^ .•- - o n u X *"" o c a> y 3 n j: c O" £ o O c o c rt r< a I/) E VO C\ — ' — — a «•"*» < w C c 'o M c rj (/I (/) 6 rs Z " 6 c u c -a c < D Z X a, S < ui < Q 5 Z o h I U o h Z < u < 2 t the United States National Museum. U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc. 56: 293-371. Dael, W. H, and P. Bartsch 1909. A monograph of West American pyramidellid mollusks. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 68: i-xxi - 1-258. 132 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Hertlein, L. G., and A. M. Strong 1951. Mollusks from the west coast of Mexico and Central America. Part X (Eastern Pacific Ex- peditions of the New York Zoological Society — LXIII). Zoologica 3 6: 67-120. Johnson, R. I. 1964. The Recent Mollusca of Augustus Addison Gould. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 239: 1-182. Keen. A. M. 195 8. Sea shells of tropical West America. Stanford, Calif. (Stanford Univ.). 619 p. 1964. A quantitative analysis of molluscan collections from Isla Espiritu Santo, Baja California, Mexico. Calif. Acad. Sci., Proc. (4) 30: 175-206. 1966a. West American mollusk types in the British Museum (Natural History) II. Species described by R. B. Hinds. Veliger 8: 265-275. 1966b. Moerch's west Central American molluscan types with proposal of a new name for a species of Semelc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Occ. Papers no. 59: 1-33. 1966c. West American mollusk types at the British Museum (Natural History) III. Alcide d'Orbigny's South American collection. Veliger 9: 1-7. 1968. West American mollusk types at the British Museum (Natural History) IV. Carpenter's Mazatlan Collection. Veliger 10: 389-439. McLean, J. H. 1961. Marine mollusks from Los Angeles Bay, Gulf of California. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 12: 449-476. Olsson, A. A. 1961. Mollusks of the tropical Eastern Pacific, particularly from the southern half of the Panamic- Pacific faunal province (Panama to Peru). Ithaca, New York (Paleo. Res. Inst.). 574 p. Palmer K. v. W. 195 8. Type specimens of marine Mollusca described by P. P. Carpenter from the West Coast (San Diego to British Columbia). Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 76: 1-376. 1963. Type specimens of marine Mollusca described by P. P. Carpenter from the west coast of Mexico and Panama. Bull. Amer. Paleont. 46: 285-408. Parker, R. H. 1960. Ecology and distributional patterns of marine macro-invertebrates, northern Gulf of Mexico. Recent Sediments, Northwest Gulf of Mexico, 1951-1958. Tulsa, Oklahoma (Amer. Ass. Pet. Geol.) pp. 302-381. 1964a. Zoogeography and ecology of some macro-invertebrates, particularly mollusks, in the Gulf of California and the continental slope off Mexico. Vidensk. Medd. fra Dansk Naturhist. Foren. 126: 1-178. 1964b. Zoogeography and ecology of macro-invertebrates of the Gulf of California and continental slope of western Mexico. Amer. Ass. Pet. Geol., Mem. 3: 331-376. Pilsbry, H. A., and A. A. Olsson 1945. Vitrinellidae and similar gastropods of the Panamic Province. Part I. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, Proc. 97: 249-278. 1952. Vitrinellidae of the Panamic Province. Part II. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phidelaphia, Proc. 104: 35-88. Reish, D. J. 1968. A biological survey of Bahia de los Angeles, Gulf of California, Mexico. II. Benthic Poly- chaetous Annelids. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 15 (7): 67-106. Strong, A. M., and L. G. Hertlein 1937. New species of Recent mollusks from the coast of western North America. (The Templeton Crocker Expedition of the California Acad. Sci., 1932. — -No. 25). Calif. Acad. Sci., Proc. (4) 22: 159-178. 193 9. Marine mollusks from Panama collected by the Alan Hancock Expedition to the Galapagos Islands, 1931-1932. Alan Hancock Pacific Exped. 2: 177-245. Thorson G. 1957. Bottom communities (sublittoral or shallow shelf). Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 67, 1: 461-534. Turner, R. D. 195 6. The Eastern Pacific marine Mollusca described by C. B. Adams. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard Univ., Occ. Papers on Mollusks 2: 21-136. Warmke, G. L., and R. T. Abbott 1961. Caribbean scashells: a guide to the marine mollusks of Puerto Rico and other West Indian islands, Bermuda and the lower Florida Keys. Narberth, Pennsylvania (Livingston Publ.). 346 p. Accepted for Publication 18 March 1968 Department of Biological Sciences, Stanford University, Stanford, California, 94305. (*&>$. COMP. ^uOL> J LIBRARY 0u 18 1968 HARVARD TYPE SPECIMENS OF BIRDS IN THE SAN DIEGO NATURAL HISTORY MUSEUM JOSEPH R. JEHL, JR. TRANSACTIONS OF THE SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15, NO. 9, 25 SEPTEMBER 1968 MUS. COMP. *loOL. LIBRARY TYPE SPECIMENS OF BIRDS IN THE SAN DIEGO NATURAL HISTORY MUSEUM Uoi 18 ^b3 HARVARD Joseph R. Jehl, Jr. UNIVERSITY The bird collections of the San Diego Society of Natural History are mainly com- posed of specimens from the southwestern United States and Baja California, Mexico. Among the more than 37,000 specimens are 17 holotype and 2 syntype specimens that served as the bases for 1 8 avian subspecies. Twelve of these subspecies were proposed by the late Laurence M. Huey, Curator of Birds and Mammals at the San Diego Natural History Museum from 192 3 to 1961, four by the late A. J. van Rossem, one by the late Frank Stephens, and one by J. Elton Green and Lee W. Arnold. Of the 18 forms proposed, ten are currently considered valid by most workers. In this list of specimens the following information is given: name as originally published; name currently accepted by the A. O. U. Check-list, 5th ed. or, where perti- nent, by the Check-list of the birds of Mexico, if different from the original; and type locality. Geographic coordinates not given in the original descriptions, emendations, and corrected spellings are given in brackets. The current taxonomic status of each race has been reviewed. For brevity I have usually cited only the earliest published opinion on the validity of each race, except that major revisionary studies are also cited. Unless stated otherwise, races accepted by the first reviewer are recognized in each of the publications cited below that appeared subsequent to the original description; con- versely, races considered invalid by the first reviewer have been merged by all subse- quent authors. American Ornithologists' Union 1957. Check-list of North American birds, 5th ed. Friedmann, H. L., L. Griscom, and R. T. Moore 1950. Distributional check-list of the Birds of Mexico, Pt. 1. Pac. Coast Avifauna 29. Miller, A. H., H. L. Friedmann, L. Griscom, and R. T. Moore 1957. Distributional check-list of the birds of Mexico, Pt. 2. Pac. Coast Avifauna 3 3. Peters, J. L., and others 1931-1962. Check-list of birds of the world. Vols. 1-7, 9, 15. Harvard University Press. Cory, C. B., C. E. Hellmayr, and B. Conover 1918-1949. Catalogue of birds of the Americas and adjacent islands. Pt. 1, nos. 1-4; Pt. 2, nos. 1-2; Pts. 3-11. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Zool. Ser. Vol. 13. To determine the validity of a taxon, it is often necessary to reconstruct the type series and to independently analyze the material upon which a description is based. For San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans 1$ (9): 133-139, : S September 1968 134 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 this reason paratypes are listed whenever possible, even though they have no nomen- clatorial standing. No specimens formally designated as paratypes are known to be in the collections. However, following Cochran (1961. U.S. Natl. Mus. Bull. 220: xii) I consider paratypes to include all specimens that served as the basis for the original de- scription regardless of whether they were formally designated. Huey often listed catalog numbers of specimens that he referred to new taxa; such specimens I consider unquestioned paratypes. In some instances, he gave only locality data for referred specimens, but from these data and the dates of collection it is possible to identify those specimens still extant in this collection. Each series of paratypes thus identified is indicated by an asterisk. Because of the greater risk of error, I made no attempt to identify specimens borrowed from other institutions. Stephens, Green and Arnold, and van Rossem gave no references to specimens they examined. Catalogue Hydranassa tricolor occidentalis Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 5 (7): 83-84; 10 October 1927. = Hydranassa tricolor ruficollis (Gosse) Holotype. — Adult male; skin in good condition. Collected by L. M. Huey, 2 5 May 1926. Original no. 54, now SDSNH no. 10644. Type locality. — Scammon['s] Lagoon, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 28°04'N, long. 114°05'W. Paratypes*. — 9788, Sweetwater slough, San Diego Bay, California; 30889, La Punta, San Diego Bay, California; 11414-11416, 1143 5, 11462, 30890, Pond Lagoon, Baja California, Mexico; 10643, 10645-10647, Scammon's Lagoon, Baja California, Mexico; 11463, San Ignacio Lagoon, Baja California, Mexico. Status. — Grinnell (1928. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. 32: 84) did not recognize this race, presumably on the basis of a letter from van Rossem stating "material examined in eastern museums shows great range of variation in birds of the South Atlantic portion of North America, quite including the extremes in size recorded by Huey from Lower California. Neither does there appear to be even an average color difference." Peters (1931, Check-list of birds of the World, Vol. 1, p. 113) placed occidentalis in synonomy with ruficollis. The A. O. U. Check-list (1931, 4th ed., p. 29) noted only that Huey had proposed racial separation for the birds from Baja California. Apparently the valid- ity of this race has never been satisfactorily determined. Nyctanassa violacea bancrofti Huey Condor 29: 167-168, fig. 56; 15 May 1927. Holotype. — Adult male: skin in good condition. Collected by L. M. Huey, 2 5 May 1926. Original no. 64, now SDSNH no. 10654. Type locality. — Scammon['s] Lagoon, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 28°04'N, long. 114°05'W. Paratypes''-'. — 10655-10657, Scammon's Lagoon, Baja California, Mexico; 2468, San Benito Is., Mexico. Status. — Recognized as a valid subspecies by the A. O. U. Check-list Committee (1931. Check-list of North American Birds, 4th ed., p. 31). 1968 Jehi: Type Specimens of Birds 135 Callipepla gambeli deserticola Stephens Auk 12: 371-372; October 1895 = Lophortyx gambelii gambelii Gambel Syntypes. — Adult male; skin in good condition. Collected by F. M. Stephens, 15 Jan- uary 1890. Original no. 4969, now SDSNH no. 264. (Stephens incorrectly cited this specimen as a female, but male sex is indicated by the original label as well as by plumage.) Adult female; skin in good condition. Collected by F. M. Stephens, I January 1890. Original no. 4938, now SDSNH no. 265. Type locality. — The male specimen (SDSNH no. 264) was collected at Palm Springs, San Diego County [now Riverside County], California, elev. 100 ft. The female (SDSNH no. 26 5) was taken at Walters (now Mecca), Colorado desert [now Riverside County], California, elev. 2 50 ft. Since the male was listed first by Stephens, Grinnell (1931, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. 38: 270) restricted the type locality to Palm Springs. Because of this action, the male specimen must be considered a lectotype. Status. — Considered inseparable from Callipepla gambclii by the A. O. U. Check-list Committee (1897. Auk 14: 132). Oreortyx picta eremophilus van Rossem Condor 39: 22; 15 January 1937. Holotype. — Adult male; skin in good condition. Collected by A. J. van Rossem, 27 October 193 5. SDSNH no. 17324. Type locality. — Lang Spring, Mountain Spring Canyon, Argus Mountains, Inyo County, California, elev. 6000 ft. Status. — Recognized by the A. O. U. Check-list Committee (1944. Auk 61: 446). Hellmayr and Conovcr (1948. Cat. birds of the Americas, Vol. 13, Pt. 1, No. 2, p. 229) merged eremophilus with picta. Endomychura hypoleuca scrippsi Green and Arnold Condor 41: 25-29, figs. 14-16; 17 January 1939. Holotype. — Adult male; skin in good condition. Collected by J. E. Green, 16 Ma) 193 8. Original no. 4105, now SDSNH no. 17934. Type locality. — Anacapa Island, California. Staiis. — Recognized by the A. O. U. Check-list Committee (1944. Auk. 61: 449). Otus asio cardonensis Huey Auk 43: 360-362; July 1926. Holotype. — Adult female; skin in good condition. Collected by L. M. Huey 18 April 1923. SDSNH no. 8671. Type locality. — Canyon San Juan de Dios (10 mi E El Rosario), Baja California, Mexico [lat. 30° 1 l'N, long. 115°35'W]. Paratypes. — 8607, 8610-8616, 6 mi E El Rosario, Baja California, Mexico; 8671, 10 mi E El Rosario, Baja California, Mexico. Status. — Recognized by the A. O. U. Check-list Committee (1944. Auk 61: 450). and by Marshall (1967. West. Found. Vert. Zool. Monograph 1, p. 13). Dryobates villosus scrippsae Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 5(1): 9; 20 February 1927. = Dendrocopos villosus byloscopus (Cabanis and Heine) 136 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Holofypc. — Adult male; skin in good condition. Collected by L. M. Huey, 27 Sep- tember 1926. SDSNH no. 10847. Type locality. — La Grulla, Sierra San Pedro Martir, Baja California, Mexico [lat. 30'53'N, long. 115°26'W], elev. 7500 ft. Paratypes*. — In his original description, Huey (op. cit.) referred 10 specimens from Sierra San Pedro Martir to this race. Ten specimens in this collection are doubtless the birds examined by Huey: 8761, 8762, 8786, 8814, 8815, 8842, 10829, 10848, 10853, 108 54. Huey also referred 20 specimens from the Sierra Juarez region to scrippsae. It is virtually certain that these included the following 14 specimens: 9441, 9497, 9486, 9511, 9524, 9539, 10881, 10882, 10960, 11003, 11019, 11024, 11063, 11077. Status. — Todd (1946. Ann. Carnegie Mus. 30: 5 12) considered D. v. scrippsae a synonym of D. v. hyloscopus. Dryobates nuttallii longirostrata Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 5(2): 17: 14 July 1927. = Dendrocopos scalaris crcmicns (Oberholser) Holofypc. — Adult male; skin in good condition. Collected by L. M. Huey, 1 3 April 1926. SDSNH no. 10448. Type locality. — San Felipe, Baja California, Mexico [lat. 31°02'N, long. 11415'W]. Paratype. — 31776, San Felipe, Baja California, Mexico. Status. — As Grinnell (1928. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. 32: 121) pointed out, this form of "Nuttall's Woodpecker" was based on misidentified specimens of Ladder-backed Woodpecker (Dendrocopos scalaris). Aphelocoma californica cactophila Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 9(35): 432, 434; 1 October 1942. = Aphelocoma coerulescens cactophila Huey Holotype. — Adult female; skin in good condition. Collected by L. M. Huey, 24 October 1930. SDSNH no. 13 549. Type locality. — 3 mi N Punta Prieta, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 28°56'N, long. 144°12'W. Paratypes*. — 32230, 12041, 5 mi N Santa Rosalia Bay, Baja California, Mexico; 32229, 12,000, Mesquital, Baja California, Mexico; 11929-11932, 32225-32228, Llano de San Bruno, Baja California, Mexico; 11988, 32224 10 mi El Canon, Baja California, Mexico; 13480, 135 52, 13 5 53, 14068, 14070, 2 5 mi N Punta Prieta, Baja California, Mexico; 11782, 9 mi N Punta Prieta, Baja California, Mexico; 13816, 14069, 3 mi N Punta Prieta, Baja California, Mexico; 11944, Campo Los Angeles, Baja California, Mexico; 15242, 15243, Santa Teresa Bay, Baja California, Mexico; 18275, San Borjas Mission, Baja California, Mexico. Status. — Recognized as a valid race by the A. O. U. Check-list Committee (1945. Auk 62: 445) and by Pitelka (1951. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. 5 0 (3): 2 39-243). Blake (in Peters, 1962. Vol. 15, p. 212) considered cactophila a synonym of hypolcuca. Auriparus flaviceps ignatius Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 6(13): 211-212; 30 September 1930. -Auriparus flaviceps flaviceps (Sundervall) 1968 Jehl: Type Specimens of Birds 137 Holofype. — Adult male; skin in good condition. Collected by L. M. Huey, 8 March 1928. SDSNH no. 11886. Type locality. — San Ignacio, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 27 17'N, [long. 1 12 5 5'W]. Paratypes*. — Huey referred 23 specimens to Ignatius, which doubtless included the following 18 in this collection: 15 331, 15332, San Lucas, Baja California, Mexico; 32404, 32405, 10252, San Jose del Cabo, Baja California, Mexico; 32400, Calmalli, Baja California, Mexico; 12010, 12016, 32401, Mesquital, Baja California, Mexico; 11873, 11881, 24248, 24249, 32403, San Ignacio, Baja California, Mexico; 15335- 15 338, Santa Teresa Bay, Baja California, Mexico. Stafns. — Grinnell (1931. Condor 33: 167) considered A. f. Ignatius a synonym of A. f. flaviceps. Thryomanes bewickii magdalenensis Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 9(35): 430-431; 1 October 1942. Holofype. — Adult male; skin in good condition. Collected by L. M. Huey, 20 Novem- ber 1941. SDSNH no. 18453. Type locality. — Santo Domingo, Magdalena Plain, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 25G30'N, [long. 111°55'W]. Paratypes. — 18435, 18438, 18440-18444, 18452, 18456, Santo Domingo, Baja Cali- fornia, Mexico; 18410, Arroyo Seco, Baja California, Mexico. Status. — Recognized by the A. O. U. Check-list Committee (1948. Auk 65: 441). Thryomanes bewickii atricauda Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 9(35) 429, 431: 1 October 1942. = Thryomanes bewickii cerroensis (Anthony) Holofype. — Adult male; skin in good condition. Collected by L. M. Huey, 1 3 October 1941. SDSNH no. 19283. Type locality. — San Borjas [=Borja], Baja California, Mexico; lat. 28°52'N, long. 113 5 3'W. Paratypes. — 13817, 13556, 13861, 13862, 25 mi N Punta Prieta, Baja California, Mexico; 11786, Punta Prieta, Baja California, Mexico; 18272, 18282, San Borjas Mission, Baja California, Mexico. Status. — I find no evidence that the validity of this form was reviewed by the A. O. U. Check-list Committee. Miller, Friedmann, Griscom, and Moore (1957. Pacific Coasi Avifauna 33: 159) synonomized T. b. atricauda with T. b. cerroensis, without stated reasons. Dendroica erithachoroides rhizophorae van Rossem San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 8(10): 67-68; 24 August 1935. = Dendroica petechia rhizophorae van Rossem Holofype. — Adult male; skin in good condition. Collected by A. J. van Rossem, 30 April 1930. Original no. 13008; Dickey collection no. 30293; SDSNH no. 17090. Type locality. — Tobari Bay, Sonora, Mexico; lat. 26 59'N, long. Ill) 56'W". Status. — Validity of this race accepted by Miller, Friedmann, Griscom, and Moore (1957. Pacific Coast Avifauna 33: 247). Remarks. — Miller et al. {op. cit.) incorrectly stated that this specimen was in the Dickey collection (T. R. Howell, pers. comm.). 138 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Dendroica erithachorides hueyi van Rossem San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 11(3): 50-51; 25 February 1947. = Dendroica petechia casteneiceps Ridgway Holotype. — Adult male; skin in good condition. Collected by L. M. Huey, 18 April 1927. SDSNH no. 11471. Type locality. — San Ignacio Lagoon, Baja California, Mexico [near lat. 26°50'N, long. 113°10'W]. Status. — Considered a synonym of D. /). casteneiceps by Miller, Friedmann, Griscom, and Moore (1957. Pacific Coast Avifauna 33: 246). Richmondena cardinalis seftoni Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 9(21): 216-217; 31 July 1941. Type. — Adult male; skin in good condition. Collected by L. M. Huey, 2 5 April 1940. SDSNH no. 18147. Type locality. — Santa Gertrudis Mission, Baja California, Mexico [lat. 28°03'N, long. 113°06'W]. Parafypes. — 18135, 18146, Santa Gertrudis Mission, Baja California, Mexico. Status. — Recognized by the A. O. U. Check-list Committee (1948. Auk 65: 442). Pipilo fuscus eremophilus van Rossem San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 8(11): 70-71; 24 August 193 5. Type. — Adult male; skin in good condition. Collected by A. J. van Rossem, 22 May 1935. SDSNH no. 17083. Type locality. — Lang Spring, Mountain Springs Canyon, Argus Mts., Inyo County, California, elev. 5 500 ft. Status. — Recognized by the A. O. U. Check-list Committee (1944. Auk 61: 461) and by Davis (1951. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. 52(1): 103). Passerculus rostratus anulus Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 6(10): 204-206; 30 August 1930. = Passerculus sandivichensis anulus Huey Holotype. — Adult male; skin in good condition. Collected by L. M. Huey, 21 May 1926. SDSNH no. 10523. Type locality. — South side of entrance to Scammon['s] Lagoon, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 27°54'N, long. 114°18'W. Status. — Recognized as a valid race by the A. O. U. Check-list Committee (1944. Auk 61: 462) and by Peters and Griscom (1938. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 80: 475). Amphispiza belli xerophilus Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 6(16): 229-230; 24 December 1930. = Amphispiza belli cinerea Townsend Holotype. — Adult female; skin in good condition. Collected by L. M. Huey, 31 October 1930. SDSNH no. 13 563. Type locality. — Santa Catarina Landing, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 29°30'N, long. 115C16'W. Status. — This form was listed by Hellmayr (1938. Zool. Ser., Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. 13, pt. 11, p. 543) but was apparently ignored by the A. O. U. Check-list Com- 1968 Jehl: Type Specimens of Birds 139 mittee. Miller, Friedmann, Griscom, and Moore (1957. Pacific Coast Avifauna 33: 381) considered xerophilus "a synonym, somewhat intermediate toward A. b. cinerea." Accepted for Publication 6 August 1968 San Diego Natural History Museum, P.O. Box /3 90, San Diego, California. LIBRARY OU 1 8 1968 XJl GEOGRAPHIC VARIATION IN THE CLINGFISH, GOBIESOX EUGRAMMUS BRIGGS DAVID W. GREENFIELD AND JAMES W. WILEY TRANSACTIONS OF THE SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15, NO. 10, 25 SEPTEMBER 1968 . *"• MU3. COM p. ^oOL LIBRARY GEOGRAPHIC VARIATION IN THE CLINGFISH, GOBIESOX EUGRAMMUS BRIGGS UU lg 1959 HARVARD David W. Greenfield and James W. Wiley Abstract. — The clingfish, Gobiesox eugrammus Briggs, is redescribed from new material collected at Punta Banda on the Pacific Coast of Baja California, Mexico and San Diego County, California. The Guadalupe Island population shows some differences from the mainland population but the species is considered monotypic. G. eugrammus was found to live near and under the sea urchin Strongylocentrotus franciscanus. The range of Gobiesox maeandricus is extended to Mexican waters. Resumen. — Se describe de nuevo Gobiesox eugrammus Briggs, basandose en material recogido en Punta Banda, en la costa Pacifica de Baja California, Mexico, y en la region de San Diego, California. Los peces que integran la poblacion que habita la zona de la Isla Guadalupe, presentan algunas diferencias en relacion con los que se encuentran a lo largo de las costas continentales. Sin embargo, esta especie se considera monotipica. Gobiesox eugrammus vivo junto con el erizo de mar Sfrongy- locentrotus franciscanus, y debajo de los mismos. La region habitada por Gobiesox meandricus se extiende hasta aguas mexicanas. Gobiesox eugrammus Briggs was originally considered to be endemic to Guadalupe Island. However, recent field work indicates that its range is more extensive. Briggs (1965) first recorded the species from the mainland of Mexico at the south side of Punta Banda. In July 1967, Wiley captured a specimen there at a depth of 30 feet and in September 1967 he captured another individual at the same locality. In October 1967, eleven specimens were collected by the authors, P. A. Adams, D. Hensley, and D. Wildrick at depths of 30 to 90 feet, and in January 1968 the authors collected I J additional specimens at the same locality. The great number of specimens captured in these latter trips resulted from our discovery that G. eugrammus associates with the sea urchin Strongylocentrotus franciscanus. Students from the University of California at Los Angeles also collected two clingfish from the south side of Punta Banda in November 1967. These collections indicate that G. eugrammus maintains populations in the Punta Banda region. The discovery of a specimen in the Scripps Institution of Oceanography collections taken at Bird Rock, San Diego County, California, shows that this species occurs at least occasionally as far north as southern California, although its status there is not known. Since these additional specimens substantially supplement the original description of G. eugrammus, and since the mainland population exhibits a statistically significant difference from the Guadalupe population, a complete description is presented. I he uniform plan and sequence adopted by Briggs (1955) is followed, as are his methods of taking the counts and measurements, with the exception of the dorsal and anal tin ray counts, which do not include the two extra rays added to the counts bv Briggs. I graphs of 31 specimens from the mainland and eight specimens from Guadalupe Island failed to reveal the two hidden rays mentioned by Briggs. The range of body propor- San Diigo Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. IS (10): 141-14". 25 SEPTEMBER 1968 142 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 tions is presented first, followed by the mean. Proportional measurements were made by arithmetically dividing one measurement into another. MATERIAL EXAMINED Mainland population. — United States National Museum USNM 203076 38.0 mm SL, Punta Banda, Mexico, October 14, 1967: USNM 203077 32.8, 41.0, 41.6 mm SL, Punta Banda, Mexico, October, 1967. Scripps Institution of Oceanography SIO5 9-307-60C 34.4 mm SL, Punta Banda, Mexico, August, 195 9: SIO67-209-60C 43.2 mm SL, Bird Rock, San Diego Co., Calif.. October, 1967: SIO68-287-60C 20.1, 23.7, 24.2, 24.6, 26.4, 26.6, 27.6, 28.6, 35.0, 36.0, 36.7, 37.8, 42.8, 43.2, 49.0 mm SL, Punta Banda, Mexico, January, 1968. California Academy of Sceinces CAS 24139 36.8, 39.3 mm SL, Punta Banda, Mexico, October, 1967. Los Angeles County Museum LACM-30122-1 32.4, 31.5 mm SL, Punta Banda, Mexico, October, 1967. Field Museum Natural History FMNH 74571 29.3, 3 1.1 mm SL, Punta Banda, Mexico, October, 1967. Stanford University 31.4 mm SL, Punta Banda, Mexico, September, 1976. Britisli Museum (Natural History) 1 968*8* 1 • I 40.8 mm SL, Punta Banda, Mexico, July, 1967. University of California at Los Angeles W67-150 38.6, 43.8 mm SL, Punta Banda, Mexico, November, 1967. Guadalupe Island population. — Scripps Institution of Oceanography SIO63-174-60A (4) — Guadalupe Island, Mexico, April, 1963; SI063-1 67-60A (1) — Guadalupe Island, Mexico, April, 1963; SIO63-184-60A (3) — Guadalupe Island, Mexico, April, 1963; SIOH50-42-60A (4) — paratypes — Guadalupe Island, Mexico, February, 1950; SIOH50-32-60A (2) — Guadalupe Island, Mexico, February, 1950. Gobiesox eugrammus Briggs Figure 1, Table 1 Diagnosis. — A Gobiesox with poor development of papillae on head. Margin of upper lip smooth. Dorsal origin much closer to upper pectoral base than to caudal base. Position of anus variable, usually closer to anal fin origin than rear margin of disc, but may be closer to rear margin of disc than anal fin origin, or equidistant, under first to second dorsal ray. Eye 3.72 — 5.10: 4.29 in head. Eye in interorbital .89 — 1.42: 1.13. Caudal peduncle depth in eye .92 — 1.40: 1.13. Length of disc 2.67 — 3.86: 3.03, tip of chin to anterior margin of disc 4.77 — 6.95: 5.96, both in standard length. Each part of disc region C consists primarily of 3 longitudinal rows of papillae; there are 7 or 8 rows across width of disc region A. A row of elongate papillae present on mem- branes between distal half of pelvic rays. In the adult, tip of depressed anal fin extends to or slightly beyond caudal base, as does dorsal. Dorsal rays 11 — 13 (usually 12), anal rays 8 — 10 (usually 10), pectoral rays 21 — 24, caudal rays 12 — 16, and vertebrae 26 — 29 (usually 27). Description. — Standard length of specimens 12.6 to 49.0 mm. Body depressed; depth 4.66 — 7.50: 5.87 in standard length. Caudal peduncle moderate; least depth 1.02 — 1.73: 1.39 in its length. Head well depressed; length 2.34 — 3.07: 2.72 and width 2.29 — 3.21: 2.69 in standard length. Snout shallow with lateral outline slightly rounded, 3.37 — 5.60: 4.49 in head. Interorbital 3.03 — 4.93: 3.84 in head. Posterior nostril directly above anterior edge of eye; anterior nostril with a bilobed dermal flap extending from its posterior margin. Teeth of lower jaw in two rows, outer row of 3 to 5 pairs of incisors anteriorly, rounded or slightly pointed and larger than inner row. These followed on each side by row of enlarged canines. Teeth of upper jaw conical, irregular in size and position, forming a deep patch, followed on each side by row of 1968 Greenfield and Wiley: Gobiesox eugrammus 14: Figure 1. Gobiesox eugrammus (USNM 203076), Punta Banda, Mexico. Inset of disc region. slightly recurved canines. All papillae on head shallow, lobe-like structures, none on upper lip margin and none on snout above center of premaxillary groove. Upper attachment of gill membrane opposite fourth to sixth (usually fifth) pectoral ray. Subopercular spine well developed but covered by skin of opercle region. Fleshy pad on pectoral base conspicuous, with free posterior margin extending from area of upper gill membrane. Attachment of axial dermal flap opposite fifth to ninth pectoral ray. Dorsal-caudal distance extends forward to point about midway between posterior margin of gill membrane and orbit, 2.26 — 2.90: 2.53 in standard length; postdorsal-caudal distance 2.06 — 3.87: 2.79 in dorsal length. Depressed tip of anal fin extends slightly beyond vertical line from caudal base. Coloration. — In alcohol, light brown dorsal and lateral sides covered with more or less equally spaced light spots about 1 3 diameter of eye, becoming elongated into bars posteriorly. Darker areas between light spots with numerous small or unpigmented light spots which are visible with magnification. Body crossed by 7 dark vertical bars, fading in intensity with preservation. First bar extends from rictus to point under anterior TABLE 1 Counts of Mainland and Guadalupi Isi and Gobiesox eugrammus Dorsal Rays Anal Rays Pecoral Rays Principal Caudal Rays Vertebrae Mainland 11 12 13 8 9 10 21 22 23 24 12 13 14 15 16 26 27 28 29 3 24 5 1 8 22 4 17 7 3 2 7 17 4 1 2 16 10 1 Guadalupe Island 16 7 14 1 9 4 9 5 1 4 3 144 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 margin of orbit. Second originates on lower portion of cheek and runs across head directly posteriorly to eyes. Next two bands run between upper margins of pectoral fins, close together; each often appears as a single band. Fifth band widest; extends anteriorly to dorsal origin. Sixth band runs from anal origin to point midway along dorsal base. Last band located between last few fin rays of dorsal and anal fins. Caudal fin dark brown to black. Area between last dark vertical band and caudal fin appears to have light vertical band across it. Vertical fins brownish-black, with transparent tips. Pectorals light with peppering of melanophores on anterior two-thirds; on posterior third of fins rays only peppered, membranes immaculate. Ventral surface of body lighter, with only scattered melanophores. /// life, base color of dorsal and lateral sides of body uniform translucent cream. Ventral parts translucent; abdominal organs visible through skin. Upper parts of body with light-orange markings, round on head, becoming oval in region of operculum and more elongate longitudinally near caudal fin. Dorsal and caudal fins black with white margins. Anal fin grey with white margin. Pectorals and pelvic sucker white. Eye with red outer and yellow inner rings encircling black pupil. When placed on a dark background, or upon death, the dorsal and lateral trans- 1.45 140 • • 1.35 • • 1.30 125 • • • * • * * * 1.20 • * 115 • * • * * * * * * 1 10 1.05 • * * * * * * * * * * * • • 1.00 • • * * * .95 * * 90 ,0 i2 M 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 3 34 38 38 40 42 44 46 48 STANDARD LENGTH mm Figure 2. Relationship of greatest depth of caudal peduncle into eye diameter for mainland population (stars) and Guadalupe Island population (circles) of Gobiesox engrain nuts. 1968 Greenfield and Wiley: Gobiesox engrain nuts 145 lucent cream areas become generally darkened as melanophores expand. Concentrated melanophores form the 7 dark vertical bars mentioned above. These bars look dark bluish to the naked eye, but appear black under magnification. Comparison of Mainland and Guadalupe Island Populations Mainland Gobiesox eugrammus may be separated from the Guadalupe Island speci- mens by a difference in the ratio of the caudal-penducle depth into the eye. The Guadalupe population has a mean value of 1.23 with a range of 1.00 — 1.40, while the mainland population has a mean value of 1.09 with a range of .92 — 1.30 (Fig. 2). These differences are statistically significant at the .001 level (t = 3.929, 40 d.f.) usin<^ the "Student's" t-test. Although not as useful in separating the two populations, there are statistically significant differences in the head width and length, tip of chin to anterior margin of disc, all in standard length, and the width of the orbit in head length (Table 2). Other body proportions yielding statistically significant differences, such as length of the disc and greatest body depth, both in standard length, are a result of TABLE 2 Comparison of morphometrics between Mainland and Guadalupe populations of G. evgrammui Body Proportion Guadalupe Island Range Mean SD Main Range LAND Mean SD t-VAUUE 40 d.f. Caudal peduncle depth in eye 1.00-1.40 1.23 .13 .92-1.30 1.09 .10 3.929 p<\001 Eye in head 3.72-5.10 4.09 .37 3.74-4.95 4.37 .3 2 2.586 p<.025 Length of disc in SL 2.92-3.86 3.2 5 .28 2.67-3.12 2.93 .13 5.234* p<.001 Tip of chin to 4.77-6.95 5.56 .58 5.48-6.67 6.14 .40 3.885 p<\001 anterior margin of disc in SL Greatest depth in SL 5.72-7.50 6.33 .52 4.66-6.65 5.66 .41 4.629: 1 p<.001 Depth of caudal peduncle in its length 1.06-1.73 1.44 .19 1.02-1.62 1.36 .15 1.171 not sig. Head length in SL 2.34-2.86 2.63 .14 2.55-3.07 2.76 .12 3.161 p<.005 Head width in SL 2.33-3.21 2.84 .25 2.29-2.84 2.62 .13 3.880 p<.001 Snout in head 3.37-5.44 4.26 .63 3.40-5.60 4.60 .5 3 1.873 not sig. Dorsal caudal length in SL 2.26-2.90 2.57 .17 2.32-2.83 2.51 .12 1.344 not sig. Postdorsal in dorsal length 2.30-3.28 2.64 .2 5 206-3.87 2.87 .40 1.971 not sig. Bony interorbital width in head 3.13-4.27 3.86 .24 3.03-4.93 3.83 .44 0.222 not sig. Eye in interorbital .91-1.42 1.08 .13 .89-1.35 1.16 .13 1.856 nut sig. 'Significance due to allometric growth 146 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 allometric growth. Since the sample from Guadalupe Island is composed mostly of smaller individuals than is the mainland sample (in which allometric growth can be demonstrated) the t-test simply was comparing large with small specimens. There are modal differences in both the number of pectoral rays, 22 for the mainland population and 2 3 for the Guadalupe Island population, and the number of principal caudal rays, 14 for the mainland population and 13 for the Guadalupe Island population. Since these counts vary inversely, they probably do not result from differences in environ- mental temperatures in the source areas. It is possible that the mainland and Guadalupe Island populations represent distinct subspecies; however the differences in body proportions may be just the result of environmental conditions. Until additional information concerning the genetic status of these populations is obtained, they will be treated simply as different at the popu- lation level. Ecological Relationships G. eugrammus is a secretive form which at Punta Banda lives near and under the sea urchin Strongylocentrotus franciscanus. After this relationship was discovered, it was possible to locate specimens under about 5 0 per cent of the sea urchins pried off the rocks. The clingfish generally scurry away, usually heading for the next closest sea urchin, where they would dart under the protective cover of the spines. In the deeper water, the orange spots made it difficult to see the clingfish against the back- ground of the spines. Seven clingfish were placed with sea urchins in an aquarium, where photographs of their hiding behavior were obtained (Fig. 3). Figure 3. G. eugrammus in close association with Strongylocentrotus f rand sea mis 1968 Greenfield and Wiley: Gobiesox eugrammus 147 In captivity, clingfish readily took frozen brine shrimp which were fed to them by hand, and also fed on the isopods that live commensally on the sea urchins. To determine whether commensal isopods formed a major portion of the clingfish diet, we preserved in formalin stomachs of eight specimens collected at Punta Banda. Analysis showed that the major food items were amphipods; however, isopods, polychaetes, crabs, snails, cowries and limpets were also present. Since the specimens were collected at about 1000 hours, and the food items had undergone partial digestion and were well down the digestive tract, we suggest that the clingfish may be a nocturnal feeder, leaving the protection of the sea urchin at night. Other species of small fishes found in close association with the clingfish include the cottids Artedius corallinus, Artedius crcaseri and Orthonopias triads, the ronquil Ratl.ibunella alien/, and the klipfish Gibbonsia montereyensis. Zoogeography Gobiesox eugrammus was apparently derived from the more northern species G. maeandricus, which appears to be more primitive on the basis of the position of the posterior nostril (Briggs, 19)5). Although G. maeandricus now is only found commonly north of Point Arguello, California, with a recorded range from San Diego, California, to British Columbia, it was probably distributed farther to the south during the Pleisto- cene when the water temperatures were generally cooler. Individuals are occasionally carried south by the California current, however, as evidenced by the capture of a 16.0 mm SL specimen attached to a piece of Giant Kelp, Macrocystis, between Guada- lupe Island and the mainland at 28° 48'N, 115 5 3'W (SIO-65-524-60A) . This speci- men extends the known range of G. maeandricus into Mexican waters. G. eugrammus probably evolved from a population of G. maeandricus that became isolated after the cool waters moved northward at the close of the Pleistocene. It is not certain, however, whether the ancestral population of G. eugrammus evolved on Gua- dalupe Island and secondarily invaded the mainland, or whether the initial isolation occurred in areas of cold upwelling along the mainland of Baja California. Acknowledgments The authors are indebted to P. A. Adams, D. Hensley, and D. Wildrick for assistance in field work and to Carl L. Hubbs, John C. Briggs, and Richard H. Rosenblatt for critically reviewing the manuscript and making suggestions. Literature Cited Briggs, J. C. 1955. A monograph of the clingfishes (order Xenopterygii). Stanford Ichthyological Bull. 6: 1-224. 1965. The clingfishes (Gobiesocidae) of Guadalupe Island, Mexico. ( alif. Fish and Game 51: 123-125. Accepted for Publication 22 August 1968 Department of Biology, California State College, Fullerton, California 92631 FIVE NEW TAXA OF HAPLOPAPPUS (COMPOSITAE FROM BAJA CALIFORNIA, MEXICO MUS. COMP. 2LOOL. LIBRARY mar 3M REID MORAN HARVARD UNIVERSITY TRANSACTIONS OF THE SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15, NO. 11 12 FEBRUARY, 1969 ^Tijuana 117' 116" ©Mexicali BAJA CALIFORNIA 117c I San Quintin • H. arborescens peninsularis + H. juarezensis ■ H. odontolepis © H. pulvinatus a H. rosaricus 116° El4Rosario Figure 1. Northern Baja California, showing all known localities for the five new taxa of Haplopappus. FIVE NEW TAXA OF HAPLOPAPPUS (COMPOSITAE) FROM BAJA CALIFORNIA, MEXICO Reid Moran Abstract. — The five new plants are distinguished from their nearest relatives as follow-,. H. (Ericameria) arborescem ssp. peninsularis, of the Sierra Juarez and Sierra San Pedro Martir, differs from //. arborescem A. Gray ssp. arborescem, of northern California, in having 9-18 rather than 18-2 5 florets per head; it differs from //. arborescem ssp. parishii (Greene) Moran, of southern California, in having leaves 1 J/2-3 J/i mm rather than 3-10 mm wide. H. (Ericameria) juarczensis, of the Sierra Juarez, differs from H. martirensis (Wiggins) Blake, of the Sierra San Pedro Martir, in its broader leaves, smooth involucral bracts with a narrower herbaceous center, longer achenes, and more numerous pappus bristles. H. (HazarJia?) odontolepis, of Cerro Potrero, differs from H. verru- cosus Brandegee, of the foothills of northwest Baja California, in its hispidulous herbage, sessile leaves, much larger heads with more numerous ray and disk florets, and apparently fertile disk florets. //. (HazarJia) rosaricus, of the El Rosario region, differs from H. scjiiarrosus H. & A., of west central California to northwestern Baja California, in its thinner and more branching glabrous stems, more glutinous herbage with a lemony fragrance, smaller leaves, shorter and less exserted corollas, and shorter style branches, achenes, and pappus. H. (Stenotus) pull inatus, of the high Sierra San Pedro Martir, differs from others of the section in its smaller and discoid heads, with shorter corollas and achenes, borne on peduncles shorter than the leaves; from //. acaulis (Nutt.) A. Gray, of northwestern North America, it differs further in its smaller and thicker leaves with only the midrib evident, sparsely glandular but otherwise glabrous herbage, fewer disk florets, and shorter style branches. Resumen. — Las cinco plantas nuevas se distinguen de sus parientes mas cercanos, como sigue. H. (Ericameria) arborescem ssp. peninsularis, de la Sierra Juarez y Sierra San Pedro Martir, difiere dc H. arborescem A. Gray ssp. arborescens, del norte de California, por tener de 9 a 1 8 flosculos por cabezuela, en vez de 18 a 25; difiere de H. arborescens ssp. parishii (Greene) Moran, del sur de Cali- fornia, por tener hojas de 1 J4 a 3 ]/z mm de ancho, en vez de 3 a 10 mm. H. (Ericameria) jnarezensis, de la Sierra Juarez, difiere de H. martirensis (Wiggins) Blake, de la Sierra San Pedro Martir, en sus hojas mas anchas, suaves bracteas involucrales con un centro herbaceo mas estrecho. aquenios mas largos, y mayor numero de cerdas del vilano. H. (HazarJia}) odontolepis, del Cerro Potrero, difiere de H. vernicosus Brandegee, de las vertientes al noroeste de Baja California, en sus ramas y hojas hispidulas, hojas sesiles, cabezuelas mucho mas grandes con mas numerosos flosculos del rayo y del disco, y flosculos del disco aparentemente fertiles. H. (Hazard ia) rosaricus, de la region circunvecina a El Rosario, difiere de H. scjiiarrosus H. et A., del occidente del centro de California al noroeste de Baja California, en sus tallos mas delgados, mas ramificados, y glabros, ramas y hojas mas glutinosas, con fragancia a limon, hojas mas pequenas, corolas mas cortas y menos exsertas, y ramas del estilo, aquenios, y vilano mas cortos. //. (Stenotus) piiliina/its, de la alta Sierra San Pedro Martir difiere de las otras de la seccion, en sus cabezuelas mas pequenas y discoid ales, con corolas y aquenios mas cortos, sustentadas por pedunculos mas cortos que las hojas; de //. acaulis (Nutt.) A. Gray, del noroeste de Norteamerica, difiere, adem.is, en sus hojas m.is pequenas y grucs.is. siendo solo la nervadura central evidente, y esparcidamente glandulares pero de otra manera glabras, menos flosculos del disco, y ramas del estilo mas cortas. The genus Haplopappus Cass., competently monographed by H. M Hall (1928), is now under critical cytotaxonomic study by Dr. R. C. Jackson and associates. There would seem to be plenty of taxonomic problems for everybody, and I would not go out of my way to poach in another botanist's territory. However, in the course of general collecting in the state of Baja California, which is more my territory, I have happened San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 15 (11): 149-164, 12 February 1969 152 San Diego Society oe Natural History Vol. 15 to find five new plants of this genus and have been able to study them in comparison with related species in the same area. In the citation of specimens, field numbers are mine unless otherwise identified. Herbaria are cited mainly for duplicates already sent out (if not yet incorporated) ; other duplicates are yet to be sent. Haplopappus arborescens (A. Gray) H. M. Hall ssp. peninsularis Moran, subspec. nov. (Fig- 2) A subspecie typica involucri bracteis H-20 floribusque 9-14 (-IS) ct a subspecie parishio1 fol/is angustioribus , maximis IVi-^Vi mm lath, diffcrt. Typus: Moran 13554 (SD 65769). Figure 2. Flowering branches of Haplopappus arborescens ssp. peninsularis, X 0.75; part of the type collection, from south of El Rayo, Sierra, Juarez, September 1966. Rounded shrub 1-2 '/> m high, the stem to 1 dm thick at the base, the bark dark gray or almost black. Leaves linear, acute, the largest 3-6 'j cm long, IJ4-3J4 mm wide, ca. l/2 mm thick. Flowering shoots l/z-2l/z dm long, the cymes 1 '/j-5 cm wide, flowering August to October. Involucres 4-5 l/z mm high, 2-3 (or, when pressed, to 4) mm wide, of 15-20 bracts. Disk florets 9-14 (-18); rays none. Corolla 4-6 mm long. Achenes 1 J/2-2 x/z mm long, the pappus 3J4-5 mm long. Gametic chromosome number: n—9. Type collection. — Rare in the chaparral at 1600 meters elevation, 2 miles south of El Rayo, Sierra Juarez, Baja California, Mexico (near 31:58'N, 115°58'W), 17 Sep- tember 1966, Moran /3 5 54 — holotype: SD 65769; isotypes: CAS, UC, US, etc. lHaphpappus arborescens ssp. parishii (Greene) Moran, comb. nov. Bigelovia parishii Greene, Bull. Torrey Club 9: 62. 1882. 1969 Moran: New taxa oi Haplopappus 153 Distribution. — Generally scarce, mostly in chaparral, central part of the Sierra Juarez at 1150 to 1750 meters elevation and western slope of the Sierra San Pedro Martir at 1200 to 2200 meters, Baja California. Collections: Sierra Juarez: 6 miles north of Laguna Hansen, 1700 m, 13608 (SD) ; 5 miles southeast of the sawmill on the road to La Botella, 1750 m, 1)606 (DS, ICF, KANU, SD, UC) ; 21, miles west of La Botella, 1750 m, 13511 (DS, SD, UC, US, etc.); 1 V2 miles west of La Botella, 1750 m, 13599a (ICF, KANU, SD, UC), 13599b-k (SD); granitic wash near Mission Santa Catarina, 3700 feet, Breedlove 4213 (DS). Sierra San Pedro Martir: 7000 feet, Brandegee in 1893 (UC); foothills, 4000 feet, Robertson 48 (UC); north slope of Cerro Blanco, 1200 m, 14533 (KANU, SD); above Rancho San Pedro Martir on road to Corral de Sam, 1900 m, Moran & Thome 14115 (DS, RSA, SD, UC, US, etc.); 1 mile east of Corral de Sam, 2200 m, 15530 (KANU, SD) ; Rancho San Pedro Martir, 1700 m, 74566 (SD); south of La Corona, 2150 m, 11304 (DS, ICF, SD, UC) ; 1 '/, miles west of Encinal, 1200 m, Moran 25 Thome 14508 (KANU, RSA, SD) ; Vallecito de la Canoa, 1900 m, Moran & Thome 14504 (DS, RSA, SD) ; west of La Grulla, 2100 m, Moran & Thome 14502 (RSA, SD); La Encantada, 2200 m, Wiggins c5 Demaree 4952 (DS), Moran & Thome 14)68 (CAS, RSA, SD, UC, US, etc.) ; Santa Rosa, 2050 m, Moran & Thome 14419 (DS, RSA, SD, UC, US). Discussion. — Haplopappus arborescens ssp. arborescens occurs mainly in northern and central California — in the Sierra Nevada from Nevada County to Fresno County and in the Coast Ranges from the Oregon line to Ventura County. Haplopappus arborescens ssp. parishii* occurs in southern California — from the San Gabriel Moun- tains of Los Angeles County and the San Bernardino Mountains of San Bernardino County to Otay Mountain and the Cuyamaca-Laguna Mountains of San Diego Count). Haplopappus arborescens ssp. peninsularis occurs in northern Baja California — in the central part of the Sierra Juarez and on the west slope of the Sierra San Pedro Martir. It grows mostly towards the upper limit of the chaparral, often in disturbed areas, and generally is scarce. In the Sierra Juarez it seems to be local: I have found it only within about 8 miles of Laguna Hansen, but one collection is from 26 miles to the south. There appear to be no more northern collections, though C. R. Orcutt in particular explored the northern part of the Sierra for plants at various seasons, making one trip in September and another in October, when the plant would have been in flower and very conspicuous. I found it relatively common only in one area, about 3 to 5 miles southeast of the sawmill on the road to La Botella. In the Sierra San Pedro Martir, again it is scarce. The cited collections represent all localities at which Dr. R. F. Thorne and I saw this plant on an 8-day, 60-mile collecting trip through the Sierra. The most plants we saw in one area were about 2 5, scattered along some 2 miles of trail between Rancho San Pedro Martir and Corral de Sam. In number of florets per head, II . a. parishii, with 9 to 12 or rarely 16, is quite distinct from H. a. arborescens, with 18 to 25. Also, the number of involucral bracts seems to be correspondingly smaller. In II. a. peninsularis the inflorescence tends to be smaller than in //. a. parishii, in which the floral shoots are 1 to 5 dm long .\nd the cymes 2 to 1 8 cm wide; but the heads are very similar. There too, the number of florets is commonly 9 to 12 and rarely 16 or more. In one collection of //. a. peninsularis (Z3599), besides several plants with smaller numbers, three had 11 to 14, one had 13 to 16, and one had 10 to 18. In leaf width also, H. a. parishii, with the largest leaves 3 to 10 mm wide, is quite distinct from H. a. arborescens, with leaves rarely more than 2 mm wide. Here //. a. peninsularis is intermediate, with the largest leaves 1 l/2 to 3 ' 2 mm wide. Most specimens 154 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 of H. a. parisbii are quite distinct from the ssp. peninsularis, having the largest leaves over 5 mm wide; but some, especially from San Diego County, have narrower leaves, and a few have no leaves over 3 mm wide. It is true that some of these specimens were collected late in the season and have only the narrower upper leaves left. But a quick sampling of four populations (13716, 11718, 13719, 13721) in the Cuyamaca-Laguna Mountains shows that, as might be expected, individuals vary in leaf width and that a few individuals at flowering time may have no leaves more than 3 mm wide. Specimens from such plants apparently cannot be distinguished from the broader-leaved specimens of H. a. peninsularis. However, San Diego County specimens that cannot be distin- guished by leaf width evidently are just extremes from a population of mostly wider- leaved plants and so are best referred to H. a. parisbii on the basis of distribution. The line between these two subspecies thus is conveniently drawn at the international boun- dary, where there is an apparent 5 0-mile break in the distribution. Haplopappus parisbii has always been treated as a species separate from H. arbores- cens. Hall (1928) pointed out that it scarcely differs except in the decidedly smaller number of florets and the broader leaves; but the two are quite distinct in these respects as well as geographically. Clearly H. a. peninsularis, though not intermediate geographi- cally, does connect the other two in leaf width. Since some specimens are virtually identical, it can scarcely be treated as a species separate from H. parisbii; and if it were treated as a subspecies of H. parisbii, the gap between H. arborescens and H. parisbii would thereby be reduced, the main remaining difference being in the number of bracts and florets. It therefore seems more reasonable to treat the three as subspecies of one species. Dr. R. C. Jackson reports a gametic chromosome number of ;/ = 9 for collection 14368. At Rancho San Jose, this plant is known as rama hechicera [witch's bush], and according to Mrs. Meling it is supposed to have some medicinal value. Haplopappus juarezensis Moran, spec. nov. (Figs. 3,4) Frutex resinosus bispidulus ad 6 dm alius. Folia oblanceolata ad oboiata, cuneata, obtusa, integra, enriacea, glanduloso-punctafa, 5-/5 /;//// longa. Capitula solitaria vel pauca subcorymbosaque, discnidea. Involucra turbinata, 5-/0 ////// longa, 3-5 ;;/;;/ lata, bract eis 20-3 5, ca. 4-seriatis, lanceolatis, acutis. Flores capituli 12-26, corollis 6-9 ////// longis, ramis styloruiu 2y2-3Vi mm longis. Acbenia subcylindrica, vinacea, birsuta, 4-5 ' 2 mm longa, pappo albo, 6 - -l mm long, the first few leaves of the shoot smaller and entire. Heads solitary on the branches or on branchlets mostly more than 1 cm long, bright yellow. Involucres cylindric-turbinate, 10-12 mm long, 3-5 mm wide excluding the squarrose tips, of ca. 25 bracts; outer 8-10 bracts graduated, leaflike or transitional, the exposed upper part herbaceous, glandular-pitted, 2-4 mm wide, with 158 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Figure S. Dried flowering branch of Haplopappus odontolepis, X 1.15; part of the type collection, from Cerro Potrero, May 1965. marginal teeth and recurved spinose tip, the covered part stramineous, 1 1/2-2 mm wide, ciliate; the inner ca. 1 5 bracts oblong to linear, acute, cartilaginous with margins nar- rowly scarious and erose-ciliate, 8-10 mm long, the outer of these ca. 2 mm, the inner ca. 1 mm wide. Ray florets 6-8; corolla tube 5-5 V? mm long, the ligule 6-6l/2 mm long, 1.6-1.9 mm wide, irregularly 3-lobed for 1 mm or less; style branches linear, obtuse, L-l Yz mm long, stigmatic to the apex, unappendaged. Disk florets 12-14; corolla slightly ampliate, 7/4-8 J/2 mm long, the teeth triangular-ovate, 0.6-0.9 mm long; anthers 2J4-3 mm long; style branches linear, acute, 1/4-2 mm long, the puberulent appendage 1-2 times longer than the stigmatic part. Ray and disk achenes (immature) similar, 5-ribbed, ca. 2 J/2 mm long, sparsely ascending-pubescent. Pappus of ca. 5 0 scabrous brownish- white bristles 4-5 J/2 mm long. Type collection. — Rare on the north slope at 1400 meters elevation, near the sum- mit of Cerro Potrero, Baja California, Mexico (near 29°49'N, 114C37'W), 30 May 1965, Moran 121 62 — holotype: SD 61139; isotypes: CAS, GH, ICF, K, KANU, NY, UC, US. Distribution. — Known only from the type collection. Discussion. — Cerro Potrero is the rounded peak at the head of Arroyo Cataviria and about 7 miles north-northwest of ex-mision Santa Maria. It has also been called Cerro Ugarte, but that name is not in local use. Though scarcely higher than another peak just south of Santa Maria, apparently it is the highest summit in the 100 miles between Cerro Chato, at the south end of the Sierra San Pedro Martir, and the Sierra San Luis. Dominant shrubs at the summit and on the north slope of Cerro Potrero are Salvia chionopeplica Epling, Juniperus californica Carr., and Eriogonum fasciculation Bcnth. Other characteristic plants are Stipa speciosa T. & R., Yucca ivhipplei ssp. eremica Epl. & Haines, Qucrcns turbinella Greene, Kibes quercetornm Greene, Primus ilicifolia 1969 Moran: New taxa of Haplopappus (Nutt.) Walp., Rhus ovata Nutt., Brickellia frutescem A. Gray, Eriophyllum conferti- florum (DC.) A. Gray, Haplopappus propinquus Blake, and Senecio lemmonii A. Gr.n. In three hours on the summit of Cerro Potrero, I found only two plants of Haplopappus odontolepis. I did not find it on the slightly lower Cerro Santa Maria, about 5 miles to the south. The new species is most similar to H. vernicosus Brandegee, native in the foothills from north of San Vicente to southeast of El Rosario at elevations of about 5 0 to 900 meters. That species was known to Hall (1928) only from two specimens of the type collection; and Wiggins (1964) commented that it was little known and apparently rare. In fact, it occurs at many localities in the foothill area, as shown by a score of recent collections, and usually is abundant where it occurs. Haplopappus odontolepis resembles H. vernicosus in its slender and angled branches and its dentate and glandular-pitted elliptic or oblanceolate leaves, and the two are unique in the genus in their spiny-margined leaflike outer involucral bracts. However, H. odontolepis differs from H. vernicosus in many respects. The branches are more crowded-ascending from a thicker base. The herbage is moderately hispidulous rather than very sparsely hispidulous or mostly glabrous. The leaves are not so conspicuously narrowed to a petiole-like base; and their marginal teeth are not so large, though the white spine ending each tooth is a little longer. The heads are more commonly solitary and are almost twice as long; and the toothed leaflike outer bracts, for which the species is named, are more numerous, larger, and more conspicuous. Both ray and disk florets are more numerous and somewhat larger. Immature achenes of the disk florets are like those of the rays, not greatly reduced as in H. vernicosus: probably disk as well as ray achenes are fertile. Though noting that its herbage was not so clearly impressed-punctate as in other species, Hall (1928) placed H. vernicosus in Ericameria because of similarities to H. citneatns A. Gray, especially in habit, leaf shape, and pappus. It thus became the only- species in the section with toothed leaves and of course the only one with toothed involu- cral bracts. From the scanty insect-damaged material, Hall thought the disk achenes sterile and — perhaps a related condition — the style branches not differentiated into stigma and appendage; in these respects also the species would be unique in Ericameria. Ample material now confirms Hall's tentative view as to disk achenes and style branches. Haplopappus odontolepis, which clearly is most similar to H. vernicosus, likewise would be anomalous in Ericameria because of its toothed leaves; furthermore, it has larger heads than any species included by Hall in Ericameria. However, disk achenes are like ra) achenes and so presumably are fertile, and style branches of disk florets are appendaged. These facts suggest (1) that the lack of differentiation of style branches in disk florets of H. vernicosus is indeed related to sterility of achenes and (2) that the conditions of achenes and style branches in H. vernicosus are not germane to its sectional position since that species must in any case be placed with H. odontolepis, in which these are normal. It now appears that the similarities of H. vernicosus to //. citneatns arc superficial and that H. vernicosus should be removed from Ericameria and placed with //. odon- tolepis, possibly in a section of their own. Mainly on the basis of gross morphology, but with support from a chromosome count for H. vernicosus, Dr. Jackson suggests that these two belong to section Hazardia or are closely related to it. Haplopappus rosaricus Moran, spec. nov. (Fig. 6) Frutex glaber glutinosus fragrans 2-9 dm alius, ramis gracilibus, angulatis. Folia spatulata, spinoso-dentata, coriacea, glanduloso-punctata, \-2x \ cm longa, 5-/2 mm lata. 160 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Figure 6. Flowering branch of Haplopappns rosaricus, X ca. 1.0; part of the type collection, from south- east of El Consuelo, July 1967. Capitnla thyrsoidea, discoidea, flava. Involucra turbinata, 8-10 mm longa, 3]/2-5 mm lata, bracteh 35-60, 5-8-seriatis, erectis, oblongis, mucronatis, ca. 1 mm lath. Florcs capital/ plerumque 17-23, corollis glabris, 5l/2-6]/2 mm longis, ramis stylorum 1.1-1.5 mm longis, appendicibus ovatis. Achenia fusiformia, 5-costata, adpresso-pubescentia, 3-3 ' S mm longa, pappi aristis ca. 25-40, scabris, 5-6 mm longis. Typus: Moran 14020 (SD 65765). Species H. squarroso proxima sed caulibus brevioribus glabris basique ramosioribus, foliis minoribus glutinosioribus basique attenuatis, involucri sqnamis erectis, corollis ramis stylorum acbenibus pappoqite brevioribus divert. Glabrous, glutinous, lemony-fragrant shrub 2-9 dm high and 2-13 dm wide, with many slender erect or closely ascending branches from a base 1-2 cm thick. Branches zigzag, angled from the leaf margins and midrib downward, at first tan, very glutinous and somewhat granular, ca. 1 mm thick, becoming gray and to 3 mm thick, the inter- nodes averaging ca. 5-15 mm, the axils sometimes with a few fascicled small leaves. Leaves sessile or subpetiolate, obovate to spatulate, obtuse to rounded, 1-2 J/2 cm long, 5-12 mm wide above, 1-2 mm wide at the base, coriaceous, conspicuously glandular- pitted or in youth somewhat rugose, heavily glutinous, green or sometimes whitish with the dried exudate, spinose-tipped and dentate with 2-8 teeth on each margin, though sometimes entire in the lower half, the teeth deltoid, l/z-\l/z mm long, each tipped with a conic white spine, the midrib inconspicuous but in dried leaves whitish and protruding dorsally, the lateral veins obscure. Heads discoid, yellow, 9-13 mm high, with 12-30 but commonly 17-2 3 florets, flowering June to October, terminal and solitary or mostly thyrsoid, with 1-2 sessile or short pedunculate in each upper axil, the youngest below. Involucres turbinate, 8-10 mm high, 3J4-5 mm wide, of ca. 35-60 bracts closely im- bricated in 5-8 series, the bracts erect or with the tips slightly spreading, chartaceous 1969 Moran: New taxa oi Haplopappus 161 with scarious margins and short herbaceous tips, glandular internally as well as externally near the apex, erose and weakly spinose-mucronate at the apex, ca. 1 mm wide, the outer oblong, the inner linear-oblanceolate. Corolla 5l/2-6l/2 mm long, glabrous, gradually widening ca. from ]/z mm at the base to 1 mm at the apex, the lobes erect, triangular ovate, acute, 0.6-0.9 mm long. Style branches 1.1-1.5 mm long, the appendage ovate, acute, puberulent, half as long as to nearly equalling the stigmatic part. Achenes sub- terete, narrowed at base and somewhat at apex, 3-3 '2 mm long, reddish black, with 5 prominent white ribs, rather sparsely appressed pubescent. Pappus 5-6 mm long, of ca. 2 5-40 scabrous unequal bristles, white in flower but becoming sordid. Gametic chromosome number: ;/=5. Type collect/oil. — Locally common on north slope at 75 meters elevation, Arroyo del Campo Viejo, 2.3 miles southeast of El Consuelo and 7.2 miles north-northwest of El Rosario, Baja California, Mexico (near 30°09/2'N, 115:46'A'W), 2 July 1967, Moran 14020 — holotype: SD 65765; isotypes: CAS, UC, US, etc. Distribution. — On north slopes and higher ridgetops in the foothills within 12 miles of the sea, from northeast of El Socorro to southeast of El Rosario, at 75 to 47 5 meters elevation; often rather abundant. Other collections: 5 miles west of Rancho el Cipres, 350 m, 14017 (DS, KANU, SD) ; 4 miles ENE of El Socorro, 150 m, 14035 (CAS, SD, UC, US, etc.) ; canyon north of El Rosario, Gander 9598 (CAS, SD) ; 3 miles north of El Rosario, 200 m, 14021 (DS, SD, UC, US); Vi mile north of El Rosario, 75 m, 14022 (KANU, SD); 7 miles west of El Aguajito, 240 m, 15384 (CAS, SD, UC, US, etc.) ; divide 9 miles ESE of El Rosario on road to Puerto San Carlos, 47 5 m, / 1 242 (DS, ICF, RSA, SD, UC), 14025 (CAS, SD, UC, US, etc.). Discussion. — Haplopappus rosaricus is rather abundant at most places where it occurs. Common associates at most of the localities are Agave shauii Engelm., Rosa minuti folia Engelm., Euphorbia misera Benth., and Ambrosia chenopodiifolia (Benth.) Payne. Other species of Haplopappus with which it sometimes grows are H. propinquus Blake, H. venetus ssp. oxyphyllus (Greene) Hall, and H. verrucosus Brandegee. No hybrids were noted. Haplopappus rosaricus is most closely related to the polytypic H. sc/narrosus H. & A., whose southern subspecies grindelioides (DC.) Keck extends south at least to within 40 miles of the range of H. rosaricus. In H. squarrosus, the plant is generally larger and less branched, the base thicker (to 9 cm), the branches taller (to l'j meters) and thicker. Various parts, but especially the stems, are pubescent, at least in those southern forms that otherwise more closely approach H. rosaricus. The herbage is less glutinous and has a different odor, not so sweet and lemony. The leaves are larger (ca. 1 ' _■- 6 X 1-3 cm), and they tend to be broader and clasping at the base. The involucre is sometimes larger, and its bracts are commonly squarrose. The corolla is longer (7-11 mm) and more exserted; the style branches are longer (1.7-ca. 3 mm); the achenes are longer (3-5 mm or more) and often glabrous; and the pappus is longer (6-12 mm). Dr. R. C. Jackson reports a gametic chromosome number of n-S for collection 1402 5. Several natives of El Rosario knew no name for this plant. However, one man said that it was used in a remedyr for toothache. Haplopappus pulvinatus Moran, spec. nov. (Fig. 7) Planta cues pit osa ad 18 cm lata in rupium rimis. Folia 10-20 mbrosulata, coriacea, linearo-oblanceolata, acuta, Integra, sparsim glandulosa, /-/': cm longa, ca. I mm la/a. bast subamplccfcntia. Cap/tula solitaria, discoidea, flava, pedunculo foliis breviore. In- 162 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 &f&&&^Pi^x Figure 7. Flowering plant of Haplopappm pitliinatiis at the type locality, Cerro "2828", Sierra San Pedro Martir, July 1968. vohicra turbinata, 5-7 ^ mm longa, 4-5 mm lata, bracteis 20-}}, }-4-seriatis, ellipticis ad lanceolatis, acutis, marginibus scariosis, exterior/bus ca. I mm interioribus ca. 1 Vz mm latis. Flores capituli 14-} 6, corollis glabris, }l/z-6 mm longis, ramis stylontm linearibus, acutis, 1.3-2.1 mm longis. Achenia ll/2-} mm longa, hirsuta, pappo albo, 2l/2-5 mm longo. Typns: Moran 15262 (SD 68466). Ab aliis sectionis Stenoti capitulis minor/bus discoideisque, corollis achcniisque breiioribus, pedunculisquc foliis breiioribus differt; et a H. acauli foliis minoribus crassioribus praeterque glandes dispersas glabris, costa solum conspicua, disci floribits paitcioribus, ramisque stylontm breiioribus praeterea differt. Plant forming a flat or convex cushion to 10 or rarely 18 cm wide, the stems closely branching, the interstices commonly packed with soil, the surface green with crowded leaf rosettes. Stems to 6 mm thick at the base, with brown bark, the branchlets 1-2 mm thick, each with ca. 10-20 crowded leaves at the apex and densely covered below with old leaves that are at first white or tan and later dark brown. Leaves ascend- ing and commonly outcurved, coriaceous, green, linear-oblanceolate, acute, entire, channelled ventrally, 1-1 J/z cm long, %-l '/i mm wide above, a quarter to half as wide just above the broadened clasping base, sparsely beset with trichomes less than 0.1 mm long each tipped with a yellowish viscid globule ca. 0.5 mm thick, the midrib promi- nent, protruding dorsally, a parallel nerve on each side obscure except at the base, the apex subconic, whitish. Peduncles terminal, shorter than the leaves, ca. x/z mm thick, angled, sparsely glandular, with a few linear, acute, decurrent bracts decreasing in size upward, the upper ca. 3 mm long. Heads solitary, discoid, yellow, 7-9 mm high, with 14-36 florets, flowering in June and July. Involucre turbinate to narrowly campanulate, 5-7/2 mm long, 4-5 mm wide (5-9 mm wide pressed), of 20-33 erect bracts imbricated in 3-4 series, the bracts elliptic to lanceolate, chartaceous below, green above, with scarious margins, the outer ca. 1 mm wide, acute, often sparsely glandular-ciliate, the inner ca. 1 ]/z mm wide, mostly more broadly acute, usually fimbrillate above. Corollas glabrous, 3 J/2-6 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide at the base and slightly ampliate above, the lobes triangular-lanceolate, acute, 0.9-1.4 mm long. Style branches linear, acute, 1969 Moran: New taxa of Haplopappus 16^ 1.3-2.1 mm long, the appendage usually exceeding and often twice exceeding the stig- tnatic part. Achenes light brown, with 5-8 unequally spaced low whitish ribs, 1 l/2-l mm long, ca. y2 mm thick and tapering to the base, hirsute with ascending white trichomes Yz-\ mm long. Pappus 2I/2-5 mm long, of 25-35 unequal scabrous white bristle. Somatic chromosome number: 2«=18. Type collection. — Rather scarce, in crevices of east- and north-facing rocks and cliffs at 2800 meters elevation, east slope below Cerro "2828", east rim of the Sierra San Pedro Martir, Baja California, Mexico (near 31°02'N, 115°27'W), 5 July 1968, Moron 1 5262 — holotype: SD 68466; isotypes: CAS, GH, K, KANU, MEXU, RSA, uc, us. Distribution. — Known only at the type locality. Discussion. — The new species seems rather rare and limited as to habitat: despite wide collecting in the area on several trips, I could find only a dozen plants, all on the east slope of the one peak. Associated plants include Selaginella asprella Maxon, Sedum niieuw Davids., Hcuchera leptotneria var. peninsularis Rosend., Butt., & Lak., Saxifraga eriophora S. Wats., Potentilla ubceleri S. Wats., Tanacetum sp., and Stcpbanomeria sp. Haplopappus puhinatus belongs in the section Stcnofus (Nutt.) A. Gray (as sug- gested by Dr. Jackson /';/ lit.), even though it differs from previous members and hence from Hall's (1928) diagnosis in its pulvinate and scarcely subshrubby habit and in its discoid heads. It differs from the others also in having peduncles shorter than the leaves; and it further differs from each of them, at least on the average if not in each case absolutely, in having smaller heads, shorter corollas, and shorter achenes. In fact, it represents an extreme of reduction and compaction for the section Sfenofns. Haplopappus puhinatus appears closest to H. acaulis (Nutt.) A. Gray, native from Saskatchewan to Colorado and east central California. The smaller-leaved and more densely caespitose forms of that variable species approach H. puhinatus in habit, the stems and leaves are sometimes similarly glandular, and the involucral bracts are nearly as many and in about three series. However, the leaves are wider and often longer, with the lateral veins more evident, and are scaberulous at least on the margins and often throughout; the disk florets are more numerous; and the style branches are longer. In size and shape of leaves, H. puhinatus more nearly resembles //. stenophyllus A. Gray, native from Washington and Idaho to Nevada and northeastern California. In that species, however, the leaves are more scattered; the stems, leaves, and bracts are densely glandular-scabrid; the involucral bracts are fewer and nearly equal; and the corollas are puberulent. Haplopappus maclcanii Brandegee, of the Yukon Territory, is similar to //. pul- linatus in having small but thick leaves. However, the stems are more elongate; the leaves are narrower, hispid-ciliate, and more numerous on the stems; and the involucral bracts are fewer and more nearly equal. On 2 5 August 1968 I collected achenes at the type locality from a plant that had provided part of the type collection. From these Dr. R. C. Jackson reports a somatic chromosome number of 2;/= 18. Acknowledgements I am grateful to Drs. R. C. Jackson, Peter Raven, and Robert F. Thorne for critically reviewing the manuscript and to Biologist Mario Sousa S. for preparing the Spanish summary. Ur. Jackson also has kindly provided the chromosome counts reported here. And I am indebted to the Moran Travel and Contingency Fund for supporting the field work. 164 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Literature Cited Blake, S. F. 1926. Asteraceae. //; Paul C. Standley, Trees and shrubs of Mexico. Contr. U.S. Natl. Herb. 23: 1401-1641. [The vernacular names contributed chiefly by Paul C. Standley.] Hall, Harvey M. 1928. The genus Huplopappus: a phylogenetic study in the Compositae. Carnegie Inst. Publ. 389: i-viii, 1-391, figs. 1-114, pis. 1-16. Wiggins, Ira L. 1964. Flora of the Sonoran Desert, p. 187-1740. /;; Forrest Shreve and Ira L. Wiggins, Vegetation and flora of the Sonoran Desert. Stanford University Press. Accepted for Publication IS November 1968 San Diego Natural History Museum, P. O. Box 1590, San Diego, California 92112. FOSSIL GROUSE OF THE GENUS DENDRAGAPUS MUS. CO MP. ZOOL LIBRARY JOSEPH R. JEHL, JR. MAR 3 1969 HARVARD UNIVERSITY TRANSACTIONS OF THE SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15, NO. 12 12 FEBRUARY 1969 FOSSIL GROUSE OF THE GENUS DENDRAGAPUS Joseph R. Jehl, Jr. Abstract. — Osteological variation in the Pleistocene and Recent populations of Dendragapus is reviewed. Two species of Dendragapus are recognized from late Pleistocene deposits of the western United States. Dendragapus lucasi, which was smaller than the extant D. obscurus, and D. g. gilli, a large, heavy-bodied grouse, are known only from Fossil Lake, Oregon. D. nanus, also described from the Fossil Lake deposits, is considered a synonym of D. lucasi. Another grouse, known from cave deposits of northern California, is tentatively described as a small, southern subspecies of gilli, Den- dragapus gilli milleri n. subsp. Phylogenetic relationships between the Pleistocene grouse and D. obscurus are not currently resolvable. Grouse of the genus Dendragapus* are not common in the fossil record. Three forms, Dendragapus lucasi (Shufeldt), D. nanus (Shufeldt), and D. gilli (Shufeldt) are known only from late Pleistocene deposits at Fossil Lake, Lake County, Oregon. These fossils seem to have been collected from a narrow series of beds with a maximum age of approximately 29,000 years (Allison, 1966). Abundant material referred to the extant Blue Grouse, D. obscurus, was reported by Miller (1911) from the Samwel and Potter Creek cave deposits of Shasta County, California. These deposits are of Upper Pleistocene age, but they have not been precisely dated. The locations of the Pleistocene deposits are shown in Figure 1. Dendragapus obscurus has also been reported from an Indian midden in the Puget Sound region, Washington (Miller, 1960), and from the Weiss and Birch Creek Valley rock shelters in Idaho (Miller, 1963). Carbon 14 dating indicates a maximum age of 10,000 to 12,000 years for the Idaho remains. For an earlier study (Jehl, 1967) it was necessary to assemble most of the Fossil Lake Dendragapus material previously studied by Howard (1946), the largely unstudied California cave fossils, and a large series of skeletons of modern D. obscurus. Because osteological variation in obscurus proved to be greater than had been recognized pre- viously, I restudied the differences on which the fossil species had been based in light of this variation. In this paper I review the fossil populations of Dendragapus and I attempt to outline their possible relationships to each other and to D. obscurus. Materials I examined the following skeletal material representing seven of the eight currently recognized races (A.O.U., 1957) of Dendragapus obscurus: D. o. richardsoni, 1 com- plete and 2 partial females, 3 complete males; D. o. pallidas, 1 complete and 2 partial females, 1 complete male; D. o. oreinus, 3 complete and 2 partial females, 1 complete and 1 partial male; D. o. fuliginosus, 5 complete females, 4 partial males; D. o. sitkensis, 1 partial female; D. o. sierrae, 3 complete and 3 partial females, 5 partial males, 1 unsexed; D. o. howardi, 3 partial males. Fossil material examined is indicated below under "Referred material" and includes all known material from Fossil Lake examined 'Short (1967) has recently proposed that Canachites and Falcipennis, genera recognized by IYters (1934), be placed in an expanded genus Dendragapus. In this paper I use DendragapUi in its traditional sense. However, except for a single report of Canachites canadensis from the late Pleistocene of Virginia (Wetmore, 1962: 7-8) there is apparently no fossil record of either Canachites or Falcipennis (Brod- korb, 1964). San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 15 (12): 165-174. 12 Fi bruary 1969 166 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 by Howard with the exception of two elements of D. lucasi ( 1 coracoid, 1 tarsome- tarsus) in the Oregon State University collections (Howard, 1946: 179). The following abbreviations are used: AMNH, American Museum of Natural His- tory: UCMP, University of California Museum of Paleontology; UMMP, University of Michigan Museum of Paleontology. .4 (9.0) .31 Samwel and Potter Creek cave fossils 9 59-67 (62.8) 2.4 1 11.8 10 8.8-10.1 (9.1) .41 D. lucasi (type) 1 63.9 1 11.5 1 8.7 170 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 - s 5P w -I M < < < h w o o H z w w a a < * -I £ S X S-S p< ■-■2 ■a. t/3 K ON "o -a — O oo oo d ^ — ON d K K ON K fN •— ■* ■+ o u) ~ ON •^ ,J- ~ -a s u NO ON O o "J — ON — . ON ON ON •4" 1969 Jehl: Fossil Grouse of the Genus Demi raga pus 171 Humerus. — Most of the humeri are fragmentary and lengths can be obtained or estimated for only five specimens; only one of these falls beyond the length of obscurus females. The humeri appear to have slightly smaller heads and the shafts are slightly straighter distally, averaging approximately eight per cent wider than in obscurm (Table 3). Referred material: UCMP nos. 4096, 4275, 4281, 5287, 5491, 5285, 6774, 6921, 6961, 6962, 8053, 8324, 8910, 9514, 9554a, 9646, 9712, 10147, 10160, 10183, 27312 (2), 27314, 27315 (2), 27342 (3), 27325, 31722. Table 3 Measurements of Humerus in Dendragapus (in mm) Greatest distal Species Total length width No. Range anil Mean S.D. No. Range and Mean S.D. D. obscurus cT 14 69.7-75.0 (72.4) 2.1 14 14.4-15.7 (15.8) .59 D. obscurus ? 24 61.8-69.5 (65.1) 1.9 25 12.6-14.6 (13.6) .48 Samwel and Potter Creek cave fossils 5 62.8, 63.5, 64*, 68*, 72.3 7 11.4-14.0 (13.5) D. lit cast I 66.6 1 13.6 "estimated lengths Tarsometatarsus. — Tarsometatarsi are similar to those of lucasi and of obscurus females, but the shafts are noticeably wider (Table 4, Fig. 2). In all other respects including the shape of the head (cf. Miller, 1911: 397), they are within the range of variation of obscurus. Compared with lucasi, the trochleae are much more robust, the metatarsal facet is less well defined, the depression below the internal cotyla on the pos- terior face is deeper, and the ridge bordering this depression is more pronounced. Referred material: UCMP nos. 3580, 4624, 579S, 8505, 8923a, 9554, 9554a, 9634, 9644, 9674, 9729. 9740, 9784, 9790, 9803, 9828, 10183a, 27313, 27323, 27324a, 27324b, 27325a, 31718, 31722, 37662, 37663, 37664, 37665, }7666, }7667, 37668. Tentatively referred: UCMP nos. 5501, 7430, 10183. Tibiotarsus. — The fragmentary nature of most of the tibiotarsi makes detailed analysis impossible. Two nearly complete elements (length estimated) are longer than those of female D. obscurus. Shaft widths are approximately five to ten per cent greater than in obscurus elements of comparable length; the distal width is also greater (Table 5). Referred material: UCMP nos. 8873, 8926a, 9554a, 27322, 27323, 27323a, 27323b, 31716, 31722, 31757. Table 5 Measurements of Tibiotarsus in Dendragapus (in mm) Lateral width Species Total length across trochleae No. Range and Mean S.D. No. Range and Mean S.D. D. obscurus cf 12 89.0-97.8 (92.8) 2.6 12 9.7-10.9 (10.0) a: D. obscurus ¥ 19 78.4-89.2 (84.3) 2.9 17 8.7-10.0 (9.3) .45 Samwel and Potter Creek cave fossils 5 81.5*, 83.5*, 84*, 91.5*, 91.5* 4 9.9-1D/' ( Ki.4) "estimated lengths Femur. — None of the five femora (UCMP nos. 9554a, 9607, 9710, 9714, 27314) examined are complete, but it is clear that all are within the si?e range of female 172 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 obscurus; shafts average approximately ten per cent wider than in similarly sized obsciirus (Table 6). Table 6 Measurements of Femur in Dendragapns (in mm) Greatest distal Species Total length ■width No. Range and Mean S.D. No. Range and Mean S.D. D. obscurus <$ 12 73.8-79.4 (75.6) 2.1 12 13.7-15.5 (14.2) .65 D. obscurus + 22 65.1-71.3 (67.5) 1.9 22 11.6-13.0 (12.3) .51 Samwel and Potter Creek cave fossils 2 65.5*, 69.0* 1 12.0 D. lucasi 1 68* '"estimated lengths Coracoid. — As far as can be determined, the coracoids fall within the length range for female obscurus. Some are wider, but there is not enough material for critical comparison. I have found no method of distinguishing these coracoids from those of lucasi or obscurus. Referred material: UCMP nos. 3180, 5836, 7042, 7428, 8926a, 9674, 10160, 31713, 31722, 31759. Table 7 Measurements of Coracoid in Dendragapns (in mm) Length from head to Species tip of sternal facet No. Range and Mean S.D. D. obscurus cf 13 53.6-59.0 (56.9) 2.5 D. obscurus ? 26 47.4-54.8 (50.2) 1.9 Samwel and Potter Creek cave fossils 4 48.5*, 49.6, 50.9*, 5 1.5* D. lucasi 2 52.7, 52.9 "estimated lengths Other elements: Two cervical vertebrae (UCMP nos. 9521, 10183), three frag- ments of synsacrum (UCMP nos. 963 3, 9674, 9696) and one furculum (UCMP no. 8926a) are similar to those of obscurus and are probably referable to this population. Discussion. — The California cave population was similar to D. lucasi in size but differed in greater stoutness of the long bones. Smaller than D. gilli, it closely resembled that form in robustness. Compared with the extant D. obscurus, the cave grouse was slightly smaller, nearly all elements falling within the size range of obscurus females, but the long bones averaged five to ten per cent more robust. In interpreting these cave deposits the possibility of biased sampling must be con- sidered. If predators responsible for amassing these remains were unable to carry large grouse, the resulting deposits would be composed largely of the much smaller females and much of the variation in the fossil population would be obscured. However, many of the bird and mammal predators known from these deposits (Miller, 1911; Furlong, 1906) could have carried larger birds with ease. I conclude that the differences ascribed to the cave remains are valid and, therefore, that this population is worthy of taxonomic recognition. The affinities of this population are not obvious. Although some individual bones cannot be distinguished from those of obscurus, the California fossil population averaged much stouter than obscurus. I detect no geographic variation in robustness in races of 1969 Jehl: Fossil Grouse 01 the Genus Dendragapus 173 obscurus, and in other grouse that I have examined robustness of the long bones appears to be a conservative character. For these reasons I infer that the cave grouse probably was most closely related to the similarly robust though much larger D. gilli. Even if this inference is correct, the nature of the relationship between these forms can only be surmised, owing to a lack of gilli material. The cave form could have been specifically distinct, but it is hard to believe that three species of Dendragapus occupied so small an area of the west only a few thousand years before the first appearance of obscurus. It seems most reasonable to treat this population as a smaller, probably contemporaneous, southern subspecies of gilli. I name this population Dendragapus gilli milleri in honor of Dr. Loye Holmes Miller, who first called attention to these fossils. The Oregon popula- tion thus becomes the nominate race, D. g. gilli. Figure 2. Left to right, carpometacarpi of Dendragapus lucasi (AMNH no. 3478 A), Dendragapus obscurus (UMMZ 74758), Dendragapus gilli milleri (UCMP no. 82977); tarsometatarsi cf Dendragapus lucasi (AMNH no. 3475 A) Dendragapus obscurus (UMMZ no. 208192), Den- dragapus gilli milleri (UCMP no. 9823). All illustrations X 1. Dendragapus gilli milleri new subspecies Holotype. — Left carpometacarpus, lacking metacarpal III and exhibiting slight wear on distal end. University of California Museum of Paleontology no. 82977 (Fig. 2). Age and locality. — Late Pleistocene deposits of Samwel Cave, Shasta County, California. Diagnosis of holotype. — Similar in robustness to carpometacarpi of D. g. gilli but approximately 18 per cent shorter; similar in size to carpometacarpi of D. lucasi and D. obscurus but 10 per cent more robust. Measurement of holotype. — Total length 38.7 mm; width of metacarpal II at mid- point 4.3 mm; depth of proximal end through process of metacarpal I and internal crest of trochlea 12.4 mm; ratio, width of metacarpal II at midpoint to total length 1 1.2 per cent. Referred material. — As discussed above (pp. 169-172). Synthesis In the late Pleistocene two species of Dendragapus inhabited a small area of the western United States. Dendragapus lucasi and D. g. gilli occurred sympatrically in southern Oregon; a smaller subspecies of gilli, D. g. milleri, occurred in northern Cali- fornia. The relationships of these Pleistocene grouse to the extant D. obscurus are not clear. If robustness of the long bones is a conservative character, as I have suggested, lucasi would appear to be the most likely ancestor for obscurus. D. gilli may have be- 174 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 come extinct at the end of the Pleistocene, leaving no descendants, but this is far from certain. If "Dendragapus obscurus" can be shown to comprise two species (see Fried- mann, 1946: 68), gilli may have been ancestral to one, lucasi to the other. In that event, the problems associated with matching ancestral and descendant populations will be extremely difficult. Until more information is available regarding the distribution and variation in the fossil populations, evolutionary rates, the significance of the dif- ferences that characterize the several populations, the temporal relationships of the Pleistocene forms, as well as taxonomic relationships within D. obscurus, further specu- lation on relationship in this genus is best postponed. Acknowledgments The late R. A. Stirton, University of California Museum of Paleontology, kindly made the Samwel Cave and Potter Creek Cave material available to me. E. H. Colbert, American Museum of Natural His- tory, loaned specimens of D. Iiicusi and "D. iiaiitts," and allowed me to examine type material in his care. Skeletons of D. obscurus were obtained through: N. K. Johnson and the late A. H. Miller, University of California; O. M. Buchanan and T. R. Howell, University of California at Los Angeles; R. F. John- ston, the University of Kansas; K. E. Stager, Los Angeles County Museum; and H. G. Lumsden. I am indebted to C. W. Hibbard for advice and assistance throughout this study, to H. B. Tordoff, R. W. Storer, and R. M. Mengel for commenting on an earlier draft of the manuscript, and especially to Hilde- garde Howard for her careful and helpful editorial assistance. Literature Cited Allison, I. S. 1966. Fossil Lake, Oregon, its geology and fossil faunas. Oregon State University Press. 48 p. American Ornithologists' Union 1957. Check-list of North American Birds, 5th ed. Lord Baltimore Press, Baltimore, Md. Brodkorb, P. 1964. Catalogue of fossil birds: Part 2 ( Anseriformes through Galliformes) . Bull. Florida State Mus. 8(3): 195-335. Friedmann, H. 1946. The Birds of North and Middle America. U.S. Natl. Mus. Bull. 50, Part X. U.S. Govt. Printing Office, Washington, D.C. Furlong, E. L. 1906. The exploration of Samwel Cave. Amer. J. Sci. 22: 235-247. Howard, H. 1946. A review of the Pleistocene birds of Fossil Lake, Oregon. Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 5 5 1. pp. 141-195. Jehl, J. R., Jr. 1967. Birds from Fossil Lake, Oregon. Condor 69: 24-27. Miilllr, L. H. 1911. Avifauna of the Pleistocene cave deposits of California. Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. 6: 385-400. 1960. Some Indian midden birds from the Puget Sound area. Wilson Bull. 72: 392-397. 1963. Birds and Indians in the west. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 62: 178-191. Peters, J. L. 1934. Check-list of birds of the world. Vol. 2. Cambridge, Harvard University Press, 401 p. Short, L. L., Jr. 1967. A review of the genera of grouse (Aves, Tetraoninae) . Amer. Mus. Novitates no. 2289, 39 p. Shufeldt, R. W. 1892. A study of the fossil avifauna of the Equus beds of the Oregon Desert. J. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 9: 389-425. Wetmore, A. 1962. Notes on fossil and subfossil birds. Smiths. Misc. Coll. 145(2): 1-17. Accepted for Publication 13 January 1969 San Diego Natural History Museum, P. O. Box 1390, San Diego, California 92112. A BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF BAHIA DE LOS ANGELES GULF OF CALIFORNIA, MEXICO, IV. BENTHIC AMPHIPODA (CRUSTACEA) J. LAURENS BARNARD MUS. COMP. ZOOU LIBRARY JUL 10 1969 HARVARD UNIVERSITY* TRANSACTIONS OF THE SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15, NO. 13, 27 JUNE 1969 The series on Bahia de los Angeles has been published, in part, through the generosity of Richard F. Dwyer. Much of the research on which it is based was conducted at the Vermilion Sea Field Station of the San Diego Natural History Museum, which is supported by the National Science Foundation. A BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF BAHIA DE LOS ANGELES, GULF OF CALIFORNIA, MEXICO. IV. BENTHIC AMPHIPODA (CRUSTACEA). J. Laurens Barnard Abstract. — The gammaridean fauna of a bay in the disjunct, warm-temperate zone of the Gulf of California is discussed. Of the 70 species encountered, 13 represent new species and 5 new sub- species. Two new genera are proposed. In 1962 and 1963 a sharp decline in diversity and abundance occurred in autumn in depths between 6 and 46 m. The diversity of Gammaridea is about half that of similar depths in southern California. Approximately 70 per cent of the amphipods have warm-temperate affinities; at least 9 cognates of Californian species occur in BLA. Shallow, sandy bottoms, in 2-8 m depth, are dominated by Ericthonius brasiliensis and Podocerus fulatius; mid- depths of 7-36 m on fine sands by Ampelisca compressa, A. cristata and Platyischnopus metagracilh; and the deepest zone, 37-46 m on brown silts, by Hetcrophoxus oculatus, Ampelisca cristata and A. compressa. None of the dominant species is endemic, but in the Californian warm-temperate zone Podocerus fulanus is confined to lagoons. Resumen. — Se estudian los Anfipodos Gammaridos de una bahia situada en la zona limitrofe de la region calido-templada del Golfo de California. Se describen setenta especies, de las cuales 13 son especies nuevas y ademas 5 nuevas subespecies. La bahia esta bajo la influencia del conocida fenomeno del efecto del verano en la densidad faunistica, de modo que esta es pobre en relacion con la que presenta el mar abierto. Un 70% de los Anfipodos, aproximadamente, presentan afinidades con los de las regiones calido-templadas; por lo menos 9 especies son cognatos a las que aparecen en regiones calido-templadas; todo lo cual indica en cierto modo, el aislamiento de esta fauna de sus fuentes originales. Las regiones poco profundas (de 2 a 8 metros de profundidad) con fondos arenosos, estan dominadas por Ericthonius brasiliensis y Podocerus fulanus; las zonas de profundidad media (de 7 a 3 6 m) sobre arena fina, aparecen pobladas por Ampelisca cristata, A. compressa y Platyiscbnopiis metagracilh; mientras que las zonas profundas (de 36 a 46 m) con fondos de fango marron, estan habitadas por Hetcrophoxus oculatus, Ampelisca cristata y A. compressa. Ninguna de las especies dominantcs refleja una dislocacion de la fauna al hacerse endemicas; a excepcion de Podocerus fulanus que puede funcionar en mar abierto como una reliquia confinada a las pequefias lagunas litorales. This paper describes the gammaridean fauna of a small bay, Bahia de los Angeles, on the east shore of Baja California, in the northwestern part of the Gulf of California. Amphipoda from the gulf have been recorded previously by Shoemaker (1925). Bahia de los Angeles is presumably within the disjunct, warm-temperate, upper gulf region discussed by Beltran (1960) in the "Symposium: The biogeography of Baja California and Adjacent Seas." Collection of this fauna was undertaken as part of a survey to assess the simple mud and sand-bottom communities and the general environment of that bay. Barnard and Grady (1968) have outlined the thermal regime, water char- acteristics, and benthic sedimentary structure of the bay and have reported on the phenomenon of "summer-kill" as a dominating influence on the warm-temperate fauna in 1962 and 1963. The amphipodan fauna of Bahia de los Angeles is impoverished, in terms of both species and abundance of individuals, in comparison with southern California, the only other quantatively studied region of the eastern Pacific Ocean. Approximately 70 per cent of the Amphipoda have warm-temperate affinities, and at least 9 cognates of warm-temperate species occur in Bahia de los Angeles (BLA). San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 15 (13): 175-228, 27 June, 1969 176 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 The fauna lacks numerous species that overlap this latitude in the open part of the Pacific Ocean. The diversity of Amphipoda is appproximately half that of similar depths in southern California. The fauna, which is seriously depleted during high temperatures of late summer (2 5 C), may also be affected by redtide (Barnard and Grady, 1968). Repopulation of the bay during winter thermal minima (ca. 15 C) apparently occurs rapidly from depths exceeding 5 0 m; post- winter samples contain a dense fauna of polychaetes, Amphipoda, and small mollusks, especially clams. Windrows of dead clam shells, in adult stages, occur on sand beaches in the southwestern part of the bay. These suggest that mass mortalities in summer occur sporadically rather than annually. The Amphipod Fauna Seventy species of gammaridean Amphipoda, including 2 new genera, 13 new species and 5 new subspecies, have been identified from Bahia de los Angeles. Nearly 20 additional species are recorded in fragmented and juvenile materials (Table 1). Twenty- seven of the 70 identified species dwell primarily on soft bottoms, 3 3 inhabit hard bottoms and 10 occur in both habitats. In April, 1962, Amphipoda, as well as Mollusca, Polychaeta, and small Decapoda were conspicuous in the samples. During the resurvey in October-November 1963 the entire fauna was so poorly represented in the first few samples that we believed the orange-peel grab was malfunctioning. Numerous adjustments were made; control sam- ples taken with a Van-Veen grab confirmed the sparseness of the benthic fauna. The diversity of soft-bottom (infaunal) species in Bahia de los Angeles is far less than on the coastal shelf of southern California even though the diversity of sediments is similar. In depths of 2-5 5 m in southern California 136 (infaunal) species have been recorded (see Table 9 of Barnard, 1966, subtracting 29 deep-water species from the total of 165). Nevertheless, the abundance of individuals (2000 per s.q m*') in April at Bahia de los Angeles equals or slightly exceeds that found at various depths in south- ern California, but it is very low compared with parts of Bahia de San Quintin (J. L. Barnard, 1964b) where certain biotopes have more than 20,000 individuals /m2. In Bahia de los Angeles the greatest abundance (45 69 individuals /m2) occurs in depths of 2-6 m, whereas in depths between 7 and 46 m the abundance drops to between 75 and 208 individuals /m2 (Table 2). A sharp decline in abundance of all but three of 20 dominant soft-bottom gam- marideans occurred between April 1962 and November 1963 (Table 1, species marked with "S" and having 104,- specimens in April samples). The decline in frequency is generally of one order of magnitude but no appreciable decline occurred in Rudiletn- boides stcnopropodits and a slight to moderate decline occurred in Heterophoxus oculatus and Microdcutopus schmitti. Six species were completely absent from samples in Novem- ber, 1963. Whether an autumnal decline (1962) and winter refurbishment (1963) occurred are unknown. Four of the six species missing in November are eurybathic (Barnard, 1966) and presumably could repopulate shallow water depths from deep water sources. Autumnal impoverishment occurred in depths of 40-46 m as strongly as it did in depths of 21-30 m as seen in the following tabulation in which 19 samples were selected from each depth in each season, indicating total specimens of Gammaridea collected in each category. •computed from 8775 individuals occurring in 70 samples representing about 4.38 m~; see Table 1 for April samples. The orange-peel grab collects an area of about 0.06 m-. 1969 Barnard: Bahia de los Angeles Amphipoda 177 w < i u V. < o M-! W o X < o z if < J < II O H b 3^ D H H < J >< 0 oS D u w h £ w w c 2 D u u 0 < w Q < < o o H !j < o H W to < X c J W ^~ H W ►J W g H >< W H H W w X H Z ? o z as Z 5 < H 7. 0 H H 0 H i H h O t/i O H a w v. CO H on Of « « Q'S < c c. <~ -a. CO ■a. 5 <3 CO bo a S> 8 "W ^= f ^ Cu -. c. _£ -C, -all II so ON o <~ ■a CO -a. — . S »> CO CO _' £« H O 03 H O CO -a. co •5"= CO CM CM «\ OO m* 'J- O **s 0\ t— i CM M-. ~H *^ i— ■ r— OOr^, -*" rj ■* ON s-n SO (N K "~> K N « t N N x H + + + + + 4- + o\ o SO 0\ K CM CM K Tt O — so o 7) m 71 SO ON OO co CM SO o O — I CO CO CO rr\ ^f »-» o oo CM CO >-wwwiHWHHwwwhhwHl-H _ H w w T-> ~5 8 a (3 C. So "*■» <3 s ■»* w _2 C o M* ■-. «m -C ms o <3 mi CU k. •ex. 5 o Cm <3 -a 2 .c- 41 Cm ~c« -5 Co "S -a, - Mi "3 "3 0 ca <3 "3 <3 Cm w ■_ •m Cg Q — -* .*— -v u •a. — O oo wo _r H ^ H O pq H Po O CO -a. co •a.0 S rs to 5-2 4'| + + 0\ o 1H f-H ^\ o oo fH o o (S — < CM CM CM rg iH *-> ^H i-H ^H ^ "^" ^* ,—i .—<*«"» ^-i OO ^" C\ N i" *-» cm K cm cm ^-> — — <+ t+t + + + + + + + r, — — *■-» -— • CM ^> & > © ■3 to 5 o _-J .^* s t3 <3 60 60 Be o to -^ -», \a ^i ^. sssss^o 8 a a s X X X H © © © © •^ *Q *^ *^ ^\ f\ f> 1— ^" f* —r <~ K ~ Tf t(- «— • <*"» -* ^H — r j rl + + + + + K V^ r*1 V^ *"> o i^. c 3 O t/> 9 «i 2 'S S „ « o 2 g -5 -5 s "« ?s ft S 5 £ 6C £ ft. a, ft, ft. £ ft. k: ft< =< CO tfl 5 P -ft. to •-ft. -. D. t" antenna 1; g, article 1 or antenna 1; h, article 4 of antenna 2; i, j, gnathopods 1, 2; k, 1, m, n, pereopods I, 3, 4, J; o, p, q, uropods 1, 2, 3; r, telson; s, mandibular palp. Female, BLA 95: t, antenna I. 204 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Figure 17. Megaluropus longimerus falciformis, new subspecies, female, 4.1 mm, BLA SIO-62-228: a, maxilliped; b, c, uropods 1, 2; d, mandibular palp; e, antenna 1; f, peduncular process of uropod 1. Male, 3.6 mm: g, head; h, i, coxae 1, 3; j, gnathopod 2. Female, 5.1 mm: k, telson; 1, pleonites 1-J, left to right; m, head. Juvenile, 2.6 mm: n, uropod 3. Megaluropus longimerus Schellenberg, southern California, "Vclero" station 5 564, female, 6.5 mm: o, half of telson; p, pereopod 2. Female: 3.9 mm: q, both halves of telson. 1969 Barnard: Bahia de los Angeles Amphipoda 20 5 Elasmopus rapax Costa Elasmopus rapax Costa. Barnard, 1955a: 10-12, fig. 5 (with references); 1962b: 94-96, figs. 16, 17. Elasmopus rapax mutatUS Barnard, 1962b: 96-98 fig. 18. One form of this species was reported by Barnard (1962b) from BLA but a second form occurs in SIO collections. It resembles a form from southern California (Barnard, in press) that has article 2 of pereopod J strongly crenellated posteriorly. A third form from Tiburon Island, near BLA, is also described by Barnard and an open-sea subspecies, E. r. mu/a/us occurs in southern California (Barnard, 1962b). The second form from BLA is characterized as follows: pleonal cpimeron 3 like that o£ E. antennatm and E. hoi gurus (see Barnard, 1962b), with smooth posterior margin and small tooth at posteroventral corner; accessory flagellum elongate, 2-articulate, article 2 minute; gnathopod 2 like that of E. r. mutahts, bearing one distal palmar process and one process in middle of palm as large as that of E. r. rapax of Barnard (1962b), but setae denser, invading palm halfway and hiding middle process, proximal palmar ridge and spine absent; telson short, truncate and heavily spincd as in /!. kolgurus Barnard (1962b) and the crenellated form (Barnard, in press); uropod 3 short but inner ramus not shortened, outer ramus with 3 sets of marginal spines. The wide variability in assortment of characters on accessory flagella, second gnathopods, fifth pereopods, third pleonal epimera, third uropods and telsons suggests that E. ho/gurus may be another phenotype of E. rapax. Records. — Rocky intertidal of Vermilion Sea Field Station and barrier islands, to 24 m on barrier island reef. Distribution. — Circumtropical, subtropical and in some temperate seas. Macra inaequipes (Costa) Macra inaequipes (Costa). Barnard, 195 9a: 2 5-26, pi. 5. The specimens correspond morphologically with those reported by Barnard (195 9a) from Newport Bay, California. The question of the assignment of northeastern Pacific representatives to the European species remains open to further study. Records. — Rocky intertidal of barrier islands. Distribution. — Possibly circumtropical and warm-temperate in the intertidal. Megaluropus longimerus falciformis, new subspecies Figures 17, 18 Diagnosis. — Lateral cephalic lobe with sharp cusp anteriorly; posterior edges of pleonal epimera 1-3 strongly rounded, ending posteroventrally in small cusps, 2 and 3 sparsely serrate posteriorly; dorsal edges of pleonites 3, 4, 5 strongly serrate; coxae 1 and 2 longer than broad, coxae 2-3 rcniform, curved posteriorwards, coxae 3-4 poorly setose, see drawings for sexual differences; article 4 of gnathopods in both sexes strongly produced distally and posteriorly, lobe of article 5 well-developed and directed somewhat distally in female, less strongly distinct from article 5 in male; long falciform spines on distal articles of all pereopods extraordinarily stout and distally blunt; second articles of pereopods 3-5 more slender than in southern California individuals; telson short, very broad, apices broad, nearly truncated, armed with long, stout blunt spines, telson extending only halfway along inner ramus of uropod 2. Holotype. — USNM No. 111475 female, 4.1 mm. Type-locality. — BLA SIO-62-228, W. shore of bay, south of village, debris of fish sample on cobble bottom, 2 m, April 24, 1962, coll. Dr. Carl L. Hubbs and party. Relationship. — This subspecies differs from M. I. longimerus Schellenberg (as described from California by Barnard 1962b) in (1) the more strongly convex posterior edges of the pleonal epimera and their smaller posterodistal teeth; (2) the presence of a distinct cusp on the lateral cephalic lobes in both sexes; (3) the bluntness of the pereopodal spines; (4) the broader telson with longer, blunter distal spines; and (5) the poor setation of coxae 3 and 4. Megaluropus longimerus was originally described from western Africa and its identification from the eastern Pacific Ocean is open to question on geographic grounds. If the taxon has subspeciated in a s geographic area then it may also be represented by different subspecies in California and Africa. The original description is sketchy and the material should be reevaluated in light of various characters dif- ferentiating the two Pacific subspecies. The telson and pereopod 2 of Californian material are reillustrated herein (fig. 17, o, p, q) for comparison of spines with specimens from BLA. Distribution. — Lagos, Nigeria; eastern Pacific Ocean from Monterey Bay, California to Bahia de San Ramon, Baja California, 10-108 m. Megaluropus visendus. new species Figures 19, 20 Diagnosis. — Rostrum long, slender, acute, reaching nearly to end of article 1 of antenna 1 lateral cephalic lobes bulbously produced and broadly rounded; eyes large, filling lateral lobes; antennae < article 5 of second antennal peduncle much longer than article 4, accessory flagellum urn antenna 2 peduncular base inflated, densely setose; upper lip scarcely incised with 1 stout distal seta and numerous, slender setules lining medial edge: article 4 of maxillinedal palp short, armed with 1 long stout spine and several setae; coxa 1 broad, anterior e concavity above anteroventral corner; coxa 2 much broader than I ventral edge; coxa 3 scarcely different from coxa 1 in size, anterodistal edge beveled: coxa 4 r 206 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 1J Figure 18. Megaluropus longimerus falciformis, new subspecies, female, 4.1 mm, BLA SIO-62-228: a, b, gnathopods 1, 2; c, d, e, f, g, pereopods 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. Male, 3.6 mm: h, coxa 4. 1969 Barnard: Bahia de los Angeles Amphipoda 207 Figure 19. Megaluropus visendus, new species, male, 2.5 mm, BLA 9: a, antenna 2, flagellum cut after article 3; b, maxilla 2; c, mandibular palp; d, maxillipedal palp articles 3-4; e, inner plate of maxilla 1; f, upper lip. Female, holotype, 2.7 mm: g, h, i, uropods 1, 2, 3; j, telson; k, head. than other coxae, evenly rounded below, not tapering; coxae 5-7 unusually long, coxa 5 with long anterior lobe projecting ventrally, coxa 6 with small anterior lobe projecting anteriorly, coxa 7 with antcrovcntral lobe; gnathopod 1 small, stout, simple, poorly setose, articles 4 and 5 rather bulbous, article 6 comparatively slender, dactyl armed with stout, partially fused, distal spine; gnathopod 2 of female with very slender second article bent proximally, article 4 small and not produced behind, article 5 triangular, long, with apex of triangle forming posterior process, article 6 linear, slender, simple, article 7 about two thirds as long as article 6, bearing 1 distal spine and several setules; gnathopod 2 of male with article 5 less tri- angular in shape, posterior process pointing distally, article 6 inflated but slender relative to article 5, tapering distally, without distinct palm, dactyl long, curved, about two thirds as long as palm and distally bearing fused spine without accessory setules; pcreopod 2 longer than 1, but both otherwise similar, slender, article 6 shorter than 5; fifth articles of pereopods 3, 4 (? and 5), about half as long as fourth articles, these pereopods relatively shorter than in Megaluropus agilis; posterodorsal margins of pleonitcs 1 and 2 minutely serrate, segments 4 and 5 slightly elevated as in M. lottgimerus (as shown by Barnard. 1962b) and serrate; third pleonal epimeron evenly rounded behind, densely serrate, second pleonal cpimeron sub- quadrate at posteroventral corner, with 2 distal serrations; first pleonal cpimeron evenly convex behind, protuberant posteriorly, rounded-quadrate at ventral corner; telson long, reaching about to middle of rami of uropod 3, poorly armed. Holotype. — USNM No. 1115 11, female, 2.7 mm. 208 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Figure 20. Megaluropus visendus, new species, female, 2.7 mm, holotype, BLA 9: a, head; b, pleonal epimera 1-3, left to right; c, d, e, f, g, pereopods 1, 2, 3, 4, 5; h, pereopod 2, enlarged; i, j, gnathopods 1, 2. Male, 2.5 mm: k, head; 1, gnathopod 2. Arrows in figs, c and j indicate gill attachments. 1969 Barnard: Bahia de los Angeles Amphipoda 209 Type-locality. — BLA 9, 2 m, October 31, 1963. Relationship. — This species resembles Megaluropm agilis Hock, as figured by Chtvrcux and Fage (1925) but has numerous small differences: (1) the rostrum is narrower, longer, and more discrete; (2) the heads of both sexes are similar and the eyes arc of the same large size, in contrast to the small female eyes of M. agilis; (3) article 5 of second antennal peduncle is much longer than article 4; (4) the accessory flagellum is uniarticulate; (5) coxa 1 is broader and coxae 4-7 are longer and of different shapes than in M. agilis; (6) gnathopod 2 of the female is somewhat similar to that of M. agilis but article 5 is broader and article 6 more evenly slender; (7) gnathopod 2 of the male has article 5 much broader and with a distinct posterior lobe; (8) pereopods 3-5 are shorter and article 5 is much shorter than in M. agilis. Dorsal serrations either occur or do not occur on pleonites 1-2 in the present material. The gnathopodal differences of these two species indicate that the specimens identified by Barnard (1964a) as M. agilis are in reality a new species. That identification was based on a scant material with high variability but the following differences from M. agilis as figured by Chevreux and Fage (1925) now appear significant: (1) broader first coxa; (2) the distinctly triangular shape, posterior lobation and greater breadth of article 5 on male gnathopod 2 and the longer dactyl; (3) the more discrete rostrum of the male; (4) the distinctive female second gnathopod which is like the first gnathopod in the new species; but in M. agilis the first gnathopod has a broader fifth article with a distinctly subtriangular shape, whereas in M. agilis of Barnard the article is a linear trapezoid; (5) the uniarticulate accessory flagellum. There are sufficient distinctions between the descriptions of M. agilis by Chevreux and Fage (1925) and by Pillai (1957) to suggest that the latter Indian material is also a new species. Records. — Ranging in depth from 2 to 17 m on coarse to fine sand. Mcli/a sulca (Stout) Caliniphargus sulcus Stout, 1913: 641-642. Shoemaker (1941) relegated this species to Mclita pahnata (Montagu) but unlike that species, at least as figured by Sars (1895), the second urosomal segment of Mclita sulca bears two pairs of small cusps, each pair embracing a seta, whereas M. pahnata has a single dorsolateral cusp on each side. Records. — Rocky intertidal to 24 m in the offshore islands and north of the village sandspit. Distribution. — Southern California intertidal. Meximaera, new genus Diagnosis. — Antenna 1 with 4-articulate accessory flagellum; article 2 of mandibular palp longer than either articles 3 or 1, article 3 slender, linear (not falcate); lower lip bearing inner lobes; inner plate of maxilla 1 setose only terminally; inner plate of maxilla 2 scarcely setose on medial edge, considered primarily to be setose terminally; article 4 of maxillipedal palp not claw-shaped, short, bearing several long, distal spine-setae; gnathopods small but distinctly subchelate; uropod 3 with subequal rami, outer minutely biarticulate; telson cleft. Type-species. ■ — Meximaera diffidentia, new species. Relationship. — ■ Differing from Macra Leach by the short, non-unguiform article 4 of the maxillipedal palp and the strongly biarticulate outer ramus of uropod 3. The general aspect of Meximaera resembles that of Maeracunha Stephensen (1949), from Tristan da Cunha. The two genera have truncate antero- lateral cephalic margins and biarticulate outer rami of uropod 3, but Meximaera differs from Maeracunha in the poorly or non-setose medial edges of the inner lobes of both pairs of maxillae. Meximaera differs from Maeropsis Chevreux (1927) and Paraccradocus Stebbing (see 1906) in the poorly setose medial edge of maxilla 2 and the biarticulate outer ramus of uropod 3. The above-two genera may be synonymous. Maerella Chevreux (1911) has a triarticulate maxillipedal palp. This genus appears to be a derivative of the Macra-linc with the retention (primitive) of a second article on the outer ramus of uropod 3 and the rare occurrence of a shortened fourth maxillipedal palp article. Meximaera, like Linguimaera Pirlot (1936), has the anteriorly lobate lip which also is common to several species of Maera and caused Schellenberg (1938) to synonymize Linguimaera with Macra. The identifications of M. othonides Walker (1904), the type-species of Linguimaera, are confused. Pirlot (1936) discounted Chilton's (1921) and K. H. Barnard's (1935) identifications and Nayar (1959), who did not cite Pirlot (1936), has identified material with M. othonides which fails to correspond with Pirlot's Until valid specimens of Walker's species can be reexamined minutely for a second article on the outer ramus of the third uropod and for its maxillipedal palp article 4, there remains the possibility that Meximaera and Linguimaera ire synonymous. If so, Linguimaera should be revived and take precedence over Meximaera. Meximaera diffidentia, new species Figures 21, 22 Diagnosis. — With the characters of the genus. Notes. — The sides of the head are almost without lobular differentiation. The dactyls of the pereopods are complexly armed (see figures). Article 1 of antenna 1 has palmar surface of gnathopod 2 has not only a pair of marginal defining spines but a large submargin spine dominating the palm. Female unknown. 210 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Figure 21. Meximaera diffidentia, new genus, new species, male, holotype, 5.8 mm, BLA SIO-62-216: a, head; b, c, gnathopod 1, lateral and medial views; d, gnathopod 2; e, maxilliped; f, g, h, uropods 1, 2, 3; i, pleonal epimera 1-3, left to right. Holotype. — USNM 111497, male, 5.8 mm. Type-locality. — BLA SIO-62-216, reef between Isla Ventana and Isla Cabeza de Caballo, shore, tailings of fish sample, April 21, 1962, Dr. Carl L. Hubbs and party, coll. Records. — Rocky intertidal to 24 m in the offshore islands. Family Haustoriidae Platyhchnopus mctagracilis Barnard Platyischnopus metagracilh Barnard, 1964a: 22 5-226, fig. 3. Records. — Ranging in depth from 13 to 46 m, more abundant in 20-46 m, frequency in April in latter depths is 170 individuals/m-, in October, 2&/m~. Distribution. — Punta Canoas to Bahia de San Cristobal, Baja California, 30-73 m. 1969 Barnard: Bahia de los Angeles Amphipoda 211 Figure 22. Meximaera diffiidentia, new genus, new species, male, holotype, 5.8 mm, BLA SIO-62-2 16: a, tip of outer ramus of uropod 3 showing article 2; b, c, d, pcrcopods 3. 4. *; e, maxilla 1; t. gnathopod 2, medial surface of palm; g, mandible; h, maxilla 2; i. lower lip; j, telson; k. pereopod I. 212 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Platyischnopus viscana Barnard Platyischnopus viscana Barnard, 1964a: 226, fig. 4. Record. — Rocky intertidal of offshore islands. Distribution.- — La Jolla, California to Bahia Magdalena, Baja California, 17-27 m. Family Hyalidae Hyale rubra frequens Stout Allorchestes frequens Stout, 1913: 650-651. Hyale rubra (Thomson). Hurley, 1957: 910-913, figs. 30-50. Hyale nigra (Haswell). Barnard, 1962c: 153-156, figs. 19, 20. Hyale rubra frequens Barnard (in press). Specimens from BLA have the elongate antennae typical of specimens from Bahia de San Quintin (Barnard, 1964b) and the setae on the posterior edge of the hand on male gnathopod 1 are widely spread; they occupy 30 percent of the marginal length. Records. — Rocky intertidal to 7 m. Distribution. — California and Baja California, intertidal. Family Isaeidae (=Photidae) Ampbideutopus oculatus Barnard Amphideutopus oculatus Barnard, 1959a: 34-35, pi. 10; 1961: 181, fig. 2; 1964a: 236; 1964b: 110, chart 15. Records. — -Rocky intertidal of offshore islands; 9-16 m in dredge haul; all other samples in depths of 22-41 m primarily on brown silty sands. Distribution. — Pt. Conception, California to Bahia de San Cristobal, Baja California, 2-162 m. Eurystheus thompsoni (Walker) Eurystheus tenuicornis var. lobata Shoemaker, 1942: 28, fig. 10 a-c. Eurystheus thompsoni Shoemaker, 1955: 59. Gnathopod 1 is typical of var. lobata, having the large, posterior, setose lobe on article 2. Record. — Rocky intertidal of offshore islands. Distribution. — Bahia Magdalena, Baja California (lobata variety). Eurystheus tonichi, new species Figure 2 3 Diagnosis. — Similar to E. thompsoni (Walker) (see Shoemaker, 1931, 1942, 1955) and in male under- going similar radical transformation of gnathopod 2 and coxa 7; following characters similar to E. thompsoni: eyes and head, with slight anterior cusp on sharp lateral cephalic lobe; epistome strongly pro- duced and acute, other mouthparts similar but setules on inner plate of first maxilla vrey fine; pleonal epimera 1-3 with tooth at posteroventral corners, third with very convex, nearly subacute, posterior edge (male holotype slightly aberrant, other specimens like Shoemaker, 1931, figure 4a); pleonites 4-5 with pairs of dorsolateral teeth similar to E. thompsoni; uropods similar, rami of uropod 3 slightly longer than peduncle, uniarticulate, inner slightly longer than outer; telson strongly excavate posteriorly, each lobe armed with 1 spine and setules. Characters distinct from E. thompsoni: gnathopod 1 with article 6 stouter, more inflated; fully adult male gnathopod 2 with palm and posterior margin of article 6 confluent, simple, distal end of palm with single cusp, dactyl folding halfway along posterior margin of article 6; young male gnathopod 2 similar to young male of E. thompsoni (compare fig. 2 3k herein and fig. 3a of Shoemaker, 1931). Most of the specimens have lost pereopods 3-5 but this does not detract from the several specific characters distinguishing this species from E. thompsani. Pereopods 4-5 of the holotype and of a young male are very small and may be regenerate. Article 2 of pereopod 4 on the young male is narrow and posteriorly sinuous. Female almost identical with that of E. thompsoni, specimens from California being compared with those of Bahia de Los Angeles (figures 23 n, o herein for gnathopod 2). Holotype. — USNM No. 111472, male, 5.3 mm. Type-locality. — BLA 212, west shore of Bahia de Los Angeles, west of Isla Ventana, dredge of Viva and gracilarioids, sand bottom, 9-16 m April 28, 1962. Relationship. — Differs conspicuously from E. thompsoni by the simple palm of the terminal adult male, having a single cusp; in E. thompsoni the palm is distally subtransverse, short and armed with 2 cusp- teeth, one of them defining the palm. Pereopod 3 of E. tonichi apparently does not differ from that of E. thompsoni except by the slightly broader article 2. Records. — Rocky intertidal to 38 m on shell sands. Photis ?bifurcata Barnard ?Photis bifurcata Barnard, 1962a: 30-31, fig. 10; 1964a: 240. Specimens are subadult but presumably represent this unusual species. Records. — Ranging in depth from 38 to 46 m. Distribution. — Monterey Bay, California to Bahia de San Cristobal, Baja California, 11-93 m. 1969 Barnard: Bahia de los Angeles Amphipoda 213 Figure 23. Eurystheus tonichi, new species, male, 5.3 mm, BLA 212: a, pleonal cpimcra 1-3, left to right; b, maxilla 1; c, pereopod 3; d, gnathopod 2, 2 views; e, f, pereopods 4, 5; g, coxa 7; h, gnathopod 1. Male, 4.5 mm, BLA SIO-62-215: i, j, pereopods 4, 5; k, gnathopod 2, lateral view minus sct.it. Male, SA mm, BLA 212: 1, m pereopods 3, 4. Female, 6.3 mm, BLA 212: n, o, gnathopod 2, 2 views. Male. 5.4 mm, BLA SIO-62-215: p, gnathopod 2, lateral. 214 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Pbotis breiipes Shoemaker Pbotis brciipes Shoemaker, 1942: 25-27, fig. 9. Barnard, 1962a: 31-33, fig. 11; 1964a: 240-241. The two adult males of BLA 2 5 (3.0 mm) have the inner protuberance on article 7 of gnathopod 2 smaller and more proximal than in Calilornian specimens. Records. — Ranging in depth from 9 to 3 6 m. Distribution. — Coos Bay, Oregon to Bahia Magdalena, Baja California, 0-13 5 m. Pbotis California! Stout Pbotis californica Stout. Barnard, 1962a: 33-36, figs. 12, 13; 1964a: 241. The male of BLA 144 (3.0 mm) has a well-developed lobe on article 2 of gnathopod 1, and the palm of the hand, similar to the female second gnathopod, is more excavate than in specimens from California. Records. — Ranging in depth from 34 to 46 m. Distribution. — Monterey Bay, California to Bahia de San Cristobal, Baja California, 10-139 m. Family Ischyroceridae Jassa falcata (Montagu) Jassa falcata (Montagu). Sexton and Reid, 1951: 30-47, pis. 4-30. Barnard, 1959a: 37; 1964b: 118. Records. — Ranging in depth from 7 to 18 m. Distribution. — Cosmopolitan in shallow waters and intertidal zones, especially in harbors on pilings. Microjassa macrocoxa Shoemaker Microjassa macrocoxa Shoemaker, 1942: 44-47, figs. 16, 17. Records. — Rocky intertidal to 3 8 m, most abundant in shallow water dredge hauls. Distribution. — Bahia Magdalena, Baja California, 18-27 m. Family Leucothoidae Leucotboe alata Barnard Leucotboc alata Barnard, 1959a: 19-20, pi. 1; 1962c: 132, figs. 7 D, E, F; 1964a: 227. Records. — Rocky intertidal of Vermilion Sea Field Station. Distribution. — Monterey Bay, California to Bahia de San Ramon, Baja California, 0-24 m. Family Liljeborgiidae Liljeborgia marcinabrio, new species Figure 24 Diagnosis. — Lateral cephalic lobes obtuse, strongly projecting; eyes large but poorly pigmented, ommatidia sparse; mandibular palp article 2 not exceeding article 1 in length; coxa 1 barely expanded distally, coxa 2 strongly beveled anterodistally, coxa 4 sparsely serrate posteriorly, corner at excavation rounded, not sharp; article 4 of both gnathopods acutely produced and slightly attenuate; dactyls of gnathopods 1 and 2 with 4 and 7 teeth on respective inner edges; serrations on second articles of pereopods 3-5 strongly demarcated; both margins of both rami of uropod 3 spinosc; telson with apices of each lobe very deeply incised, resulting pair of cusps asymmetrical; posterodorsal edges of pleonites 1-2 each with 3 teeth, of pleonites 4-5 each with one large, posteriorly directed tooth, pleonite 3 lacking dorsal teeth; pleonal epimera 1 and 2 each with posteroventral tooth, third epimeron with bifid tooth. Holotype. — USNM No. 111504, female, 5.4 mm. Unique. Type-locality. — BLA 13 8, 46 m, April 22, 1962, brown silt. Relationship. — This species, having the aspect of Liljeborgia kinabani (Bate) (see Sars 1895: pi. 188, fig. 1), differs by the larger, poorly pigmented eyes, the strongly spinose rami of uropod 3, the bifid tooth of pleonal epimeron 3, the slightly more expanded first coxa but more strongly beveled second, by the rounded cephalic lobe and the larger, less disproportionate teeth of pleonites 4-5. In terms of dorsal pleonal tooth-formulas this species has the following relatives, each of which is listed with its distinctions: L. aequabilis Stebbing (in Hurley, 1954) has a single posteroventral tooth on the third pleonal epimeron, less strongly notched telsonic apices, a denser comb of spines on article 6 of pereopods 1-2, a smooth posterior edge of coxa 4; L. akaroica Hurley (1954) has a single tooth on the posteroventral corner of the third pleonal epimeron, and larger teeth on pleonites 4-5; L. longicornU (Schellenberg, 1931) has only a simple notch on the third pleonal epimeron and a broadly expanded first coxa, its peculiar dactyl of pcreopod 5 not being compared to the new species because of the loss of pereopods in the unique specimen; L. macrodon Schellenberg (1931) again has the simply-notched third pleonal epimeron and obsolescent medial cusps of the telsonic apices; both L. mixta Schellenberg (1925) and L. octotlcntata Schellenberg (1931) differ from /.. marcinabrio by their simple third epimeral tooth and sinus. Liljeborgia marcinabrio bears a remarkable resemblance to L. bansoni Hurley (1954), from New Zealand, in pleonal epimera, telson, pereopods, and except for pleonite 1, the dorsal sculpture. Pleonite 1 of L. bansoni has only a single medial tooth. Its second mandibular palp article is longer than the first. Listriella melanica lazaris, new subspecies Figure 2 6 c-g References to the nominate subspecies are as follows: Barnard, 1959b: 16-18, figs. 1, 2; 1964a: 229; 1964b: 108, chart 8. 1969 Barnard: Bahia de los Angeles A MIMIIPODA 215 Figure 24. Liljeborgia marcinabrio, new species, female, 5.4 mm, BLA 138: a, maxilliped; b, mandibu- lar palp; c, pleon; d, dorsum of pleonites 1-2 (a single example); e, head; f. end of article 3 of antenna 2, 2 views; g, end of article 4 of antenna 2; h, antenna 1; i, lower lip; j, k, j;nathopods 2, 1; 1, m, n, o, p, pereopods 1, 2, 3, 4, 5; q, r, s, uropods 1. 2, 3; t, telson. 216 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Figure 25. Pachynus barnardi Hurley, female 1.8 mm, BLA 97: a, b, pereopods 1, 5; c, gnathopod 1. Orchomcne magdalenemis (Shoemaker), male, 3.7 mm, BLA 142: d, head; e, f, gnathopod 1. Volycheria osborni Caiman, ovigerous female, 5.6 mm, BLA 214: g, pleonal epimera 1-3, left to right. Diagnosis. — Female differing from female of nominate subspecies by distally expanding sixth article of gnathopod 1; this structure is similar in males of both subspecies. Holotype. — USNM No. 111481, female, 3.2 mm. Type-locality. — -BLA 132, 25 m, April 22, 1962, bottom of shell sand. Records. — Ranging in depth from 7 to 44 m; generally more abundant between 13 to 40 m; frequency of 39 individuals/m- in latter depths in April. Distribution of L. m. tnelanica. — Pt. Conception, California to Bahia de San Cristobal, Baja California, 12-97 m in the open-sea, 2-3 m in Bahia de San Quintin. Family Lysianassidae HippomcJon ?propinquus Sars Figure 7 k, 1, m, n ?Hippomcdon propinquus Sars, 1895: 57, pi. 21, fig. 1. Gurjanova, 1962: 107-111, figs. 24-26 (with references). Barnard 1964b: 80-82 (as H. denticulatus and //. propinquus). These subadult specimens lack the notch on pleonal epimeron 3 characteristic of the H. denticulatus group of species but Barnard (1964b) has presented evidence questioning that character as specifically significant. The specimens from BLA differ from //. p. propinquus in Gurjanova (1962) in the non- chelate palm of gnathopod 2 (fig. 7 k, 1) and in this character the specimens resemble those from southern California and Bahia de San Quintin. Gnathopod 2 of BLA specimens differs from //. p. sibiricus in the shape of the palm and the short curved dactyl. Article 1 of the flagellum on antenna 1 is short- ened (fig. 7n) in contrast to //. p. sibiricus Gurjanova (1962) and H. p. propinquus. Records. — -Ranging in depth from 15 to 30 m on silt and coarse sand. Distribution. — The species occurs throughout the subarctic and boreal regions. Barnard: Bahia de los Angeles A MI'ltll'ODA Figure 26. Monoculodes hartmanae Barnard, female, 4.6 mm. BLA 5 J: a, b, gnathopods I, 2. ListrielU melanica lazar'n Barnard, new subspecies, male, 3.6 mm, BLA 132: c, gnathopod 2; d. palm of gnathopod 2; e, gnathopod 1 with offset spines and portion of palm. Female, 3.2 mm: f, g, gnathopods 1, 2. 218 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Lysianassa dissimilh (Stout) Nannonyx dissimilh Stout, 1913: 638-639. Aruga dissimilh. Shoemaker, 1942: 7, fig. 2. Barnard, 1955b: 100-103, pi. 29, figs, g, i. Lysianopsis dissimilh. Hurley, 1963: 76-77, fig. 2 Id. Lysianassa dissimilh. Barnard (in press). Record. — Rocky intertidal, island reef. Distribution. — Coast of California from Tomales Bay to Isabel Island, Mexico and the Galapagos Islands, 0-73 m. Lysianassa macromerus (Shoemaker) Aruga macromerus Shoemaker, 1916: 157-15 8. Lysianopsis macromerus Hurley, 1963: 77. Lysianassa macromerus Barnard (in press). Record. — Rocky intertidal, Vermilion Sea Field Station. Distribution. — Intertidal of southern California. Orchomcne magdalenensh (Shoemaker) Figure 2 5 e, f Orchomcnella magdalenensis Shoemaker, 1942: 4-7, fig. 1. Orchomcne magdalenensh. Barnard, 1964a: 231-232; 1964b: 95, fig 12. The male has a large, projecting, lateral cephalic lobe like that of the female, in contrast to the male described by Barnard (1964b) from Bahia de San Quintin. The first gnathopod of the male but not the female is strongly excavate in contrast to both Barnard's and Shoemaker's drawings (see figure herein). The female from Bahia de Los Angeles has the fourth pleonite similar to that of males, unlike outer-coast specimens. Records. — Ranging in depth from 6 to 46 m. Distribution. — Bahia de San Ramon to Bahia Magdalena, Baja California, 2-11 m. Pachynus barnardi Hurley Figure 2 5 a-c Vachynus barnardi Hurley, 1963: 31-25, figs. 6, 7. Only a few small specimens, approximately 1.8 mm in length have been collected in this survey. These differ from the original description in the stouter and shorter sixth articles of pereopods 3-5 and the somewhat stouter and shorter fifth article of gnathopod 2. Records. — Ranging in depth from 3 0 to 46 m. Distribution. — Monterey Bay, California to Bahia de San Ramon, Baja California, 12-183 m. Uristes entalladurus Barnard Uristes enalladurus Barnard, 1963: 460-462, figs. 5, 6; 1964b: 100. The third pleonal epimeron is somewhat more quadrate and article 5 of gnathopod 2 more bulbous than in specimens from southern California. Record. — • Silty sand, 3 8 m. Distribution. — Port Hueneme, California to Bahia de San Quintin, Baja California, 2-18 m. Family Oedicerotidae Monoculodes hartmanae Barnard Figure 26 a, b Monoculodes hartmanae Barnard, 1962d: 363-365, figs. 5-7. Although Monoculodes nyci Shoemaker (1933a and see Barnard, 1962d) was expected from Bahia de Los Angeles, because of its occurrence at San Felipe to the north of Bahia de Los Angeles, all of the specimens of the genus collected in the latter bay belong to M. hartmanae, as shown in the accompanying drawings of gnathopods 1 and 2. Records. — Rocky intertidal to 41 m but generally better represented between 13 and 38 m; frequency in the latter depths in April is 5 1 individuals/m-. Distribution. — Pt. Conception, California to Bahia de San Quintin, Baja California, about 2 to about 146 m but scarce in waters deeper than 37 m. Synchelidium rec/ipalmiim Mills Synchelidium rectipalmum Mills, 1962: 17-19, figs. 5, 6B. Records. — Rocky intertidal to 24 m on coarse substrate. Distribution. — British Columbia to Costa Rica (specimens at hand), intertidal to 100+ m. Synchelidium sp. G This apparently new species is filed in Hancock and Smithsonian collections with this label; a study of this genus is in preparation. Records. — Ranging in depth from 42 to 46 m. Distribution. — Coastal shelf of southern California. 1969 Barnard: Bahia de los Angeles Amphipoda 219 Westwoodilla cornuta, new species Figures 27, 28 Description of female. — Rostrocephalon long, not strongly vaulted above, no distinct minute rostrum appended, anterior end of head slightly downturned and armed with 2 small setae, eyes apically located in distal half of rostrocephalon, small, eosin in color, anterolateral cephalic lobe sharp, symmetrical; article 1 of antenna 1 stout, produced dorsodistally into long, acute cusp, article 2 equal to 1, article 3 about 60 percent as long as article 2; antenna 1 reaching nearly to end of peduncular article 5 of antenna 2, the latter as long as head and pereon together, article 5 varying from 0 percent to 3 3 percent longer than article 4, flagellum as long as peduncle; cpistome broadly and subacutely produced forward; upper lip broader than in W. caccula (in Sars, 1895: pi. 115) mandibular incisor simple, blunt, both sides with lacinia mobilis and 3 spines, molar short, very broad, blunt, flat, nearly smooth, bearing single short stout seta either simple or irregularly inflated in animals about to molt; palp article 2 proximally expanded and densely armed with stout setae; lower lip with rather narrow but curled mandibular lobes; palp article 2 of maxilla 1 broad, distally expanding; outer lobe of maxilla 2 narrower than inner lobe; inner plates of maxilliped much narrower than in other species of Westwoodilla; all anterior coxae with posteromedial spine, coxa 4 narrow for the genus, coxa 1 very broadly expanded; gnathopods small, scarcely subchclate, sixth articles narrow, fifth articles lacking posterior lobes (slightly better developed in gnathopod 1 of young specimens), gnathopod 2 longer and more slender than gnathopod 1; telson apically truncate, with slight lateral notches; third pleonal epimeron strongly setose ventrally and posteriorly (poorly in juveniles 3.0 mm), epimera 1-2 ventrally setose. Male. — Antenna 2 slightly longer than in female, article 3 of first antennal peduncle as long as article 2, both articles 2 and 3 stouter than in female. Holotype. — USNM No. 111442, female, 4.9 mm. Type-locality. — BLA 105, 38 m, April 28, 1962. Relationship. — Apart from normal specific differences occurring in other taxa of the genus, this species has characters that might serve as criteria for a new subgenus: the produced epistome; the proximally expanded and very strongly spinose second article of the mandibular palp; the very broad, flat, and smooth mandibular molar; the somewhat different lower lip (fig. 27i) ; the distally expanding second article of the first maxillary palp; the narrower inner plates of the maxilliped and the narrower outer plates of maxilla 2. Mandibles of Californian Westwoodilla caecula (also figured in Sars, 1895, but with differences noted herein that may be of specific value) are shown herein with a smaller, more projecting molar having distinct cutting cuspules and spines, plus a much larger callused area (similar to Sars, 1895; pi. 117, figure of Bathymedon) defining the primary cutting edge than are seen in the new species. Few mouth- parts of other species of Westwoodilla have been figured, so comparisons are in order when taxonomists reexamine them. Specifically, the cusp of article 1 on antenna 1 is sufficient for differentiation from other known species of Westwoodilla. Apparently the strongly setose pleonal epimera are unique in the genus. Coxa 4 is very narrow, coxa 3 is excavate posteriorly and the outer ramus of uropod 3 is conspicuously shorter than the inner ramus, all characters not heretofore found in Westwoodilla. Records. — From 19 to 46 m, with a frequency in April of 6.0 individuals/m-, primarily on silt and silty sand bottoms. Family Phliantidae Heterophlias seclusiis cscabrosa Barnard Heterophlias seclusiis cscabrosa Barnard, 1962b; 79, fig. 5. Record. — Rocky intertidal of Vermilion Sea Field Station. Distribution. — The nominate subspecies occurs in the Dry Tortugas Islands off Florida (Shoemaker, 1933b: 250-252, figs. 4, 5). The subspecies cscabrosa occurs in the eastern Pacific Ocean in southern California, intertidal to about 16 m. Family Phoxocephalidae Heterophoxus oculatus (Holmes) Heteropboxus oculatus (Holmes). Barnard, 1960b: 320-324, pis. 59-61; 1964a: 242. Most of the specimens from the October samples are either juveniles or the adult form heretofore known as H. o. nitcllus Barnard (1960). H. o. nitellus Barnard (1960b) is probably a synonym of H. o. oculatus. Records. — Rocky intertidal to 46 m, but rare in depths of less than 30 m; frequency in April at 30-46 m is 124 individuals/m-, in October, 44 individuals/m-, on silts with rare exception. Distribution. — Puget Sound, Washington to Panama, 13-1785 m, at 2 m in Bahia de San Quintin, Baja California. Paraphoxus contains Barnard Paraphoxus coguatus Barnard, 1960b: 233-235, pi. 24. A specimen from Dillon Beach, California, is the first female of the species to be recorded. It is like the male except for typical dimorphic characters: medium sized eyes, short second antennae and the short inner ramus of uropod 3 which is about two thirds as long as the outer ramus. The epistomal cusp is as short as that figured by Barnard; this character plus the long fifth articles of the gnathopods continue 220 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Figure 27. Westwoodilla cornuta, new species, female, 4.9 mm, BLA 105: a, head with epistome below; b, plconal epimera 1-3 left to right; c, antenna 1; d, telson; e, f, uropods 1, 2. male, 2.9 mm, BLA 149: g, h, antennae 1 2. Female, 5.4 mm, BLA 122: i, lower lip; j, k, maxilla 1; 1, maxilla 2; m, mandibular palp; n, mandibular body. Female, BLA 158: o, upper lip; p, q, diagrams of mandibles to show molars and differentiated portions of primary cutting edges. Westwoodilla caecula (Bate), southern California: r, s, body and portion of body of right and left mandibles showing molar and differentiated portions of pri- mary cutting edge in contrast to W. cornuta. 1969 Barnard: Bahia de los Angeles Amphipoda 221 Figure 28. Westwoodilla cornuta, new species, female, 4.9 mm, BLA 105: a, b, c, d, pcrcopods 2, 3, 4, 5 (latter reduced in size); e, coxa 3; f, g, gnathopods 1. 2; li, maxilliped. 222 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Figure 29. Paraphoxus gemmatus, new species, female, 5.8 mm, holotype, BLA 102: a, b, c, d, pere- opods 2, 3, 4, 5, setae not drawn on pereopod 4; e, gnathopod 1; f, g, gnathopod 2; h, telson; 1, epistome; j, head, dorsal; k, 1, m, uropods 1, 2, 3. to be the principal differences separating the species from P. similis Barnard. Record. — ■ Coarse shell sand, 6 m. Distribution. — Southern California, surface nekton to 32 5 m, rare. A single female of this species is in the collections of the Pacific Marine Station, Dillon Beach, near Tomales Bay, California. Paraphoxus epistomus (Shoemaker) Paraphoxus epistomus (Shoemaker). Barnard. 1960b: 205-209, pis. 6-8; 1964a: 243. Paraphoxus lucubrans Barnard, 1960b: 212-218, pis. 12-14. Record. — Gray sand, 9 m (lucubrans variety) Distribution. — Western Atlantic Ocean, New Hampshire to South Carolina; eastern Pacific Ocean from Mendocino County, California to Panama, 0-182 m. Paraphoxus gemmatus, new species Figure 29 Diagnosis of female. — Head with broad rostrum but constricted anterior to eyes; eyes medium in size; body broad and dorsally depressed; epistome acutely produced anteriorly; maxillipedal palp article 4 with small apical spine, one subterminal seta and one mesial seta; article 5 of gnathopods 1-2 longer than article 6, latter moderately broad and expanded distally, palm transverse; ratio of articles 5 to 6: gnathopod 1=14:11; gnathopod 2=13:11; articles 4-5 of pereopod 3 moderately expanded, narrower than article 2, article 6 shorter than 5, ratio of widths of articles 2, 4, 5, 6=52: 40: 45: 20; article 4 of pereopod 4 slightly broader than article 4 of pereopod 3, article 6 much longer than 5, ratio of widths of articles 2, 4, 5, 6=78: 45: 32: 13; article 2 of pereopod 5 broad, ratio of width to length about 9: 11, posterior edge of article 2 with 5 small, symmetrical teeth, sweep-point occurring near distal end of article 4, ventral edge broad, scarcely dipping anteriorly and slightly convex; remainder of pereopod 5 moderately stout, article 6 longer than 5; uropods stout, rami of uropod 1 shorter than peduncle, very stout, expanded proximally, strongly notched outer ramus with 3 marginal spines, inner with 2 large spines (shining like jewels), lateral margin of peduncle densely spinose, with 3 large proximal setae on lateral surface, inner margin with seta, 2 marginal spines and 1 large distal spine; uropod 2 with rami subequal to 1969 Barnard: Bahia de los Angeles Amphipoda 223 Figure 30. Garosyrrhoe disjuncta, new species, female, 4.2 mm, BLA SIO-X: a, head; b, c, d, pereopods 3, 4, J; e, f, articles 6-7 of gnathopod 2; g, h, articles 6-7 of pereopods 1.2; i. j. articles 6-7 of gnath- opod 1; k, pleonal epimera 1-3, left to right; 1, dorsal ornamentation of plconite ?; m. dorsal ornamen- tation of pereonite 7 and pleonites 1-2. Male, 3.0 mm: n, maxilla 1; o. inner maxillipedal plate; p, maxilliped. 224 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 peduncle, very strongly notched and stout (not fully flattened in lateral drawing), each ramus with stout spine; inner ramus of uropod 3 as long as outer ramus, both strongly setose; telson moderately broad, apices rounded, each with 1 spine and 1 setule; third pleonal epimeron like P. epistomus (see pi. 6 in Barnard, 1960b), but spines much stouter, gland cone similar. Male. — -With typical sexual difference in its large eyes, strongly setose uropod 3, long second antennae and the more broadly rounded, asymmetrical third pleonal epimeron. Uropod 1 with only 2 spines on each ramus, neither expanded as much as in female. Epistomal process well-developed. Holotype. — USNM No. 111499, ovigerous female, 5.8 mm. Type-locality. — BLA 102, 6 m, October 31, 1963. Relationship. — This species is similar to Paraphoxus bcterocuspidatus Barnard (1960b) but differs by the presence of an acute, anterior epistomal cusp, the even teeth of pereopod 5 (some specimens of jP. hetero- cuspidatus also show this), the presence of a marginal spine on both rami of uropod 3 and more than one on each ramus of uropod 1, with the rami much stouter and more strongly notched than in P. bcterocuspidatus. A specimen from BLA-9, provisionally referred to this species, is a male with no epistomal process and a fifth pereopod more like that of P. lucubrans Barnard (1960b) than that of the female of P. gemmatus; uropod 1 and all other characters except pereopod 5 are like those of P. bcterocuspidatus. Records. — Ranging in depth from 2 to 9 m. Paraphoxus spinosus Holmes Paraphoxus spinosus Holmes 1905: 477-478. Kunkel, 1918: 76-78, fig. 13. Shoemaker, 1925: 26-27. Barnard, 1959a: 18; 1960b: 243-249, pis. 29, 31; 1961: 178; 1964b: 105. These specimens are like those from Newport Bay, California figured by Barnard (1960b). Records. — Rocky intertidal to 24 m on coarse substrate. Distribution. — -Western Atlantic Ocean; eastern Pacific Ocean from Puget Sound to the Gulf of California, 0-37 m, rarely to 73 m. Paraphoxus tridentatus (Barnard) Pontharpinia tridentata Barnard, 1954c: 4-6, pis. 4, 5. Paraphoxus tridentatus Barnard, 1960b: 261-262. Paraphoxus tridentatus pallidas Barnard, 1960b: 262-263, pis. 38, 39. These specimens are like those of P. /. pallidas figured by Barnard (1960b) but the rami of uropod 2 and the outer ramus of uropod 1 each lack the single spine characteristic of P. /. pallidas. The inner ramus of female uropod 3 is as long as article 1 of the outer ramus, whereas irv P. t. pallidas the inner ramus is half as long as article 1 of the outer ramus. Gnathopods 1 and 2 are slightly stouter than in P. t. pallidus, more like those of the open-sea Oregonian form figured by Barnard (1954c). Records. — Ranging in depth from 19 to 38 m. Distribution. — Puget Sound, Washington to just north of Pt. Conception, California, shallow water and intertidal. Family Pleustidae Paraplcustes commensalis Shoemaker Parapleustes commensalis Shoemaker, 1952: 231-232, fig. 8 3. This specimen, 4.0 mm long, corresponds to Shoemaker's figures and description, except that it is morphologically better-developed, even though it is 1.5 mm shorter. The inner plate of the maxilliped has 7 of the small blunt spines (not 4), the lateral margin of mandibular palp article 3 has 3 spines (not 2) and the gnathopodal palms have 3 sets (not 2) of double spines on the defining margins. Pleonal epimeron 3 is more strongly convex posteriorly than it is in Shoemaker's material. Record. — Dredge, west side of bay at station 40, 9 m. Distribution. — Santa Barbara, California, from pleopods of a spiny lobster. Family Podoceridae Podocerus brasilicnsis (Dana) Podocerus brasilicnsis (Dana). Barnard, 1962a: 67, fig. 30; 1964a: 245-246. Records. ■ — Rocky intertidal to 24 m on coarse substrate. Distribution. — Cosmopolitan in tropical and warm-temperate, shallow seas. Podocerus fulanus Barnard Podocerus sp., Barnard, 195 9a: 40, pi. 14. Podocerus fulanus Barnard, 1962a: 69. Considerable variation occurs in the height of pereonal and pleonal dorsal teeth with large adults having these teeth projecting much more strongly than in Barnard's (195 9a) figures. Large males have the palm of gnathopod 1 strongly concave. Records. — Rocky intertidal to 42 m. Distribution. — Newport Bay, California, about 0-2 in. Family Synopiidae Garosyrrhoe disjunct;!, new species Figure 30 Diagnosis. — Posterodorsal edges of pereonite 7 and plconites 1-2 each with pair of blunt dorsolateral teeth, 1969 Barnard: Bahia de los Angeles Amphipoda 22 5 each with medial hook and separated by shallow excavation, these teeth less prominent on pleonite 3, dorsolateral edges of these segments also with small hooked teeth; teeth of posterior edge of third pleonal epimeron much stronger than in G. bigarra (Barnard, 1962b); rostrum well -defined, acute, strongly pro- jecting ventrally; article 5 of pereopod 3 about 80 percent as long as article 4, poorly setose posteriorly, article 2 bulging anterodistally. Holotype. — USNM No. 111467, female-like, 3.0 mm. Type-locality. — BLA SIO-X, Piedras AJiogadas, 0.5 mile south of Isla Ventana, SCUBA sample of shell fragments, pebbles, 24 m, April 22, 1962, Dr. Carl L. Hubbs and party, coll. Relationship. — This species differs from Garosyrrhoe bigarra (Barnard, 1962b) by the longer, more acute rostrum, the double dorsal teeth of the body segments, the stronger teeth of the third pleonal epimeron and the shorter fifth article of pereopod 3. Pereopods 4 and 5 of G. bigarra are not known. Spination of articles 6-7 of pereopods 1-2 differs between the two appendages (see figures). The dorsal surface of the head bears a crest and the ventral surface of the inner maxillipedal plate bears a hooked spine. All the specimens are either females or lack brood-plates and have short second antennae and are therefore female-like. Records. — Rocky intertidal to 24 m, usually on coarse substrate. Acknowledgements This report was supported in part by a National Science Foundation Grant (G-20909) and by the Beaudette Foundation of California. Mr. Richard F. Dwyer, of Los Angeles, California, has generously assisted with funds for publication. Miss Jacqueline M. Hampton prepared most of the plates. I gratefully acknowledge the assistance of numerous other persons listed by Barnard and Grady (1968). Mr. Scott Gray and Dr. Joel W. Hedgpeth, then of Pacific Marine Station, Dillon Beach, California, kindly loaned me a specimen of Parapboxus cognatus for inclusion in this study. Mrs. Carolyn B. Gast prepared the charts. Literature Cited Alderman, A. L. 193 6. Some new and little known amphipods of California. Univ. California Publ. Zool., 41: 5 3-74. Barnard, J. L. 1952. Some Amphipoda from Central California. Wasmann Jour. Biol., 10: 9-36. 1954a. Amphipoda of the family Ampeliscidae collected in the eastern Pacific Ocean by the VcleroUI and VeleroIV. Allan Hancock Pacific Expeds., 18: 1-137. 1954b. Amphipoda of the family Ampeliscidae collected by the Velcro III in the Caribbean Sea. Allan Hancock Atlantic Exped. Rept. 7: l-!3. 1954c. Marine Amphipoda of Oregon. Oregon State Monogs., Studies in Zool., 8: 1-103. 195 5a. Gammaridean Amphipoda (Crustacea) in the collections of Bishop Museum. Bernice P. Bishop Mus., Bull. 215. 195 5b. Notes on the amphipod genus Aruga with the description of a new species. Bull. S. California Acad. Sci., 54: 97-103. 1958. Index to the families, genera, and species of the gammaridean Amphipoda (Crustacea). Allan Hancock Found. Pubis., Occ. Pap. 19: 1-145. 195 9a. Estuarine Amphipoda. In Barnard, J. L., and D. J. Reish, Ecology of Amphipoda and Polychaeta of Newport Bay, California. Allan Hancock Found. Pubis. Occ. Pap. 21: 13-69. 195 9b. Liljeborgiid amphipods of southern California coastal bottoms with a revision of the family. Pacific Nat. 1 (4): 12-28. 1960a. New bathyal and sublittoral ampeliscid amphipods from California, with an illustrated key to Ampelisca. Pacific Nat. 1(16): 1-36. 1960b. The amphipod family Phoxocephalidae in the eastern Pacific Ocean, with analyses of other species and notes for a revision of the family. Allan Hancock Pacific Expeds. 18: 17' 1961. Relationship of Californian amphipod faunas in Newport Bay and in the open sea. Pacific Nat. 2: 166-186. 1962a. Benthic marine Amphipoda of southern California: families Aoridae, Photidae, [schyrocendae, Corophiidae, Podoceridae. Pacific Nat. 3: 1-72. 1962b. Benthic marine Amphipoda of southern California: families Tironidae to Gammandae. Pacific Nat. 3: 73-115. 1962c. Benthic marine Amphipoda of southern California: families Amphiloch.dae, Leucothoidac, Stenothoidae, Argissidae, Hyalidae. Pacific Nat. 3: 116-163. 1962d. Benthic marine Amphipoda of southern California: family Oedicerotidac. Pacific Nat. 3: 349-371. . 1962e. Benthic marine exploration of Bahia dc San Quintin, Baja California, 1960-61. General. Pacific Nat. 3: 249-274. 226 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 1963. Relationship of benthic Amphipoda to invertebrate communities of inshore sublittoral sands of southern California. Pacific Nat. 3: 437-467. 1964a. Los anfipodos bentonicos marinos de la costa occidental de Baja California. Rev. Soc. Mexicana Hist. Nat. 24: 205-274. 1964b. Marine Amphipoda of Bahia de San Quintin, Baja California. Pacific Nat. 4: 55-139. 1965. Marine Amphipoda of the family Ampithoidae from southern California. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 118: 1-46. 1966. Benthic Amphipoda of Monterey Bay, California. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 119 (3541): 1-41. In press. Intertidal gammaridean Amphipoda (Crustacea) of California: Monterey to La Jolla. Bull. U. S. Natl. Mus. Barnard, J. L., and J. R. Grady 1968. A biological survey of Bahia de los Angeles, Gulf of California, Mexico. I. General account. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 15: 5 1-66. Barnard, K. H. 1935. Report on some Amphipoda, Isopoda, and Tanaidacea in the collections of the Indian Museum. Rec. Indian Mus. 37: 279-319. Beltran, E., (Gen. Chm.) 1960. Symposium: The biogeography of Baja California and adjacent seas. Syst. Zool. 9: 47-91. Calman, W. T. 1898. On a collection of Crustacea from Puget Sound. Ann. New York Acad. Sci. 11: 259-292. Chevreux, E. 1908. Amphipodes recueillis dans les possessions francaises de l'oceanie par M. le Dr. Seurat, direc- teur du laboratorie de recherches biologiques de Rikitea (iles Gambier). 1902-1904. Mem. Soc. Zool. France. 20: 470-5 27. 1911. Campagnes de la Melita. Les amphipodes d'Algerie et de Tunisie. Mem. Soc. Zool. France. 23: 145-285. 1927. Crustaces amphipodes. Exped. Sci. "Travailleur" et du "Talisman" pendant les annes 1880, 1881, 1882, 1883. Malacostraces (suite). 9: 41-152. Chevreux, E., and L. Face 1925. Amphipodes. Faune de France. 9: 1-488. Chilton, C. 1921. Report on the Amphipoda obtained by the F.I.S. "Endeavour" in Australian seas. Biol. Res. Fish. Exper. F.I.S. "Endeavour," 1909-14. 5: 33-92. Garth, J. S. 1960. Distribution and affinities of the Brachyuran Crustacea. Syst. Zool. 9: 105-123. Giles, G. M. 1888. No. 9. Further notes on the Amphipoda of Indian waters. Natural history notes from H. M.'s Indian marine survey steamer 'Investigator,' Commander Alfred Carpenter, R.N., D.S.O., commanding. J. Asiatic Soc. Bengal. 57: 220-225. Gurjanova, E. 1951. Bokoplavy morei SSSR i sopredel'nyx vod ( Amphipoda-Gammaridea) . Opred. po Faune SSSR, Izd. Zool. Inst. Akad. Nauk. 41: 1-1031 (in Russian). 1962. Bokoplavy severnoi chasti Tixogo Okeana (Amphipoda-Gammaridea) chast' 1. Opred po Faune SSSR, Izd. Zool. Inst. Akad. Nauk. 74: 1-440 (in Russian). Holmes, S. J. 1905. The Amphipoda of southern New England. Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish. 24: 459-529. Hurley, D E. 1954. Studies on the New Zealand amphipodan fauna No. 9. The families Acanthonotozomatidae, Pardaliscidae and Liljeborjiidae. Roy. Soc. New Zealand. Trans. 82: 763-802. 1957. Studies on the New Zealand amphipodan fauna. No. 14 — The genera Hyalc and Allor- chcstes (family Talitridac). Roy. Soc. New Zealand. Trans. 84: 903-933. 1963. Amphipoda of the family Lysianassidae from the west coast of north and central America. Allan Hancock Found. Pubis. Occ. Pap. 25: 1-165. Kunkfl, B. W. 1910. The Amphipoda of Bermuda. Connecticut Acad. Arts Sci. Trans. 16: 1-116. 1910. The Arthrostraca of Connecticut. Connecticut Geol. Nat. Hist. Sur., Amphipoda, Bull. 6 (1): 15-181. Mills, E. L. 1962. Amphipod crustaceans of the Pacific coast of Canada. II. Family Ocdicerotidae. Nat. Hist. Paps. Nat. Mus. Canada. 15: 1-21. 1964. Noteworthy Amphipoda (Crustacea) in the collection of the Yale Peabody Museum. Postilla, Yale Peabody Mus. Nat. Hist. 79: 1-41. 1969 Barnard: Bahia de los Angeles Amphipoda 227 Nagata, K. 1960. Preliminary notes on benthic gammaridean Amphipoda from the Zostera region of Mihara Bay, Seto Inland Sea, Japan. Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab. 8: 163-182. Nayar, K. N. 1959. The Amphipoda of the Madras Coast. Bull. Madras Govt. Mus., n.s. Nat. Hist. Sect. 6: 1-59. Pillai, N. K. 1957. Pelagic Crustacea of Travancore. 111. Amphipoda. Bull. Cent. Res. Inst. Univ. Travancore 5: 29-68. PlRLOT, J. M. 193 6. Les amphipodes de l'expedition du Siboga. Deuxieme partie. Les amphipodes gammarides. II. — Les amphipodes de la mer profonde. 3. Addendum et partie generalc. III. Les amphipodes littoraux. 1. Lysianassidae, Ampeliscidae . . . Siboga-Exped., Monog. 33e: 237-328. Sars, G. O. 1895. Amphipoda. J;; An account of the Crustacea of Norway with short descriptions and figures of all the species. Christiania and Copenhagen. 1: i-viii, 1-711. Schellenberg, A. 1925. Crustacea VIII: Amphipoda. In Michaelsen, W., Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Meeresfauna West- afrikas, 3(4): 11-204. 1926. Die Gammariden der deutschen Sudpolar-Expedition 1901-1903. Deutsch Siidpolar-Exped. 18: 235-414. 1931. Gammariden und Caprelliden des Magellangebietes, Siidgeorgiens und der Westantarktis. Further Zool. Res. Swedish Antarctic Exped. 1901-1903. 2 (6): 1-290. 1938. Litorale Amphipoden des tropischen Pazifiks. Kungl. Svenska Vetenskapakad. Handl., ser. 3. 16(6): 1-105. Sexton, E. W., and D. M. Reid 195 1. The life-history of the multiform species fassa falcata (Montagu) (Crustacea Amphipoda) with a review of the bibliography of the species. J. Linnean Soc. London. 42: 29-91. Shoemaker, C. R. 1916. Description of three new species of amphipods from southern California. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 29: 157-160. 1925. The Amphipoda collected by the United States Fisheries steamer 'Albatross' in 1911, chiefly in the Gulf of California. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 52: 21-61. 1926. Amphipods of the family Bateidae in the collection of the United States Museum. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 68(2626): 1-26. 1930. The Amphipoda of the Cheticamp Expedition of 1917. Contr. Can. Biol. Fish. 5: 221-359. 1931. A new species of amphipod crustacean ( Acanthonotozomatidae) from California, and notes on Eurystheus tenuicornh. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 78 (2861): 1-8. 193 3 a. Amphipoda from Florida and the West Indies. Amer. Mus. Novitates. 5 98: 1-24. 193 3b. Two new genera and six new species of Amphipoda from Tortugas. Papers Tortugas Lab., Carnegie Inst. Washington. 28(435): 245-2 5 6. 1934. Two new species of Corophium from the west coast of America. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 24: 356-360. 1938. Three new species of the amphipod genus Ampithoe from the west coast of America. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 28: 15-25. 1941. On the names of certain California amphipods. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 54: 187-188. 1942. Amphipod crustaceans collected on the presidential cruise of 193 8. Smiths. Misc. Colls. 101 (11): 1-52. 1949. The amphipod genus Corophium on the west coast of America. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 39: 66-82. 1952. A new species of commensal amphipod from a spiny lobster. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 102: 231-233. 195 5. Notes on the amphipod crustacean Maeroides thompsoni Walker. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 45: 59. Skogsberg, T., and G. H. Vansell 1928. Structure and behavior of the amphipod, Polycheria osborni. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. ser. 4. 17: 267-295. Soule, J. D. 1960. The distribution and affinities of the littoral marine Bryozoa (Ectoprocta) . Syst. Zool. 9: 100-104. Stebbing, T. R. R. 1906. Amphipoda I. Gammaridea. Das Tierreich. 21: 1-806. 1910. Crustacea. Part 5. Amphipoda. Sci. Res. Trawling Exped. H.M.C.S. "Thetis." Australian Mus. Mem. 4 (2): 565-658. Stephensen, K. 1931. Crustacea Malacostraca. VII. (Amphipoda. III.). Danish Ingolf-Exped. 3:179-290. 1932. Some new amphipods from Japan. Annot. Zool. Japon 13: 487-501. 228 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 1935. The Amphipoda of N. Norway and Spitsbergen with adjacent waters. Tromso Mus. Skr. 3(1): 1-140. 1940. Marine Amphipoda. Zool. Iceland. 3(26): 1-111. 1944. Amphipoda. The Zool. of East Greenland. Medd. Gr^nland, 121 (14): 1-165. 1949. The Amphipoda of Tristan da Cunha. Res. Norwegian Sci. Exped. to Tristan da Cunha 1937- 1938. 19: 1-61. Stout, V. R. 1913. Studies in Laguna Amphipoda. Zool. Jahrb. Syst. 34: 633-659. Walker, A. O. 1904. Report on the Amphipoda collected by Professor Herdman, at Ceylon, in 1902. Suppl. Rept. Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fisheries . 1904. 17: 229-300. Revised Manuscript Accepted for Publication 22 October 1968 Division of Crustacea, Smithsonian Institution, United States National Museum, Washington, D.C. 20560. APPENDIX Derivation of New Systematic Names periculosus, L., perilous susurrator, L., mutterer coyoa, Sp., coyote conductor, L., employer Rildardanus tros; Ril, anagram from Lirondo, Sp., pure; Dardanus, mythical ancestor of royal family of Troy; Tros, grandson of Dardanus and son of Ericthonius. nasa, L., fish-trap luculenta, L., bright falciformis, L., sickle-shaped, likeness visendus L., gerundive of viso, contemplate Meximaera diffidentia; Meximaera, a Mexican Maera; difHdcntia, L., diffidence tonichi, Mexicanization of L., tono, thunder; nidus, nest marcinabrio, L., marcidus, perishable; abrir, Sp., to open lazaris, Sp., lazar, to catch with lasso cornuta, L., horn gemmatus, L., bearing jewels disjuncta, L., separation AA A RECENT MOLLUSCAN FAUNA FROM THE CARIBBEAN COAST OF SOUTHEASTERN PANAMA GEORGE E. RADWIN MUS. COMP. ZOOL. LIBRARY JUL 10 wo HARVARD UNIVERSITY TRANSACTIONS OF THE SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15, NO. 14, 27 JUNE 1969 A RECENT MOLLUSCAN FAUNA FROM THE CARIBBEAN COAST OF SOUTHEASTERN PANAMA George E. Radwin Abstract. — This paper lists a Recent marine molluscan fauna from Payardi Island, Panama. Twenty-nine per cent of these species have close relatives on the Pacific side of the isthmus. It is suggested that the term "cognate" be used to replace the presently used term "analogue" in referring to these closely related forms. Ri sumen. — En este articulo se incluye una lista de los moluscos recientes de la is 1 a Payardi, Panama. El veintinueve por cien de estas especies tienen parientes proximos en la parte del istmo correspondiente al Pacifico. Se sugiere que el termino "cognado" reemplace al termino "analogo" que luego esta usado en referencia a estas formas intimamente relacionadas. The molluscan fauna of the Caribbean coast of Panama is of particular interest because, except for the paper of Olsson & McGinty (1958), it has been virtually un- reported. The building of an oil refinery at Payardi Island, Republic of Panama, six Caribbean Sea MILES Figure I. Location of the studied area in reference ,,!l San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. [5 230 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 miles east of the city of Colon, (Fig. 1) from May, 195 8 to August, 1959 provided an excellent opportunity to collect and record this fauna. During construction of the refinery material was dredged from the shoreward edge of a submerged coral reef and pumped into a marshy near-shore area to form a spoil bank. A representative series of mollusks was collected from this spoil by Messrs. Robert H. Stewart, Supervising Geologist, Panama Canal Co., and Anselmo Mena, and deposited in the U. S. National Museum. Most of this material is apparently of non-fossil origin and the Recent com- ponent forms the basis of this report. Systematic List of Mollusks from Payardi Island, Panama An asterisk signifies the existence of a cognate in the East Pacific (see Table 1). GASTROPODA PROSOBRANCHIATA SCISSURELLIDAE Woodtt ardia sp. FlSSURELLIDAE Emarginula pttmila (A. Adams) *Hemitoma octoradiata (Gmelin) ''Diodora cayenensis (Lamarck) Diodora Inter] (Orbigny) Litcapina suffusa (Reeve) Fissurella fascicitlaris (Lamarck) Fissitrclla nodosa (Born) Trochidae Calliostoma euglyptum (A. Adams) Calliostoma jatanicnm (Lamarck) Cittarium pica (Linne) Tegula fasciatits (Born) Solariorbis schumoi (Vanatta) Solariorbis corylus Olsson & McGinty Solariorbis hondurasensis (Vanatta) Solariorbis infracarinata (Gabb) Solariorbis shimeri (Clapp) '''Anticlimax schumoi (Vanatta) Cyclostrematidae Cyclostremiscus sehrammi (Fischer) Cyclostremiscus jeannae (Pilsbry & McGinty) Pacbystrcmiscns pule bell its (Olsson & McGinty) TURBINIDAE '■'Turbo castancus Gmelin Turbo filosus Wood Astraea americana (Gmelin) * Astraea caelata (Gmelin) Astraea pboebia (Roding) Liotia tricarinata Stearns Phasianellidae Tricolia pulchella (C. B. Adams) Tricolia affinis cruenta Robertson Neritidae "'Neri/ina virginea Linne Smaragtlia viridh t iridemaris Maury Architectonicidae * Architectonic a nobilis Roding *'Hcliacn\ pcrricri (Rochebrune) Vermetidae Vermctus varians Orbigny Aletes megintyi Olsson & Harbison Aletes nebulosus (Dillwyn) Aletes floridanus Olsscn & Harbison "Stephopoma myrakeenac Olsson & McGinty Spiroglyphus annulatus Daudin Thylacodes sp. Modulidae ''Modulus modulus (Linne) '•'Modulus carchedonius (Lamarck) Cerithiidae Cerithium algicola C. B. Adams "'Cerithium littcratum Born Cerithium mocnense Gabb ''Cerithium variabile C. B. Adams Bittium varium (Pfeifrer) Alabina cerithioides Dall ''Litiopa melanostoma Rang Turritellidae Turrit 'ell a exoleta Linne Littorinidae Littorina sp. RlSSOIDAE Rissoina canccllata Philippi *Rissoina fischeri Desjardin Rissoina decussa/a (Montagu) Rissoa lipeus Dall Zebina brouuiana (Orbigny) Alrania aberrans (C. B. Adams) '■' Alvania auberiana (Orbigny) Caecidae Caecum imbricatum Carpenter Caecum hcladum Olsson & Harbison Caecum ryssotitum Folin 'Caecum pule helium Stimpson Caecum jucundum Folin Caecum datum Folin Meioceras nit id urn Stimpson Vitrinellidae Cochliolepis striata (Dall) Episcynia inornata (Orbigny) Sansonia tuberculata (Watson) Parciturboides interruptus (C. B. Adams) 1969 Radwin: Payardi Island Mollusks 2 3 1 Triphoridae Tripbora turristhomae Holten Triphora nigrocincta C. B. Adams Clrithiopsidae Ccritbiopsis emersoni (C. B. Adams) Ccritbiopsis greeni (C. B. Adams) Seila adamsi H. C. Lea Epitoniidae Epitonhim foliaceicostum Orbigny Opalia crenata (Linne) Depressiscala nautlae (Morch) EULIMIDAE Enlima bifasciata (Orbigny) Balcis intermedia (Cantraine) FOSSARIDAE Megalomphalus pilsbryi Olsson & McGinty Calyptraeidae Calyptraea centralis (Conrad) "'Crucibuliim auricula m (Gmelin) Crepidula plana Say Crepidula maculosa Conrad Crepidula con vex a Say Xenophoridae '■'Xenophora concbyliopbora (Born) Strombidae ''Strombus pugilis Linne Strombus raninus Gmelin Eratoidae Trivia pediculus (Linne) Trivia quadripunctata (Gray) Erato maugeriae Gray Cypraeidae Cypraea cinerea Linne ''Cypraea zebra Linne Ovulidae Cyphoma gibbosa (Linne) Naticidae "'Natica canrena (Linne) Tectonatica Pusilla (Say) !tPolinices lacteus (Guilding) *Sinum macula/um (Say) Glyphepithema floridana Render Cassididae Cassis flammea Linne ''Morum oniscus (Linne) Pbaliuin granulatum (Born) ''Cypraecassis testiculus (Linne) Cymatiidae Charonia variegata (Lamarck) Cyniatium caribbaen m Clench & Turner Cymatium labiosum (Wood) *Cymatium femorale (Linne) ''Cymatium muricinuin (Roding) 'Cymatium pile are (Linne) Cymatium nicobaricum (Roding) Cymatium ve space um (Lamarck) Bursidae Bursa corrugata (Perry) Bursa cubamana (Orbigny) TONNIDAE Tonna maculosa Dillwyn Murk idai Murex woodringi Clench & Farfante Murex rubidm V. C. Baker Chicoreus florifer (Reeve) Murii opsu oxytatm \\. Smith Muricopsis pbilippiana | Dall) Khomurex scbrammi (Crosse) Risomurex muricoides (C. B. Adams) Morula nodulosa (C. B. Adams) Morula didyma (Schwengel) Thais deltoidea (Lamarck) Magilidai Coralliophila deformh (Lamarck) Coralliophila abbreviata (Lamarck) COLUMBI I I IDAI "Anachis (Parvanacbis) obesa (C. B. Adams) Anachis (Suturoglypta) pre/ri (Duclos) '■'Astyris lunata (Say) Coin mbella mercatoria (Linne) Conella in uloides (C. B. Adams) Cosmioconcha nitens (C. B. Adams) Nitidella nit id a (Lamarck) *Steironepion monilifera (Sowerby) Zafrona pulcbella (Blainville) PlSANIIDAE Engina turbinclla Kiener ''Bailya intricata (Dall) "Cadncifer" adelus (Schwengel) Cantharus auritulus (Link) Pisania pusio (Linne) Colubrariidae "'Colubraria testacea (Morch) 'Colubraria lanceolata (Menke) Melongenidae ''Melongena melon gena (Linne) Nassariidae Nassarius cinisculns (Reeve) Fasciolariidae Easciolaria tulipa (Linne) Fusilatirus cayobuesonicm (Sowerby) Latirus infundibulum (Gmelin) Latirus carinifera (Lamarck) *Leucozonia nassa (Gmelin) Leucozonia ocellata (Gmelin) TURBINEI I.IDA I Turbinclla angulatus Lightfoot *Vasiiin miiricatum (Born) Olividae Oliia caribaeenh V>.\\\ & Simpson Olii ella mi ea Gmelin Oliiella cbiriquiemis Olsson & McGinty Minioliva myrmecoon (Dall) MlTRlDAI Mitra barbadensh (Gmelin) Wi/ra nodulosa (Gmelin) Pusia albocincta (Dall) Pusia histrio | Rei 232 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 VOLUTIDAE Valuta virescens Lightfoot Marginellidae Vrunum carneum (Storer) Volvarina avena (Valenciennes) Gibberula bocaseiisis Olsson & McGinty Gibberulina ovuliformh (Orbigny) CONIDAE Conns spit rilis spurius Linne Conns regius Gmelin Conns daucus Linne Conns granulatus Linne Conns largillierti Kiener Conns pygmaea Reeve ■'Conns inns Hwass Conns mind anus Hwass Conns jaspidea Gmelin Terebridae ''Terebra taurinum (Lightfoot) Terebra spei Brown & Pilsbry Turridae Polystira albida (Perry) "Drillia" albinodata Reeve "Drillia" albomacnlata C. B. Adams "Drillia" accstra Dall Synfoinodrillia lissotropis (Dall) Crassispira anberti Lamy Crassispira barfordiana (Reeve) Crassispira cbazaliei Dautzenberg Nannodicllit oxytata (Bush) Bracbycytbara biconica (C. B. Adams) Itbycythara psila (Bush) "Mangelia" filosa Rehder Thelecythara floridana Fargo Acmaturris sp. Daphnella lyninaeiformis (Kiener) OPISTHOBRANCHIATA BULLIDAE Bulla occidentals A. Adams Retusidae Volvulella recta (Morch) Volt nlclla sp. Cylichna bidentata (Orbigny) Cylichna krcbsi (Morch) Acteocina candei (Orbigny) Atyidae Atys guildingi (Sowerby) Atys riisiana (Morch) Pyramidellidae Pyramidella Candida Morch Triptycbus nil ens (Morch) Odostomia gemmulosa (C. B. Adams) Odostomia terryi Olsson & McGinty Odostomia (Spiroclimax) sp. Turbonilla pupoides (Orbigny) Tnrbonilla sp. A. Turbonilla sp. B. Cavolinidae "Carolina longirostris LeSueur SCAPHOPODA Dentaliidae '■'Dental in m sowcrbyi Guilding Dentalinin antillarum Orbigny Dentaliuin tcxasiannm Philippi ■'Cadulns tctraschistus Watson BIVALVIA PROTOBRANCHIA NUCULANIDAE ''Nucnlana acuta (Say) Nuculana Sp. ^■Adrana nencombi (Angas) NUCULIDAE Nucula acgeenis Jeffreys FILIBRANCHIA Glycymeridae Glycymcris pcctinata (Gmelin) Arcidae "'Area zebra Swainson Area imbricata Bruguiere Anadara notabilis (Rbding) '' Anadara chemnitzi (Philippi) Barbatia cancellaria (Lamarck) "'Barbatia Candida (Helbling) Arcopsis adamsi Dall Pinnidae Pinna earned Gmelin Plicatulidae ■■Plicatula gibbosa (Lamarck) Pectinidae "Pecten" laurenti Gmelin *"Pecten" muscosus Wood "Pecten" fuscopurpureus Conrad "Pecten" antillarum Recluz '■''Nodipecten nodosus (Linne) Chlamys sentis (Reeve) Cblamys imbricata (Gmelin) ■' Argopecten nucleus (Born) Ostreidae "'Ostrca frons Linne Mytilidae '''Modiolus amcricanns (Leach) Litbopbaga antillarum (Orbigny) Botula fnsca (Gmelin) IsOGNOMONIDAE ''hognoinon alatus (Gmelin) Isognomon radiatus (Anton) Spondylidae ■'Spondylus americanus Hermann Limidae Lima scabra Born Lima tenera Sowerby Anomiidae ''Pododesmus rudis (Broderip) 1(=Adrana perproiracta (Dall). See: van Regteren Altena. 1968. Basteria *2(l-3). 1969 Radwin: Pavardi Island Mollusks 233 EULAMELLIBRANCHIA Crassatellidae *Crassinella adamsi Olsson CONDYLOCARDIIDAE *Condylocardia bernardi Dall Lucinidae Lucina pensylvanica (Linne) Lucina nassula Conrad Lucina pectinatus (Gmclin) ''■'Lucina niuricatus (Spengler) '■Codakia orbicularis (Linne) ''Codakia orbiculata (Montforc) ''Codakia pec find I a (C. B. Adams) Chamidae Chama congregata Conrad Chama macerophylla Gmelin Cardiidae Lac vicar. I 'iniu mortoni (Conrad) * Laei icardinin laevigatum (Linne) Laeiicardium multilincata Dall & Simpson '■'Trachycardium isocardia (Linne) *Trachycardium muricatum (Linne) Trigoniocardia antillarum (Orbigny) * Americardia media (Linne) Papyridea soleniformis (Bruguiere) Veneridae Cbione cancellata (Linne) "'Chione paphia (Linne) "'Macrocall'nta maculata (Linne) Callocardia albida (Gmelin) *Antigona listeri (Gray) '■'Gouldia cerina (C. B. Adams) *Dosinia discus (Reeve) 1*1 IKK .il [DAI : ■ Kit pcllar u typica \ I I II I I MDAE ' Tcllina listeri Roding Tellina punicea Born Una angulosa Gmelin ''Tellina martinicensh (Orbij Scissiila exilis (Lamarck) Macoma tenia (Say) Arcopagia fausta (Pulteney) Sanguinolariidai Asaphis deflorata (Linne) Solenidae Solecurtm cumin gianui (Dunker) Myidae Sphenia antillensh Dall & Simpson Semelidae '■'Seinelc purpurascem (Gmelin) '■'Semele proficua (Pulteney) Abra lioica Dall Corbulidai Corbula rwiftiana C. B. Adams Corbula dietziana C. B. Adams Corbula cubaniana Orbigny Corbula caribaea Orbigny Notocorbula operculata (Philippi) Montacutidae Mont acuta percompressa Dall SEPTIBRANCHIA CUSPIDARIIDAE Cardiomya costellata (Dcshayes) Cardiomya perrostrata (Dall) Discussion The geological history of southern Central America and northern South America is not completely understood. There is good evidence, however, that several major trans- American seaways existed in this area between the Middle Cretaceous and late Pliocene (Simpson, 1950: 3 63). The Atrato Strait (also known as the Bolivar Trough), in northwestern Colombia, was probably the widest and most enduring of these (Woodrin-. 1966); it may have been the last major channel (Whitmore and Stewart, 1965: 185). The time of closure of this strait, and concomitantly the completion of the land bridge, is somewhat in dispute. Woodring (/';/ //'//.) indicates that it could not have occurred before Pleistocene. Some paleontologists, however, have suggested an earlier, Miocene time of closure (Olsson, 1932: 39, 42; Durham and Allison, 1960: 67). Based on mammal evidence, most vertebrate paleontologists accept a late Pliocene date for this event (Whitmore and Stewart, 1965: 185). A comparison of the Payardi Island fauna with the most complete listings <>t Panamic-Pacific species (Keen, 1958; Olsson, 1961) shows that at least S5 of the 2'> Payardi Island species (29^y ) either occur in both the Caribbean and the eastern Pacific or are represented in the eastern Pacific by species here considered cognate. | fable 1 ). -Closely related and allopatric species have often been termed analogues, particularly in malacol literature. However, because the term "analogy" has a widespread use in biology and implies similarity due to convergence, not relationship, the term "analogous" tor closely related species is a potential soura confusion. Webster's New World Dictionary defines "cognate" as "related through the same origin: derived from a common original form." As this meaning is essentially the same "analogue", I recommend that the latter term be dropped in favor oi ite". 234 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. IS Many of the species considered as cognates in the present compilation have been pre- viously suggested by Keen (195 8) and/or Olsson (1961). Other cognates were deter- mined by comparing morphological features of Pacific and Caribbean species; in some cases, figures in Olsson and Keen were utilized in the absence of specimens. In addition, some eastern Pacific cognates have almost certainly been overlooked, especially in families such as the Turridae and Pyramidellidae. Thus, the proportion of Payardi Island species with eastern Pacific cognates is probably greater than the 29c/( indicated. This percentage may be moderate to high if the idea of a Miocene or early Pliocene closure of the Atrato Strait is accepted, or as quite low in terms of a late Pliocene or early Pleis- tocene closure. Regardless of which view is taken, no zoogeographic or evolutionary conclusions can be drawn from this percentage of cognates. No similar comparison may be made between the only other southwestern Carib- bean fauna studied (Olsson and McGinty, 195 8) and compilations of the Panamic- Pacific faunas (Keen, 195 8; Olsson, 1961). Olsson and McGinty's paper deals solely with shallow-water mollusks collected from a variety of habitats in a relatively broad geographical area, on several occasions spanning more than thirty years. The present list, in contrast, includes only species collected from a relatively restricted area by an inherently more selective method. Thus, it is hardly surprising that these two Caribbean lists, although dealing with faunas within 200 miles of each other, show many dis- similarities. Table 1 Closely Related Recent Species Occurring at Payardi Island and in Tropical East Pacific Faunas Payardi Is. Species Hemitonia octoradiata (Gmelin) Diodora cayenensis (Lamarck) Anticlimax schumoi (Vanatta) Astraea caelata (Gmelin) Turbo castanea Gmelin Neritina Virginia Linne Ah ania auberiana (Orbigny) Caecum pulchcllum Stimpson Rissoina fischeri Desjardin Architectonica nobilis Roding Heliacus perrieri (Rochebrune) S/epbopoma myrakeenae Olsson & McGinty Modulus modulus Linne Modulus carchedonius Lamarck Cerithium lariabile C. B. Adams Cerithium lilteratum Born Liiiopa melanostoma Rang Crucibulum auricula (Gmelin) Xenophora conchyiiophora (Born) Strombus pngilis Linne Cypraea zebra Linne Cyphoma gibbosa (Linne) Natica canrena (Linne) Volinices lacteus (Guilding) Siniim macnla/um (Say) Phalium grauiilatum (Born) Morum oniscus (Linne) Cypraecassh testiculm (Linne) Eastern Pacific Cognate H. bermosa (Lowe) D. inequalis (Sowerby) A. uilletti Hertlein & Strong A. turbanica (Dall) T. squamiger Reeve N. luteofasciata Miller A. inconspicua (C. B. Adams) C. diminuta (C. B. Adams) R. effusa Mbrch A. nobilis Roding H. infundibuliforinis (Gmelin) S. pen nat ii in Mbrch M. disculus Philippi M. catenulatiis Philippi C. nicaraguense Pilsbry & Lowe C. maculosa m Kiener L. melanostoma Rang C. personal ii in Keen X. robusta Verrill S. gracilior Sowerby C. ceri inetta Kierner C. emarginata (Sowerby) N. grayi Philippi P. nber Valenciennes S. debile Gould P. centriqitadrata Valenciennes M. tuberculosum Reeve C. tenuis Wood 1969 Radwin: Payardi Island \K>i i usks 23 5 Table 1 (cont.) Payardi Is. Species Cymatium femorale (Linne) Cymatium pileare (Linne) "Cymatium muricinum (Roding) Muricopsis oxytatus M. Smith . \\h vis huiata (Say) Anachh obesa (C. B. Adams) Steironepion monilifera (Sowerby) Bailya intricata (Dall) Colubraria testacea (Morch) Colubraria lanceolata (Menke) Melongena melon genu (Linne) Leucozonia nassa (Gmelin) Vasum muricatum (Born) Mitra nodulosa Gmelin Terebra ttmrinum (Lightfoot) Conns inns Hwass Cat olina longirostris LeSueur Dentalium soucrbyi Guilding Cadidus tetraschistns Watson Nuculana acuta (Say) Area zebra Swainson Anailara chemnitzi (Philippi) Arcopsis adamsi Dall Barbatia Candida (Helbling) Plica/nla gibbosa Lamarck "Pec/en" muscosits Wood Nodi pec ten nodosns (Linne) Argopecten nucleus (Born) Ostrea frons Linne hogrtomon alatus (Gmelin) Spondylus americanus Hermann Modiolus americanus (Leach) Pododesmus ritdis (Broderip) Crassinella adamsi Olsson Condylocardia bernardi Dall Lucina muricatus Spengler Codakia pectinella (C. B. Adams) Codakia orbicularis (Linne) Codakia orbiculata (Montfort) Trachycardium isocardia (Linne) Trachycardium muricatum (Linne) Americardia media (Linne) Laei icardium laevigatum (Linne) Papyridea soleniformis (Bruguiere) Dosinia discus (Reeve) Chione paphia (Linne) Macrocallista maculata (Linne) Antigona listcri (Gray) Gouldia cerina (C. B. Adams) Rupellaria typica (Jonas) Tcllina listcri Roding Tellina punicea Born Tcllina angulosa Gmelin Tellina martinicensis Orbigny Scmele purpiirascens (Gmelin) Semele proficua (Pulteney) I \SI I UN PAI II [< ( U(.\ \ I I C. tigrinum (Broderip) C. pileare (Linnc) -iC. muricinum (Roding) Al. armatm (A. Adams) A. barfordi Strung tc Hertlein A. diminuta (C. B. Adams) S. melanosticta Pilsbry & Lowe B. anomala (Hinds) C. lucasensh Strong &; Hertlein C. siphonata (Reeve) M. patula (Broderip & Sowerby) L. ritdis (Reeve) V. caestus Broderip M. marshalli Bartsch T. ornata Gray C. mus Hwass C longirostris LeSueur D. innumerabile Pilsbry & Sharp C. quadrifissatus (Carpenter) N. hindsii (Hanley) A. pacifica (Sowerby) A. mix (Sowerby) A. solida (Sowerby) B. reeceana (Orbigny) P. spondylopsis Rochebrune "P." relcro Hertlein N. subnodosiis (Sowerby) A. circularis (Sowerby) O. serra Dall /. chemnitzianus (Orbigny) S. princeps Sowerby M. americanus (Leach) P. cepio (Gray) C. adamsi Olsson C. pauainensis Olsson L. liana Pilsbry C. cancellaris Philippi C. pinchoti Pilsbry & Lowe C. gal a pagan a Dall T. consors (Sowerby) T. senticosum (Sowerby) A. guanacastensis (Hertein & Strong) L. clarionense (Hertlein & Strong) P. aspersa (Sowerby) D. ponderosa (Gray | C. mariae (Orbigny) M. scftialida (Sowerby I A. multicast at a (Sowerby) G californica Dall K. robusta (Sowerby) T . cumingi ( 1 [anl T. simulaus C. B. Adams T. eburna Hanley T. proclivh Hertlein & Strong S. sparsilittca/a Dall s. lentiatlare (Sowerby) '^Cymatium muricinum (Roding) has been collected in the Galapagos (Emerson, pers. cci 236 San Diego Society of Natural History Vol. 15 Acknowledgments In addition to my obvious debt to Messrs. Stewart and Mena, I wish especially to thank Dr. Joseph Rosewater, Division of Mollusks, U. S. National Museum, for providing facilities to study this fauna. Most of the present research was undertaken while I was a Smithsonian Predoctoral Intern. Dr. Donald R. Moore, Institute of Marine Sciences, University of Miami, kindly assisted in identifying the caecids, vitrinellids, cyclostremids, and other difficult groups. Thanks are also due the following individuals for reading preliminary drafts of this paper and pro- viding constructive citicism: Drs. Joseph Rosewater, Harald A. Rehder, and Wendell P. Woodring, U. S. National Museum; Dr. William K. Emerson, American Museum of Natural History; Dr. Reid Moran, Messrs. Arnold Ross and Allan J. Sloan and Mrs. Fay H. Wolfson, San Diego Natural History Museum. Figure 1 was prepared by Miss Gail Culver and Miss Anne Acevedo, San Diego Natural History Museum. Literature Cited Durham, J. W. and E. C. Allison 1960. The geologic history of Baja California and its marine faunas. Syst. Zool. 9: 47-91. Keen, A. M. 195 8. Sea Shells of Tropical West America. Stanford University Press, 624 p. Olsson, A. A. 1932. Contributions to the Tertiary paleontology of northern Peru. Pt. 5, The Peruvian Miocene. Bull. Amer. Paleontol. 9: 1-272. 1961. Mollusks of the Tropical Eastern Pacific; Panamic-Pacific Pelecypoda. Paleont. Res. Inst., Ithaca, New York, 5 74 p. Olsson, A. A. and T. L. McGinty 195 8. Recent marine mollusks from the Caribbean coast of Panama with description of some new genera and species. Bull. Amer. Paleontol. 39: 5-5 8. Simpson, G. G. 1950. History of the fauna of Latin America. American Scientist 38: 361-389. Whitmore, F. C, Jr. and R. H. Stewart 1965. Miocene Mammals and Central American Seaways. Science, 148: 180-185. Woodring, W. P. 1966. The Panama land bridge as a sea barrier. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. 110: 425-433, Accepted for Publication 10 May 1969 Department of Marine Invertebrates, Natural History Museum, P. O. Box 1390, San Diego. California 92112. MUS. COMP. ZOOL. LIBRARY f OCT 30 1969 1 HARVARD UNIVERSITY. STUDIES ON THE TETRACLITIDAE (CIRRIPEDIA: THORACICA): REVISION OF TETRACLITA ARNOLD ROSS TRANSACTIONS OF THE SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15, NO. 15 22 SEPTEMBER 1969 STUDIES ON THE TETRACLITIDAE (CIRRIPEDIA: THORACICA): REVISION OF TETRACLITA ARNOLD ROSS ABSTRACT. — Tesseropora and Tetraclitella. subgenera of Telraclita, are elevated to full generic status ir the absence of intergrading major characters. Newmanella gen. nov. is proposed for Telraclita (Telraclita radiata (Bruguiere, 1789) and Tesseroplax gen. nov. for Telraclita ( Tesseropora ) unisemita Zullo. 1968. On th< basis of shell characters the five genera here recognized fall into two groups. Monometric growth, allometry 01 the carina, and non-tubiferous radii characterize Tesseropora, Tesseroplax, and Telraclita; diametric growth isometry of the wall plates, and tubiferous radii characterize Tetraclitella and Newmanella. Both Tesseropla.\ and Tetraclita are considered later derivatives from the Tesseropora stock; but Tetraclitella and Newmanellc from a tesseroporan precursor. New distributional records for Newmanella radiata include the Bahamas Puerto Rico, Dominica, and Venezuela. Apparently the antenniform ramus of cirrus III in N. radiata play; some role during the reproductive cycle, but its exact function is unknown. RESUMEN. — Tesseropora y Tetraclitella, subgenero de Tetraclita. estan elevados al estado generico en a ausencia de intergradacion caracteres mayores. Newmanella gen. nov. esta propuesto para Tetraclitc (Tetraclita I radiata (Bruguiere, 1789) y Tesseroplax gen. nov. para Tetraclita I Tesseropora ) unisemita Zullo 1968. En el base de caracteres de concha los cincogeneros reconocidos aquT, caen en dos grupos. Crecimientc monometrico, alometria de la carena, y radios no-tubiferoso caracterizan Tesseropora. Tesseroplax. \ Tetraclita; crecimiento diametrico, isometrfa de la laminas de las paredes, y radios tubiferoso caracterizar Tetraclitella y Newmanella. Los dos Tesseroplax y Tetraclita son considerados derivatives mas tarde de lo; progenitores de Tesseropora, pero Tetraclitella y Newmanella de un progenitor de Tesseropora. Registro; distribucionales nuevos por Newmanella radiata se incluyen las Bahamas, Puerto Rico, Dominica, > Venezuela. Aparentemente, la ramal antenniforma de cirrus III en N. radiata hace un papel durante lo* reproducti vos, pero su funcion exacto es desconocido. The Tetraclitidae comprise a group of intertidal balanomorph barnacles occurring in tropical and warm-temperature waters between latitudes 38° north and 52° south. Although! these barnacles are a major component of intertidal faunas they have not received adequate attention either taxonomically or biologically. In this, the first in a series of papers covering the taxonomy and general biology of the tetraclitids, I re-evaluate the status of Tetraclita and its subgenera, and propose a new classification in the light of recent studies (Ross, 1968), and the work of Darwin ( 1 854), Nilsson-Cantell ( 1 92 1 ) and Hiro ( 1 939). There are more than two dozen named taxa distributed presently between Tetraclita Schumacher, 1817 (type species: T. (Tetraclita) squamosa (Bruguiere), 1789), and its subgenera, Tesseropora Pi lsbry, 1916 (type species: T (Tesseropora) rosea (Krauss), 1848), and Tetraclitella Hiro, 1939 (type species: T (Tetraclitella) purpurascens (Wood). 1815). These subgenera are distinct, and their elevation to generic status clarifies relationships that are obscured when all of the species are considered monogeneric. Both Darwin (1854: 344) and Hiro (1939: 270) cited numerous morphological characters that support the generic distinctness of the Caribbean western Atlantic species. / radiata. These characters, coupled with the absence of intergrading major morphological structures, necessitate the proposal of Newmanella gen. nov. for this species. Attempts to assign the recently described Pliocene species from the Gulf of California, Mexico. T (Tesseropora) unisemita (Zullo, 1968: 273), within the proposed classification posed innumerable problems, and consequently I have placed it in a new genus, Tesseroplax. SAN DIEGO SOC. NAT. HIST. TRANS 15(15): 237-251, 22 SEPTI MM R 1969 238 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15 FAMILY TETRACLITIDAE Gruvel Tetracaines Gruvel, 1903: 160; Nilsson-Cantell, 1921: 357, nom. transl.; Ross, 1968: 6, nom. transl. Definition. - Balanomorpha with shell of 4 plates; rostrum compound; compartments demarcated along sutures on interior surface of wall when fused or corroded externally; parietes with one or more rows of separate or confluent tubes containing living tissue or secondarily filled with calcareous and chitinous material; overlapping plates with radii. Basis membranous or calcareous and not forming complex interdigitations with wall. Inferior margin of mandible pectinate or serrate, never molariform. Labrum not bullate; crest with or without shallow notch, never incised. Cirrus II and III commonly armed with bipinnate and other complex setae distributed along anterior curvature; cirrus III resembling II more than IV; inner or outer ramus commonly antenniform during reproductive cycle. Basidorsal point on intromittent organ, and caudal appendages absent. Occurring in intertidal zone, generally on inanimate objects. Type genus: Tetraclita Schumacher, 1817. Remarks. — Authorship of this family must be accorded Gruvel ( 1 903: 1 60) rather than Nilsson-Cantell (1921: 357) as earlier noted (Ross, 1968: 6), and the date of authorship accepted as 1903, because "A family group name of which the suffix is incorrect is available with its original date and authorship, but in properly emended form" (Article 1 1 (e) (ii), ICZN). INTRAFAMILIAL RELATIONSHIPS In the Tetraclitidae shell growth proceeds either diametrically or monometrically (Darwin, 1854: 324). In monometric growth there is a direct correlation between obsolescence of the radii, which are nontubiferous, secondary apical filling of the parietal tubes, and enlargement of the orifice by attrition or corrosion. In diametric growth enlargement of the orifice results directly from growth of the tubiferous radii normal to the parietes without wearing away the peritreme, and the parietal tubes are not secondarily filled. These modes of shell growth allow separation of the tetraclitids into two groups (Fig. 1). Monometric growth characterizes Tesseropora, Tesseroplax and Tetraclita, diametric growth Tetraclitella and Newmanella. The latter method is the phylogenetically more primitive based upon the fossil record. Equally important in segregating the tesseroporan line from the tetraclitellan is the allometry of the carina that occurs commonly in the former group but not the latter. In the tetraclitellans all of the plates develop essentially isometrically. Allometry of the carina and adjacent laterals is a somewhat recent departure from the isometry characteristic of early balanomorphans and is always directly associated with monometric shell growth. Con- versely, isometry of the wall plates occurs concomitantly with diametric growth. Enlargement of the orifice in the tesseroporans, which have monometric shell growth, results from attrition or corrosion of the peritreme, and this is facilitated by their occupancy of a poorly protected high intertidal habitat. In the tetraclitellans enlargement of the orifice is by diametric growth, and this group occurs in relatively well protected habitats low in the intertidal zone. In both groups, the parallel development of a multilayered wall probably confers a selective advantage in that it provides protection against rapacious gastropods and other boring predators. Tetraclita was probably derived from Tesseropora, which retains a single row of parietal tubes. Henry (1957: 36) showed that secondary longitudinal tubules in some individuals of Tesseropora pacifica (Pilsbry) is "the first step in the formation of a multilayer wall." She assigned this species to Tetraclita (sensu stricto) because of the presence of 1 %l) ROSS: STUDIES ON THE TETRACLI ill) \l 239 Figure 1 . Inferred phylogeny and generic affinities in the Tetraclitidae. Peripheral illustrations portray aspects of shell growth and morphology, and key characters used in distinguishing the two groups in this family. 240 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15 secondary tubules. However, this assignment is contrary to the original definition of the genus; the secondary tubules are not comparable to those of Tetraclita, because there is but one complete row in this species and in certain crowded specimens of T. rosea (see Zullo, 1968:272). Tesserop lax also has but one row of parietal tubes, and therefore is more closely related to Tesseropora than to Tetraclita. I regard the absence of depressor muscle crests on the scutum and removal of the tergal spur from the basiscutal angle to be primitive characters in Tesseroplax as well as in Tetraclitella. The septate parietal tubes in Tesseroplax represent a unique specialization for this family, and their function remains unknown, although they may strengthen the wall. Tesseroplax probably represents an early off-shoot from the tesseroporan line, as Zullo (1968: 274) suggested, and it is evidently an evolutionary terminus, since none of the presently recognized species can be shown to have evolved from T. unisemita. The morphological evidence in support of Zullo's alternate hypothesis that T. unisemita may be the result of "convergence on the tetraclitan shell plan from an unrelated ancestor," is weak. The narrow opercular plates in Tesseroplax, especially the tergum, may be a direct consequence of monometric growth and allometry in this and other tesseropo- rans. These attributes strengthen the inference that Tesseroplax is in the direct line of descent from Tesseropora. Tetraclitella and Newmanella appear to have been derived independently from a tesseroporan precursor, the shell of which had a single row of parietal tubes and developed diametrically. The presence in these genera of two or more rows of parietal tubes, as in Tetraclita, I consider a later development which may function as defense against boring predators. Since each of these tetraclitellans possesses several primitive morphological characters, it is not possible to deduce which genus is more primitive phylogenetically. The scutum in Tetraclitella, although elongated, is still basically triangular, and it lacks crests for the insertion of the lateral and rostral depressor muscles. The same is true in Tesseroplax. The wall plates in Tetraclitella are weakly articulated and do not develop the complex occlusial surface found in Newmanella. On the other hand, the tubes in the radii of Tetraclitella, to judge from other balanomorphs (e.g., Megabalanus, Emersonius, Platylepas) reflect a highly advanced and complex mode of formation. KEY TO GENERA OF TETRACLITIDAE 1 . Growth of shell monometric; radii solid 2 1 . Growth of shell diametric; radii tubiferous 4 2. Parietes with one row of tubes 3 2. Parietes with two or more rows of tubes Tetraclita 3. Parietal tubes lacking transverse septa; scutum bearing depressor muscle crests Tesseropora 3. Parietal tubes bearing transverse septa; scutum lacking depressor muscle crests Tesseroplax gen. nov. 4. Radii with horizontal summits, articular margins lacking teeth; scutum transversely elongated, lacking depressor muscle crests Tetraclitella 4. Radii with oblique summits, articular margins bearing prominent teeth; scutum triangular, bearing depressor muscle crests Newmanella gen. nov. 1969 ROSS: STUDIES ON THE TETRACLITIDAE 241 Tesseroplax gen. nov. Definition. --Shell moderately large, smooth; compartments discrete; parietes with one row of rectangular tubes secondarily filled apically, septate basally; radii narrow, non- tubiferous; basis calcareous, with transverse septate tubes; scutum triangular, lacking crests for depressor muscles; tergum narrow, with spur separated from basi-scutal angle. Type species. — Tetraclita ( Tesseropora ) unisemita Zullo, 1968. Etymology. Derived from the Greek, tesseres, four, and plax, plate, in reference to the number of parietal plates. Remarks. - - Tesseroplax unisemita is known only from two specimens collected from Pliocene sediments on Angel de la Guarda Island in the Gulf of California, Mexico. Many supposedly unique characters were attributed to this extinct species; but the absence of depressor muscle crests on the scutum is typical of Tetraclitella; internal parietal ribs also occur in Newmanella; and the apical filling of the parietal tubes is a characteristic of Tetraclita as well as Tesseropora. However, Tesseroplax is the only tesseroporan possessing septate parietal tubes and a calcareous basis also with septate tubes. These structures as well as internal parietal ribs probably reflect a unique method of shell deposition in this lineage. Tesseroplax is also the only tesseroporan in which the scutum lacks depressor muscle crests, and the spur of the tergum is infolded as well as being extremely narrow and elongate. Figure 2. Newmanella radiata, from test panel set at 1 5 m. Vieques Sound, Puerto Rico. a. contiguous specimens viewed from left side, actual height of upper specimen 23.1 mm; b. c. external and internal views, respective: articulated opercular plates, actual height of scutum 1 3.9 mm. tergum 9.5 mm. 242 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15 Newmanella gen. nov. Definition. - Shell relatively large, conic, ribbed; compartments discrete; parietes with 2 or more rows of irregularly shaped tubes; radii broad, summits oblique, tubes opening on articular surface; basis calcareous, solid, scutum triangular, bearing crests for depressor muscles; tergum narrow with spur separated from basiscutal angle; mandible with 4 teeth, basal comb, and spine-like lower extremity; maxilla I with more than 12 spines below subapical notch. Type species. — Balanus radiata Bruguiere, 1789. Etymology. -- Named in honor of Dr. William A. Newman, Scripps Institution of Oceanography, longtime friend, and student of the Cirripedia. Remarks. - - The presence of more than one row of parietal tubes and well developed tubiferous radii serve to distinguish Newmanella from the tesseroporan complex. The radial tubes in Newmanella differ from those of Tetraclitella by being irregular in outline and of varying size and by their mode of formation, which results from development of prominent irregular ridges on the sutural surface that branch and coalesce. The radial tubes in Tetraclitella are uniform in size and outline and develop in a manner comparable to that of the parietal tubes. Initially growth is normal to that of the parietes, but with subsequent growth and sequential development of additional tubes along the outer lamina of the radius, the earlier formed radial tubes curve and may extend downward to the base. Newmanella radiata (Bruguiere) [Lepas Indiae orientalis ex violaceo radiata] Chemnitz, in Martini and Chemnitz, 1785: 319, pi. 99, fig. 842. Balanus radiata Bruguiere, 1 789: 1 68; Bruguiere, 1 79 1 , pi. 1 64, figs. 5, 5a. Lepas purpurea Spengler, 1790: 172. Lepas violacea Gmeiin, 1791: 3213, not Balanus violaceous Gruvel, 1903 [= Balanus abeli Lamy and Andre, 1932: 218, footnote]. Balanus radiatus: Ranzani, 1818: 75; Lamarck, 1818: 393; Ranzani, 1820: 39; Jay, 1839: 7; Lamy and Andre, 1932: 218. Conia radiata: Blainville, 1824: 378; Blainville, 1825: 598; Blainville, 1827, pi. 85, figs. 5, 5a; Deshayes, 1831:357. T[etraclita](C[onia}) radiata: Gray, 1825: 104. Conia lyonsiil ex Leach, MSjSowerby, 1823, no pagination. Tetraclita radiata: Darwin, 1854:343, pi. 1 1, figs. 5a-5d; Weltner, 1897: 258; Gruvel, 1903: 161; Gruvel, 1905:291; Schmalz, 1906: 65, pi. 6, fig. 4; Hoek, 1907: xvi; Pilsbry, 1916: 259, pi. 61, figs. 3-3c, 4; Pilsbry, 1927: 38; Nilsson-Cantell, 1939: 5; Pope, 1943: 244; Pope, 1945: 368; Pilsbry, 1953: 27; Southward, 1962: 163; Ross, 1968: 18. Material. Turtle Rocks, south of Bimini, Bahamas, B.W.I., approximately 25°40'N., 79°20'W.; intertidal on exposed hull of wrecked ship; E. Kirsteuer coll., August 1967; 5 specimens. Vieques Sound, Puerto Rico, approximately 18°12'N., 65°25'W.; on fouling test panel set at 1 5m below surface; U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office, October 1 966; 4 specimens. Vieques Island, Puerto Rico; intertidal; J. A. Rivera and C. B. Rivera coll., November 17, 1951; 10 specimens. Scotts Head Bay, Dominica, approximately 15°21'40"N., 61 °22'40"W.; intertidal on Tetraclita stalactifera (Lamarck); E. Kirsteuer and K. Rutzler coll., May 17-28, 1966; 1 specimen. Isla de Margarita, Venezuela, approximately 10°45'N., 64°52'W.; intertidal; P. Glynn coll., May 28, 1968; 7 specimens. Gulfof Paria, Trinidad, approximately 10°12'N., 61°52'W.; on marine structures in the Shell Trinidad Ltd. oilfield; R. Bacon coll., May 30, 1968; 10 specimens. Supplementary Description. Shell white; low-conic; ribs on parietes numerous, 1969 ROSS: STUDIES ON THE TETRACLITID A I 243 approximate, narrow, prominent, generally branched basally (Fig. 2a). Orifice large, trigonal to pentagonal; peritreme slightly toothed. Radii broad; horizontally striated: summits oblique, at 45° or less; ridges on articular margin irregular, with interspaces forming tubes opening on margin. Alae with summits less oblique than radii; articular margin toothed horizontally. Wall of body cavity with regular longitudinal ribs. Fancies with more than 1 row of irregularly spaced large and small tubes, without definite pattern; longitudinal septa thick, crenated basally. Shell measurements are given in Table 3 o\' the Appendix. Basis calcareous; translucent; thin centrally, thickening peripherally. Scutum triangular; articular ridge high, effectively erect, evenly rounded terminally. cde abm h if - PUERTO RICO degjklm- Bahamas abc - TRINIDAD Figure 3. Newmanella radiata. trophi. a, b, mandible: c-e, maxilla I: f, maxilla II: g-k. crest of labrum: 1 . enlarged view of crest of labrum in m; m, labrum and palps. 244 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15 about 2/3 length of margin; articular furrow extremely broad and deep; adductor muscle ridge thin, relatively short, apically confluent with articular ridge; adductor muscle depression shallow, poorly defined, crests for lateral and rostral depressor muscles few in number, low, short. Tergum triangular; longitudinal furrow broad, shallow; spur fasciole open; spur obliquely rounded, separated from basiscutal angle by less than its own width; articular ridge high, projecting and covering apical 1/3 of scutum when articulated (Fig. 2c); articular furrow broad and deep; crests for depressor muscles numerous, low, regularly spaced. Crest of labrum with broad V-shaped medial notch either smooth or laterally toothed; teeth on crest either simple, M-shaped or comb-like, numbering commonly 3-4, ranging 2-7 (Figs. 3g-l); superolateral margins of labrum finely serrate or toothed; interspersed among teeth, in notch, and extending laterally along crest of labrum are short, soft bristles. Palps elongate, rectangular; basal margins free of setae; superior margin clothed with short, broad, bipectinate setae; inner lateral face clothed completely with ctenae; distal extremity bearing long, slender, bipinnate setae. Cutting edge of mandible armed with 5 teeth including inferior angle; teeth 2-4 support subsidiary cusps; superior slope of tooth 4 serrate; inferior angle bears 3-4 acicular teeth; comb between tooth 4 and inferior angle contains 17-20 acicular teeth (Figs. 3a-b). Maxilla I with deep, U-shaped notch, rarely without notch; spination along cutting edge in three functional clusters; 2 long, stout spines above notch and 6-9 short, slender spines above or running into notch; 13-20 long, slender spines medially, grading into basal zone of 7-13 short, slender spines. Maxilla II bilobate, taller than broad; setae of apical lobe long, bipinnate, but shorter and bipectinate on lower lobe; region of juncture of two lobes covered with short, narrow spines and ctenae. Posterior ramus of cirrus I about 2/3 or less length of anterior ramus; intermediate articles of both rami broader than high; segments of anterior ramus normal, posterior protuberant (Fig. 4a). Rami of cirrus II either essentially equal in length or posterior ramus antenniform (Fig. 4b); terminal segments of anterior ramus armed with few bipinnate setae; proximal and intermediate articles of both rami bullate when cirrus normal. Rami of cirrus III either equal in length or posterior ramus antenniform; when rami are equal, lesser curvature of anterior ramus not covered with spines, and setae are bipectinate; when rami are unequal in length lesser curvature of intermediate and basal segments of both rami covered with short triangular or hook-like spines, and setae bipectinate only on anterior ramus. Cirri IV-VI essentially equal in length with equal rami. Anterior face of posterior ramus of cirrus IV covered with short, triangular spines; proximal segments of both rami along posterior face also spinose. Proximal segments of cirri V-VI covered with short spines along greater curvature only. Chaetotaxis of intermediate articles of cirri IV-VI ctenopod along anterior curvature, with 4 pairs; between or at bases of apical pair are 1-2 short slender setae. Cirral counts are summarized in Table 1 of the Appendix. Intromittent organ distinctly annulated throughout its length; sparsely hirsute except for 2 distinct clusters surrounding terminal orifice (Fig. 4e). Remarks. - Newmanella radiata is apparently limited to the Caribbean, having been reported from Florida (Pilsbry, 1957: 27), St. Thomas, Virgin Islands (Pilsbry, 1916: 259), and Monos Island, Trinidad (Southward, 1962: 163). New records, which considerably fill gaps in this species distribution include the Bahamas, Puerto Rico, Dominica, and Venezuela. FUNCTIONAL SIGNIFICANCE OF ANTENNIFORMY In some individuals both rami of cirrus III are normal, but in others one is normal and one antenniform (setae arranged in whorls at each articulation and the segments articulated 1969 ROSS: STUDIES ON THE TETRACLITIDAE 245 Figure 4. Newmanella radiata, cirral appendages, a, left cirrus I; b, left cirrus II with antenniform posterior ramus; c, left cirrus III with antenniform posterior ramus; d, proximal segments of right cirrus III; e, distal end of intromittent organ; f, normal left cirrus II; g, basal segments of left cirrus VI. pedicel, and proximal portion of intromittent organ: h, normal left cirrus III. 246 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15 so that the ramus can be rotated through 360°). Antenniformy is apparently not widespread in the Chthamalidae, and is unknown in the Balanidae. Of the tetraclitid genera recognized herein only Tetraclitella, to my knowledge, does not exhibit antenniformy, and it is apparently rare in Tesseropora. Darwin (1854: 83) noted variability in the occurrence of an antenniform ramus in chthamalids, and stated that the ramus "acts as an organ of touch." In the deep sea chthamalid Hexelasma hirsutum (Hoek), Southward and Southward (1958: 642) found the antenniform ramus to be less sensitive to touch than rami of the other cirri. They noted also that the antenniform rami do not form part of the food gathering cirral net, which would be precluded by the nature of its armament, and speculated that the rami might function as direction indicators, permitting alignment of the net with prevailing food-laden currents. This seems unlikely because individuals with antenniform rami also occur in intertidal habitats, where there is no obvious adaptive value for such an organ. Pope (1965: 59) detected no correlation between the presence or absence of an antenniform ramus and age, seasonal or environmental variables. However, seventy per cent of the eastern Australian population of Chthamalus antennatus Darwin that she studied, had antenniform rami, and 80 per cent of the total population were brooding. Specimens collected three weeks later from the same area had normal rami, but only 20-35 per cent still contained developing nauplii. At no time did all individuals in the population have antenniform rami. In Newmanella, the May specimens from Venezuela had antenniform rami and were brooding nauplii, but the opposite was true of specimens collected from Dominica and Trinidad, except for one individual from Trinidad that had antenniform rami. Specimens taken in August from the Bahamas and in October and November from two localities off Puerto Rico also lacked antenniform rami and eggs or nauplii in the mantle cavity (Fig. 5). Development of the antenniform ramus in N. radiata probably begins in February or March, and the appendage is shed in April or May only to be replaced by a normal ramus. Specimens of Tetrachthamalus oblitteratus from Mauritius were found to have normal rami, and one individual was brooding; those from Elat, and all but one from Seychelles, had antenniform rami, and both populations were brooding eggs or nauplii (Newman, 1 967: 430; pers. comm.). Newman also observed that individuals with antenniform rami either lack or have a diminutive intromittent organ, whereas individuals with normal rami have a normally developed intromittent organ. In Tesseropora pacifica from Guam I have observed the simultaneous presence of an antenniform ramus, reduced intromittent organ, and eggs in the mantle cavity. According to Crisp and Patel (1958: 1078) copulation and fertilization commonly follow within a few days of ecdysis. However, ecdysis early in the reproductive cycle normally results in loss of the recently oviposited eggs, because they lie in the mantle cavity, the lining of which is molted with exuviae of the appendages, intromittent organ, prosoma, esophagus, and rectum (Darwin, 1854: 157). Consequently, newly fertilized individuals normally cease molting during the brooding period, which lasts for several weeks. But, if the molting process is resumed after fertilization but prior to naupliar release, the mantle lining is retained and complete exuviation either accompanies or follows liberation of the nauplii (Patel and Crisp, 1961: 103). In Balanus balanoides Linnaeus the intromittent organ is lost during exuviation after the time of fertilization, whether the individuals have been fertilized or not (Crisp and Patel, 1960: 33). A new one gradually develops during the summer, reaching a normal length prior to the onset of the breeding season, which in B. balanoides occurs annually in November or December; development of the intromittent organ in Tetrachthamalus and Tesseropora pacifica probably follows a similar pattern as does the 1969 ROSS: STUDIES ON THE TETRACLITIDAE 247 32 30 28 26 c/)24 ^22 LU ^20 CD LU -in if) IO . 16 O 214 212 < LiJ 10 8 6 ANTERIOR RAMUS 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 • tw"^ — / IV V VI \ 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 POSTERIOR RAMUS CARINOROSTRAL DIAMETER OF SHELL HEIGHT OF SHELL IV V VI 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 "!" ■ ■ 8 6 4 j. 2 PUERTO RICO IIIIIIIIHIIIIHIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIItllUltllllllllMIIIIIIIIHIIIII BAHAMAS TRINIDAD VENEZUELA OCT. 66 AUG. 67 MAY 68 MAY 68 Figure 5. Graph of mean values from Table 1 for cirral counts of anterior ramus (top left) and posterior ram"s (top right), and from Table 3 for carinorostral diameter of shell (bottom left) and he.ght of shell (bottom right) 0 Newmanella radiala. Vertical line = range; horizontal bar = mean. 248 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15 antenniform ramus. Thus, there is a strong correlation between the reproductive period and the presence of antenniform rami. In all cases, antenniform rami are noted first either immediately before, during, or immediately after the reproductive period, which may occur more than once a year in the chthamalids and tetraclitids. The presence of an antenniform ramus has not been reported in individuals long after termination of the reproductive cycle. In cross-fertilizing intertidal balanomorphs copulation takes place while the animals are submerged. Some means of indicating copulatory availability would be advantageous during this phase of the reproductive cycle, because these animals are monoecious and every individual in the population is potentially capable of being fertilized by another nearby individual. Since the periods of submergence are usually brief, some adaptation would be effective in insuring rapid selection of a responsive individual. The antenniform ramus may elicit or detect tactile or chemical stimuli from an individual acting the role of the opposite sex. The correlation between brooding, antenniformy, and penis development is com- plicated. However, it appears that individuals brooding eggs or nauplii, having antenniform rami, and lacking or having diminutive penes assume the morphology and act the role of a female; those individuals without eggs or nauplii in mantle cavity, and with normal rami and penes constitute the post-reproductive segment of the population, having reverted to the normal hermaphroditic state. Resumption of the hermaphroditic state is necessary because these animals will cross-fertilize during the next breeding season. Loss or diminution of the intromittent organ after fertilization is not comparable to the loss of the antenniform ramus after release of the nauplii, because the ramus is replaced by a functional, feeding appendage, whereas the intromittent organ remains non-functional until the onset of the following breeding season. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I am indebted to Dr. William A. Newman, Scripps Institution of Oceanography, for his continued encouragement, loan of specimens, and valuable comments on an earlier draft of the manuscript. I thank Ernst Kirsteuer, American Museum of Natural History, John R. DePalma, U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office, Elizabeth Pope, the Australian Museum, Huzio Utinomi, Seto Marine Biological Laboratory, and Peter Bacon, University of the West Indies, Trinidad, for their assistance in providing me with specimens. Miss Gail Culver prepared figures 1 and 2, and Miss Anne Acevedo figures 3 through 5. LITERATURE CITED Blainville, H. M. de 1824. Nematopoda. Diet. Sci. Nat. 32 (Mollusques- Morfil). Strasbourg, F.G. Levrault. 567 p. 1825-1827. Manual de malacologie et de conchyliologie. Paris, F. G. Levrault. 664 p. (vol. 1, text, 1825), 87 pis. (vol. 2, plates, 1827). Bruguiere, M. 1789-1791. BALANITE, lepas; Linn. Encyclopediemethodique: Histoirenaturelledes Vers: 1 (1): 158-173 (text, 1789; plates, 1791). Crisp, J. D., and B. S. Patel 1958. Relation between breeding and ecdysis in cirripedes. Nature 181: 1078-1079. 1960. The moulting cycle in Balanus balanoides L.Biol. Bull. 1 18(1): 31-47. Darwin, C. R. 1854. A monograph on the sub-class Cirripedia. The Balanidae, the Verrucidae, etc. London, Ray Society. 684 p. Deshayes, G. P. 1831. CONIE. Conia. Encyclopediemethodique: Histoire naturelledes Vers 2 (2): 257-258. 1969 ROSS: STUDIES ON THE TETRACLITIDAE 249 Gmelin, J. F. 1 79 1 . Systema naturae per regna tri naturae . . . editio decima tertia. aucta. reformata. Leipzig I (6): 302 I - 3909 (Vermes). Gray, J. E. 1825. A synopsis of the genera of cirripedes arranged in natural families, with a description of some new species. Ann. Philos.. n.s. 10(2): 97-107. Gruvel, A. 1903. Revision des cirrhipedes appartenant a la collection du Museum D'Histoire Naturelle. Nouv. Arch. Mus. D'Hist. Nat., ser. 4(5): 95- 1 70. 1905. Monographic des cirrhipedes ou thecostraces. Paris, MassonetCie. 472 p. Henry, D. P. 1957. Some littoral barnacles from the Tuamotu, Marshall, and Caroline Islands. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 107 (3381): 25-38. Hiro, F. 1939. Studies on thecirripedian fauna of Japan. III. Supplementary notes on the cirripeds found in the vicinity of Seto. Mem. Coll. Sci., Kyoto Imp. Univ. ser. B. 1 5 (2): 237-284. Hoek, P. P. C. 1907. TheCirripedia of the Siboga- Expedition. A. Cirripedia pedunculata. Siboga-Exped. 31: 1-127. Jay, J. C. 1 839. A catalogue of the shells, arranged according to the Lamarckian System, together with descriptions of new or rare species, contained in the collection of John C. Jay, M. D. New York, Wiley and Putnam. 125 p. 10 pis. Krauss, F. 1 848. Die SudaFrikanischen Mollusken. Stuttgart. Lamarck, J. B. P. A. de M. de 1818. Histoire naturelle des animaux san vertebres 5: 375-410. Paris, Deterville. Lamy, E. and M. Andre 1932. Notes sur les especes Lamarckiennes de Cirripedes. Compt. Rendu Cong. Soc. Sav. Paris Depart.. Sec. Sci. 65: 212-228. Martini, F. H. W., and J. H. Chemnitz .1 785. Neues systematisches Conchylien-cabinet 8: 294-347, pi. 96-100. Newman, W. A. 1967. A new genus of Chthamalidae (Cirripedia, Balanomorpha) from the Red Sea and Indian Ocean. J. Zool. London 153: 423-435. Nilsson-Cantell, C. A. 1921. Cirripeden-Studien. Zur Kenntnis der Biologic Anatomie und Systematik dieser Gruppe. Zool. Bidr. Uppsala 7: 75-395. 1 939. Recent and fossil balanids from the north coast of South America. Cap. Zool. 8 (4): 1 -7. Patel, B., and D. J. Crisp 1 96 1 . Relation between the breeding and moulting cycles in cirripedes. Crustaceana 2(2): 89-107. Pilsbry, H. A. 1916. The sessile barnacles contained in the collection of the U.S. National Museum: including a monograph of the American species. Bull. U.S.Natl. Mus. 93: 1-366. 1927. Cirripedia of Curacao. Bijdr. Dierk. 25: 37-28. 1953. Noteson Floridan barnacles (Cirripedia). Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 105: 13-28. Pope, E. C. 1943. Animal and plant communities of the coastal rock platform at Long Reel. New South Wales. Proc. Linnean Soc. New South Wales 68 (5-6): 22 1 -254. 1945. A simplified key to the sessile barnacles found on the rocks, boats, wharf piles and other installations in Port Jackson and adjacent waters. Rec. Australian Mus. 2 1 (6): 35 1 -372. 1965. A review of Australian and some Indomalayan Chthamalidae (Crustacea: Cirripedia). Proc. Linnean Soc. New South Wales 90(1): 10-77. Ranzani, C. 1818. Osservazioni su i Balanidi. Opuscoli Scientifici 2: 63-93. 1820. Osservazioni su i Balanidi. Mem. Storia Nat., deca prima: 13-57. 250 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL.15 Ross. A. 1968. Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian Biological survey of Dominica 8. The intertidal balanomorph Cirri- pedia. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 125 (3663): 1-22. Schmalz, C. 1906. Die ordnung der Cirripedien Systematische Conchylien-cabinet von Martini und Chemnitz II (27-28): 1-82. (published 1911). Schumacher, C F. 1817. Essai d'un nouveau systeme des habitations des vers testaces. Copenhagen. 287p. Spengler. L. 1 790. Beskrivelse og Oplysning over den hidindtil lidet udarbeijdede Slaegt af mangeskallede Konchylier, som Linnaeus har daldet Lepas, med tilf^iede nye og ubeskrevne Arter. (Om Conchylie-Slaegten Lepas). Skrift. Naturhist. Selsk. 1 ( 1 ): 1 58-2 12. Southward, A. J. 1962. On the behaviour of barnacles. IV. The influence of temperature on cirral activity and survival of some warm-water species. J. Marine Biol. Assoc. U.K. 42: 163-177. Southward, A. J., and E. Southward 1958. On the occurrence and behaviour of two little-known barnacles, Hexelasma hirsutum and Verruca recta, from the continental slope. J. Marine Biol. Assoc. U.K. 37: 633-647. Sowerby, G. B. 1823 [1821-1834]. The genera of Recent and Fossil shells. London. No pagination. Weltner, W. 1 897. Verzeichnis der bisher beschriebenen recenten Cirripedienarten. Arch. f. Naturgesch. 1 (3): 227-280. Wood, W. 1815. General conchology; or a description of shells arranged according to the Linnean System. London. 246 P- Zullo, V. A. 1968. Tesseropora Pilsbry (Cirripedia, Thoracica) from the Pliocene of the Gulf of California. Crustaceana 1 5 (3): 272-274. Department of Invertebrate Paleontology, Natural History Museum, P.O. Box 1390, San Diego, California 921 12 APPENDIX MEASUREMENTS FOR NEWMANELLA RADIATA Table 1. Summary of data on cirral counts: range (R) and mean (X) values for the number of segments in anterior (a) and posterior (p) rami. I II III IV V V, a P a P a P a P a P a - N 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 8 9 Bahamas R 18-23 10-15 7-9 12-19 8-12 11-24 20-24 20-24 19-25 20-25 24-26 22-26 X 18.20 12.20 8.40 15.30 9.10 19.3 21.30 21.70 22.50 23.20 24.88 24.67 N 8 8 8 7 8 7 6 6 6 6 4 6 Vieques Sound R 19-21 11-14 7-13 11-14 8-14 12-17 20-28 23-30 24-33 25-34 26-35 26-34 Puerto Rico X 19.75 12.00 10.37 12.71 11.62 14.57 24.00 27.00 28.00 29.66 29.75 30.16 N 5 7 8 8 8 7 8 7 7 7 7 8 Venezuela R 14-18 9-11 6-13 8-21 6-8 14-21 12-15 13-16 13-18 14-17 14-18 14-18 X 16.00 10.00 8.00 13.25 7.25 18.42 13.38 14.43 15.14 15.14 16.14 16.25 N 8 8 8 8 8 5 8 9 8 7 7 9 Trinidad R 16-25 8-17 7-10 16-22 7-11 12-25 13-19 16-23 16-20 17-24 17-24 16-25 X 21.00 13.62 8.75 18.50 9.00 19.00 16.38 19.00 18.50 19.85 19.85 19.88 1969 ROSS: STUDIES ON THE TETRACLITIDAE 251 Table 2. Cirral counts lor individual specimens Dominica ntzht left II 111 IV \ I Anterior 19 9 11 14 17 15 Posterior 13 17 21 13 15 14 Anterior 18 9 9 12 14 14 Posterior 12 16 11 12 14 Vieques Island, Puerto Rico right left Anterior 22 12 15 27 37 37 Posterior 14 20 23 34 37 36 Anterior 22 13 15 26 33 27 Posterior 15 19 18 31 38 39 Table 3. Summary of data on shell and opercular valve parameters (in mm): range (R) and mean (X) values. Car-Ros SHELL OPERCULAR PLATES Scutum Tergum Diam. Lat. Diam. Height Height Width Height Width Bahamas (n = 5) R X 9.3-17.2 13.4 9.5-16.5 12.7 5.9-13.3 11.4 2.5-4.8 4.2 2.5-4.9 4.3 3.4-6.1 5.3 2.3-4.5 3.8 Vieques Sound, (n=4) PR. R X 12.9-23.1 17.6 13.3-24.6 17.8 7.5-13.9 10.4 4.6-6.6 5.5 4.1-7.0 5.2 6.1-9.5 7.5 4.3-7.6 5.7 Venezuela (n = 6) R X 5.4-7.2 5.9 5.1-7.1 6.0 2.6-4.5 3.0 Trinidad (n=5) R X 11.1-14.9 12.1 9.4-14.5 9.8 6.1-14.7 9.3 3.0-6.8 4.3 2.7-6.1 4.0 3.5-7.4 4.S 2.6-5.0 3.3 Dominica (n=l) 10.0 8.1 7.8 3.1 2.9 3.5 2.6 Vieques Island, (n=l) PR. 31.3 29.3 28.1 10.1 10.5 13.1 13.9 MUS. COMP. ZOOL. LIBRARY OCT 30 1969 HARVARD UNIVERSITY, TYPE SPECIMENS OF MAMMALS IN THE SAN DIEGO NATURAL HISTORY MUSEUM SUZANNE I. BOND TRANSACTIONS OF THE SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15, NO. 16 3 OCTOBER 1969 TYPE SPECIMENS OE MAMMALS IN THE SAN DIEGO NATURAL HISTORY MUSEUM Suzanne I. Bond The mammal collections of the San Diego Society of Natural History comprise more than 21,000 specimens, of which the majority are from the southwestern United States and Baja California, Mexico. Included are holotypes of two species and 87 subspecies. In this catalog Of type specimens, the following information is given: name as originally published, original citation, currently accepted name if different from the original, collector, date of collection, original number, museum number, and type locality. Unless otherwise specified, all taxa listed here were considered valid by Hall and Kelson (Mammals of North America. Ronald Press, New York, 1959). Geographic coordinates not given in the original description and corrected spelling are given in brackets. All holotype specimens are in good condition; skulls and skins are present for all. The length of the list precluded the inclusion of paratypes. For a complete list, order NAPS Document 00310 from ASIS National Auxiliary Publications Service, c/o CCM Information Sciences, Inc., 22 West 34th Street, New York, New York 10001; remitting $1 for microfiche or $3 for photocopies. FAMILY LEPORIDAE Sylvilagus bachmani howelli Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 5 (5): 67-68, 6 July 1927. Holotype. - Adult female. Collected by L. M. Huey, 10 December 1926. SDSNH no. 5939. Type locality. - 10 mi SE Alamo, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 31 °35'N, long. 116°03'W. Sylvilagus bachmani rosaphagus Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 9 (23): 22 1 -223, 3 1 July 1940. Holotype. - Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 2 June 1925. SDSNH no. 4947. Type locality — 2 mi W Santo Domingo Mission, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 30°45'N, long. 115°58'W. FAMILY SCIURIDAE Ammospermophilus harrisii kinoensis Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 8 (25): 352-353, 1 5 June 1937. = Ammospermophilus harrisii saxicola (Mearns) Holotype. -- Adult female. Collected by L. M. Huey, 22 February 1935. SDSNH no. 11284. Type locality. Bahia Kino, Sonora, Mexico [lat. 28°40'N, long. lll°58'Wj. Remarks. A. H. Howell (N. Amer. Fauna 56: 169, 1938) considered A. h. kinoensis a synonym of A. h. saxicola. Ammospermophilus leucurus canfieldae Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 5(15): 243-244, 27 February 1 929. Holotype. -- Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 14 February 1928. SDSNH no. 6873. Type locality. Punta Prieta, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 28°56'N. long. 1I4°I2'W. SAN D1LGO SOC. NAT HIST.. TRANS 15 (16): 252-263, 3 OCTOBER 1969 253 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15 Citellus beecheyi nudipes Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 7 (2): 1 8-20, 6 October 1 93 1 . = Spermophilus beecheyi nudipes (Huey) Holotype. - Adult female. Collected by F. Stephens, 1 3 October 1 926. SDSNH no. 201 5. Type locality. Laguna Hanson, Sierra Juarez, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 31°58'N, long. 115°53'W. Remarks. The Committee on Nomenclature, American Society of Mammalogists recommended the use of Spermophilus to replace Citellus {J. Mamm.49(3): 605, 1968). Citellus beecheyi rupinarum Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 7 (2): 17-18, 6 October 1931 = Spermophilus beecheyi rupinarum (Huey) Holotype. Sub-adult female. Collected by L. M. Huey, 9 October 1930. SDSNH no. 8251. Type locality. Catavina, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 29°54'N, long. 1 14°57'W. Citellus tereticaudus apricus Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. Trans. 5 (7): 85-86, 10 October 1927. = Spermophilus tereticaudus apricus (Huey) Holotype. -Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 13 July 1927. SDSNH no. 6308. Type locality. - Valle de la Trinidad, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 31°20'N, long. li5°40'W. Citellus tereticaudus vociferans H uey Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 39: 29-30, 30 July 1926. = Spermophilus tereticaudus tereticaudus Baird Holotype. Adult female. Collected by L. M. Huev, 25 March 1926. SDSNH no. 5127. Type locality. - San Felipe, Baja California, Mexico [ lat. 3 1 °02'N, long. 1 14°50'W ]. Remarks. -A. H. Howell (N. Amer. Fauna 56: 185, 1938) considered C. t. yociferans a synonym of C. t. tereticaudus. FAMILY GEOMYIDAE Thomomys bottae abbotti Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist.. Trans. 5 (8): 89-90, 18 January 1928. = Thomomys umbrinus abbotti Huey Holotype. Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 10 May 1925. SDSNH no. 4781 . Type locality. 1 mi E El Rosario, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 30°03'N, long. 1 15°48'W. Remarks. Hall & Kelson (Mamm. N. Amer. 1:416. 1959) considered bottae conspecific w\ih umbrinus. See also Patton & Dingman, J. Mamm.. 49(1): 1-13. 1968. Thomomys bottae affinis Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 10 (14): 254-255, 31 August 1945. = Thomomys umbrinus affinis Huey Holotype. Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 9 May 1940. SDSNH no. 14083. Type locality. Jacumba, San Diego County, California. Thomomys argusensis Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. (5): 43-44. 19 December 1931 . = Thomomys umbrinus argusensis Huey Holotype. Adult male. Collected by S. G. Harter. 10 August 1931. SDSNH no. 9545. Type locality. Junction Ranch, Argus Mts., Inyo County, California. 1969 BOND: TYPE SPECIMENS Of MAMMALS 254 Thomomvs bottae aridicola Huey San'Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 8 (25): 354-355. 15 June 1937. = Thomomvs umbrimts aridicola Huey Holotype. Adult female. Collected by L. M. Huey, 1 February 1936. SDSNH no. 1 1 424. Type locality. 10 mi S Gila Bend. Maricopa County, Arizona, about 2 mi N o[' Black Gap. Thomomvs bottae boregoensis Huey San'Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 9(15): 70-71, pi. 5, Figure D, 8 December 1939. = Thomomvs umbrinus boregoensis Huey Holotype. Adult female. Collected by F. M. Huey. 29 March 1930. SDSNH no. 8034. Type locality. Beatty Ranch. Borego \ Borrego] Valley, San Diego County, Califor- nia. Thomomvs bottae aderrans Huey San'Diego Soc. Nat. Hist.. Trans. 9 (15): 71-72. pi. 5. Figure E. 8 December 1939. = Thomomys umbrimts boregoensis Huey Holotype. Adult female. Collected by F.Stephens . 21 January 1924. SDSNH no. 1305. Type locality. Carrizo Creek. San Diego County, California. Remarks. J. F. Chattin (San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 9 (27): 275-277, 1941) considered T. b. aderrans a synonym of T. u. boregoensis. Thomomvs bottae borjasensis Huey San'Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 10 (14): 262-263, 31 August 1945. = Thomomys umbrinus borjasensis Huey Holotype. Adult female. Collected by F. M. Huey. 14 October 1941. SDSNH no. 14491. Type locality. San Borjas [= Borja] Mission, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 28°52'n. long. 113°53'W. Thomomvs umbrinus brazierhowelli Huey San'Diego Soc. Nat. Hist.. Trans. 12 (23): 407-408. 1 February 1960. Holotype. ^Adult male. Collected by A. B. Howell. 26 February 1958. SDSNH no. 18725". Type locality. -San Fernando Mission. Baja California. Mexico |lat. 29°58'N, long. I15°15'W]. Thomomvs bottae cactophilus Huev San'Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 5 (15): 241-242. 27 Februan 1929. = Thomomys umbrinus cactophilus Huey Holotype. Adult male. Collected by F. M. Huey. 17 Februar> 1928. SDSNH no. 6808. Type locality. Punta Prieta. Baja California. Mexico: lat. 28°56'N, long. 1 14°I2'\V. Thomomys bottae cata\inensis Huc\ San'Diego Soc. Nat. Hist.. Trans. 7 (5): 45. 19 December 1937. = Thomomys umbrinus catavinensis Huey Holotype. Adult female. Collected by F. M. Hue). 10 October 1930. SDSNH no. 8256.' Type locality. Catavina, Baja California. Mexico; lat. 29^54'N. long. I 14°57'W. 255 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15 Thomomvs bottae cedrinus Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 12 (6): 100-101, 10 February 1955. = Thomomvs umbrinus cedrinus Huey Holotype. Adu\t female. Collected by L. M. Huey, 27 April 1938. SDSNH no. 13161. Type locality. --From summit of Crossman Peak, Chemehuevis Mts.; Mohave County, Arizona. Thomomvs bottae comobabiensis Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 8 (25): 354, 15 June 1937. = Thomomys umbrinus comobabiensis Huey Holotype. Adult female. Collected by L. M. Huey, 22 March 1937. SDSNH no. 1 2460". Type locality. 5 mi N W Sells, Pima County, Arizona. Thomomys bottae cunicularius Huey San'Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 10 (14): 252-253, 31 August 1945. = Thomomys umbrinus cunicularius Huey Holotype. -Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 29 November 1936. SDSNH no. 12182. Type locality. - Los Palmitos, SE base of Sierra Juarez, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 31°44'N, long. 115°36'W. Thomomys bottae growlerensis Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 8 (25): 353-354, 15 June 1937. = Thomomys umbrinus growlerensis Huey Holotype. -Adult male. Collected by L. M. Fluey, 16 March 1937. SDSNH no. 12387. Type locality. - 7 mi E Papago Well, Pima County, Arizona. Thomomys bottae homorus Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 1 1 (4): 55, 31 January 1949. = Thomomys umbrinus homorus Huey Holotype. Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 6 April 1947. SDSNH no. 15689. Type locality. - 1 mi E Rancho Lagunita, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 28°20'N, long. 113°15'W. Thomomvs bottae hueyi Goldman Wash. Acad. Sci. 28: 340-341, 15 July 1938. = Thomomys umbrinus hueyi Goldman Holotype. Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 17 June 1932. SDSNH no. 10088. Type locality. Spud Rock Ranger Station, 7400 ft., Rincon Mts., Pima County, Arizona. Thomomys bottae jojobae Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 10 (14): 256-257, 31 August 1945. = Thomomys umbrinus jojobae Huey Holotype. Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 20 June 1927. SDSNH no. 61 16. Type locality. Sangre de Cristo, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 31°52'N, long. 116°06'W. Thomomys bottae juarezensis Huey San'Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 10 (14): 255-256, 31 August 1945. = Thomomys umbrinus juarezensis Huey Holotype. Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huev, 6 November 1936. SDSNH no. 5849. ' 1969 BOND: TYPE SPECIMENS OE MAMMAI S 256 Type locality. Laguna Hanson, Sierra Juarez, Baja California, Mexico llat. 31°58'N, long. 115°53'W]. Thomomys bottae lorenzi Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 9 (22): 219-220, 31 July 1940. = Thomomys umbrinus lorenzi Huey Holotvpe. Adult male. Collected by P. Covel, 17 April 1933. Original no. 175, now SDSNH no. 10608. Type locality. 7 mi N Boulder Creek. Santa Cruz County, California. Thomomys bottae proximarinus Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 10(14): 261, 31 August 1945. = Thomomys umbrinus proximarinus Huey Holotvpe. Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey. 15 August 1940. SDSNH no. 14182. Type locality. Boca la Playa, 16 mi W Santo Tomas, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 31°32'N, long. I16°38'W. Thomomys bottae rhizophagus Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 1 1 (4): 54-55, 31 January 1949. = Thomomys umbrinus rhizophagus Huey Holotvpe. Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey. 1 1 April 1947. SDSNH no. 15710. Type locality. Las Flores, 7 mi S of Bahia de Los Angeles, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 28°50'N, long. 113°32'W. Thomomys bottae ruricola Huey San'Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 1 1 (4): 53-54, 31 January 1949. = Thomomys umbrinus ruricola Huey Holotvpe. Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 27 June 1947. SDSNH no. 15944. Type locality. -4 mi N Santa Catarina Landing, Baja California, Mexico: lat. 29°35'N, long. 115°17'W. Thomomys bottae sanctidiegi Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 10 (14): 258-259, 31 August 1945. = Thomomys umbrinus sanctidiegi Huey Holotvpe. -Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huev, 18 December 1941. SDSNH no. 14886. Type locality. Balboa Park, San Diego [San Diego County], California. Thomomys bottae vanrossemi Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 8(1): 1-2, 10 August 1934. = Thomomys umbrinus xanrossemi Huey Holotvpe. -Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 15 February 1934. SDSNH no. 10922. Type locality. Punta Penascosa, Sonora, Mexico I lat. 31°25'N, long. 1 I3°35'W I. Thomomys bottae xerophilus Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 10 (14): 257, 31 August 1945. = Thomomys umbrinus .xerophilus Huey Holotvpe. - Adult male. Collected by L. Mi Huey. 29 March 1936. SDSNH no. I 1827. Type locality. Near Diablito Spring, summit of San Matias Pass (between Sierra Juarez & Sierra San Pedro Martir), Baja California, Mexico [near lat. 31°20'N, long. 115°30'W]. Thomomys quadratus monoensis Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 7 (35): 373-374, 31 May 1934. 257 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15 = Thomomys talpoides monoensis Huey Holotype. -Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 7 August 1932. SDSNH no. 10414. Type locality. - - Dexter Creek Meadow, at confluence of Dexter and Wet Creeks, Mono County, California. Remarks. Goldman (J. Mamm. 20: 234, 1939) considered T. q. monoensis a synonym of T. t. monoensis. FAMILY HETEROMYIDAE Perognathus longimembris aestivus Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 5 (8): 87-89, 18 January 1928. Holotype. Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 20 June 1937. SDSNH no. 61 10. Type locality. - Sangre de Cristo in Valle San Rafael on W base of Sierra Juarez, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 31°52'N, long. 116°06'W. Perognathus longimembris internationalis Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 9(11): 47-50, 31 August 1939. Holotype. - Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 24 April 1936. SDSNH no. 1 1972. Type locality. Baja California side of the International Boundary at Jacumba, San Diego County, California. Perognathus longimembris kinoensis Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 8 (12): 73-74, 24 August 1935. Holotype. -Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 26 February 1935. SDSNH no. 1 1 300. Type locality. Bahia Kino, Sonora, Mexico [lat. 28°40'N, long. 1 1 1°58'W]. Perognathus longimembris pimensis Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 8 (25): 355-357, 15 June 1937. Holotype. -Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 22 May 1937. SDSNH no. 12579. Type locality. 1 1 mi W Casa Grande, Pinal County, Arizona. Perognathus longimembris venustus Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 6(17): 233, 24 December 1930. Holotype. Adult female. Collected by L. M. Huey, 4 October 1930. SDSNH no. 8196. Type locality. San Agustin, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 30°N, long. 1 15°W. Perognathus longimembris virginis Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 9(12): 55-56, 31 August 1939. Holotype. Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 12 August 1937. SDSNH no. 12919. Type locality. - St. George, 2950 ft., Washington County, Utah. Perognathus alticola inexpectatus Huey Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 39: 121-122, 27 December 1926. Holotype. Adult male. Collected by G. Cantwell, 28 August 1936. Original no. 216, now SDSNH no. 5724. Type locality. 14 mi W Lebec, Kern County, California. Perognathus formosus infolatus Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 12(1): 1-2, 1 March 1954. Holotype. Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 3 April 1947. SDSNH no. 15664. Type locality. 7 mi W San Francisquito Bay, Gulf of California, Baja California, Mexico; lat.'28°30'N, [long. I13°W]. Perognathus formosus mohavensis Huey San Dieeo Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 9 (8): 35-36, 21 November 1938. 1969 BOND: TYPE SPECIMENS OK MAMMALS 258 Holotype. Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey. 14 April 1935. SDSNH no. 1 1317. Type locality. Bonanza King Mine, Providence Mts., San Bernardino County, Califor- nia. Perognathus bailey i hueyi Nelson & Goldman Proc. Bio. Soc. Wash. 42: 106-107,25 March 1929. Holotype. Adult female. Collected by L. M. Huey. 17 April 1926. SDSNH no. 5220. Type locality. San Felipe, Baja California, Mexico [lat. 31°02'N, long. 1 14°50'W|. Perognathus baileyi mesidios Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 13 (7): 112, 15 January 1964. Holotvpe. ^Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 13 October 1941. SDSNH no. 14470". Type locality. -San Borja Mission, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 28°45'N I long. 113°50'W]. Perognathus arenarius albescens Huey Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 39: 67-69, 30 July 1926. Holotype. Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey. 23 March 1926. SDSNH no. 5103. Type locality. San Felipe. Baja California, Mexico I lat. 31°02'N, long. 1 14°50'W]. Perognathus arenarius mexicalis Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 9(13): 57-58, 31 August 1939. Holotype. -Adult female. Collected by L. M. Huey. 23 November 1936. SDSNH no. 12127". Type locality. - Los Muertos Canyon fan. GaskilPs Tank, near Laguna Salada, Baja California, Mexico: lat. 32°27'N, long. 115°53'W. Perognathus arenarius paralios Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 13 (7): 113. 15 January 1964. Holotype. Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey. 23 March 1926. SDSNH no. 15542. Type locality. Barril. Baja California, Mexico; lat. 28°20'N [long. 1 12°50'W]. Perognathus arenarius sabulosus Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 13 (7): 1 14, 15 January 1964. Holotype. -Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 22 May 1926. SDSNH no. 5300. Type locality. - From mainland on the S side of Scammon's Lagoon. Baja California, Mexico [near lat. 27°40'N, long. 1 14°05'W]. Perognathus intermedius lithophilus Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist.. Trans. 8 (25): 355. 15 June 1937. Holotype. Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey. 5 February 1935. SDSNH no. 11211". Type locality. Porto [= Puerto] Libertad. Sonora, Mexico [lat. 29°57'N, long. 112°40'W|. Perognathus fallax majusculus Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 12 (25): 418, 1 February 1960. Holotype. Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 29 June 1947. SDSNH no. 15952. Type locality. San Quintin, Baja California, Mexico | lat. 30°30'N, long. 1 1 5°59'W | . Perognathus fallax xerotrophicus Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 12 (25): 419, I February 1960. Holotype. -Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 15 October 1930. SDSNH no. 8310. Type' locality. 2 mi NW Chapala. Baja California. Mexico flat. 29°25'N, long. 114°20'W|. 259 SAN DIEGO SOCILTY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15 Perognathus spinatus broccus Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 12 (24): 410, 1 February 1960. Holotype. -Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 18 March 1928. SDSNH no. 6891. Type locality. San Ignacio, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 27°17'N [long. 1 I2°55'W]. Perognathus spinatus lorenzi Banks Pro. Biol. Soc. Wash. 80: 101-103, 28 July 1967. Holotvpe. Adult male. Collected by R. C. Banks, 22 October 1964. Original no. RCB- 2366, now SDSNH no. 19901. Type locality. South San Lorenzo Island, Gulf of California, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 23°36'N, long. 112°51'W. Perognathus spinatus oribates Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 12 (24): 409-410, 1 February 1960. Holotype. -- Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 27 February 1958. SDSNH no 18742. Tvpe locality. - San Fernando Mission, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 30°N [long. 115°15'W]. Perognathus spinatus prietae Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 6(17): 232-233, 24 December 1930. Holotype. -Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 26 October 1930. SDSNH no. 8450. Tvpe locality. -25 mi N Punta Prieta, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 29°24'N, long. 114°24'W. Perognathus spinatus rufescens Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 6(17): 231-232, 24 December 1930. Holotype. -Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 10 November 1929. SDSNH no. 7446. Type locality. - Mouth of Palm Canyon, Borego [= Borrego] Valley, San Diego County, California. Dipodomys mohavensis argusensis Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 10 (10): 131-132, 9 March 1945. = Dipodomys panamintinus argusensis Huey Holotvpe. - Adult male. Collected by S. G. Harter, 13 August 1931. Original no. 140, now SDSNH no. 9552. Type locality. Junction Ranch, 5725 ft., Argus Mts., Inyo County, California. Remarks. ' Miller and Kellog (Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. 205: 387, 3 March 1955) consid- ered D. m. argusensis a synonym of D. p. argusensis. Dipodomys cascus Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 12 (29): 479-480, 30 August 1962. = Dipodomys stephensi (Merriam) Holotype. Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 17 August 1961. SDSNH no. 18961. Type locality. 1 mi E Bonsall, San Diego County, California. Remarks. Lackey (San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 14 (22): 328, 1967) considered D. cascus a synonym of D. stephensi. Dipodomys agilis martirensis Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 5(1): 7-8, 20 February 1927. Holotype. Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 28 September 1926. SDSNH no. 5762. Type locality. La Grulla (east side of the valley). Sierra San Pedro Martir, Baja 1969 BOND: TYPE SPECIMENS OK MAMMAI S 260 California, Mexico [lat. 30°50'N, long. I 15°20'W]. Dipodomys agilis plectilis Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist"., Trans. II (10): 240, 30 April 1951. Holotype. Adult female. Collected by L. M. Huey, 1 May 1925. SDSNH no. 4721. Type locality. Mouth of Canyon San Juan de Dios, Baja California, Mexico: lat. 30°7'N, [long. 115°10'WJ. Dipodomys agilis latimaxillaris Huey Pro.*Biol. Soc. Wash. 38: 84, 26 May 1925. = Dipodomys agilis simulans (Merriam) Holotype. Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 27 February 1925. SDSNH no. 4696. Type locality. 2 mi W Santo Domingo Mission, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 30°45'N, long. 115°58'W. Remarks. Huey (San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 11 (10): 234, 1951) later consid- ered D. a. latimaxillaris a synonym of D. a. simulans. Dipodomys parlius Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 11 (10): 241, 30 April 1951. Holotype. Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 13 April 1923. SDSNH no. 4250. Type locality. Santa Catarina Landing, Baja California. Mexico; lat. 29°31'N [long. 115°20'W]. Dipodomys peninsularis australis Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 11 (1): 249, 30 April 1951. Holotype. Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 21 November 1941. SDSNH no. 14734. Type locality. - - Santo Domingo, Magdalena Plain, Baja California, Mexico: lat. 25°30'N [long. 112°07'W]. Dipodomys peninsularis eremoecus Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 1 1 (10): 248-249, 30 April 1951. Holotype. Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 31 March 1947. SDSNH no. 15619. Type locality. 7 mi W San Francisquito Bay, Gulf of California, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 28 °30'N Hong. 112°58'W]. Dipodomys peninsularis pedionomus Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 1 1 (10): 247-248, 30 April 1951. Holotype. Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 17 October 1930. SDSNH no. 8363. Type locality. 2 mi N I label says NW] Chapala Dry Lake, on Llano Santa Ana. Baja California, Mexico; lat. 29°30'N, long. 1 14°35'W. Dipodomys gravipes Huey Pro. "Biol. Soc. Wash. 38:83-84, 26 May 1925. Holotype. Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 28 February 1925. SDSNH no. 4703." Type locality. 2 mi W Santo Domingo Mission, Baja California. Mexico: lat. 30°45'N, long. 115°58'W. Dipodomys antiquarius Huev San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 12 (29): 477-479. 30 August 1962. Holotype. -Adult female. Collected by G. Ives, 30 March 1960. SDSNH no. 18901. Type locality. - - San Juan Mine, Sierra San Borja. Baja California. Mexico: lat. 28°50'N, long. 113°37'W. 261 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15 Dipodomys merriami annulus Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 1 1 (10): 224-225, 30 April 1951. Holotvpe. Adult female. Collected by L. M. Huey, 22 March 1947. SDSNH no. 15522. Type locality. Barril, Gulf of California, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 28°20'N, long. 112°50'W. Dipodomys merriami brunensis Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 11 (10): 225-226, 30 April 1951. Holotvpe. -Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 28 March 1928. SDSNH no. 6904. Type locality. Llano de San Bruno, Baja California, Mexico i lat. 26°15'N, long. 111°35'W]. ' Dipodomys merriami llanoensis Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 11 (10): 226-227, 30 April 1951. Holotvpe. Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 15 November 1941. SDSNH no. 14676'. Type locality. Buena Vista, Magdalena Plain, Baja California, Mexico: lat. 24°51'N, long. 111°50'W. Dipodomys merriami quintinensis Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 1 1 (10): 222-223, 30 April 1951. Holotvpe. -Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 9 April 1923. SDSNH no. 4205. Type locality. 5 mi E San Quintin, Baja California, Mexico [lat. 30°30'N, long. H5°50'W|. Dipodomys merriami semipallidus Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 5 (5): 65-66, 6 July 1927. Holotvpe. Adult female. Collected by L. M. Huey, 15 April 1923. SDSNH no. 4271. Type locality. 7 mi N Santa Catarina, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 29°45'N, long. 115°10'W. Dipodomys merriami trinidadensis Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 11 (10): 220-221, 30 April 1951. Holotvpe. Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 13 March 1936. SDSNH no. 11531. Type locality. Aguajito Spring, El Valle de la Trinidad, Baja California, Mexico [near lat. 31°28'N, long. 115°40'W]. Dipodomys deserti arizonae Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 12 (6): 99-100, 10 February 1955. Holotvpe. - Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 14 May 1937. SDSNH no. 12532. Type locality. 3 mi SE Picacho, Pinal County, Arizona. FAMILY CRICETIDAE Peromyscus crinitus pallidissimus Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 6 (26): 389-390, 28 August 1931. Holotvpe. Adult male. Collected by A. W. Anthony, 21 November 1930. Original no. I 175, now SDSNH no. 8864. Type locality. Small island in Gonzaga Bay, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 29°50'N, long. 114°20'W. Peromyscus guardia harbisoni Banks J. Mamm. 48 (2): 215, 20 May 1967. Holotvpe. Adult male. Collected by C. F. Harbison, 23 March 1963. Original no. RCB-1607, now SDSNH no. 19194. 1969 BOND: TVI'i: SIM ( IMI NS ()l MAMMALS 2(0 Type locality. Isla Granite, Gulf of California, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 29°33'N, long. 113°34'W. Peromvscus interparietalis lorenzi Banks J. Mamm. 48 (2): 216, 20 May 1967. Holotype. - Adult male. Collected by R. C. Banks, 23 October 1964. Original no. RCB- 2282, now SDSNH no. 19912. Type locality. Isla San Lorenzo Norte, Gulf of California, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 28°42'N, long. 112°57'W. Peromvscus interparietalis ryckmani Banks J. Mamm. 48 (2): 216, 20 May 1967. Holotype. Adult female. Collected by R. C. Banks, 23 October 1964. Original no. RCB-2335, now SDSNH no. 19944. Type locality. Isla Salsipuedes, Gulf of California, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 28°42'N, long. 112°59'W. Peromvscus maniculatus hueyi Nelson and Goldman San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 7 (7): 51-52, 15 April 1932. Holotype. Adult male. Collected by A. W. Anthony, 21 November 1930. Original no. 1172, now SDSNH no. 8861. Type locality. Small island in Gonzaga Bay, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 20°15'N Hong. 114°20'W|. Neotoma lepida aridicola Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 12 (15): 287-288, 25 September 1957. Holotype. Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 27 March 1947. SDSNH no. 15595. Type locality. El Barril, Gulf of California, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 28°20'N [long. I12°50'W]. Neotoma lepida aureotunicata Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 8 (25): 349-350, 15 June 1937. Holotype. Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 14 February 1934. SDSNH no. 10907'. Type locality. Punta Penascosa, Sonora, Mexico [lat. 31°20'N, long. 1 13°40'W|. Neotoma lepida harteri Huev San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 8 (25): 351-352, 15 June 1937. Holotype. Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 8 February 1936. SDSNH no. 11462. Type locality. 10 mi S Gila Bend (2 mi N Black Gap), Maricopa County, Arizona. Neotoma lepida molagrandis Huey San Dieao Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 10 (16): 307-310, 31 August 1945. Holotype. Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 28 April 1940. SDSNH no. 14065. Type locality. Santo Domingo Landing, some 3 mi inland from the beach landing. Baja California, Mexico; lat. 28°15'N [long. 1 14°02'W]. Phenacomvs silvicolus A. B. Howell J. Mamm. 2: 98-100. pi. 7. 2 May 1921. = Phenacomys silxicola A. B. Howell Holotype. Young adult female. Collected by P. Walker, 25 October 1916. Originally of the S. G. Jewett Coll., no. 1214. now SDSNH no. 16437. Type locality. 5 mi SF Tillamook. Tillamook County. Oregon. 263 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OE NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15 Microtus californicus grinnelli Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 7 (6): 47-49, 19 December 1931. Holotype. ^Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 26 June 1927. SDSNH no. 6165. Type locality. Sangre de Cristo in Valle San Rafael on the W base of the Sierra Juarez, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 31°52'N, long. 1 16°06'W. Ondatra zibethicus goldmani Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist.. Trans. 8 (32): 409-410, 18 January 1938. Holo type. -\du It female. Collected by L. M. Huey, 11 August 1937. SDSNH no. 12915. Type locality. - Saint George, Washington County, Utah. FAMILY CANIDAE Urocyon cinereoargenteus peninsularis Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 5 (13): 205-207, pi. 25, Figure 1, pi. 26, Figure 3, 1 September 1928. Holotype. -Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 10 March 1928. SDSNH no. 6845. Type locality. -San Ignacio, Baja California, Mexico; lat. 27°24'N, long. 1 12°59'W. FAMILY PROCYONIDAE Bassariscus astitus yumanensis Huey San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 8 (25): 357-359, pi. 23, 15 June 1937. Holotype. -Adult male. Collected by L. M. Huey, 6 March 1937. SDSNH no. 12272. Type locality. Tinajas Atlas, Gila Mts., Yuma County, Arizona. Department of Birds and Mammals, San Diego Natural History Museum, P.O. Box 1390, San Diego, California 92112 'D" _ MUS. COMP. ZOOL. L1BRARY OCT 30 1969 HARVARD UNIVERSITY TWELVE NEW DICOTS FROM BAJA CALIFORNIA, MEXICO REID MORAN TRANSACTIONS OF THE SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15. NO. 17 15 OCTOBER 1969 TWELVE NEW DICOTS FROM BAJA CALIFORNIA, MEXICO REID MORAN ABSTRACT. — Described are Hedeuma martirense, Heterotheca martirensis, Stephanomeria mon- ocephala, and Tanaceium bajacalifornicum, from the high east face of the Sierra San Pedro Martir: Eriogonum zapatuense and Castilleja fruticosa, from Isla Guadalupe; Eriogonum angelense. from lsla Angel de la Guarda; Dudleva nubigena (Brandegee) Britt. & Rose ssp. cerralvensis, from Isla Cerralvo; Hemizonia greeneana Rose ssp. peninsularis, from Islas de Todos Santos and the nearby coast: Monardella lagunensis M. E. Jones ssp. mediopeninsularis, from four peaks in central Baja California; Rhus kearneyi Bark ley ssp. borjaensis. from the Sierra San Borja: and Rhus kearneyi ssp. virginum, from the mountains of south central Baja California. RESUMEN. — Se describen doce taxa nuevos de Dicotiledoneas procedentes de Baja California, Mexico: Hedeuma martirense, Heterotheca martirensis, Stephanomeria monocephala, y Tanaceium bajacaliforni- cum, de la alta escarpadura oriental de la Sierra de San Pedro Martir; Eriogonum zapaloense y Castilleja fruticosa. de la Isla Guadalupe: Eriogonum angelense. de la Isla Angel de la Guarda: Dudleva nubigena (Brandegee) Britt. y Rose ssp. cerralvensis, de la Isla Cerralvo; Hemizonia greeneana Rose ssp. peninsularis, de las Islas de Todos Santos y costas cercanas; Monardella lagunensis ML E. Jones ssp. mediopeninsularis, de cuatro cerros de la parte central de Baja California: Rhus kearneyi Barklev ssp. borjaensis. de la Sierra San Borja; y Rhus kearneyi ssp. virginum, de las sierras centro-meridionalesde Baja California. In the course of general collecting in Baja California, I have found several previously unknown plants, twelve of which are described here. In the citation of collections, field numbers are mine unless otherwise identified. Each of my recent collections (above number 5000) is represented in the herbarium of the San Diego Society of Natural History. Duplicates now being distributed are mostly not cited; they will go to the herbaria of the Smithsonian Institution, in Washington, the Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico, in Mexico City, the University of California at Berkeley, and various other institutions. Eriogonum angelense Moran, spec. nov. (Fig. 1) Planta perennis , caudice pauciramoso, erecto, 1-6 dm alto, rosula densa 2-3 ': dm lata coronato. Folia hirtella, Vi-2 dm longa, lamina ovata, cordata. apice rotundata, petiolo subaequilonga. Pedunculus nudus, 2 Vi-7 '/: dm altus, 2-3-chotomus, ramis 3-12 dm altis, racemos 2-13 cm longos racemose ferentibus. Involucra solitaria, brevipe- dunculata, turbinata, 5-lobata, 2-2 Vi mm alta, extus glabra, bracteolas multas lineari- oblanceolatas glandulosas continentia. Flores ca. 50-120, glabri, flavi, ca. 1 .6 mm longi, segmentis oblongo-ovatis, interioribus angustioribus. Typus: Moran 10454 (SD 541 861. Ab aliis subgeneris Ganysmae magnitudine, infiorescentiae forma, copiaque florum involucri differ t. Plant perennial, thecaudex erect, simple or few branched above, 1-2 (-6) dm tall, 8- 20 mm thick, covered above with old dried leaves, reddish brown below with persistent leaf bases, in sterile condition crowned with a rosette 2-3 V: dm wide of ca. 30 close-set leaves. Leaves green, hirtellous, the trichomes colorless, 0.3- 1.2 mm long; blades ovate, rounded at apex, mostly cordate at base, 5-1 1 ': cm long. 3-9 cm wide, with 4-6 rather SAN DIEGO SOC. NAT HIST.. TRANS. 15(17): 265-295. 15 OCTOBER 1969 266 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL.15 V- ■ f Figure 1. Herbarium specimens of Eriogonum angelense (10421), from Isla Angel de la Guarda, showing sterile rosette and old floral stem, x 0.23. prominent ascending veins on each side, the margins irregular and slightly crisped; petioles 4-11 cm long, 2-4 mm wide at apex, widening to 1-2 cm at the clasping base, distinctly ca.-9-nerved below. Flowering rosettes elongating to Vi-\ dm, the floral stem terminal, erect, glabrous, 5-18 dm tall, once dichotomous or often also with a smaller third branch, the first internode 2 Vi -1 Vi dm tall, 6- 1 1 mm thick, each branch with its first internode Vi-2 dm long and succeeding ones gradually shorter, each node with one branchlet, the branchlets ascending, mostly simple, 2-13 cm long (the upper shorter), with 4-12 nodes. Bracts in threes, shortly connate, oblong, subacute, pubescent especially ventrally and on margins, the lowest to 1 5 mm long, those of branchlets ca. 1 mm long. Involucres solitary, on peduncles 1-2 (-4) mm long, turbinate, glabrous without, pubescent within, 2-2 Vi mm high, 5-lobed for one-third their length with rounded lobes, containing numerous linear-oblanceolate glandular-puberulent bractlets 1 Vi-2 mm long. Pedicels glabrous, 1 Vi-lVi mm long. Flowers ca. 50-120, glabrous throughout. Perianth yellow, 1 .6- 1 .7 mm long, the segments oblong-ovate, subtruncate, ca. 1 .2 mm long, the outer 0.7-0.8 mm wide, the inner 0.5-0.6 mm wide. Filaments white, ca. 0.5 mm long; anthers light yellow, oblong, ca. 0.4 mm long. Ovary yellowish, ca. 0.5 mm long. Achenes not seen. Type collection. -- Occasional on south side of canyon at about 550 meters elevation, west slope of peak about 4 miles southeast of Puerto Refugio, Isla Angel de la Guarda, Baja California, Mexico (near 29°29 '/2'N, 1 13°33'W), 22 March 1963, Moran 1969 MORAN: TWELVE NEW DICOTS 267 W454 — holotype: SD 541 86; isotypes: DS, MEXU. Distribution. - Known only from Isla Angel de la Guarda at 350 to 800 meters: rather scarce, in small colonies on ridges and canyonsides or less often in arroyo beds. Other collections: a dozen plants on N and W slopes on insular divide ca. 2 miles SE of Puerto Refugio, 500 m, 10421 (SD, UC, US); few in arroyo bed NW of Cerro Angel, 500 m, 12935 (SD); scarce on rocky slopes and in arroyo bed NW of Cerro Diablo, 350 m, 12456 (CAS, SD); half dozen plants on W slope SW of Cerro Diablo, 630 m, 12446 (SD). Discussion. --At the type locality in March 1963, a few plants were preparing to flower, but only the very first flowers on one plant were open. At the other places where I saw the plant on that trip and in early March and late April 1966, none were flowering or preparing to flower. At each of the five places, however, old floral stems with involucres still remained. Eriogonum angelense belongs to the subgenus Ganysma. most species of which are annuals and much smaller. It appears to differ from all previously known species in its generally larger size, its open inflorescence whose two or three main branches are essentially racemes of racemes, and its more numerous flowers per involucre. It is perhaps most closely related to E. inflatum Torr. & Frem., native from Utah to central Baja California; but it differs further in its almost palmlike habit, its somewhat larger and non-glandular involucres on shorter peduncles, and its smaller and glabrous perianth. Eriogonum inflatum var. deflatum I. M. Jtn. occurs on Isla Angel de la Guarda but apparently only near the shore and not with E. angelense. Exploration of the peninsula of Baja California has reduced the list - never long — of plants known only from islands off its eastern shore, and these islands appear to have few endemics. Isla Angel de la Guarda, with four still listed, apparently has more than any other. Besides Eriogonum angelense, these are Ferocactus johnstonianus Britt. & Rose, Penste- mon clevelandii ssp. angelicus (I. M. Jtn.) Keck, and Hofmeisteria filifolia I. M. Jtn. Lyrocarpa linearifolia Rollins is known only from Islas Angel de la Guarda and San Esteban. Eriogonum zapatoense Moran, spec. nov. (Figs. 2, 8) Frutex decumbens 1-4 (-7) dm altus, ad 2 Vi m latus, trunco basi ad 1 dm diam. Folia dense tomentosa, lamina crassa, oblonga, rotundata, 3-6 cm longa, l-2Vi cm lata, in petiolum 1-3 cm longum et 1 Vi-2 mm latum gradatim angustata. Pedunculi 3-13 cm alti, inflorescentia cymosa, V2 -2 V2 dm lata, axe 4-8-plo trifurcato. Involucra solitaria, subsessilia infernave pedunculata, campanulata, 2Vi-4 mm longa, 1 Vi-3 mm lata, ca. 10-40-florata, extus tomentosa, intus subglabra, dentibus 5, deltoideis, obtusis, '/: mm longis. Pedicelli glabri. Perianthium flavum, 2Vi-3 mm longum, intus glabrum, extus basi hirtellum, segmentis obovatis, interioribus exteriora excedentibus. Typus: Moran 15114 (SD 67852). Ab E. giganteo atque E. molli habitu decumbenti staturaque minor e, foliis crassioribus, pedicellisglabris, etperianthio flavo recedit. Shrub commonly prostrate, 1-4 or rarely 7 dm high, V2 -2 V2 m wide, the herbage densely tomentose, the tomentum at first white and with a few spreading hairs to V2 mm long, at maturity gray and close. Trunk rarely 10 cm thick at base; branches commonly decumbent, to 2 m long and 3 cm thick, zigzag, often bare except at summit, reddish brown beneath shaggy brown outer bark. Branchlets 3-6 mm thick, covered and concealed by persistent sheathing-decurrent leafbases, each with 5- 1 5 leaves in the upper 2-3 cm. Leaves tomentose, the blades thick, oblong, obtuse to mostly rounded at apex, 3-6 cm long, 1-21/: cm wide, conspicuously reticulate dorsally with projecting veins and venules, glabrate ventrally at post maturity and exposing a surface which in the dried leaf is often orange-brown to dark red. 268 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15 *».i Ik dOttfiUi mm iff "9 - It M. ■.:■,,. ■ Figure 2. Type specimen of Eriogonum zapatoense (\5\ 14), from IsloteZapato, Isla Guadalupe, x 0.25. gradually narrowed below into a petiole ca. 1-3 cm long and 1 Vi-2 mm wide, the base an obconic sheath oblique at top. Floral stem plus inflorescence Vi -2 Vi dm high, the peduncle of one internode 3-13 cm tall, 2-3 mm thick, terminal, growth later continuing sympodially. Inflorescence cymose, Vi-lVi dm wide, imperfectly 4-8 times trichotomous, some lower trichotomies about equal but the upper with branches unequal or some suppressed, each fork with a terminal involucre, or the lower sometimes with a terminal axis bearing 1-2 whorls of branches and a terminal involucre. Bracts connate at base, the lowest unequal, oblong to spatulate, 5-25 mm long, 1 '/2-6mm wide, the uppermost equal, triangular-ovate, ca. 1 Vi mm long. Involucres solitary, sessile or the lower on peduncles to 5 mm long, campanulate, 2 xh -4 mm long, 1 lA-3 mm wide, glabrous within, tomentose without, with 5 triangular-obtuse teeth ca. Vi mm long, each involucre with ca. 10-40 flowers. Pedicels 2-3 mm long, glabrous. Perianth yellow, 2'/2-3 mm long, glabrous within, densely hirtellous without at base, the lobes obovate, rounded at apex, glabrous on the broad thin margins, the outer 1.2-1.5 mm long, 1.1-1.3 mm wide, the inner 1.5-1.8 mm long, 0.9-1.0 mm wide. Filaments inserted at top of tube, ca. 1 .3-2.0 mm long, bearded at base; anthers 0.5-0.6 mm long. Achenes brown ca. 2.2 mm long and 0.8 mm thick; styles ca. 1 .2 mm long; seed dark brown, ca. 1.7 mm long. Gametic chromosome number: n = 20. Type collection. Rather common on south and southwest inner slopes of the crater at 50 meters elevation, Islote Zapato (Outer Islet), 2 miles south of Isla Guadalupe, Baja California, Mexico (near 28°51'N, 118°17'W), 21 June 1968, Moran 15114 holotype: SD 67852; isotypes: K, MEXU, UC, US, etc. 1969 MORAN: TWELVE NEW DICOTS 269 Distribution. - Known only from Islote Zapato at elevations of 50 to 200 meters. Other collections: Remple in July 1937 (DS); Moran 2927, March 1948 (CAS, DS, SD); Kuijt, Miller, & Lindsay 1042, June 1955 (SD, UC); Lindsay 2623, June 1955 (DS). Discussion. - Islote Zapato, two miles south of Isla Guadalupe, is little more than a seabound volcanic crater, whose inner slopes rise uniformly at about 45 degrees to meet the sheer outer seacliffs on three sides in a jagged knife-edge rim of greatly varying height: only to the east does this sharp rim give place to a narrow and almost flat hanging valley some 200 meters above the sea. Eriogonum zapatoense is common on the inner slopes of the crater, especially the south slope, and is occasional in the upper valley. In protected places, plants may grow more or less erect, but most are prostrate. Commonly the trunk or the few main branches run up slope, so that the plant is strongly asymmetrical. In many larger plants, the lower branches are dead and the foliage is clustered at the top. The March collection is sterile, the June collections are in flower, and the July collection is in bud. In June 1968 the inflorescences were generally smaller than the many remaining from the year before. Measurements cover the old as well as the new. Eriogonum zapatoense is most similar to E. molle Greene, of Isla Cedros, Baja California, and to E. giganteum S. Wats., of Santa Catalina, San Clemente, and Santa Barbara Islands, California. In leaf shape it especially resembles E. giganteum ssp. formosum (K. Brandegee) Raven. Both E. molle and E. giganteum grow erect (and E. giganteum often much taller); and both have somewhat thinner leaves, commonly taller and stouter peduncles, and much larger and, especially in E. molle, denser inflorescences, with pubescent pedicels, and with white or pink flowers. My sterile collection of March 1948 was referred to E. molle ( Moran, 1951). From buds of the type collection. Dr. James L. Reveal reports a gametic chromosome number of n = 20. Although the new species has been found only on Islote Zapato, for which it is named, it very likely occurs also on precipitous nearby Islote Toro (Inner Islet), where no botanist has been able to collect. It is one of five species of Islote Zapato never found on the main island of Guadalupe, the others being Erysimum insulare Greene, Dudleya guadalupensis Moran, Rhus integrifolia (Nutt.) Rothr., and Lavatera lindsayi Moran. Coreopsis gigantea (Kell.) Hall, a sixth species of Islote Zapato, was found on the main island in 1 875 but has not been seen there since. Presumably all six species have been nearly or quite exterminated on the main island by the goats that have so drastically reduced the native vegetation. Dudleya nubigena (Brandegee) Britton & Rose ssp. cerralvensis Moran, subsp. nov. (Fig. 3) A subspecie typica foliis viridibus modiceve glaucis nee farinosis atque corollis flavis nee aurantiis usque rubris sat differt. Typus: Moran 36 1 8 (SD 69717). Caudex unbranched, erect, rarely 6 cm high, \-2Vi cm thick. Rosettes '/2-1 (-2?) dm wide, of 15-30 leaves. Rosette leaves green or slightly glaucous, triangular-lanceolate to elliptic-oblong, acute, apiculate, 3-10 (-15) cm long, 12-20 (-35) mm wide, 2-4 (-5'/:) mm thick, flattish or slightly channeled ventrally, convex dorsally, the margins acute near base, obtuse above. Floral stems 1-3 dm tall, 2-4 (-5) mm thick, naked in lower 2 Vz-\ 1 cm, with 8- 20 leaves above, the leaves ascending, narrowly triangular-ovate, obtusish, '/2-1 Vi (-3) cm long. Inflorescence erect from the first, 5-8 cm wide, of 2 or 3 branches which bifurcate 0-2 times but usually once, the cincinni 2-5 cm long, each with 5-14 flowers. Pedicels erect (but often perpendicular to floral stem when that has declined), ca. 1 mm thick below and thicker upwards, the lowermost (6-) 10-15 mm long. Calyx 4-6 mm long, 4-6 (-8) mm wide, subtruncate to rounded below in anthesis, deeply divided, the disk sometimes narrower than 270 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15 Figure 3. Dudleya nubigena ssp. cerralvensis. Left: freshly collected plants of the type collection (3618), 4 April 1952, x 0.2. Right: topotype (9542) flowering in San Diego 28 October 1962, x 0.6. corolla, the segments erect or mostly ascending with tips ca. 1 mm from corolla, triangular- ovate, acute, 2 l/2-5 mm long, 2 '/2-3 Vi mm wide. Corolla clear yellow, pentagonal, 7 '/2-IO mm long, 4-5 mm thick at base, 3-4 mm wide at apex, the tube 3-5 V2 mm long, the segments oblong, 1 Vi-2 mm wide, rounded to broadly acute. Filaments light yellow, subulate, the epipetalous 6-7 '/: mm long, adnate 2-4 mm, the antesepalous 6 V2-S mm long, adnate 2 V2- 3 V2 mm; anthers light yellow, 1 Vi-2 mm long. Nectar glands whitish, truncate, ca. lA mm high and 1 mm wide. Gynoecium 6-7 Vi mm high, ca. 3 mm thick, white below, yellowish above, the pistils erect, appressed, the styles ca. 1 V2 mm long. Ovules 50-80, ca. 0.5 x 0.2 mm. Gametic chromosome number: n = 17. Type collection. - Locally common on north-facing granitic cliffs at 120 meters elevation, in the arroyo about 1 mile east of the abandoned Ruffo Ranch, southwest side of IslaCerralvo, Territoriode Baja California Sur, Mexico (near 24°1 l'N, 109°51'W), 4 April 1952, Moran 3618 holotype: SD 69717; isotypes: BH, DS, UC, US. Some other duplicates may have been distributed by the Bailey Hortorium as Dudleya sp. Distribution. - Known only from the type locality. Other collection: 9542. Discussion. - -To judge from exploration in several parts of the island, this plant is not common, very likely being confined to relatively cool and shaded habitats, which are scarce. In April 1952, most plants were flowering (fig. 3, left); in April 1962, a drier season, I saw no plants flowering and only two with old floral stems apparently of that year. Plants of the type collection flowered in the greenhouse at Ithaca in November 1952; some from the second collection flowered in San Diego in October 1962 and again, at what 1969 MORAN: TWELVE NEW DICOTS 271 seemed a more normal season, in the springs of 1964 and 1965. A plant of Dudleva brought into cultivation may look more different from its former self in the wild than plants of two different species, grown together, sometimes look from each other. The difference between wild and cultivated plants here was striking (fig. 3). The description is based on the freshly collected material and on the cultivated plants. The parenthetic extreme measurements are mostly from the cultivated plants. Brandegee ( 1 89 1 ) based Cotyledon nubigena on plants from "the summits of the Sierra de la Laguna"; but in the herbarium he later identified with it plants from San Jose del Cabo, near sea level. Rose (Britton & Rose, 1903) separated the lowland plants as D. xantii, the type specimen from Cabo San Lucas. It appears that his distinctions do not hold but that there may be other slight differences. Until further living material can be studied, however, I would include D. xantii in D. n. nubigena, to which it is at least very similar. This subspecies then is known from a dozen localities scattered through the Cape region of Baja California, from Isla Espfritu Santo to Cabo San Lucas and from sea level to 1800 meters. It is characterized by farinose leaves and orange to coral red corollas. Dudleva n. cerralvensis, in other ways very similar, differs in having green or slightly glaucous leaves and clear yellow corollas. From cultivated plants of both collections, Dr. Charles H. Uhl reports a gametic chromosome number of n= 17 for D. n. cerralvensis. He has found the same number in one montane and several lowland collections of D. n. nubigena. Rhus kearneyi Barkley (Fig. 4) Rhus kearneyi has been known only from the Tinajas Altas Mountains of southwestern Arizona, where according to Kearney and Peebles (1951) it occurs at 1000 to 1500 feet elevation. It was at first confused with R. integrifolia (Nutt.) Rothr., of coastal southern California and northern Baja California. In typical R. kearneyi, the puberulence of twigs and bracts is sparser than in R. integrifolia and not closely appressed, the leaves are cordate or subcordate at the base and perhaps a little thinner, the cilia of the sepals are non- glandular, and the petals are non-ciliate. The twigs, bracts, and leaves, especially the under surfaces, bear short thick glands about 0.05 mm long, which turn orange-red and may persist as detached or easily detachable granules, resembling frass. The leaves, described as glabrous except for the glandular hairs, in fact are sparsely puberulent; and the tiny trichomes, if not always erect, at least are not closely appressed like the few sometimes found on the leaf blades of/?, integrifolia. My collections from Baja California include one from the east base of the Sierra San Pedro Martir that seems referrable to typical R. kearneyi and several from the mountains farther south that seem to represent two new subspecies of/?, kearneyi. For reasons that he did not state, Barkley (1937) considered R. kearneyi most closely related to R. standlevi Barkley, of southeastern Mexico, and to R. ovata S. Wats., of Arizona, southern California, and northern and central Baja California. In Arizona, according to Kearney and Peebles, R. ovata occurs at 3000 to 5000 feet and thus much higher than R. kearneyi. Both the new subspecies of R. kearneyi occur at higher elevations than the typical subspecies, and both occur with R. ovata. Rhus kearneyi ssp. kearneyi Teledo Canon, E side of Sierra San Pedro Martir, 700 m, 7550 (DS, ICF, SD, UC). Collected in October, the specimen has only young inflorescences; but the petals in bud are seen to be non-ciliate. This was distributed as/?, integrifolia. 272 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15 CALIFORNIA ^TIJUANA A R. kearneyi kearneyi + R. kearneyi borjaensis • R. kearneyi virginum 116° i 114 I Figure 4. Distribution of Rhus kearneyi. 1969 MORAN: TWELVE NEW DICOTS 273 Rhus kearneyi ssp. borjaensis Moran. subsp. nov. (Fig. 5) A subspecie typica ramulis dense foliisque sparsim hirtellis fioribusque aliquantum mqjoribus differ t. Typus: Moran 7999 (SD 6405 1 j. Shrub Vi-4 m high, the trunk to 1 dm thick. Herbage hirtellous with colorless trichomes to 0.5 mm or on twigs to 0.8 mm long and also bearing tiny sessile or granular glands that become orange-red. Branchlets 1 !/2-2'/2 mm thick, reddish brown, glandular and densely hirtellous. Leaves simple, the petioles 3-6 mm long, 1-2 mm thick, glandular and hirtellous, the blades coriaceous, ovate to oblong-ovate, rounded to broadly acute at apex but commonly obtuse, cordate to broadly obtuse at base but commonly subcordate, entire or rarely glandular-serrulate at ends of main veins, 2 '/2-4 Vi (-6 Vi)cm long, 2-3 (-4 Vi) cm wide, with thickened and somewhat revolute margins and with about 6-12 conspicuous pale ascending veins on each side of midrib, dark green and commonly drying brownish above, paler and often densely glandular beneath, sparsely hirtellous on both surfaces and more densely so on margins and midrib beneath. Inflorescence terminal, a compact panicle 1 Vi-3 cm long, the branches spicate, densely hirtellous and glandular, flowering in March and April. Bracts persistent, ovate to rhombic-reniform, acute or obtuse, 2 Vi-1 mm long, 2-3 '/: mm wide, densely pubescent on both surfaces. Bracteoles ovate, conduplicate, with broadly scarious margins, 2 '/:-3 mm long, ciliate and somewhat pubescent. Sepals ovate, rounded at apex, cupped, 2 1/2-3 mm long, 2-21/2 mm wide, ciliate with non-glandular hairs, otherwise glabrous or sparingly pubescent. Petals white or pink, rhombic-obovate, 4-5 Vi mm long, 2-3 mm wide, slightly puberulent on midrib within, not ciliate. Filaments 1 Vi-2 mm long, glabrous; anthers ca. 1.5 mm long and 1 .2 mm wide. Ovary pubescent. Fruit 8-11 mm long and wide, 4-5 mm thick, red, densely glandular, densely pilose with trichomes to 1 mm long. ■ ii wilt. Figure 5. Left: type specimen of Rhus kearneyi ssp. borjaensis (7999), from the Sierra San Borja. x 0.23. Right: herbarium specimen of Rhus kearneyi ssp. virginum (1 1780). from the Sierra Santa Lucfa. x 0.23. This collection has the longest leaves of any. 274 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL.15 Type collection. -Occasional at about 1400 meters elevation near the summit of Cerro de la Mina de San Juan, Sierra San Borja, Baja California, Mexico (near 28°43'N, 113°38'W), 23 March 1960, Moran 7999 — holotype: SD 64051; isotypes: K, MEXU, UC, US, etc. Distribution. --Sierra San Borja, mostly at 1100 to 1650 meters elevation but in canyons occasionally down to 800 meters. Other collections: Arroyo de la Mina de Santa Marta, 1100 m (seen to 1450 m), 9764; W rim of Tigre Canon, 1200 m, 9927; Canon el Terminal, 800 m, 8398; Cerro Quemazon, 1450 m, 8071; Cerro la Sandfa, 1 650 m, 11527. Discussion. - This plant appears to differ from R. k. kearneyi chiefly in its denser and much longer pubescence and its slightly larger flowers. Of the other five species included by Barkley (1937) in his section Styphonia, only R. standleyi Barkley, from southeast Mexico, and R. muelleri Standley & Barkley, from northeast Mexico, have spreading pubescence. Rhus standleyi differs from the present plant in its larger, subsessile, subrugose leaves, which are more closely covered with softer pubescence and have more strongly revolute margins. Rhus muelleri has broader and more rotund leaves, smaller sepals, and ciliate petals. This subspecies seems well isolated from its closest relatives (fig. 4 ). At least in brief explorations I did not find it in the Sierra San Luis to the northwest or in the Sierra San Juan or the Sierra San Francisco to the southeast. It is named for the mountain range to which it is apparently confined. The name "Sierra San Borja" for this range is selected perhaps somewhat arbitrarily from those used on maps for various parts of the range, the other names being Sierra de Calmalli, Sierra San Lino, and Sierra San Juan; still other names not appearing on maps are used locally. Rhus kearneyi ssp. virginum Moran, subsp. nov. (Fig. 5) A subspecie tvpica foliis majoribus, acutis subacuminatisve differt. Tvpus: Moran 1 1 664 (SD 59520 ).' Shrub or small tree 2-5 m high, the trunk to 2 dm thick, the bark rough, brown. Herbage puberulent with more or less spreading often curved colorless trichomes mostly less than 0.2 mm long and also bearing tiny sessile or granular glands that become orange-red. Branchlets 1 -2 Vi mm thick, reddish brown, at first glandular and densely puberulent. Leaves simple, the petioles 3-14 mm long, 1-2 mm thick, the blades coriaceous, oblong-ovate, rounded to acuminate at apex but mostly acute, mostly rounded or subcordate at base, entire or glandular-serrulate with tooth at end of each main lateral vein, 3-6 (-8 '/2)cm long, 1 '/2-3 (-4) cm wide, with thickened and revolute margins and with 7-12 conspicuous pale ascending veins on each side of midrib, dark green above, paler and often densely glandular beneath, moderately puberulent to subglabrate on veins and sparsely puberulent to glabrate between. Inflorescence a terminal spike or compact panicle of spikes, flowering in September and October and rarely in February. Bracts persistent, rhombic-ovate, obtuse to subacute, cupped, strongly keeled, 2-3 mm long, 2Vi-3 mm wide, appressed pubescent within and without, pink. Sepals ovate, rounded at apex, cupped, 2-2 Vi mm long, 1 Vi -2 mm wide, pink, ciliate with non-glandular hairs, otherwise glabrous. Petals white, narrowly obovate, rounded at apex, 3-3 Vi mm long, 1.2-1.8 mm wide, non-ciliate, puberulent at base within, otherwise glabrous. Filaments 1-1 Vi mm long; anthers 0.8-0.9 mm long, 0.7-0.8 mm wide. Ovary pubescent. Fruit not seen. Type collection. Occasional in arroyo at 1 500 meters elevation, east slope of Volcan las Tres Virgenes, Territorio de Baja California Sur, Mexico (near 27°28'N, 1 12°35'W), 1 1 February 1964, Moran 1 1664 holotype: SD 59520; isotypes: MEXU, UC, US. Distribution. -- Upper north slopes and downward along arroyos, Sierra de las Tres 1969 MORAN: TWELVE NEW DICOTS 275 Vfrgenes, Sierra Santa LucTa, and Sierra de la Giganta, Baja California, at elevations of 1000 to 1750 meters. Other collections: N slope near the summit of Cerro Azufre, 1680 m, 1 1640; arroyo on E slope of Cerro Barranco, Sierra Santa Lucfa, 1400 m, 1 1780; Canada de Quemado, S side of Cerro Giganta, 1000 m, Carter & Moran 5270 (SD, UC); N slope near summit, Cerro del Barreno, Sierra de la Giganta, 1 350 m. Carter & Moran 5358 (SD, UC). Discussion. - - The abundance and the associates of R. k. virginum vary from one area to another. It is fairly common at from 1200 to 1750 meters in the Sierra de las Tres Vfrgenes, where associates include Quercus ajoensis C. H. Muller, Bernardia incana Morton, Rhus laurina Nutt., Rhus ovata S. Wats., Ceanothus oliganthus Nutt., Rhamnus insula Kell., and Aralia scopulorum Brandegee. In the Sierra Santa Lucfa, where I saw it only locally, associates include Prunus ilicifolia cf. ssp. lyonii (Eastwd.) Raven, Aralia scopulorum, and Randia megacarpa Brandegee. In the Sierra de la Giganta, associates include Celtis reticulata Torr. and Acacia goldmanii (Britt. & Rose) Wiggins at the lower locality, where again I saw it only locally, and Aralia scopulorum at the upper, where I saw only one tree. Unlike the other two subspecies, R. k. virginum appears to flower mainly in fall. In the Sierra de las Tres Vfrgenes in February and the Sierra Santa Lucfa in March, 1964, I found only one flowering plant, and that with very few flowers; the others lacked even young inflorescences. In the Sierra de la Giganta in September 1967, the plants were just beginning to flower. Rhus k. virginum differs sharply from R. k. borjaensis and resembles R. k. kearneyi in the sparseness of its pubescence. It differs from both in its leaves, which are mostly acute or even acuminate and often somewhat larger. Also, the leaves usually dry light green, whereas in the other two they are darker and often brownish. In R. k. virginum, many though not all leaves have glandular teeth, the percentage varying in different collections. Such teeth are poorly developed in R. k. kearneyi and in most collections of R. k. borjaensis, though on one vigorous shoot of the latter {9764 SD) the unusually large leaves have well developed teeth. Lack of material prevents a thoroughgoing comparison of floral details, but at least the anthers of R. k. virginum seem smaller than in the other two, and the sepals are glabrous. Hedeoma martirense Moran, spec. nov. (Fig. 6) Herba glandulosa hispidula perennis, rhizomata gracilia elongata emittens, caulibus gracilibus Vi-l Vi dm altis. Folia brevipetiolata, ovata adelliptica. obtusa, 3-9 mm longa, 2-6 mm lata, supra glabra, margine revoluta. Cymulae paucae, unifiorae. Calyx subcylindricus, 7-9 mm longus, fauce dense annulatus, dentibus duobus inferioribus 2-3 mm longis, erectis, tribus superioribus tertia parte connatis, I Vi-2 mm longis, aetate excurvatis. Corolla alba, 19-24 mm longa, tuba gracillima, cum fauce 17-20 mm longa. Typus; Moran 15069 (SD 67322). Inter congeneros corollae tubo perlongo distinguitur, rhizomatibusque gracilibus elongatis insignis. H. tenuifloro affinis sed foliorum petiolis brevioribus laminisque supra glabris inflorescentiaque reductapraeterea differ t. Low rhizomatous perennial herb with wiry stems, the herbage with glands secreting tiny yellow globules at the surface, hispidulous with often curved and often unequal tapering pericellular white trichomes to 0.6 mm long, in sunny places stems and undersurfaces of leaves often purplish red. Rhizomes woody, to 5 mm thick, with dark brown bark; aerial shoots often branching below and often crowded, flexuous, '/2-1 Vi dm tall, Vi-V* mm thick, glandular and hispidulous with more or less decurved trichomes, quadrangular, the two faces below each leaf pair slightly convex, the other two channeled, the upper internodes ca. 3-5 mm long; young rhizomes like the aerial shoots but to 3 dm long, stramineous, often scarcely or not at all hispidulous, glandular-puberulent or (only after the first season?) glabrous, the 276 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15 Figure 6. Pressed specimen of" Hedeoma martirense ( 15275), from the high Sierra San Pedro Martir, xO.75. internodes !/2-l V2 cm long, the scale leaves sessile, ovate, blunt, ca. 1 mm long. Leaves petiolate, the blade coriaceous, from ovate in the lower to elliptic in the upper, obtuse to rounded at apex, cuneate to rounded at base, entire, 3-5 (-9) mm long, 2-3 (-6) mm wide, dorsally glandular-pitted or subrugose and sparsely antrorse-hispidulous, ventrally eglandu- lar and glabrous or scabrous with a few stout conic trichomes ca. 0.05 mm long, the margins revolute, the midrib slightly projecting dorsally, the 2-3 pairs of ascending lateral veins obscure, the petiole 1-2 mm long, channeled ventrally. Flowers May to August, the cymules at 1-4 upper nodes, one-flowered, the peduncle Vi-2 mm long, with an apical pair of linear bracts 1-2 mm long, the pedicel 2-3 mm long, spreading. Calyx 7-9 mm long, commonly purplish, the tube subcylindric but slightly ampliate upward and in fruit slightly swollen in lower third, 4 '/2-6 Vi mm long, ca. 1 mm wide (pressed to 1 V2 mm wide), with 13 prominent ribs, sparsely hispidulous on ribs towards the base with trichomes ca. 0.3 mm long and glandular puberulent, glabrous within except for a dense ring at the throat of upwardly appressed and partially exserted stiff white trichomes ca. 0.6 mm long, the teeth triangular- lanceolate, sparsely hispidulous-ciliate, the lower two erect, 2-3 mm long, subulate above, the upper three connate one-third, 1 lA-2 mm long, slender-acute, in age somewhat outcurved. Corolla white or slightly tinged with pink, 19-24 mm long, glabrous in lower 3-4 mm, hirtellous above with trichomes ca. 0.2 mm long, the tube 14-15 mm long, ca. Vi mm wide below and scarcely wider above, sparsely hirtellous within over more or less of upper half, the throat 3-5 mm long, 1 Vz-2 mm wide above, glabrous within, the upper lip 2-3 mm long, 1 '/2-2 mm wide, emarginate to a depth of 0.2-0.6 mm, minutely papillose-puberulent within, the lower lip 3-41/2 mm long, 3-4 mm wide (spread out), minutely papillose- puberulent, the middle lobe 1 V2 -2 mm long, 1 xk mm wide, slightly emarginate, upcurved, the lateral lobes ca. 1 mm long and wide. Filaments ca. 3 mm long, exserted ca. 1 mm, glabrous; anthers divaricate, purple, ca. V2 mm long; vestiges of other stamens ca. 0.3 mm long. Style 18-23 mm long, glabrous, the posterior lobe about half the anterior or subobsolete. Nutlets reddish brown, elliptic, 1 .4- 1 .6 mm long, 0.6-0.7 mm wide, 0.5 mm thick. 1969 MORAN: TWELVE NEW DICOTS 277 Type collection. - Rock crevices on east slope at 2700 meters elevation, east rim of the Sierra San Pedro Martir north of Yerba Buena, Baja California, Mexico (near 31°01'N, 115°26'W), 1 June 1968, Moran 15069 holotype: SD 67322; isotypes: K, MEXU, UC, US, etc. Distribution. Abundant locally on north and east slopes at 2300 to 2800 meters elevation, especially in shade but also in the open, north central Sierra San Pedro Martir. Other collections: E slope at head of Arroyo Copal, 2300 m, 15463; N slope of Cerro "2828". 2575 m, 15446; E slope of Cerro "2828", 2800 m,15266, 2750 m, 15275. Discussion. - This plant grows most luxuriantly on north slopes in open pine-fir forest, where it may spread among rocks to form a rather uniform though scarcely dense groundcover. On the steep eastern escarpment of the Sierra, it grows also on drier and more open slopes and, at its lower limit, into the border of the montane chaparral. Hedeoma martirense is noteworthy for its slender rhizomes and somewhat matting habit. The long slender corolla is also remarkable, the tube plus the throat being 1 7 to 20 mm long and the tube proper less than 1 mm wide. To judge from the descriptions of Epling and Stewart (1939), the length is approached only in H. costaium A. Gray, where it is 6 to 18 but commonly 1 1 to 15 mm, and in H. quercetorum Epling, where it is 14 to 16 mm (less in a recent collection, annotated by Robert S. Irving). The variable H. costatum, ranging from Arizona to Texas and northern Mexico, is a somewhat coarser plant, with longer internodes and larger leaves; the leaves are serrate and more acute, pubescent on both sides, and thinner, with more prominent veins; and each cymule has three to several flowers. In H. quercetorum, of northeastern Mexico, the stems are less branching and less flexuous, the pubescence of stems and leaves is shorter and finer, each cymule has one to several flowers, the calyx tube is curved, and the upper leaves are longer and linear-elliptic, with prominent lateral veins more or less parallel to the midrib. However, the lower leaves are similar to those of//, martirense, being ovate with revolute margins, rather thick with the veins often obscure, purplish red beneath, and nearly as small. Epling and Stewart divided the genus into twelve unnamed but numbered sections. Though not exactly fitting their sectional definition, H. martirense seems closest to section 9, in which they placed H. costatum, H. quercetorum, and five other species. It is perhaps most closely related to the little-known H. tenuiflorum Brandegee, of the Sierra San Borja, some 175 miles to the south-southeast in Baja California. That is a bushier plant without rhizomes, with similar but more elliptic and sometimes toothed leaves hispidulous on both sides and with longer petioles; the cymules commonly are more numerous and commonly have three to several flowers each; and the corolla tube is about 13 mm long. That species occurs in a more arid habitat, not only farther south but also at lower elevations - at about 1475 meters and probably well below; associates include Quercus turbinella Greene, Anemone tuberosa Rydb., Ribes quercetorum Greene, Vauquelinia calif ornica (Torr.) Sarg., Dodonaea viscosa Jacq., Rhamnus insula Kell., Idria columnaris Kell., and Echinocereus engelmannii (Parry) R'umpl. Monardella lagunensis M. E. Jones ssp. mediopeninsularis Moran, subsp. nov. (Figs. 7, 12) Suffrutex fragrans glandulosus hirtellus, trichomatibus plerumque 0.1-0.2 mm longis, caulibus gracilibus 3-8 dm altis e basi 1-4 cm crassa. Folia triangulo-ovata. apice rotundata. 8-20 mmlonga, 4-12 mm lata, petiolis 1-8 mm longis. Capitula Vi-2 Vi cm lata ca. 20-125- flora, bracteis adpressis submembranaceis, exterioribus ovatis 5-8 mm longis, interionbus angustioribus. Calyx 6-7 Vi mm longus, 13-nervatus. Corolla 9-10]: mm longa. Typus: Moran 12147 (SD 70685). A subspecie typica foliis parvioribus capitulis parvioribus ex 278 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL.15 Figure 7. Pressed specimen of Monardella lagunensis ssp. mediopeninsularis, from Cerro Potrero, x 0.5; part of the type collection (12147). floribus paucioribus parvioribusque constantibus trichomatibusque brevioribus differt. Fragrant subshrub 3-8 dm high, with many slender branches from a woody base 1-2 or rarely 4 cm thick. Herbage hirtellous with slightly curved pluricellular white trichomes 0.1- 0.2 mm long or on vigorous shoots rarely (10460) to 0.5 mm long; also glandular, the surface shallowly pitted, each pit supporting a viscid yellowish globule ca. 0.05-0.1 mm thick. Branches often taking two seasons to flower, often with lateral branches below by flowering time, at first ca. 1 mm thick and closely hirtellous with slightly deflexed trichomes, dying back about to middle after flowering, becoming woody below but rarely over 4 mm thick except at very base, the bark tan in new fissures, becoming gray, the lower internodes ca. Vi- 1 Vi cm long, the upper longer, sometimes to 6 cm. Leaves petiolate, the blade triangular- ovate, rounded at apex, rounded to cuneate or commonly somewhat attenuate at base, with 2-3 weak crenations on each side or commonly entire, 7-20 mm long, 4-10 (-12) mm wide, equally hirtellous above and beneath but more conspicuously pitted beneath, the midvein prominent beneath, with 2-4 arching laterals on each side, the margins somewhat revolute, the petiole 1-3 (-8) mm long. Heads in May and June or a few as early as February, 1 '/2-2 ( Vi- 1969 MORAN: TWELVE NEW DICOTS 279 2 Vi) cm wide, each with ca. 20-125 flowers, the bracts appressed, thinner than leaves and somewhat membranous, with prominent veins, often purplish, glabrous ventrally except toward apex, hirtellous dorsally and closely ciliate with longer trichomes, the outer ovate, acute to narrowly rounded, 5-8 mm long, 2-5 mm wide, with lateral veins arching and nearly parallel to midrib, the inner oblanceolate or narrower, acute. Calyx 6-7 Vi mm long, ca. 13- nerved, often purplish, hirtellous, the teeth erect, narrow-triangular, acute, nearly equal, 1 '/4-2 mm long, hirtellous within. Corolla white or slightly tinged with pink or lavender, 9- 10 Vi mm long, the tube 6-7 mm long, gradually ampliate above, sparsely retrorsely hispidulous inside and out in upper half, the lobes oblong, rounded at apex, 2 Vi-1 Vi mm long, 0.6-0.9 mm wide, sparsely hispidulous outside and glandular, with 3-7 sessile yellow globules ca. 0.1 mm thick crowded at tip, the upper two lobes united ca. Vi- Vi, the lower three free. Filaments glabrous or with a few hairs at base, apparently elongating markedly during anthesis, the lower two inserted near sinuses, 3-5 mm long, the others inserted on base of upper lip, 2-3 Vi mm long; anther sacs divergent. Style glabrous, apparently elongating markedly during anthesis, becoming ca. 1 1 mm long, the stigma lobes ca. 0.3 mm long. Nutlets oblong, tan, smooth, 1 . 1- 1 .4 mm long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide. Type collection. -Common among rocks, mostly on the north slope, summit of Cerro Potrero at 1400 meters elevation, Baja California, Mexico (near 29°49'N, 114°37"W), 30 May 1965, Moran 12147— holotype: SD 70685; isotypes: K, MEXU, UC, US, etc. Distribution. - - Known only from four peaks in central Baja California (fig. 12), at 750 to 1900 meters elevation. Other collections: N slope of Cerro Santa Maria, 1200 m, 1 1481 [sterile] ; steep north-flowing arroyo on W side of peak ca. 4 miles SE of Puerto Refugio, Isla Angel de la Guarda, 900 m, 10460; arroyo on E slope of Volcan las Tres Virgenes, 1 500 m [seen to 1900 m],/ 1666. Discussion. - The four known localities for this plant are scattered over some 200 miles (fig. 12). I have partially explored various peaks in the intervening Sierras San Luis, San Borja, San Juan, and San Francisco, without finding it. At the three northern localities, it was found mainly or entirely on north slopes and at the southernmost, so far as I remember, mainly so. The new subspecies differs from M. I. lagunensis in its smaller leaves, its smaller heads with fewer and smaller flowers, and its shorter trichomes. The leaf blades in M. I. lagunensis are mostly 12 to 22 mm long and in M. I. mediopeninsularis mostly 8 to 15. However, in the northernmost (and type) collection, with abundant material found in better condition than the other collections, a few vigorous shoots have leaf blades to 20 mm long. The heads in M. I. lagunensis are mostly 2 to 3 xh but sometimes as little as 1 Vi cm wide, in M. I. mediopeninsularis mostly 1 Vi to 2 but occasionally 2 xh cm wide. The flowers of M. I. mediopeninsularis are similar to those of M. I. lagunensis but proportionally smaller, the calyx, for example, 6 to 7 '/2 mm long as compared to 7 to 9 an J the corolla 9 to 101/: mm long as compared to 1 1 to 12. In M. I. lagunensis the longer trichomes are about 0.5 to 0.6 mm long. In the southernmost collection of M. I. mediopeninsularis the longer trichomes are about 0.2 mm long; in the next most southern collection (actually from closer to the two northern localities) they are mostly about 0.2 mm but on one vigorous shoot 0.4 to 0.5 mm long; and in the two northern collections they are about 0. 1 mm long. Monardella linoides A. Gray, of the Sierra San Pedro Martir and northward, might be said to continue the trend in decreasing trichome length, having one-celled trichomes about 0.05 mm long; but that is a distinct species, with narrower leaves and longer corollas. Smaller-leaved specimens of M. 1. mediopeninsularis resemble M. thymifolia Greene, of Isla Cedros; but in that species the leaf blades are 5 to 10 mm long, the trichomes about 0.5 mm long, and the corollas 12 to 14 mm long, with the tube conspicuously exserted from the 280 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL.15 Figure 8. Old plant of Eriogonum zapatoense, on Islote Zapato, Isla Guadalupe, showing crooked decumbent stem; part of the type collection (151 14), 2 1 June 1968. Figure 9. Herbaceous young plant of Castilleja fruticosa (6687), south end of Isla Guadalupe, 27 March 1958. Note thickness of leaves. 1969 MORAN: TWELVE NEW DICOTS 281 Figure 10. Flowering plant of Heterotheca martirensis, in the high Sierra San Pedro Martir, 14 September 1968: part of the type collection (15612). Figure 1 1. Flowering plant of Stephanomeria monocephala. in the high Sierra San Pedro Martir. 5 July part of the type collection (15261 ). 1968; 282 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL.15 Figure 12. Distribution of Monardella lagunensis and related species. 1969 MORAN: TWELVE NEW DICOTS 283 calyx. In his monograph, Epling( 1925) based his description of M. thymifolia on about eight sheets of four collections, mostly past flower. He commented that the few available specimens were uniform in appearance, and his description bespeaks uniformity (e.g. leaves 5-8 mm long, calyx 6-7 mm long, corolla 12-13 mm long). It is noteworthy that my two collections of the species, from stations well separated on Isla Cedros, agree rather closely with his description and so reinforce the appearance of uniformity. Monardella lagunensis seems quite distinct from M. thymifolia. Castilleja fruticosa Moran, spec. nov. (Figs. 9, 13) Planta perennis, glanduloso-puberula villosaque, 2-9 dm aha, caule lignoso, ad 4 cm diametro. Folia crassa, linearia, Vi-6 cm longa, 1-5 mm lata, basi articulata, integra supremave trilobata. Spica densa, 2 Vi-7 cm longa, 5-20-flora, miniata, bracteis 1-2 Vi cm longis, plerumque trilobatis. Calyx 14-21 mm longus, antice posticeque 8 Vi-14 mm latere 0- 4 Vi mm fissus, lobis subaequalibus, triangularibus usque oblongis. Corolla 1 7-26 mm longa, infra glabra, galea 9-13 mm longa, postice lutea dense glanduloso-puberula, marginibus hyalinis, anguste revolutis, labio inferiore 2-3 mm longo. Capsula 7-10 mm longa, lignosa. antice concava usque transverse sulcata, sero dehiscens. Typus: Moran 15733 (SD 70310). Species caulibus duro-lignosis atque capsulis lignosis subindehiscentibus insignita. A C. guadalupensi pubescentiae forma (ilia tomentosa) et calyce antice posticeque aequaliter fisso valde differt. Woody perennial 2-5 or rarely 9 dm high and to 5 dm or more wide, but flowering while still herbaceous, perhaps in first season. Herbage glandular-puberulent, with trichomes mostly 0.05-0.3 mm long, and in part also villous, the longer trichomes pericellular, tapering, unbranched, 1-2 mm long. Stem at first straight and erect, with several regular horizontal to ascending branches, with sympodial growth after flowering becoming crooked and irregularly close-branching, to 2 or rarely 4 cm thick, the wood hard and brittle, the bark mostly dark brown, the few longitudinal fissures lighter brown; branches villous. Leaves light green, rather succulent and the smaller ones subterete, linear-oblong to linear- oblanceolate, rounded to broadly acute, entire or the uppermost 3-lobed, articulated to a decurrent base and readily detached, Vi-\ Vi mm wide at constriction, glandular-puberulent and the upper commonly somewhat villous near base, commonly Vi-2 Vi cm long, 1 Vi-3 mm wide, and 1-2 mm thick, the upper ones in favorable seasons sometimes larger, even 6 cm long and 5 mm wide, relatively thinner, and less clearly articulated at base; midvein translucent, often impressed ventrally and in thicker leaves sometimes also dorsally, the lateral veins not evident. Inflorescence terminal, a compact spike 2'/2-7 cm long, of 5-20 flowers, often densely villous, the bracts and calyx tipped with Indian orange, the pigment especially concentrated in the glandular trichomes; dead axis commonly persisting one or more seasons. Bracts 1-2 Vi cm long, Vi-2 cm wide, generally glandular-puberulent and mostly somewhat villous, especially on lower margins and midribs, the lower ones sometimes entire and the uppermost sometimes 5-lobed but most 3-lobed, the lobes oblong to mostly spatulate, obtuse to rounded, the midlobe 3-9 mm wide, the lateral lobes ascending from near the middle, 1-3 Vi mm wide. Calyx glandular-puberulent, villous below, especially on nerves, 14-21 mm long, about equally cleft before and behind for 8'/2-12 mm, the segments 2 Vi -4 mm wide, entire or mostly cleft 1 -4 Vi mm into subequal triangular to oblong acutish lobes 1-2 mm wide, the anterior often slightly wider than posterior. Corolla 17-26 mm long, with 19 veins, glabrous below, sparsely glandular-puberulent towards middle; lower lip yellowish green, glandular-puberulent especially above, projecting abruptly anteriorly for 1 Vi-2 mm and cupped upward for 2-3 mm, the apex 9-14 mm above corolla base, the lobes ca. 1 mm long and wide, acutish to rounded, the palate of two finlike yellowish 284 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL.15 glandular evaginations ca. 1-1 Vi mm long and 3/4-l mm high, each continuing upward as a low ridge for ca. 1-1 Vi mm to the sinus; galea 9-13 mm long, when flattened 4 V2-8 mm wide at base and ca. 3 mm wide just below apex, exserted ca. 2-6 mm beyond calyx, slightly curved anteriorly, densely glandular-puberulent dorsally above, dorsally yellowish green becoming yellow and sometimes later reddish, the hyaline margins ca. 1 mm wide above and wider below, sharply differentiated above from the herbaceous center, closely rolled outward below, the apex rounded. Stamens glabrous, the anterior filaments 7 Vi - 1 6 mm long, inserted 7 '/2-9 mm above corolla base, the posterior 7-15 mm long, inserted 6 V2-8 mm above corolla base; anthers 2-2 Vi mm long, ca. Va mm wide. Ovary glabrous, greenish, laterally com- pressed above and obliquely obovate, 2 V2 -4 mm long, 1-1 Vi mm wide, 1 Vi-2 mm thick, the rounded apex sometimes extending beyond the style base; style a continuation of the posterior keel, yellowish green, 17-25 mm long, exserted before anthesis and finally by 2-4 mm. Capsule woody, blackish, triangular-ovoid, tapering in width apically to a sharp sagittal keel continuous with low anterior and posterior keels, 7-10 mm long, 3 V2S mm wide and thick, the anterior surface concave to transversely and sometimes tightly infolded, with a furrow to 2 mm deep; persisting on dead inflorescence for one or more seasons mostly unopened even though containing well-formed seeds, the two cells occasionally separating slightly at apex and less often also the valves splitting lengthwise in upper fourth. Seeds dark brown, irregularly obovoid, 1 .6-2. 1 mm long and 1 .0- 1 .2 mm wide including loose alveolate coat. Type collection. - Occasional on barren mesa at 100 meters elevation, just east of the weather station, southwest corner of Isla Guadalupe, Baja California, Mexico (near 28°53'N, 1 18°17 '/4'W), 23 February 1969, Moran 15733- holotype: SD 70310; isotypes: K, MEXU,UC,US,etc. Figure 1 3. Pressed specimen ofCastillejafruticosa (7850), from the south end of Isla Guadalupe, showing flowers and persistent capsules, x 0.75. 1969 MORAN: TWELVE NEW DICOTS 285 Distribution. - - Local at the south end of Isla Guadalupe and on offlying Islote Zapato (Outer Islet). Other collections: S inner slope of red crater 1 mile N of Morro Sur, 320 m, 6479; 1 Vi miles NE of weather station, 220 m, 7850; type locality, 6142, 6687, 12068, 13768, Wiggins & Ernst 136 (DS, US), Carlquist 482 (RSA), Copp 175 (DS); Islote Zapato, Remple in 1937 (DS), Moran 2922 (CAS, DS, SD), 5657, 15113, Lindsav 1805 (DS, SD), 2624 (SD), in 1956 (SD), Kuijt, Miller, & Lindsay 1050 (UC). Discussion. This plant occurs on a barren volcanic mesa and in two craters near the south end of Isla Guadalupe, in an area of very low rainfall but of frequent fogs. Though fairly common locally, it is thus very narrowly restricted. In 1948 I collected it on Islote Zapato but failed to find it on the main island, even though I collected at the very spot on the mesa where its bright flowers are now conspicuous. In 1957 I did find it on the mesa but saw only herbaceous plants looking almost like annuals. In 1960 it was a little more widespread there than I have seen it before or since, and in 1 967 and later, some plants were small shrubs with woody stems to 2 cm thick. These facts suggest that in 1957 C. fruticosa might recently have colonized the main island from one of the nearby islets. Although the goats that have ravaged the northern part of the island may never have been common at the desertic south end, comparison of the vegetation with that of the islets suggests that enough goats came to keep certain plants near the point of extinction. Since the establishment of the weather station in 1946, however, goats have visited the south end at their peril, and the vegetation thus has had some protection. Among associated species, several are similarly restricted on the island. I have seen Euphorbia pondii Millsp. only in an even smaller colony in the same part of the mesa. The endemic Hemizonia palmeri Rose is confined to a slightly larger area within about one mile of the south end. The endemic H. greeneana Rose ssp. greeneana, one of the most abundant and conspicuous plants at the south end, extends north only about two miles; it occurs also on Islote Zapato and Islote Negro. The endemic Baeriopsis guadalupensis J. T. Howell has been found only at the south end and on Islote Zapato and Islote Negro, though possibly it occurs farther north on unexplored seacliffs. Hutchinsia procumbens (L.) Desv. has been found only at the south end and on Islote Zapato. Euphorbia misera Benth., common on Islote Zapato and very rare on cliffs in the northern canyons, also occurs rarely on the south- end mesa. Lomatium insulare (Eastw.) Munz likewise occurs on Islote Zapato and on the south-end mesa, and it occurs also on one cliff high at the north end of the island. These last two species, like Castilleja fruticosa, may possibly be recent colonists at the south end. A recent unsuccessful colonist there was Lavatera occidentalis S. Wats., which is common on Islote Zapato and is represented by two or three old shrubs on northern cliffs: a single robust seedling 1 meter high grew in an arroyo 3 miles from the south end in 1965, when the goat population was at a low ebb, but has since disappeared. Castilleja fruticosa, though still herbaceous at first flowering, is remarkable for the thick and hard woody stems of older plants. Apparently it is one of the woodiest of the genus. The foliage leaves are quite thick and somewhat succulent, as is often true of maritime plants. The capsules are unusually hard and woody and are distinguished by a depression on the under side, which sometimes becomes a deep transverse groove, as if the capsule were caved in. On most specimens, capsules from previous years persist on dead inflorescence axes, mostly still unopened and still holding seeds. Seeds from closed capsules have proven viable. Castilleja fruticosa falls in the section Perichroma Pennell (Pennell, 1935). The only recent treatment of any major part of the genus is that of Pennell ( 1 95 1 ) for the 7 1 species of Washington, Oregon, and California — out of some 200 species all told. The genus is poorly represented in Baja California, with apparently only four species, including two Guadalupe 286 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL.15 Island endemics, that do not occur also in Alta California; and the flora of Guadalupe Island is more closely related to that of Alta California than to that of peninsular Baja California. Nevertheless, the new species does not fit clearly into any of the 19 groups (apparently subsections) informally proposed by Pennell (1951). However, it is close to groups x through xvi, perhaps differing from all their species in having woodier stems and woodier and often tardily dehiscent transversely grooved capsules but otherwise differing from each mainly in the kind and distribution of pubescence. This plant was first reported (Moran, 1 95 1 ), and has since been identified in herbaria, as C guadalupensis Brandegee, another Guadalupe Island endemic with hard woody stems. That plant occurs (or occurred) in a different habitat, on the higher and much moister northern part of the island. It has not been collected since 1898 and evidently is now very rare if not extinct. Herbarium material is meager. The little-known C. guadalupensis is a woody plant 3 to 6 dm tall, whose stems, leaves, and calyx are at first densely and closely tomentose with dendritic hairs. The leaves are narrowly spatulate, rather thin, to 6 cm long and 1 cm wide. Brandegee (1903) described the calyx as "cleft equally before and behind about one-half its length", as in the presumably related C.foliolosa H. & A.; but in three fairly well exposed flowers of one Palmer specimen (GH) it clearly is cut about twice as deeply behind as before — as in no other species known to me. The corolla is slightly longer to slightly shorter than the calyx; the galea, about equalling the tube, is densely puberulent the length of the back with pericellular but unbranched non-glandular trichomes about 0. 1 to 0.2 mm long. The style is exserted about 3 to 5 Vi mm. Clearly this is a very distinct species. Castilleja fruticosa thus is amply different from C. guadalupensis, notably in the cutting of the calyx but also in the type of pubescence and in the form and size of the leaves. Hemizonia greeneana Rose ssp. peninsularis Moran, subsp. nov. (Fig. 14) Frutex glanduloso-viscidus prostratus vel erectus turn quoque ad 12 dm alius ramis virgaiis. Folia inferiora subremota filiformia usque linearo-oblanceolata Integra vel 2-8- dentata hirsuta 2-7 cm longa, superiora conferta linearia plerumque hirtella Vi-1 cm longa V2-I mm lata. Capitula thyrsoidea plerumque 8-radiata, primis usque 14-radiatis. Involucra 4-7 mm alta, 4-6 mm diametro, bracteis receptaculi 8-13 uniseriatis ad medium infirme connatis. Disci flores 8-21 steriles, pappo 1.9-3.3 mm longo, paleis 9-15. Typus: Moran 13437 (SD 70684). A ssp. greeneana ramis plantarum altiorum virgatis, foliis infimis saepe longioribus remotioreque dentatis, superis plerumque hirtellis, pappo plerumque longiore paleisque numerosioribus differ t. Prostrate or erect shrub 2-8 or reportedly to 12 dm high and Vi-\ Vi m or more wide, with herbage glandular-viscid throughout. Stems to 4 cm thick at base, the bark gray-brown. Branches commonly virgate, hirsute with multicellular white trichomes to 3 mm long, rather sparsely leafy below, the internodes ca. Vi-\ V2 cm long, the axils sometimes later floccose, only the lowermost leaves opposite, the middle axils often with fascicled leaves, the upper mostly with leafy branchlets; ultimate branchlets or peduncles ca. V2 mm thick, hirtellous, closely leafy, with shorter internodes and fascicled leaves. Lower leaves filiform to linear- oblanceolate, acute, 2-7 cm long, V2S mm wide, with subrevolute or thickened margins, entire or often with 2-8 ascending acute teeth or lobes to 5 mm long and 1 Vi mm wide, hirsute with trichomes to 1 mm long, somewhat succulent and to 2 mm thick in plants nearest the shore; upper leaves gradually smaller, entire, those of the peduncles linear-oblong, obtuse, ca. '/2-l cm long and Vi-\ mm wide, sparsely hirtellous or subglabrous except for glands. Heads borne sometimes at least from March to November near the shore but mostly in summer above, often numerous and subcorymbose at ends of main branches, solitary or few 1969 MORAN: TWELVE NEW DICOTS 287 i Figure 14. Type specimen of Hernizonia greeneana ssp. peninsularis ( 13437), from Punta Banda. xO.25. and cymose on the branchlets, yellow, 1 1-1 8 mm wide, mostly 8-rayed, but some early ones with more rays and the first, terminating the main branches, with as many as 14. Involucre campanulate, 4-7 mm high, 4-6 mm wide, sparsely hirsute, beset with peglike glands ca. 0.05 mm high and each tipped with a sticky yellowish globule ca. 0.1 mm thick, the bracts lanceolate, acute, cymbiform and strongly keeled in lower three-fifths and ca. 2 Vi mm wide (flattened), with hyaline margins, narrowed to a flatter thickish apex 2-3 mm long. Ray florets 8-14, the tube, 1 V2-2V2 mm long, stipitate-glandular, the ray oblong to obovate, truncate and 2-3-crenate at apex, 4 V1-6V2 mm long, 2 '/2-3 Vi mm wide, subglabrous, the style branches slender, 2-3 mm long. Receptacular bracts 8- 1 3 (about as many as the rays), in one series, weakly united to middle, oblanceolate, narrowly acute (ca. 30°), 5-6 mm high, to 1 Vi mm wide, herbaceous with hyaline margins, glandular, the apex sparsely long-ciliate. Disk florets 8-14 (-2 1 ), the corolla 4-5 mm long, the tube slightly ampliate above, subglabrous. the lobes triangular-ovate, 3/4-l mm long, thickened and densely puberulent ventrally on margins, the anthers yellow, ca. 2 Vi mm long, the stigma lobes ca. 2 mm long, the achenes sterile, 2-2 Vi mm long, sparsely glandular-puberulent, the pappus 1.9-3.3 mm long, the paleae 9- 1 5, free or united at base, unequal, irregularly lanceolate or oblong, stiff, white. Ray achenes 2-3 mm long, triquetrous, black, transversely rugose, acute and stipitate at base, rounded at apex, with an upcurved lateral beak 1 -2 or rarely 3 times as long as thick. Type collection. - Occasional on east, north, and west slopes at 380 meters elevation. SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15 summit of Banda Peak, Punta Banda, Baja California, Mexico (near 31°441/2,N, 116°433/4'W), 27 August 1966, Moran 13437 — holotype: SD 70684; isotypes: K, MEXU, UC, US, etc. Distribution. - - Local on the northwest coast of Baja California southwest of Ensenada and midway between there and Tijuana. Other collections: northfacing cliff at mouth of Rfo San Miguel (or Guadalupe), 5 m, Higgins in 1946 (SD), Howe in 1964 (SD), Moran 13155, 13431, 14633, 15376, 16000; rocky cliffs near ocean 37 miles S of border [probably the same locality], Campbell in 1937 (POM); Isla Sur, Islas de Todos Santos, Brandegee in 1897 (UC?), Moran 2803 (SBBG), 16210, Blakley 6590 (SBBG, SD), 6598 (SBBG, SD); N side of Punta Banda near tip, 5 m, 14638; type locality, 15914. Discussion. - The new subspecies apparently is local on cooler parts of the coast, occurring chiefly on Punta Banda (Banda Promontory) and on the southern one of the Islas de Todos Santos, a disconnected part of that promontory. Otherwise it has been found only on one north-facing beach cliff 20 miles to the north. The annual rainfall on the Islas de Todos Santos is about 10 inches (Hastings, 1964), and the coastal area is subject to frequent fogs. In contrast, H. g. greeneana is endemic to the south end of Isla Guadalupe and the offlying islets, a hot dry area, again with frequent fogs but with an annual rainfall of perhaps less than 2 inches. This plant was first collected in 1897 on the Islas de Todos Santos by T. S. Brandegee (1899, 1900), though his specimens cannot now be found. He first thought it seemed "the same as specimens named H. frutescens Gray, collected by Dr. Palmer on Guadalupe Island, although neither of them exactly agrees with Dr. Gray's description of that species". But then, evidently from the same collection, he reported H. greeneana as "growing plentifully over the larger [southernmost] of the Todos Santos Islands." The Palmer specimens he mentioned must have been part of the type collection of//, greeneana, but it is not clear how Brandegee saw specimens labeled as H. frutescens. As noted by Moran (1950), Dr. D. D. Keck considered the Todos Santos plant a new species; but he has never published it. His conclusion was first based only on Brandegree's collection, though apparently later supported by mine (2803). Material now available shows that both the original H. greeneana, of Isla Guadalupe, and the Todos Santos plant are more variable than was then evident, and their variation is roughly parallel. The differences noted below are mostly not clear-cut but subject to exception. Thus the two plants do not appear as different or as distinct as they might have before, and they are perhaps best treated as subspecies of one species. Plants of H. g. greeneana may be prostrate in exposed places; but though commonly taller, they are still moundlike, with arching branches, even in the most sheltered places. They are generally compact, the inflorescence being densely leafy and often many flowered and even the lower internodes being short. On steep north slopes near the shore, plants of//. g. peninsularis also grow prostrate, and elsewhere they may have somewhat arching branches; but commonly they are more erect and more open, often with virgate branches and mostly with longer internodes below. In H. g. greeneana the leaves often are glabrous except for the glands but sometimes are sparsely hirsute or villous-hirsute. The lower leaves are about 2 to 4 Vi cm long, seldom entire but mostly with 4 to 12 teeth or lobes. In H. g. peninsularis the leaves, especially the uppermost, may be glabrous except for the glands; but commonly they are hirsute or hirtellous, the trichomes on middle and upper leaves being generally shorter and stiffer than in H. g. greeneana. The lower leaves are commonly longer (to 7 cm) and relatively if not actually narrower, with fewer teeth or lobes, which are thus more remote. In H.g. greeneana the pappus of the disk achenes is about 1.3 to 2.2 mm long, of about 6 1969 MORAN: TWELVE NEW DICOTS 289 to 11 paleae, whereas in H. g. peninsularis it is about 1.9 to 3.3 mm long, of about 9 to 15 paleae. The reduction in H. g. greeneana might seem another example of decrease or loss of dispersability in island plants (cf. Carlquist, 1966). However, the disk achenes are sterile in all species of the section Zonamra, to which this species belongs. The beak of the achene in H. g. greeneana is mostly 2 to 3 times as long as thick, in H. g. peninsularis mostly 1 to 2 times as long as thick; but there are exceptions in both directions. Hemizonia palmeri Rose, another member of the section Zonamra, is endemic with //. g. greeneana at the south end of Isla Guadalupe, but in an even smaller area. It is a smaller, prostrate, rather woody plant, with silky-strigose mostly entire leaves, the heads apparently rather constantly with 8 rays and with about 10 to 12 disk florets. Apparently H. palmeri flowers mainly in winter and H. g. greeneana more or less the year around. Hybrids are rare, and the two species remain quite distinct. Hemizonia greeneana is more similar to H. Clementina Brandegee and to H . frutescens A. Gray. Hemizonia Clementina is restricted to five of the islands off southern California, varying somewhat from island to island (Carlquist, 1965: 1 15 ff.). Hemizonia frutescens is endemic to the high northern part of Isla Guadalupe, a cooler and moister area than the low south end where H. g. greeneana grows. Since the discovery of H. frutescens in 1875, when goats were already abundant, shrubby plants have been rare and confined to cliffs, though Greene ( 1 885) reported it "common on level ground and hillsides and, in such places, strictly annual". It is now known only on one north-facing cliff at 800 meters elevation, where about 20 plants are visible. There it is a shrub about 6 dm high, with virgate branches. Since it is poorly represented in herbaria, detailed comparison with H. greeneana is difficult. In habit and leaf form, both H. Clementina and H. frutescens are more similar to H. g. peninsularis than to H. g. greeneana. which is divergent perhaps in connection with the more desertic conditions under which it grows. The heads of//, greeneana were described as having 8 rays, as at most seasons they do. In both subspecies, however, early heads, terminating the main branches, may have 12 to 14 rays, a corresponding number of involucral and of receptacular bracts, and a correspond- ingly large number of disk florets, sometimes as many as 21. Thus in head structure //. greeneana is intermediate between the more primitive H. Clementina and the more advanced H. frutescens. Except for having only a single series of receptacular bracts, the early heads of H. greeneana rather closely resemble the heads of//. Clementina, which regularly have 1 2 to 14 rays and 1 5 to 30 disk florets. As the leaves of the two also are similar, H. g. peninsularis in early flower can be confused with H. Clementina. On the other hand, the later heads of H. greeneana resemble the heads of H. palmeri and H. frutescens. In H. frutescens. to judge from scanty (and possibly inadequate) material, the number of rays is mostly 8 and rarely 9, even in terminal heads of the main stems. Hemizonia frutescens differs from H. greeneana further in its paler and perhaps thinner leaves and its longer and softer pubescence. In form, color, and vesture of leaves, though not in habit, it bears a suggestive resemblance to putative natural hybrids of//, palmeri with H. g. greeneana. Heterotheca martirensis Moran, spec. nov. (Fig. 10) Planta humilis perennis. rhizomata gracilia ad 1 '/: dm longa foliis squamiformibus ample ctentibus ovatis obtusis ciliatis 2-4 mm longis instructa emittens. Caules graciles, 1-10 cm longi. Folia spatulata. mucronata. 1-2 Vi cm longa. 3-7 mm lata, vulgo utrinque hirsuta. Capitulasolitaria. discoidea, fiava. plerumque 20-42-flora, pedunculis gracilibus 1-6 cm altis 0-2-bracteatis. Involucra campanulata. 6-9 mm aha. 4-6 mm lata, bracteis 24-48. in 3-4 seriebus imbricatis, lanceolatis. acutis, margine scar iosis pur pur ascentibusque. exterioribus ca. 2 x Vi mm. interioribus ad 8 x 1-1 Vimm. Corollae 5-7 mm longae. Achenia compressa. 290 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15 cuneata, 3-4 mm longa, 0.8-1.1 mm lata, 10-costata, villosa. Pappi setae sordidae, interioribus 35-55, 4-7 mm longis, exterioribus 20-30, V2-I Vi mm longis. Typus: Moran 15612 (SD 69534). Ob habitum humilum rhizomatosum atque capitula solitaria discoidea insignis. A liter in totogenere tan turn H. breweri et H. oregona capitula discoidea ferunt; hae herbae erectae elatioresque sine rhizomatibus et cum capitulis plus minusve corymbosis sunt. Mat-forming rhizomatous perennial, from a rootcrown to 1 cm thick. Rhizomes purplish at first, to 1 Vi dm long, ca. 1 mm thick, the internodes 1-3 mm long, the scale-leaves clasping, triangular-ovate, obtuse, purple becoming brown, 2-4 mm long, hirsute-ciliate, the upper passing into foliage leaves. Herbage hirsute with spreading to ascending pericellular white trichomes Vi-2 mm long and glandular with truncate-conic white trichomes to 0.15 mm long, each tipped with a viscid yellow globule. Stems slender, 1-10 cm long above ground, erect or decumbent, mostly leafy throughout though on longer stems the lower leaves more scattered. Leaves thick, spatulate, 1 -2 V2 cm long, 3-7 mm wide above, Vi - 1 mm wide above the broadened clasping base, mucronate with the whitish conic mucro commonly deflexed and inconspicuous, glandular throughout, closely hirsute-ciliate at base, at least sparsely hirsute on midrib dorsally but more often evenly hirsute on both surfaces, the midrib impressed ventrally and projecting dorsally, the lateral veins ca. 3 on each side, looping, mostly obscure. Heads discoid, yellow, solitary, flowering May to September, the peduncles slender, 1-6 cm tall, glandular, hirsute or not, naked or with 1 or 2 linear bracts 2-3 mm long. Involucre campanulate, 6-9 mm high, (2-) 4-6 mm wide (to 16 mm wide pressed), of 24-48 bracts well imbricated in 3 or 4 series, the bracts erect, lanceolate to linear-lanceolate, acute, herbaceous and (at least the outer) glandular, purplish-scarious at margins, fimbrillate above, with a prominent colorless or purplish midrib, the outer ca. 2 mm long and V2 mm wide, the inner to 8 mm long, 1-1 Vi mm wide. Receptacle convex, alveolate. Florets (4-) 20- 42; corolla slender-funnelform, 5-7 mm long, yellow or becoming saffron red, the segments erect, triangular-ovate, acute, 0.5-0.8 mm long; style branches flattened, linear, blunt, 1.5- 1 .9 mm long, the appendage puberulent, about equalling to twice exceeding stigmatic part. Achenes tan, cuneate, compressed, 3-4 mm long, 0.8- 1 . 1 mm wide, 0.6-0.7 mm thick, with 10 low ribs, villous with ascending trichomes Vi - 1 mm long. Pappus sordid, double, the inner of 35-55 unequal slender barbellate bristles 4-7 mm long, the outer of ca. 20-30 similar bristles '/2-1 Vi mm long or some of them slightly broadened and scalelike. Somatic chromosome number: 2n= 18. Type collection. -Common in crevices on flat granitic surfaces at 2800 meters elevation, north slope of Cerro "2828", east rim of the Sierra San Pedro Martir, Baja California, Mexico (near 31°02'N, 115°27'W), 14 September 1968, Moran 15612 holotype:SD 69534; isotypes:K, MEXU,UC, US, etc. Distribution. - - Rather common, mostly on rocks, in full sun or partial shade, at 2050 to 2800 meters elevation in the north central Sierra San Pedro Martir. Other collections: Cerro Venado Blanco, 2750 m, 15634; E slope at head of Arroyo Copal, 2500 m [ seen to 2300 m] , 15435; 2 miles E of Corral de Sam, 2050 m, 16531; type locality, 15053; SW slope above Yerba Buena, 2500 m, Moran & Thome 14196, Moran 15067; Los Llanitos, 2500 m, Moran & Thome 14257. Discussion. The new species is placed in Heterotheca Cass, as emmended by Shinners ( 1 95 1 ) to include Chrysopsis (Nutt.) Ell. The only other species with discoid heads are H. breweri (A. Gray) Shinners and H. oregona (Nutt.) Shinners, both erect herbs with branching stems bearing several heads. From both these species, H. martirensis differs conspicuously in its low and rhizomatous habit, its solitary pedunculate heads, and its better developed outer pappus. Very likely it is more closely related to some of the radiate species of the Rocky Mountain area. In particular, it is similar in habit, leaf shape (including the 1969 MORAN: TWtLVE NEW DICOTS 291 mucronate tip), and pubescence, to Chrysopsis jonesii Blake, of southern Utah, though that plant is more compact, with smaller leaves and smaller sessile heads. Brandegee (1893) listed Chrysopsis sp. from the Sierra San Pedro Martir with no comment. I have seen no collection of his. For the type collection of H. martirensis. Dr. R. C. Jackson reports a somatic chromosome number of 2n = 18. Stephanomeria monocephala Moran, spec. nov. (Fig. 11) Planta pulvinata, ad 3 dm lata. Folia rosulata 5-15 oblanceolata, acuta, V2SV2 cm longa, 1-5 mm lata, sparsim glanduloso-puberulenta, superne utraque margine inaequaliter 0-3-dentata. Pedunculi V2-8 cm alti, superne 0-2-bracteati. Capitula solitaria, 14-21 mm diametro, 5-8- flora. Involucra cylindracea, 7-9 mm longa, 2-3 mm lata, bracteis lanceolatis, interioribus 5-9 aequalibus, exterioribus 3-5 imbricatis. Corollae tubus 2Vi-4 mm longus, ligula rosea, 4 Vi -9 mm longa, 2 Vi -4 Vi mm lata, elliptico-oblonga, truncata, apice 5-lobata. Achaenia prismatica, 2 Vi-3 mm longa, lateribus anguste sulcata, costis minute scaberulis. Pappi setae persistentes, albae, biseriatae, interioribus 20, fere ad basin plumosis, 4-6 mm longis. exterioribus alternantibus, minutis. Typus: Moran 15261 (SD 68877). Species habitu pulvinato et capitulis solitariis distinctissima, pappi setis exterioribus minutis etiam insignita. Plant cespitose, forming dense cushions to 3 dm wide and 1 dm high, the interstices packed solid with soil. Stems 2-5 mm thick, each branch with a rosette of ca. 5-15 leaves and covered below with persistent dead leaves. Leaves oblanceolate to linear-oblanceolate or occasionally spatulate, mostly acute, entire or commonly 1 -3-dentate on each margin above, '/2-3'/2 cm long, 1-5 mm wide above, Vi-\ '/: mm wide above the broadened base, subglabrous or (in the same plant) commonly glandular-puberulent with pericellular trichomes ca. 0.1 mm long, the teeth spreading or slightly refkxed, triangular, the upper mostly longer, to 1 mm long, the midrib prominent, the lateral veins obscure. Peduncle terminal '/2-5 (-8) cm tall, slender, striate or angled, glandular-puberulent, often with 1 or 2 small lanceolate bracts above. Heads solitary, 10-12 mm high, 14-21 mm wide, with 5-8 but commonly 6 florets, flowering May to July. Involucre cylindric, 7-9 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, of 5-9 but mostly 6 equal bracts and 3-5 graduated shorter ones, the bracts lanceolate, acute to narrowly rounded, 1-2 mm wide, green or purplish with scarious margins, minutely granular-glandular and often also sparingly glandular puberulent, the longer ones sparsely villous at apex. Receptacle shallowly pitted, glabrous. Corolla 7-13 mm long, the tube whitish, 2 V2-A mm long, with a few scattered trichomes ventrally above, the ligule light to deep pink or rarely white, elliptic-oblong, truncate and 5-lobed, 4 V2 -9 mm long, 2 V2AV2 mm wide, the lobes 1-1 '/: mm long and a third as wide, triangular-ovate, obtusish. Anthers 3 V2S mm long, sagittate at base; pollen white. Style 7-12 mm long, lavender above, ascending- puberulent, the style branches ca. 1 mm long. Achenes light tan, pentagono-prismatic, only slightly narrowed towards base and apex, 2 lA-3 mm long, 0.8- 1 .0 mm thick, the sides slightly channeled or nearly flat except for a straight shallow longitudinal groove ca. 0.1 mm wide, the angles sparsely and minutely ascending scaberulous. Pappus persistent, white, 4-6 mm long, double, the inner bristles ca. 20, stiff, slightly widened and connate at base, plumose nearly to base with pinnae 0.3-0.5 mm long, the outer bristles inconspicuous, alternating, very slender, smooth or scaberulous, mostly less than 1 mm long. Type collection. Common in crevices of north- and east-facing rocks and cliffs at 2800 meters elevation, Cerro "2828", east rim of the Sierra San Pedro Martir, Baja California, Mexico (near 31°02'N, 1 15°27'W), 5 July 1968, Moran 15261 holotype: SD 68877; isotypes: K, MEXU, UC, US, etc. 292 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL.15 Distribution. - - Known only from the type locality. Other collections: 15064, 15332, 15403, 16533. Discussion. - This plant appears to be quite limited as to habitat: despite wide collecting in the general area on several trips, I found it only in the one place. However, there are several similar cliffs on the east rim where it probably can be expected. Associated species include Selaginella asprella Maxon, Sedum niveum Davids., Heuchera leptomeria var. peninsularis Rosend., Butt., & Lak., Saxifraga eriophora S. Wats., Potentilla wheeleri S. Wats., Haplopappus pulvinatus Moran, and Tanacetum bajacalifornicum Moran. Stephanomeria monocephala differs from others of the genus in its polster habit and solitary heads. The regular outer series of minute pappus bristles also is noteworthy; but although the pappus of Stephanomeria is always described as uniseriate, a variable number of similar tiny bristles occurs in several other species. In other floral and fruiting characters, S. monocephala appears to be an average member of the genus. However, it differs from every other species in some combination of characters of involucre, flowers, achenes, and pappus. Mr. Leslie D. Gottlieb, a student of the genus, suggests that it is closest to S. lactucina A. Gray, native from eastern Oregon to Nevada and the Sierra Nevada. That is a larger plant, with stems arising singly from slender rootstocks and usually bearing several heads; the heads are larger, with more and larger florets; and the achenes are larger. Tanacetum bajacalifornicum Moran, spec. nov. (Fig. 15) Herbaaromatica caespitosa perennis, trichomatibus biramosis sparsim instructa. Folia basalia 2-5 cm longa, 1-2 cm lata, plerumque biternate divisa, segmentis linearibus, obtusis, 1-1 Vi mm latis,petiolo laminam excedenti. Caulis florifer 1-2 dm alius, capitulum unum vel pluria ferens, foliis superioribus integris. Involucra hemisphaerica, 4-6 mm aha, 4-8 mm lata, bracteis 13-25, 3-seriatis, ellipticis, 1 Vi-3 mm latis, marginibus scariosis purpurascen- tibus. Receptaculum nudum. Flores marginales pistillati 6-15, corollis 2Vi mm longis, 4- denlatis. Flores disci perfecti 40-1 50 , corollis 3 mm longis. Pappus nullus. Achenia non visa. Typus: Moran 15613 (SD 69075). A ceteris speciebus caespitosis turmae Sphaeromeriae foliis caulibusque sparsim pubescentibus nee argenteis differt. A T. capitato, cui foliorum forma similis est, capitulis majoribus minusque confertis, bracteis numerosioribus, et floribus numerosioribus majoribusque praeterea differt. Aromatic cespitose perennial, to 2 dm wide. Caudex to 2 dm long and to 1 cm thick at base, the branches 2-5 mm thick, brown below with persistent shingled leaf bases. Herbage at first thinly canescent with appressed crinkly biramous hairs, at maturity mostly subglabrate. Leaves alternate, thick, glandular pitted, the basal onesca. 10-15, crowded, 2-5 cm long, the base thin, clasping, ca. 4 mm wide, the petiole exceeding the blade, strap-shaped, ca. 1 mm wide, the blade 1-2 cm wide, biternately divided or some pedately or pinnately and then ternately divided, the segments linear or oblong, obtuse, 1-1 Vi mm wide. Floral stems terminal, nodding at first, slender, 1 -2 dm tall, low ridged, with 10-15 linear leaves ca. 1 mm wide, the lower 1 -2 cm long, ternately divided near apex, the upper shorter and entire. Heads whitish, solitary or with 1 -2 smaller ones crowded below or with a few additional small ones scattered in upper axils. Involucre hemispheric, 4-6 mm high, 4-8 mm wide (to 10 mm wide pressed), the bracts 13-25, in about 3 nearly equal series, elliptic, acute to rounded, 4-6 mm long, 1 Vz-3 mm wide, the midpart stiff coriaceous below, in all but the innermost thick and green and somewhat glandular above, the broad margins scarious, purplish, erose, pilose- ciliate in lower half, the inner narrower. Receptacle conoidal, naked, 1 '/2-3 mm high and thick. Pistillate marginal florets 6- 1 5; corolla ca. 2 Vi mm long, tubular, nearly regular, with 4 triangular teeth; style branches ca. 0.6 mm long, well exserted. Perfect disk florets ca. 40- 1969 MORAN: TWELVE NEW DICOTS 293 Figure 15. Type specimen of Tanacetum bajacalifornicum (15613), from the high Sierra San Pedro Martir, x 0.25. 150; corolla ca. 3 mm long, the tube equalling the conspicuously widened throat plus the 5 triangular teeth; style branches 0.6 mm long. Pappus none. Mature achenes not seen. Type collection. Common, mostly in rock crevices, north slope of Cerro "2828"' at 2800 meters elevation. Sierra San Pedro Martir, Baja California, Mexico (near 31°02'N, 115°27'W), 14 September 1968, Moran 15613 - holotype: SD 69075; isotypes: K, MEXU, UC, US, etc. Distribution. - On rocks and cliffs near the east rim of the Sierra San Pedro Martir, at 2500 to 2800 meters elevation. Other collections: rock crevices of S summit ridge, Cerro Venado Blanco, 2750 m, 15637; on rocks under pines and firs, E slope above Arroyo Copal, 2500 m, 15521; rock crevices on E slope of Cerro"2828", 2800 m, 15411. Discussion. Tanacetum bajacalifornicum belongs to the Sphaeromeria group, characterized in part by the lack of rays in the pistillate marginal flowers and by the presence of malpighiaceous hairs. This group is centered in the Great Basin, and T. bajacalifornicum is isolated some 375 miles south of the nearest other member. The other cespitose members of the group have silvery canescent rather than sparsely pubescent herbage; and they differ from T. bajacalifornicum further as follows (cf. Rydberg, 1916). In T. capitatum (Nutt.) T. & G., ranging from Montana to Utah, which is most similar in leaf form, the heads are smaller and more crowded, with fewer involucral bracts and with far fewer and slightly 294 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL.15 smaller florets. In T. compactum Hall, of the Charleston Mountains, Nevada, the plant is smaller, the lower leaves are flabellately 5-parted into 3-lobed divisions and the upper pinatisect, and a pappus is fairly well developed. In T. potentilloides A. Gray, ranging from Oregon and Idaho to Nevada and eastern California, the leaves are pinnately to tripinnately divided, the involucral bracts fewer, the receptacles white-hairy, and the florets smaller. In T. nuttallii T. & G., ranging from Montana to Nevada, the leaves are cuneate and entire or 3-5- lobed at the summit, the involucral bracts shorter and fewer, and the florets smaller. In T. simplex Nels., of Wyoming, the leaves are entire or bifid or trifid at the apex, the floral stems shorter, and the heads solitary. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am grateful to Drs. Lincoln Constance, Peter Raven, and Robert F. Thorne, for critically reviewing all or part of the manuscript. Drs. R. C. Jackson, James L. Reveal, and Charles H. Uhl have kindly made chromosome counts. The maps are by Miss Gayle Culver. Plants were collected under a series of permits kindly issued by the Direccion General de Aprovechamientos Forestales of the Secretarfa de Agricultura y Ganaderfa of the Mexican Government; and in accordance with the terms of the permits, specimens are being deposited in the Forestry Herbarium in Coyoacan. LITERATURE CITED Barkley, F. A. 1937. A monographic study of Rhus and its immediate allies in North and Central America, including the West Indies. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 24: 265-498. Brandegee, T. S. 1 89 1 . Flora of the Cape Region of Baja California. Proc. Calif. Acad. ser. 2, 3: 1 08- 1 82. 1893. Southern extension of California flora. Zoe 4: 199-210. 1899. Island flora notes. Erythea 7: 70-71. 1900. Voyage of the Wahlberg. Zoe 5: 19-28. 1903. Notes and new species of Lower California plants. Zoe 5: 155-174. Britton, N. L., and J. N. Rose 1903. New or noteworthy North American Crassulaceae. Bull. N.Y. Bot. Gard. 3: 1-45. Carlquist, S. 1965. Island life: a natural history of the islands of the world. Natural Historv Press, Garden City, New York. 451 p. 1966. The biota of long-distance dispersal. II. Loss of dispersibility in Pacific Compositae. Evolution 20: 30- 48. Epling, C. C. 1925. Monograph of the genus Monardella. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 12: 1-106. Epling, C. C, and W. S. Stewart 1939. A revision of Hedeoma. with a review of allied genera. Repert. Spec. Nov. Beih. 1 15: 1-49. Greene, E. L. 1885. Studies in the botany of California and parts adjacent, II. Bull. Calif. Acad. 1: 179-228. Hastings, J. R. 1964. Climatological data for Baja California. Techn. Rep. Meteor. Climat. Arid Reg. 14: 1-132. Univ. Arizona. Kearney, T. H., and R. H. Peebles 1951. Arizona flora. University of California Press, Berkeley. 1032 p. Moran, R. 1950. Plants of the Todos Santos Islands, Baja California. Leafl. West. Bot. 6: 53-56. 1951. Notes on the flora of Guadalupe Island, Mexico. Madrono 1 1: 153-160. Pennell, F. W. 1 935. The Scrophulariaceae of eastern temperate North America. Monogr. Acad. Sci. Philadelphia 1 : 1 -650. 1969 MORAN:TWFLVENEW DICOTS 295 1951. Scrophulariaceae. In L. R. Abrams. Illustrated flora of the Pacific States, vol. 3. Stanford University Press. 866 p. Rydberg, P. A. 1916. Carduaceae: Tageteae, Anthemideae. N. Amer. Flora 34(3): 181-288. Shinners, L. H. 1951 . The north Texas species of Heterolheca. including Oirv5op.m(Cornpositae). Field & Lab. 19: 66-71 . Department of Botany, Natural History Museum, P.O. Box 1390, San Diego, California, 921 12 MUS. CO MP. ZOCL LIBRARY DEC 1 1 1969 HARVARD UNIVERSITY OBSERVATIONS ON A YOUNG PYGMY KILLER WHALE (FERES A ATTENUATA GRAY) FROM THE EASTERN TROPICAL PACIFIC OCEAN WILLIAM F. PERRIN AND CARL L. HUBBS TRANSACTIONS OF THE SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY OBSERVATIONS ON A YOUNG PYGMY KILLER WHALE (FERESA ATTENUATA GRAY) FROM THE EASTERN TROPICAL PACIFIC OCEAN WILLIAM F. PERRIN AND CARL L. HUBBS ABSTRACT. An early juvenile specimen of Feresa attenuaia was captured in May 1967 during commercial tuna fishing operations off Costa Rica. This is the first record of this species from the eastern Pacific and from North American waters. Discrepancies in external morphology and in osteology were noted between the specimen and earlier described adult specimens from Hawaii, Japan, and Senegal, but full anah sis of the differences must await the capture of adult animals from the eastern Pacific or juveniles from the other parts of the range. RESUMEN. — En mayo 1967, durante las operaciones comercialesde pesca atunera frente a Costa Rica, se capture unespecimenjuvenilde Feresa attenuaia en su primer ciclo vital. Estaespeciees la primera registrada en el Pacffico oriental y en aguas norteamericanas. Se observaron diferencias en la morfologia externa y en la osteologfa entreesteespecimen y especimenes adultos descritos anteriormente, provenientes delHauai.Japon \ Senegal, peroel analisiscompletode lasdiferencias no se obtendra hasta que se capturen animales adultos del Pacffico oriental o juveniles deotros lugaresen los ifmitesdedistribucion. The pygmy killer whale, Feresa attenuaia Gray (1875), is one of the least known of the delphinids. Gray (1871) based the genus Feresa on a skull first described as Delphinus intermedins Gray, from an unknown locality. Gray (1875) later proposed the species Feresa attenuata on the basis of another skull, from the "South Seas." The synonymy and nomenclature of the species have been elucidated by Fraser ( 1 960). The external appearance of the animal remained unknown and its geographical distribution remained almost undetermined for three-fourths of a century, until Yamada (1954) described a specimen from Taiji, Honshu, Japan, and gave it the vernacular name used here. Thereafter the known range of the species was rapidly expanded, and its characters were made more fully known. Cadenat (1958) and Fraser (1960) reported on a specimen from Senegal, Africa. Nishiwaki et al. (1965) dealt with further material from Japan. Pryor, Pryor. and Norris (1965) described a specimen from Hawaii. There is no evidence that this species has ever occurred in Australia (Dawbin, pers. comm.; cf. Slijper. 1962:345). There has been no previous evidence that Feresa attenuata occurs in the eastern Pacific, although Hall and Kelson (1959: 830) stated that it "may occur in Pacific waters of North America." Possibly it was observed long ago in the tropical eastern Pacific, but Scam- mon's (1874: 104) description of the "Panama grampus" in Bahfa de Panama is not sufficiently detailed to allow specific identification. The first definite indication of Feresa attenuata in the eastern Pacific Ocean is furnished by a juvenile male specimen taken in early May, 1967, approximately 300 to 400 nautical miles off Costa Rica. It was collected by Anthony Dutra, a commercial fisherman of San Diego. California, during tuna-seining operations, such as have recently been described (Perrin, 1969). The net had been set on a school of "whitebelly porpoise." presumably Delphinus sp. Mr. Dutra recognized the specimen as representing a species that he had never seen before and saved it in the ship's freezer. It is almost certain that this juvenile porpoise was accompanied by its mother, which apparently escaped during the purse- seining operation. On return to San Diego. Mr. Dutra had a trophy cast made by a SAN DIEGO SOC. NAT. HIST . TRANS. 15(18): 297-308. 24 NOVEMBER 1969 298 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15 taxidermist, who brought the carcass (Fig. 1) to Scripps Institution of Oceanography for identification. The specimen was identified as a juvenile male of Feresa attenuata on the basis of form, size, coloration, and tooth number. The specimen was photographed, measured, and skeletonized. The flippers and flukes were reconstructed from measure- ments and tracings of the cast. The skeleton, a cast, and drawings of the flippers and flukes are deposited in the Natural History Museum of the San Diego Society of Natural History (No. 21561). Whether this delphinid regularly inhabits eastern Pacific waters is unknown. That an experienced and interested tuna fisherman recognized the specimen as of a species he had never seen before, and that the species has not previously been observed by us or by colleagues during extensive operations in the area of the eastern Pacific where tuna are commonly caught, suggests that the juvenile (and the adult female) may have been a straggler to the eastern Pacific from the Indo-Pacific area, in which respect this species would be far from unique among marine organisms of the tropical Pacific (Ekman, 1953; Briggs, 1961; Hubbs and Rosenblatt, 1961; Rosenblatt and Walker, 1963). The general offshore area wherein the specimen was caught is about the warmest in the eastern Pacific, with mean surface temperatures averaging about 28° C. during May (LaViolette and Seim, 1969). This might be taken to indicate that the species is of high-seas, tropical distribution, but other records of the species hardly confirm this. Whereas the first specimen from Japan (Yamada, 1954) and the specimen from Hawaii (Pryor et al., 1965) were captured in areas and during months when the surface tempera- tures average approximately 26.5 and 23.5° C, respectively (LaViolette and Seim, 1969), the later specimens from Japan (Nishiwaki et al., 1965) were taken from water at 13.5° C, in January, 1963. This wide range of occurrence relative to water temperature leaves us with little basis for predicting the probable distribution of the species. EXTERNAL MORPHOLOGY The specimen from off Costa Rica was a juvenile male 822 mm. long, from tip of upper jaw to the notch in the flukes. Unerupted teeth and the small size indicate that the animal may have been newly born. As received by the authors, minus flippers, fluke tips, and viscera, and probably somewhat dehydrated by freezing, it weighed 9.37 kg. It does not seem to differ from previously described specimens except in respects that reflect its youth. External measurements were taken of the young specimen for comparison with those recorded by Pryor etal. (1965) for an adult male from Hawaii and by Nishiwaki etal. (1965) for 14 adult specimens and 1 fetus from Japan. Our measurements were made point-to-point on the left side, with a large pair of precision calipers. Pryor et al. and Nishiwaki et al. made their measurements according to the methods proposed by the Committee on Marine Mammals of the American Society of Mammalogists (1961), which for several applicable dimensions specify axial projections rather than point-to-point measurements. We feel that the point-to-point method is the more precise, is readily applicable for smaller cetaceans, and yields values that are convertible into axial projections, provided that good photographs in several aspects have been made. Our measurements in millimeters,with thousandths of total length from the tip of upper jaw to notch in flukes in parentheses (computed from axial projections where appropriate), were: total length to notch of flukes, 822; tip of upper jaw to center of eye, 82(100); tip of upper jaw to end of gape, 69(84); tip of upper jaw to blowhole, 76(92); tip of upper jaw to insertion of flipper, 186(226); tip of upper jaw to origin of dorsal fin, 389(473); tip of upper jaw to tip of dorsal fin, 521(634); tip of upper jaw to midpoint of umbilicus, 393(478); tip of upper jaw to midpoint of genital aperture, 485(590);tip of upper 1969 PERRIN AND HUBBS: Feresa attenuate 299 Figure I. Feresa attenuate. Top to bottom: right lateral view; dorsal view; ventral view; close-up of head in right lateral view. 300 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15 jaw to center of anus, 555(675); tip of upper jaw to origin of flukes, 747(909); tip of upper jaw to plane of maximum girth, 379(461); maximum girth, 554(674); girth at axilla, 540(657); girth below origin of dorsal fin, 540(657); girth above anus, 302(367); center of eye to end of gape, 31(38); eye length, 17(21); eye height, 9(1 1); blowhole length, 6(7); blowhole width, 1 8(22); length of slit from umbilicus to anus, 1 55(189); length of mammary slit, 2(2); length of anal slit, 13(16); insertion to tip of flipper, 160(195); maximum width of flipper, 58(71); height of dorsal fin, 77(94); length of dorsal fin base, 1 30( 1 58); tip to tip of flukes, 210(255); notch to nearest margin of fluke, 73(89); thickness of blubber at origin of dorsal fin, 1 3( 1 6). Some of the proportions for the eastern Pacific specimen, despite the discrepancies in age, fall within the ranges given for other specimens. A notable exception is the girth, which probably was affected by the stuffing of our specimen during the casting process. In a number of the proportions, those involving the dimensions of the anterior parts, the eastern Pacific specimen has high or extreme values. This can be taken to reflect the youth of our specimen. For these measurements, the fetus from Japan was even more extreme. The long ventral groove extended from the umbilicus to the anus, as in the previously described adult specimens. Four bristle follicles were visible on the right side of the upper jaw and three on the left side. Repeated freezing and thawing of our specimen no doubt obscured some of the more labile features of the pigmentary pattern, such as the pale lateral area described by Nishiwakietal. (1965). In the discernible pattern, however, our specimen resembled the one from Hawaii (Pryor et al., 1965) more closely than those from Japan (Yamada, 1954; Nishiwaki et al., 1 965), in that the ventral white patch extended from around the umbilicus in a narrow wedge past the anus almost to the caudal end of the tail stock, rather than ceasing at the anus. A prominent light patch between the flippers corresponded roughly with the gray area described by Nishiwaki et al. White markings edged each jaw, the upper the more conspicuously and the more extensively. On the upper jaw the whitish areas broadened anteriorly, but these were separated by a blackish area on the midline and tended to grade above into the blackish snout, whereas posteriorly the coal-black and pure-white areas contrasted fully along the line of contact. The white margin on the lower jaw was much narrower, and was largely confined to the front of the mouth. No trace was evident of the irregular white blotches that Pryor et al. ( 1 965) observed, and regarded as scars, in the adult male from Hawaii. SKELETON The entire skeleton was preserved to augment the very limited material available of this species. Because the specimen was a juvenile, perhaps newly born, the skull was very incompletely ankylosed, and some of the postcranial elements were incompletely ossified (Figs. 2-8). Our measurements of the skull in millimeters (with thousandths of condylobasal length in parentheses) were: condylobasal length, 198.5; length of rostrum, 76.5(385); width of rostrum at base, 50.3(253); width of rostrum at mid length, 37.9(191 ); width of premaxillae at midlength, 21.9(1 10); greatest width of premaxillae, 46.9(236); tip of rostrum to anterior margin of superior nares, 105.3(530); preorbital width, 95.5(481); postorbital width, 109.8(553); midorbital width, 101.2(510); maximum width of blowhole, 30.3(153); zygo- matic width, 109.5(552); length of left mandible, 144.3(727); length of right mandible, 143.5(723); left coronoid height, 39.3(201); right coronoid height, 40.5(204); length of symphysis, 11.1(56); length of left upper tooth row, 51.5(259); length of right upper tooth row, 52.4(264); end of left upper tooth row to tip of premaxillae, 61 .4(309); end of right upper 1969 PERRIN AND HUBBS: Feresa attenuate 301 Figure 2. Skull of Feresa attenuate. Top to bottom: dorsal view; ventral view; right lateral view. 302 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15 Figure 3. Feresa atienuata. Top left, posterior view of skull; top right, mandible, dorsal view; bottom (a) right ramusof mandible, medial view; (b) leftramusof mandible, lateral view. toothrowtotipofpremaxillae, 62.6(315); length of left lower tooth row, 70.1(353); length of right lower tooth row, 71.4(360); end of left lower tooth row to tip of mandible, 73.2(369); end of right lower tooth row to tip of mandible, 74.4(375); length of bulla of left tympano- periotic complex, 33.7(170); width of bulla of left tympano-periotic complex, 21.4(108); internal length of the braincase, 9 1 .2(459). The tooth counts were 9/9 in the upper jaw and 1 2/ 1 2 in the lower jaw for a total of 42 teeth. 1969 PERRIN AND HUBBS: Feresa altenuata 303 Figure4. Left, skull of type of Feresa attenuata B.M.N. H. no. 1874.11.25.1 (after Fraser, 1960). Right, skull of juvenile specimen from Costa Rica, S.D.S.N.H. no. 21561. Measurements of the skull were compared with those for the type specimen of Feresa attenuata (British Museum No. 1672a); for the type specimen of F. intermedia (British Museum No. 362a), synonymized with F. attenuata by Fraser (1960); and for recently collected adult specimens from Hawaii, Japan, and Senegal. Differences in proportions between the Costa Rica juvenile and the adults from other areas presumably are due to great ontogenetic changes in skull structures. However, as the skull of the juvenile became disarticulated during maceration, it is possible that proportions calculated from measure- ments made after the cranium had been reassembled are slightly distorted. The juvenile from off Costa Rica differs strikingly from the adults in the small proportionate size of the rostrum (Fig. 4 ); this is consonant with the general pattern of development in mammals, especially those with large brains: the areas concerned with feeding grow more slowly than the brain case. The dentigerous portions of the jaws are also Figure 5. Feresa attenuata. (a) left tympano-perioticum. medial view; (b) right tvmpano-perioticum. medial view; (c) left tympano-perioticum, lateral view; (d) right tympano-perioticum disarticulated to show stapes (left), incus and malleus. 304 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15 Figure 6. Left and right vertebral ribs of Feresaattenuata. Anteriormost ribs at top. 1969 PERRIN AND HUBBS: Feresa attenuata 305 & • ••• & m iWWWWW^AA & §b 4& & ^ 4fc AAAAAAAAA A A A AAA A A A AAA A A A AAA A #% #% #• #% *# •••• Figure 7. Vertebrae of Feresa attenuata. cranial view. Second cervical vertebra fused to first. Halves of neural processes on vertebrae 1-14 and 52-55 not ankvlosed. shown in anteromedial view. Intervertebral discs present on some vertebrae. The vertebral column became partialk disarticulated during maceration, consequent!) some- elements may beoutol'order in this photograph. 306 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15 Figure 8. Feresa atlenuata. Top, hyoid bones; bottom left, sternum and sternal ribs; bottom right, (a) proximal ends of humeri; distal ends severed and missing; (b) scapulae; (c) pelvic bones. 1969 PERRIN AND HUBBS: Feresa attenuata 307 proportionately shorter than in the adults. The mandible (Fig. 3), however, is proportionately nearly as large as in the adult. The premaxillae are narrow near the middle, but the greatest width is not very different. The whole skull is narrower than in the adult (Fig. 4 ), especially in the region of the orbits and across the zygomatic arches. The condylobasal length is 1 .90 times that of the parietal width in the juvenile, as compared with 1 .42 to 1 .73 times in the adults described by Nishiwaki et al. (1965). The skull has not become telescoped as far as in the adults: large expanses of the frontals and parietals remain visible in dorsal view. Fraser (1960) stated that in the adult skulls of Feresa that he examined, the dorsal surface of the rostral portion of the premaxillae is flat and on the same level as the adjacent maxillae, a condition similar to that in Orcinus and Lagenorhynchus. In our specimen the premaxillae form a considerable convexity above the level of the maxillae (Fig. 2 ) in the distal two-thirds of the rostrum, a condition approaching that in adults ofStenella, Tursiops, and Delphinus. The tympano-periotic complex (Fig. 5 ) is very large proportionately in comparison to that of the adults, viz., 170 thousandths of condylobasal length versus a range of 102 to 1 14 thousandths for the Japan specimens, in length; and 108 thousandths versus a range of 62 to 90 thousandths, in width of the bulla. The strong mastoid process figured by Yamada (1954) is not evident. In this respect the juvenile specimen is more like adults of Grampus, Delphinus, Stenella and related genera figured by Yamada ( 1 953). The overall appearance of the tympanic bone very closely resembles that of adults of Globicephala, particularly in the rounded anterior end. The incus differs from those figured by Yamada (1954) in that the major crus is slenderer and the minor crus longer proportionately, and the facet at the end of the minor crus is lacking. The vertebral formula is C 7 T, : L + C 46 , for a total of 65 vertebrae, at least two fewer than the previously recorded minimum for the species. However, the very small terminal vertebral remnant noted by Yamada was not recovered in our preparation. The vertebral column (Fig. 7 ) was only partially ossified. Incompletely ossified neural processes of varying shape crested the first 55 centra, but transverse processes and chevron bones were still completely cartilaginous. The uncinate processes noted on the thoracic vertebrae of all previous specimens are not apparent. The first two cervical vertebral centra are fused. In the adult specimens from Japan, the first three to six vertebrae were fused. The first six of the 1 2 pairs of vertebral ribs are two-headed, and there are five pairs of ossified sternal ribs (Figs. 6, 8). The ossified sternum (Fig. 8) consists of two unfused elements, of which the anterior one is expanded and bilobed anteriorly and the second has convex sides. The scapulae (Fig. 8 ) are uneroded. The short acromion process turns anteriorly rather than posteriorly as in previously described specimens (Yamada, 1 954; Pryor et al., 1 965). ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We thank Mr. Anthony Dutra. the fisherman who collected the specimen, provided information, and allowed us to photograph the cast which hangs in his home: and Mr. Hugh Lyons, who brought the animal to our attention and cooperated otherwise. Kenneth S. Raymond prepared figure 4. Lawrence D. Ford made the photographs ol the carcass used for figure 1 . Dr. Kenneth S. Norris has read the manuscript. Support was provided by the U.S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries. The researches by Hubbs on marine vertebrates are supported by the National Science Foundation (grant GB4672). 308 SAN DIEGO SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY VOL. 15 LITERATURE CITED Briggs, J. C. 1961. The East Pacific Barrier and the distribution of marine shore fishes. Evolution 15: 545-554. Cadenat, J. 1958. Notes sur les Delphinides Ouest-africains II — Un specimen du genre Feresa capture sur les cotes du Senegal. Bull. Inst. Franc. Afrique Noire 20: 1486-1491. Committee on Marine Mammals, American Society of Mammalogists 1961 . Standardized methods for measuring and recording data on the smaller cetaceans, K. S. Norris (Ed.) J. Mamm. 42:471-476. Ekman, S. 1953. Zoogeography of the sea. Sidgwick and Jackson, London, 417 p. Fraser, F. C. 1960. A specimen of the genus Feresa from Senegal. Bull. Inst. Franc. Afrique Noire 22: 699-707. Gray, J. E. 1871. Supplement to the catalogue of seals and whales in the British Museum. (Not seen.) 1875. Feresa attenuata. J. Mus Godeffroy, Hamburg, Heft 8: 184 + pi. 6. Hall, E. R., and K. R. Kelson 1959. The mammalsof North America. Ronald Press, N.Y. 2 vols. Hubbs, C. L., and R. H. Rosenblatt 1961 . Effects of the equatorial currents of the Pacific on the distribution of fishes and other marine animals. Tenth PacificSci. Congr., Abst. Sym. Papers. Honolulu, Hawaii, p. 340-341. LaViolette, P. E., and S. E. Seim 1969. Monthly charts of mean, minimum and maximum sea surface temperature of the North Pacific Ocean. Spec. Publ. 1 23, Naval Oceanogr. Office, Washington, D.C., 58 p. Nishiwaki, M., T. Kasuya, T. Kamiya, T. Tobayama, and M. Nakajima 1965. Feresa attenuata captured at the Pacific coast of Japan in 1963. Sci. Rep. Whales Res. Inst. Tokyo 19: 65-95. Perrin, W. F. 1 969. Using porpoise to catch tuna. World Fishing 1 8: 42-45. Pryor, T., K. Pryor, and K. S. Norris 1 965. Observations on a pygmy killer whale (Feresa attenuata Gray) from Hawaii. J. Mamm. 46: 450-46 1 . Rosenblatt, R. H, and B. W. Walker 1963. The marine shore-fishes of the Galapagos Islands. Calif. Acad. Sci.Occ. Papers 44: 97-106. Scammon, C. M. 1 874. The marine mammals of the northwestern coast of North America. Described and illustrated. Together with an account of the American whale fishery. G. P. Putnam's Sons, N.Y. 319 p. + v. Facsimile editions by Dover Pub., N.Y. (1968); and Manessier Pub. Co., Riverside, Calif. (1969). Slijper, E. J. 1962. Whales. Basic Books, N.Y. 475 p. Yamada, M. 1953. Contribution to the anatomy of the organ of hearing of whales. Sci. Rep. Whales Res. Inst. Tokyo 8: I- 80. 1954. An account of a rare porpoise, Feresa Gray from Japan. Sci. Rep. Whales Res. Inst. Tokyo 9: 59-88. U.S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Fishery-Oceanography Center, La Jolla, California, and Scripps Institution of Oceanography, University of California, San Diego (La Jolla, Calif or n ia ). BOUND 197071 3 2044 093 361 301 Date Due